owusu/ds_erp_ai
1
0
Fork 0
Code Issues Pull Requests Actions Packages Projects Releases Wiki Activity
Files
b0c3eb803288f90e89ab402595f8efc51ae1c8ba
ds_erp_ai/vec-db/index/faiss_index_rand/index.pkl
T

21584 lines
923 KiB
Plaintext
Raw Normal View History

initial commit
2024-08-05 21:08:29 +01:00
€•¨ Œ&langchain_community.docstore.in_memory”ŒInMemoryDocstore”“”)�”}”Œ_dict”}”(Œ$dfe05436-303b-4f22-bc0d-34d68ea2531f”Œlangchain_core.documents.base”ŒDocument”“”)�”}”(Œ__dict__”}”(Œid”NŒmetadata”}”(Œsource”Œ*data/corolla-2020-toyota-owners-manual.pdf”Œpage”KuŒ page_content”XÞ1
2
3
456789
9
10
COROLLA_UPictorial index Search by illustration
For safety
and securityMake sure to read through them
(Main topics: Child seat, theft deterrent system)
Vehicle status information and
indicatorsReading driving-related information
(Main topics: Meters, multi-information display)
Before drivingOpening and closing the doors and windows,
adjustment before driving
(Main topics: Keys, doors, seats)
DrivingOperations and advice which are necessary for driving
(Main topics: Starting engine, refueling)
Entune audioOperating the Entune Audio
(Main topics: Audio/visual, phone, Toyota Entune)
Interior featuresUsage of the interior features
(Main topics: Air conditioner, storage features)
Maintenance
and careCaring for your vehicle and maintenance
procedures
(Main topics: Interior and exterior, light bulbs)
When trouble
arisesWhat to do in case of malfunction and emergency
(Main topics: Battery discharge, flat tire)
Vehicle specifications Vehicle specifications, customizable features
(Main topics: Fuel, oil, tire inflation pressure)
For ownersReporting safety defects for U.S. owners, and seat
belt and SRS airbag instructions for Canadian owners
IndexSearch by symptom
Search alphabetically
https://www.MyCarManual.com”Œtype”h uŒ__fields_set__”�”(hh�Œ__private_attribute_values__”}”ubŒ$895c79c7-457b-4d30-9669-6c1d3eef2d0c”h
)�”}”(h
}”(hNh}”(hhhKuhX„ 2
COROLLA_UTABLE OF CONTENTS
For your information ........................ 6
Reading this manual...................... 10
How to search................................ 11
Pictorial index ................................ 12
1-1. For safe use
Before driving........................ 22
For safe driving ..................... 23
Seat belts .............................. 25
SRS airbags.......................... 29
Front passenger occupant clas-
sification system.................. 39
Exhaust gas precautions....... 44
1-2. Child safety
Riding with children............... 45
Child restraint systems.......... 46
1-3. Emergency assistance
Safety Connect ..................... 61
1-4. Theft deterrent system
Engine immobilizer system ... 67
Alarm..................................... 69
2-1. Instrument cluster
Warning lights and indicators
............................................ 72
Gauges and meters (4.2-inch
display)................................ 77
Gauges and meters (7-inch dis-
play) .................................... 81
Multi-information display ....... 86
Fuel consumption information
............................................ 923-1. Key information
Keys ...................................... 96
3-2. Opening, closing and locking
the doors
Doors ................................. 103
Trunk.................................. 108
Smart key system .............. 111
3-3. Adjusting the seats
Front seats ......................... 118
Rear seats.......................... 119
Head restraints................... 121
3-4. Adjusting the steering wheel
and mirrorsSteering wheel ................... 123
Inside rear view mirror ....... 124
Outside rear view mirrors... 125
3-5. Opening and closing the win-
dowsPower windows .................. 127
Moon roof........................... 130
4-1. Before driving
Driving the vehicle.............. 134
Cargo and luggage ............ 142
Vehicle load limits .............. 145
Trailer towing...................... 145
Dinghy towing .................... 146
4-2. Driving procedures
Engine (ignition) switch (vehicles
without a smart key system)
......................................... 147
Engine (ignition) switch (vehicles
with a smart key system) . 148
Continuously variable transmis-
sion (vehic les without paddle
shift switches)
.................. 1531For safety and security
2Vehicle status information
and indicators3Before driving
4Driving
https://www.MyCarManual.com”hh uh�”(hh�h}”ubŒ$ebddc3c4-b9a7-4790-a4c0-412d8c4e6286”h
)�”}”(h
}”(hNh}”(hhhKuhX
3 TABLE OF CONTENTS
COROLLA_U1
2
3
456789
10Continuously variable transmis-
sion (vehicles with paddle shift
switches).......................... 155
Manual transmission .......... 160
Turn signal lever................. 162
Parking brake..................... 163
Electric parking brake......... 164
Brake Hold ......................... 167
4-3. Operating the lights and wip-
ers
Headlight switch................. 170
Automatic High Beam ........ 173
Windshield wipers and washer
......................................... 176
4-4. Refueling
Opening the fuel tank cap .. 178
4-5. Using the driving support sys-
temsToyota Safety Sense 2.0 .... 180
PCS (Pre-Collision System)
......................................... 187
LTA (Lane Tracing Assist)... 195
LDA (Lane Departure Alert with
steering control) ............... 205
Dynamic radar cruise control
with full-speed range........ 213
Dynamic radar cruise control
......................................... 223
RSA (Road Sign Assist) ..... 233
BSM (Blind Spot Monitor)... 236
Rear view monitor system.. 241
Driving mode select switch
......................................... 249
Driving assist systems........ 250
4-6. Driving tips
Winter driving tips............... 255
5-1. Basic function
Buttons overview................ 261Menu screen ...................... 263
Status icon ......................... 264
“Setup� screen ................... 266
5-2. Basic information before oper-
ationInitial screen....................... 267
Touch screen...................... 268
Home screen...................... 270
Entering letters and num-
bers/list screen operation
......................................... 271
Screen adjustment ............. 274
Linking multi-information display
and the system ................ 275
5-3. Connectivity settings
Registering/Connecting a Blue-
tooth
® device ................... 276
Setting Bluetooth® details .. 280
Wi-Fi® Hotspot ................... 287
Apple CarPlay .................... 292
5-4. Other settings
General settings................. 296
Voice settings..................... 299
Vehicle settings .................. 300
5-5. Using the audio/visual system
Quick reference.................. 302
Some basics ...................... 303
5-6. Radio operation
AM/FM radio ...................... 307
Internet radio...................... 309
5-7. Media operation
USB memory...................... 311
iPod/iPhone........................ 313
Bluetooth® audio................ 316
AUX.................................... 319
5-8. Audio/visual remote controls
Steering switches............... 321
5-9. Audio settings
Setup.................................. 3235Entune audio
https://www.MyCarManual.com”hh uh�”(hh�h}”ubŒ$96e0242e-d704-43ea-b590-456eb0c4693d”h
)�”}”(h
}”(hNh}”(hhhKuhX'
4 TABLE OF CONTENTS
COROLLA_U5-10.Tips for operating the
audio/visual system
Operating information......... 324
5-11. Voice command system oper-
ation Voice command system ..... 336
Command list ..................... 339
5-12.Mobile Assistant operation
Mobile Assistant ................. 343
5-13.Phone operation (Hands-free
system for cellular phones) Quick reference.................. 345
Some basics ...................... 346
Placing a call using the Blue-
tooth
® hands-free system
......................................... 350
Receiving a call using the Blue-
tooth® hands-free system
......................................... 353
Talking on the Bluetooth®
hands-free system ........... 354
Bluetooth® phone message
function ............................ 356
5-14.Phone settings
Setup.................................. 360
5-15.What to do if... (Bluetooth®)
Troubleshooting ................. 369
5-16.Toyota Entune overview
Toyota Entune .................... 373
Type A: Function achieved by
using a smart phone or DCM
......................................... 374
Type B: Function achieved by
using DCM and the system
......................................... 377
Type C: Function achieved by
using DCM ....................... 378
5-17.Toyota Entune operation
Toyota Entune App Suite Con-
nect .................................. 3795-18.Toyota Entune App Suite Con-
nect settingsSetup.................................. 383
6-1. Using the air conditioning
system and defoggerManual air conditioning system
......................................... 386
Automatic air conditioning sys-
tem................................... 391
Heated steering wheel/seat
heaters............................. 396
6-2. Using the interior lights
Interior lights list ................. 398
6-3. Using the storage features
List of storage features ...... 400
Trunk features.................... 403
6-4. Other interior features
Other interior features ........ 404
Garage door opener........... 414
7-1. Maintenance and care
Cleaning and protecting the
vehicle exterior................. 422
Cleaning and protecting the
vehicle interior.................. 424
7-2. Maintenance
Maintenance requirements
......................................... 427
General maintenance......... 428
Emission inspection and mainte-
nance (I/M) programs ...... 431
7-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance
Do-it-yourself service precau-
tions ................................. 432
Hood .................................. 434
Positioning a floor jack ....... 4356Interior features
7Maintenance and care
https://www.MyCarManual.com”hh uh�”(hh�h}”ubŒ$3ac406e5-8c1a-45cb-af2f-33471c273d4e”h
)�”}”(h
}”(hNh}”(hhhKuhXÙ5 TABLE OF CONTENTS
COROLLA_U1
2
3
456789
10Engine compartment.......... 436
Tires ................................... 444
Tire inflation pressure......... 453
Wheels ............................... 455
Air conditioning filter........... 457
Wireless remote control/elec-
tronic key battery.............. 458
Checking and replacing fuses
......................................... 461
Light bulbs.......................... 464
8-1. Essential information
Emergency flashers ........... 472
If your vehicle has to be stopped
in an emergency .............. 472
If the vehicle is trapped in rising
water ................................ 474
8-2. Steps to take in an emergency
If your vehicle needs to be towed
......................................... 475
If you think something is wrong
......................................... 479
Fuel pump shut off system
......................................... 480
If a warning light turns on or a
warning buzzer sounds.... 481
If a warning message is dis-
played .............................. 490
If you have a flat tire (vehicles
without spare tire) ............ 493
If you have a flat tire (vehicles
with a spare tire) .............. 503
If the engine will not start ... 511
If you lose your keys .......... 513
If the electronic key does not
operate properly............... 513
If the vehicle battery is dis-
charged............................ 515
If your vehicle overheats .... 519If the vehicle becomes stuck
......................................... 521
9-1. Specifications
Maintenance data (fuel, oil level,
etc.).................................. 524
Fuel information ................. 535
Tire information .................. 537
9-2. Customization
Customizable features ....... 548
9-3. Initialization
Items to initialize ................ 556
10-1.For owners
Reporting safety defects for U.S.
owners ............................. 558
Seat belt instructions for Cana-
dian owners (in French) ... 558
SRS airbag instructions for
Canadian owners (in French)
......................................... 560
What to do if... (Troubleshooting)
......................................... 568
Alphabetical Index.............. 5718When trouble arises9Vehicle specifications
10For owners
Index
https://www.MyCarManual.com”hh uh�”(hh�h}”ubŒ$1f711cf5-bf32-4530-ab7f-6792f7de7b48”h
)�”}”(h
}”(hNh}”(hhhKuhXW6
COROLLA_UPlease note that this manual
applies to all models and explains all equipment, including options. Therefore, you may find some explanations for equip-ment not installed on your vehi-cle.
All specifications provided in this
manual are current at the time of printing. However, because of the Toyota policy of continual product improvement, we reserve the right to make changes at any time without notice.
Depending on specifications,
the vehicle shown in the illustra-
tions may differ from your vehi-cle in terms of equipment.
Approximately five hours after
the engine is turned off, you may hear sound coming from under the vehicle for several minutes. This is the sound of a fuel evaporation leakage check and, it does not indicate a mal-function.A wide variety of non-genuine spare parts and accessories for Toyota vehicles are currently available in the market. You should know that Toyota does not warrant these products and is not responsible for their per-formance, repair, or replace-ment, or for any damage they may cause to, or adverse effect they may have on, your Toyota vehicle.
This vehicle should not be modi-
fied with non-genuine Toyota products. Modification with non-genuine Toyota products could affect its performance, safety or durability, and may even violate governmental regu-lations. In addition, damage or performance problems resulting from the modification may not be covered under warranty.
The installation of a mobile
two-way radio system in your vehicle could affect electronic systems such as:
�Multiport fuel injection sys-
tem/sequential multiport fuel injection system
�Toyota Safety Sense 2.0For your information
Main Owner’s Manual
Noise from under vehicle
after turning off the engineAccessories, spare parts
and modification of your
Toyota
Installation of a mobile two-way radio system
https://www.MyCarManual.com”hh uh�”(hh�h}”ubŒ$e36bf92a-376b-4a62-bf2a-8097dacd6172”h
)�”}”(h
}”(hNh}”(hhhKuhX‰7
COROLLA_U�Anti-lock brake system
�SRS airbag system
�Seat belt pretensioner system
Be sure to check with your Toy-
ota dealer for precautionary measures or special instructions regarding installation of a mobile two-way radio system.
The vehicle is equipped with
sophisticated computers that will record certain data, such as:
The recorded data varies
according to the vehicle grade level and options with which it is equipped.
These computers do not record
conversations or sounds, and
only record images outside of
the vehicle in certain situations.• Engine speed/Electric motor
speed (traction motor speed)
• Accelerator status• Brake status• Vehicle speed• Operation status of the driving
assist systems, such as the ABS and pre-collision system
• Images from the front camera
(available only when certain safety systems are activated, which varies depending on the vehicle specifications).
�Data Transmission
Your vehicle may transmit the data
recorded in these computers to Toyota without notification to you.
�Data usage
Toyota may use the data recorded in this computer to diagnose mal-functions, conduct research and development, and improve quality.
Toyota will not disclose the
recorded data to a third party
except:
• With the consen t of the vehicle
owner or with the consent of the
lessee if the vehicle is leased
• In response to an official request
by the police, a court of law or a government agency
• For use by Toyota in a lawsuit
• For research purposes where the
data is not tied to a specific vehi-
cle or vehicle owner
�Recorded image information
can be erased by your Toyota
dealer.
The image recording function can
be disabled. However, if the func-tion is disabled, data from when the pre-collision system operates will not be available.
�To learn more about the vehi-
cle data collected, used and shared by Toyota, please visitwww.toyota.com/privacyvts/
.
If your Toyota has Safety Con-nect and if you have subscribed to those services, please refer to the Safety Connect Telematics Vehicle data recording
Usage of data collected
through Safety Connect
(U.S. mainland only)
https://www.MyCarManual.com”hh uh�”(hh�h}”ubŒ$cc03b979-77ae-49e3-93d5-37c8698088c4”h
)�”}”(h
}”(hNh}”(hhhKuhX»8
COROLLA_USubscription Service Agreement
for information on data collected and its usage.
To learn more about the vehicle
data collected, used and shared by Toyota, please visitwww.toyota.com/privacyvts/
.
This vehicle is equipped with an event data recorder (EDR). The main purpose of an EDR is to record, in certain crash or near crash-like situations, such as an air bag deployment or hitting a road obstacle, data that will assist in understanding how a vehicle’s systems performed. The EDR is designed to record data related to vehicle dynamics and safety systems for a short period of time, typically 30 sec-onds or less.
The EDR in this vehicle is
designed to record such data as:• How various systems in your
vehicle were operating;
• Whether or not the driver and
passenger safety belts were buckled/fastened;
• How far (if at all) the driver
was depressing the accelera-tor and/or brake pedal; and,
• How fast the vehicle was trav-
eling.
These data can help provide a better understanding of the cir-cumstances in which crashes and injuries occur.
NOTE: EDR data are recorded
by your vehicle only if a nontriv-ial crash situation occurs; no data are recorded by the EDR under normal driving conditions and no personal data (e.g., name, gender, age, and crash location) are recorded. How-ever, other parties, such as law enforcement, could combine the EDR data with the type of per-sonally identifying data rou-tinely acquired during a crash investigation.To read data recorded by an EDR, special equipment is required, and access to the vehicle or the EDR is needed. In addition to the vehicle manufac-turer, other parties, such as law enforcement, that have the spe-cial equipment, can read the information if they have access to the vehicle or the EDR.
�Disclosure of the EDR data
Toyota will not disclose the data
recorded in an EDR to a third party except when:
• An agreement from the vehicle’s
owner (or the lessee for a leased
vehicle) is obtained
• In response to an official request
by the police, a court of law or a government agency
• For use by Toyota in a lawsuit
However, if necessary, Toyota may:• Use the data for research on Event data recorder
https://www.MyCarManual.com”hh uh�”(hh�h}”ubŒ$7ea8c9b2-e4f9-456f-b1c9-0245b5400900”h
)�”}”(h
}”(hNh}”(hhhKuhXÄ9
COROLLA_Uvehicle safety performance
• Disclose the data to a third party
for research purposes without
disclosing information about the specific vehicle or vehicle owner
The SRS airbag and seat belt
pretensioner devices in your Toyota contain explosive chemi-cals. If the vehicle is scrapped with the airbags and seat belt pretensioners left as they are, this may cause an accident such as fire. Be sure to have the sys-tems of the SRS airbag and seat belt pretensioner removed and disposed of by a qualified ser-vice shop or by your Toyota dealer before you scrap your vehicle.
Special handling may apply, See
www.dtsc.ca.gov/hazardouswaste/perchlorate.
Your vehicle has components
that may contain perchlorate. These components may include the airbags, seat belt preten-sioners, wireless remote control batteries, and the batteries in the tire pressure warning valve and transmitters.Scrapping of your Toyota
Perchlorate MaterialWARNING
â– General precautions while
driving
Driving under the influence: Never drive your vehicle when under the influence of alcohol or drugs that
have impaired your ability to oper-
ate your vehicle. Alcohol and cer-
tain drugs delay reaction time,
impair judgment and reduce coor-
dination, which c ould lead to an
accident that could result in death or serious injury.
Defensive driving: Always drive
defensively. Anticipate mistakes
that other drivers or pedestrians
might make and be ready to avoid accidents.
Driver distraction: Always give
your full attentio n to driving. Any-
thing that distracts the driver, such as adjusting controls, talking on a cellular phone or reading can
result in a collision with resulting
death or serious injury to you, your occupants or others.
â– General precaution regarding
children’s safety
Never leave children unattended in the vehicle, and never allow
children to have or use the key.
Children may be able to start the
vehicle or shift the vehicle into neutral. There is also a danger
that children ma y injure them-
selves by playing with the win-
dows, the moon roof, or other
features of the vehicle. In addi-
tion, heat build-up or extremely cold temperatures inside the vehi-
cle can be fatal to children.
https://www.MyCarManual.com”hh uh�”(hh�h}”ubŒ$c8f5d362-230d-48d4-9b32-3e16bde407cd”h
)�”}”(h
}”(hNh}”(hhhK uhXû10
COROLLA_UReading this manual
Explains symbols used in
this manual.
Symbols in this manual
Symbols Meanings
WARNING:
Explains something
that, if not obeyed, could cause death or serious injury to peo-ple.
NOTICE:
Explains something
that, if not obeyed, could cause dam-age to or a malfunc-tion in the vehicle or its equipment.
Indicates operating or working proce-dures. Follow the steps in numerical order.
Symbols in illustrationsSymbols Meanings
Indicates the action (pushing, turning, etc.) used to operate switches and other devices.
Indicates the out-come of an operation (e.g. a lid opens).
Symbols Meanings
Indicates the compo-nent or position being explained.
Means Do not , Do
not do this , or Do
not let this happen .
https://www.MyCarManual.com”hh uh�”(hh�h}”ubŒ$957637ca-c4a2-4643-9614-8388a75d9057”h
)�”}”(h
}”(hNh}”(hhhK
uhX211
COROLLA_Uâ– Searching by name
�Alphabetical index: P.571
â– Searching by installation
position
�Pictorial index:  P.12
â– Searching by symptom or sound
�What to do if... (Troubleshoot-ing):  P.568■Searching by title
�Table of contents: P.2How to search
https://www.MyCarManual.com”hh uh�”(hh�h}”ubŒ$14f35c6e-7b2f-4200-bc82-5f08553eda78”h
)�”}”(h
}”(hNh}”(hhhK uhX 12 Pictorial index
Pictorial index
â– Exterior
Doors.......................................................... ......................... P.103
Locking/unlocking .............................................. .................. P.103
Opening/closing the side windows............................... ........ P.127
Locking/unlocking by using the mechanical key*1................ P.513
Warning messages ............................................... ............... P.107
Trunk ................................................................................... P.108
Opening from inside............................................ ................. P.109
Opening from outside........................................... ................ P.109
Warning messages ............................................... ................P.111
Outside rear view mirrors ................................................. P.125Adjusting the mirror angle ..................................... ............... P.125
Folding the mirrors ............................................ ................... P.126
Defogging the mirrors
*2................................................ P.388, 392
Windshield wipers.............................................. ................ P.176
Precautions for winter seas on.............................................. P.255
To prevent freezing (windshield wiper de-icer)*2.................. P.395
https://www.MyCarManual.com”hh uh�”(hh�h}”ubŒ$b1be65d5-107c-4b1e-bb8d-5bb689b0f844”h
)�”}”(h
}”(hNh}”(hhhK uhXø13 Pictorial index
COROLLA_UFuel filler door ............................................... ..................... P.178
Refueling method............................................... .................. P.179
Fuel type/fuel tan k capacity ................................... .............. P.526
Tires.......................................................... ........................... P.444
Tire size/inflation pressure ................................... ................ P.531
Winter tires/tire chains ....................................... .................. P.255
Checking/rotation/tire pressure warning system*2............... P.444
Coping with flat tires......................................... ............ P.493, 503
Hood........................................................... ......................... P.434
Opening ............................................................................... P.434
Engine oil ..................................................... ........................ P.526
Coping with overheating ...................................................... P.519
Headlights/daytime running lights .............................. ..... P.170
Turn signal lights/parking lights.............................. ......... P.170
Parking lights*2............................................................... .... P.170
Front side marker lights ....................................... ............. P.170
LED accent lights*2............................................................ P.1 70
Stop lights/tail lights/rear side marker lights/turn signal lig hts
P.170
License plate lights........................................... ................. P.170
Tail lights*2............................................................... ........... P.170
Back-up lights
Shifting the shift position to R .............................. P .153, 155, 160
*1:Vehicles with a smart key system
*2:If equippedLight bulbs of the exterior lights for driving
(Replacing method: P.464, Watts: P.533)
https://www.MyCarManual.com”hh uh�”(hh�h}”ubŒ$2a59c434-f306-44cf-bd7d-5f64ab96e6c4”h
)�”}”(h
}”(hNh}”(hhhK
uhX…14 Pictorial index
COROLLA_Uâ– Instrument panel
Engine switch............................................................. P.147, 148
Starting the engine/changing the positions*1....................... P.147
Starting the engine/changing the modes*2........................... P.148
Emergency stop of the engin e ............................................. P.472
When the engine will not start................................. ............. P.511
Warning messages ............................................... ............... P.490
Shift lever.................................................... ........ P.153, 155, 160
Changing the shift position................................... P .153, 155, 160
Precautions for towing .. ....................................... ................ P.475
When the shift lever does not move*3.................................. P.154
Meters ............................................................................. P.77, 81
Reading the meters/adjusting the instrument panel light . P.77, 8 1
Warning lights/indicator lights ................................ ................ P.72
When a warning light turns on .................................. ........... P.481
Multi-information display . ..................................... .............. P.86
Display ........................................................ ........................... P.86
https://www.MyCarManual.com”hh uh�”(hh�h}”ubŒ$83521621-9688-4349-93cc-cb5c075e9b81”h
)�”}”(h
}”(hNh}”(hhhKuhX{15 Pictorial index
COROLLA_UWhen a warning message is displayed............................ .... P.490
Parking brake*4............................................................... .... P.163
Applying/releasing............................................. ................... P.163
Precautions for winter seas on.............................................. P.256
Warning light/message..... ..................................... ....... P.163, 481
Turn signal lever.............................................. ................... P.162
Headlight switch ............................................... ................. P.170
Headlights/parking lights/tail lig hts/side marker lights/daytim e run-
ning lights/LED accent lights*4............................................. P.170
Windshield wiper and washer switch............................. .. P.176
Usage................................................................................... P.176
Adding washer fluid.............................................................. P.443
Emergency flasher switch....................................... .......... P.472
Hood lock release lever........................................ ............. P.434
Tilt and telescopic steering lock release lever................ P.123
Air conditioning system ............................. ........... .... P.386, 391
Usage.......................................................... ................. P.386, 391
Rear window defogger ........................................... ...... P.388, 392
Entune Audio*4............................................................... .... P.261
Entune Audio Plus*4, 5
Entune Premium Audio*4, 5
*1:Vehicles without a smart key system
*2:Vehicles with a smart key system
*3:Vehicles with a continuous ly variable transmission
*4:If equipped
*5:Refer to “NAVIGATI ON AND MULTIMEDIA SYSTEM OWNER’S MAN-
UAL�.
https://www.MyCarManual.com”hh uh�”(hh�h}”ubŒ$1e589c5a-243e-467b-bedf-dad91d80c588”h
)�”}”(h
}”(hNh}”(hhhKuhXÖ16 Pictorial index
COROLLA_Uâ– Switches
Instrument panel light cont rol dial ............................ ... P.79, 84
Automatic High Beam switch ..................................... ...... P.173
Heated steering wheel switch*.......................................... P.397
Windshield wiper de-icer switch*..................................... P.395
Outside rear view mirror s witch ................................ ....... P.125
Door lock switches ............................................................ P.106
Power window switches....... ................................... .......... P.127
Window lock switch............................................. .............. P.129
*: If equipped
https://www.MyCarManual.com”hh uh�”(hh�h}”ubŒ$9b746a8b-d120-4426-a121-0f88a675cd97”h
)�”}”(h
}”(hNh}”(hhhKuhXö17 Pictorial index
COROLLA_UMeter control switches .. ....................................... ............... P.87
Paddle shift switches*1...................................................... P.157
Vehicle-to-vehicle distance switch........................... P. 219, 228
Cruise control switches
Dynamic radar cruise cont rol with full-speed range*1.......... P.213
Dynamic radar cruise control*1............................................. P.223
Audio remote control switches*2...................................... P.321
LTA (Lane Tracing Assist) switch*1................................... P.195
LDA (Lane Departure Alert wi th steering c ontrol) switch*1P.205
Phone switch*2............................................................... .... P.348
Talk switch*2............................................................... ........ P.336
*1:If equipped
*2:Vehicles with Entune Audio Plus or Entune Premium Audio, refer to
“NAVIGATION AND MULTIMEDIA SYSTEM OWNER’S MANUAL�.
Seat heater switches*........................................................ P.397
Wireless cha rger switch*................................................... P.405
Brake hold switch*............................................................. P. 167
Parking brake switch*........................................................ P.164
Precautions for winter seas on.............................................. P.256
VSC OFF switch ................................................. ................ P.251
https://www.MyCarManual.com”hh uh�”(hh�h}”ubŒ$5b8dad8e-a709-4e37-bf31-901961844935”h
)�”}”(h
}”(hNh}”(hhhKuhŒã18 Pictorial index
COROLLA_USport mode switch*............................................................ P.2 49
“iMT� (Intelligent Manu al Transmission) switch*............ P.161
*: If equipped
https://www.MyCarManual.com”hh uh�”(hh�h}”ubŒ$4024e8fa-99e4-48a0-9c35-6caca615e57d”h
)�”}”(h
}”(hNh}”(hhhKuhXß19 Pictorial index
COROLLA_Uâ– Interior
SRS airbags.................................................... ...................... P.29
Floor mats..................................................... ........................ P.22
Front seats.................................................... ...................... P.118
Head restraints................................................ ................... P.121
Seat belts ..................................................... ......................... P.25
Console box ....................................................................... P.402
Inside lock buttons ............................................ ................ P.107
Cup holders .................................................... .................... P.401
Rear seats..................................................... ...................... P.119
Rear seat heater switches*................................................ P.397
*: If equipped
https://www.MyCarManual.com”hh uh�”(hh�h}”ubŒ$50d3cf7e-ff42-4d27-831f-2fe81ad20eb7”h
)�”}”(h
}”(hNh}”(hhhKuhX20 Pictorial index
COROLLA_Uâ– Ceiling
Inside rear view mirror ........................................ .............. P.124
Sun visors..................................................... ...................... P.412
Vanity mirrors................................................. .................... P.412
Vanity lights*............................................................... ........ P.412
Interior lights/personal lights ................................ ........... P.398
Moon roof switches*.......................................................... P.130
“SOS� button*............................................................... ........ P.61
Assist grips ................................................... ..................... P.413
*: If equipped
https://www.MyCarManual.com”hh uh�”(hh�h}”ubŒ$b0ce13ea-87ee-49a8-82e1-d4325874bf24”h
)�”}”(h
}”(hNh}”(hhhKuhX„21
COROLLA_U1
1For safety and securityFor safety and security
.1-1. For safe use
Before driving................. 22
For safe driving .............. 23
Seat belts ....................... 25
SRS airbags................... 29
Front passenger occupant
classification system .... 39
Exhaust gas precautions
..................................... 44
1-2. Child safety
Riding with children........ 45
Child restraint systems... 46
1-3. Emergency assistance
Safety Connect .............. 61
1-4. Theft deterrent system
Engine immobilizer system
..................................... 67
Alarm.............................. 69
https://www.MyCarManual.com”hh uh�”(hh�h}”ubŒ$6f46a586-d7b7-427f-b799-fa1ecd4aa780”h
)�”}”(h
}”(hNh}”(hhhKuhX]22 1-1. For safe use
COROLLA_U1-1.For safe use
Use only floor mats designed
specifically for vehicles of the same model and model year as your vehicle. Fix them securely
in place onto the carpet.
1Insert the retaining hooks
(clips) into the floor mat eye-lets.
2Turn the upper knob of each
retaining hook (clip) to secure
the floor mats in place.
Always align the marks .The shape of the retaining hooks
(clips) may differ from that shown in the illustration.Before driving
Observe the following
before starting off in the vehicle to ensure safety of driving.
Floor matWARNING
Observe the following precau-
tions.
Failure to do so may cause the
driver’s floor mat to slip, possibly interfering with t he pedals while
driving. An unexpectedly high
speed may result or it may
become difficult to stop the vehi-
cle. This could lead to an acci-
dent, resulting in death or serious
injury.
■When installing the driver’s
floor mat
â—�Do not use floor mats designed for other models or different
model year vehicles, even if
they are Toyota Genuine floor mats.
â—�Only use floor mats designed
for the driver’s seat.
â—�Always install the floor mat
securely using the retaining hooks (clips) provided.
â—�Do not use two or more floor
mats on top of each other.
â—�Do not place the floor mat bot-tom-side up or upside-down.
https://www.MyCarManual.com”hh uh�”(hh�h}”ubŒ$df7353f4-5729-4984-b99e-35a407bbcddd”h
)�”}”(h
}”(hNh}”(hhhKuhX?23 1-1. For safe use
COROLLA_U1For safety and security
Adjust the angle of the seat-
back so that you are sitting straight up and so that you do not have to lean forward to steer. (ï‚®P.118)
Adjust the seat so that you can depress the pedals fully and so that your arms bend slightly at the elbow when gripping the steering wheel. (ï‚®P.118)
Lock the head restraint in
place with the center of the
head restraint closest to the top of your ears. ( ï‚®P.121)
Wear the seat belt correctly. (ï‚®P.25)WARNING
â– Before driving
â—�Check that the floor mat is
securely fixed in the correct
place with all the provided retaining hooks (clips). Be espe-
cially careful to perform this
check after cleaning the floor.
â—�With the engine stopped and
the shift lever in P (continuously
variable transmission) or N (manual transmission), fully
depress each pedal to the floor
to make sure it does not inter-fere with the floor mat.For safe driving
For safe driving, adjust the
seat and mirror to an appro-priate position before driv-ing.
Correct driving posture
https://www.MyCarManual.com”hh uh�”(hh�h}”ubŒ$980596a6-9736-499d-b9b3-2c3ccb3e78cd”h
)�”}”(h
}”(hNh}”(hhhKuhXé24 1-1. For safe use
COROLLA_UMake sure that all occupants are
wearing their seat belts before driving the vehicle. ( ï‚®P.25)
Use a child restraint system appropriate for the child until the child becomes large enough to properly wear the vehicle’s seat belt. ( P.46)
Make sure that you can see backward clearly by adjusting the inside and outside rear view mirrors properly. ( ï‚®P.124, 125)WARNING
â– For safe driving
Observe the following precau-
tions.
Failure to do so m ay result in
death or serious injury.
â—�Do not adjust the position of the
driver’s seat while driving.
Doing so could cause the driver to lose control of the vehicle.
â—�Do not place a cushion between the driver or passenger and the
seatback.
A cushion may prevent correct posture from being achieved,
and reduce the effectiveness of
the seat belt and head restraint.
â—�Do not place anything under the front seats.
Objects placed u nder the front
seats may become jammed in
the seat tracks and stop the
seat from locking in place. This
may lead to an accident and the adjustment mechanism may
also be damaged.
â—�Always observe the legal speed
limit when driving on public roads.
â—�When driving over long dis-
tances, take regular breaks
before you start to feel tired.Also, if you feel tired or sleepy
while driving, do not force your-
self to continue driving and take a break immediately.
â—�Take care when adjusting the
seat position to ensure that
other passengers are not injured by the moving seat.
â—�When adjusting the seat posi-
tion, do not put your hands
under the seat or near the mov-ing parts to avoid injury. Fingers
or hands may become jammed
in the seat mechanism.Correct use of the seat
belts
Adjusting the mirrors
https://www.MyCarManual.com”hh uh�”(hh�h}”ubŒ$da3afbf6-ebc0-440b-a5a8-bda502242aa6”h
)�”}”(h
}”(hNh}”(hhhKuhXC25 1-1. For safe use
COROLLA_U1For safety and securitySeat belts
Make sure that all occu-
pants are wearing their seat belts before driving the vehicle.
WARNING
Observe the following precautions
to reduce the risk of injury in the
event of sudden braking, sudden swerving or an accident.
Failure to do so may cause death
or serious injury.
â– Wearing a seat belt
â—�Ensure that all passengers wear a seat belt.
â—�Always wear a seat belt prop-erly.
â—�Each seat belt should be used
by one person only. Do not use
a seat belt for more than one person at once, including chil-
dren.
â—�Toyota recommends that chil-
dren be seated in the rear seat and always use a seat belt
and/or an appropriate child
restraint system.
â—�To achieve a p roper seating
position, do not recline the seat
more than necessary. The seat
belt is most effective when the occupants are sitting up straight
and well back in the seats.
â—�Do not wear the shoulder belt
under your arm.
â—�Always wear your seat belt low and snug across your hips.â– Pregnant women
Obtain medical advice and wear
the seat belt in the proper way.
(ï‚®P.26)
Women who are pregnant should position the lap belt as low as
possible over the hips in the same
manner as other occupants,
extending the shoulder belt com-pletely over the shoulder and
avoiding belt contact with the
rounding of the abdominal area.
If the seat belt is not worn prop-
erly, not only the pregnant woman, but also the fetus could
suffer death or se rious injury as a
result of sudden braking or a colli-
sion.
â– People suffering illness
Obtain medical advice and wear the seat belt in the proper way.
(ï‚®P.26)
â– When children are in the vehi-
cle
ï‚®P.55
â– Seat belt damage and wear
â—�Do not damage the seat belts
by allowing the belt, plate, or
buckle to be jammed in the door.
https://www.MyCarManual.com”hh uh�”(hh�h}”ubŒ$698d0d5c-8694-4502-99f5-97301f0afbdf”h
)�”}”(h
}”(hNh}”(hhhKuhXc26 1-1. For safe use
COROLLA_U�Extend the shoulder belt so
that it comes fully over the shoulder, but does not come into contact with the neck or slide off the shoulder.�Position the lap belt as low as possible over the hips.
�Adjust the position of the seatback. Sit up straight and well back in the seat.
�Do not twist the seat belt.
â– Child seat belt usage
The seat belts of your vehicle were
principally designed for persons of
adult size.
â—�Use a child restraint system appropriate for the child, until the child becomes large enough to
properly wear the vehicle’s seat
belt. (ï‚® P.46)
â—�When the child becomes large enough to properl y wear the vehi-
cle’s seat belt, follow the instruc-
tions regarding seat belt usage.
(ï‚®P.25)
â– Seat belt extender
If your seat belts cannot be fastened securely because they are not long enough, a personalized seat belt
extender is available from your Toy-
ota dealer free of charge.WARNING
â—�Inspect the seat belt system periodically. Check for cuts, fraying, and loose parts. Do not
use a damaged seat belt until it
is replaced. Damaged seat belts cannot protect an occupant
from death or se rious injury.
â—�Ensure that the belt and plate
are locked and the belt is not twisted.If the seat belt does not function
correctly, immediately contact
your Toyota dealer.
â—�Replace the seat assembly, including the belts, if your vehi-
cle has been involved in a seri-
ous accident, even if there is no obvious damage.
â—�Do not attempt to install,
remove, modify, disassemble or
dispose of the seat belts. Have any necessary repairs carried
out by your Toyota dealer. Inap-
propriate handling may lead to incorrect operation.
Correct use of the seat
belts
WARNING
â– Using a seat belt extender
â—�Do not wear the seat belt
extender if you can fasten the seat belt without the extender.
https://www.MyCarManual.com”hh uh�”(hh�h}”ubŒ$b7e8d975-4cef-4769-a316-7c7f95da1996”h
)�”}”(h
}”(hNh}”(hhhKuhX®27 1-1. For safe use
COROLLA_U1For safety and security
1To fasten the seat belt, push
the plate into the buckle until a click sound is heard.
2To release the seat belt,
press the release button .â– Emergency locking retractor
(ELR)
The retractor will lock the belt during a sudden stop or on impact. It may
also lock if you lean forward too
quickly. A slow, easy motion will
allow the belt to extend so that you
can move around fully.
â– Automatic locking retractor (ALR)
When a passenger’s shoulder belt is completely extended and then
retracted even slightly, the belt is
locked in that position and cannot be extended. This feature is used to
hold the child restraint system
(CRS) firmly. To free the belt again, fully retract the belt and then pull the
belt out once more. (ï‚® P.46)
â– Rear seat belt
Use the seat belt after passing it through the guide if the seat belt
comes free fro m the guide.
1Push the seat belt shoulder WARNING
â—�Do not use the seat belt extender when installing a child restraint system because the
belt will not securely hold the
child restraint system, increas-ing the risk of death or serious
injury in the event of an acci-dent.
â—�The personalized extender may not be safe on another vehicle, when used by another person,
or at a different seating position
other than the one originally intended.
NOTICE
â– When using a seat belt extender
When releasing the seat belt, press on the buckle release but-
ton on the extender, not on the
seat belt.This helps prevent damage to the
vehicle interior and the extender
itself.
Fastening and releasing
the seat belt
Adjusting the seat belt
shoulder anchor height
(front seats)
https://www.MyCarManual.com”hh uh�”(hh�h}”ubŒ$e4624b48-427e-4b43-95ee-31cc68a58fc0”h
)�”}”(h
}”(hNh}”(hhhKuhXÌ28 1-1. For safe use
COROLLA_Uanchor down while pressing
the release button .
2Push the seat belt shoulder
anchor up.
Move the height adjuster up and
down as needed until you hear a click.
The pretensioners help the seat
belts to quickly restrain the occupants by retracting the seat belts when the vehicle is sub-jected to certain types of severe frontal or side collision or a vehi-cle rollover.
The pretensioners do not activate
in the event of a minor frontal impact, a minor s ide impact or a
rear impact.
â– Replacing the belt after the pre-
tensioner has been activated
If the vehicle is involved in multiple collisions, the pretensioner will acti-
vate for the first collision, but will not activate for the second or subse-
quent collisions.
WARNING
â– Adjustable shoulder anchor
Always make sure the shoulder belt is positioned across the cen-
ter of your shoulder. The belt
should be kept away from your neck, but not falling off your shoul-
der. Failure to do so could reduce
the amount of protection in an accident and cause death or seri-
ous injuries in the event of a sud-
den stop, sudden swerve or accident.
Seat belt pretensioners
(front seats)WARNING
â– Seat belt pretensioners
â—�Do not place anything, such as
a cushion, on the front passen-
ger’s seat. Doing so will
disperse the passenger’s weight, which prevents the sen-
sor from detecting the passen-
ger’s weight properly. As a result, the seat belt pretensioner
for the front passenger’s seat
may not activate in the event of a collision.
â—�If the pretensioner has acti-
vated, the SRS warning light will
come on. In that case, the seat belt cannot be used again and
must be replaced at your Toyota
dealer.
https://www.MyCarManual.com”hh uh�”(hh�h}”ubŒ$59208f8b-f9ee-48ec-9a09-8a3ddb7bb8b9”h
)�”}”(h
}”(hNh}”(hhhKuhX 29 1-1. For safe use
COROLLA_U1For safety and security
â– Location of the SRS airbags
�SRS front airbags
SRS driver airbag/front passenger airbag
Can help protect the head and chest of the driver and front passenger from
impact with interior components
SRS knee airbag
Can help provide dr iver protection
SRS seat cushion airbag
Can help restrain the front passenger
�SRS side and curtain shield airbags
SRS front side airbags
Can help protect the torso of the front seat occupantsSRS airbags
The SRS airbags inflate when the vehicle is subjected to cer-
tain types of severe impacts that may cause significant injury to the occupants. They work together with the seat belts to help reduce the risk of death or serious injury.
SRS airbag system
https://www.MyCarManual.com”hh uh�”(hh�h}”ubŒ$4f0044d9-2b6f-4f5a-a6af-9f676c4aa806”h
)�”}”(h
}”(hNh}”(hhhKuhXú30 1-1. For safe use
COROLLA_USRS curtain shield airbags
• Can help protect primarily the h ead of occupants in the outer seats
• Can help prevent the occupants from being thrown from the vehi cle in the
event of vehicle rollover
â– SRS airbag system components
Seat cushion airbag
Front passenger occupant classification system (ECU and sen-
sors)
“AIR BAG ON� and “AIR BAG OFF� indicator lightsFront passenger airbagCurtain shield airbagsSide impact sensors (front doors)Side airbagsSeat belt pretensioners and force limiters
Side impact sensors (rear)
Side impact sensors (front)Driver airbagDriver’s seat bel t buckle switch
Driver’s seat position sensorDriver’s knee airbagSRS warning lightFront impact sensors
https://www.MyCarManual.com”hh uh�”(hh�h}”ubŒ$6da456da-e92f-4259-a587-7f4c7ad92fb5”h
)�”}”(h
}”(hNh}”(hhhKuhX² 31 1-1. For safe use
COROLLA_U1For safety and securityAirbag sensor assembly
Your vehicle is equipped with ADVANCED AIRBAGS designed
based on the US motor vehicle safety standards (FMVSS208). The airbag sensor assembly (ECU) cont rols airbag deployment based o n
information obtained from the sensors etc. shown in the system components diagram above. This in formation includes crash sever-
ity and occupant information. As the airbags deploy, a chemical
reaction in the inflators quickly fills the airbags with non-to xic gas to
help restrain the motion of the occupants.
â– If the SRS airbags deploy
(inflate)
â—�Slight abrasions, burns, bruising
etc., may be sustained from SRS airbags, due to the extremely high speed deployment (inflation) by
hot gases.
â—�A loud noise and white powder will be emitted.
â—�Parts of the airbag module (steer-ing wheel hub, airbag cover and
inflator) as well as the front seats, parts of the front and rear pillars,
and roof side rails, may be hot for several minutes. T he airbag itself
may also be hot.
â—�The windshield may crack.
â—�The brakes and st op lights will be
controlled automatically. ( ï‚®P.251)
â—�The interior lights will turn on auto-matically. ( ï‚®P.399)
â—�The emergency flashers will be turned on automatically. ( ï‚®P.472)
â—�Fuel supply to the engine will be stopped. ( ï‚®P.480)
â—�For Safety Connect subscribers, if any of the followin g situations
occur, the system is designed to
send an emergency call to the
response center, notifying them of the vehicle’s location (without
needing to push the “SOS� button)
and an agent will attempt to speak with the occupants to ascertain
the level of emergency and assis-
tance required. If the occupants are unable to communicate, the
agent automatically treats the call
as an emergency and helps to dis-patch the necessary emergency
services. ( ï‚®P.61)
• An SRS airbag is deployed.
• A seat belt pretensioner is acti-
vated.
• The vehicle is involved in a severe
rear-end collision.
â– SRS airbag deployment condi-
tions (SRS front airbags)
â—�The SRS front airbags will deploy in the event of an impact that
exceeds the set threshold level
(the level of forc e corresponding
to an approximately 12 - 18 mph
[20 - 30 km/h] frontal collision with
a fixed wall that does not move or deform).
However, this threshold velocity will be considerably higher in the follow-
ing situations:
• If the vehicle strikes an object,
such as a parked vehicle or sign
pole, which can move or deform
on impact
• If the vehicle is involved in an
underride collision, such as a colli-sion in which the front of the vehi-cle “underrides�, or goes under,
the bed of a truck
â—�Depending on the type of collision, it is possible that only the seat belt
pretensioners will activate.
â—�The SRS front airbags for the front passenger will not activate if there is no passenger sitting in the front
passenger seat. However, the
https://www.MyCarManual.com”hh uh�”(hh�h}”ubŒ$90acce3f-19c2-4727-a47b-2e07b8089c68”h
)�”}”(h
}”(hNh}”(hhhKuhX*32 1-1. For safe use
COROLLA_USRS front airbags for the front
passenger may de ploy if luggage
is put in the seat, even if the seat
is unoccupied.
â—�The SRS seat cushion airbag on the front passen ger seat will not
operate if the occupant is not
wearing a seat belt.
â– SRS airbag deployment condi-
tions (SRS side and curtain shield airbags)
â—�The SRS side and curtain shield airbags will deploy i n the event of
an impact that exceeds the set threshold level (the level of force corresponding to the impact force
produced by an approximately
3300 lb. [1500 kg] vehicle colliding with the vehicle cabin from a
direction perpendicular to the
vehicle orientation at an approxi-mate speed of 12 - 18 mph [20 -
30 km/h]).
â—�Both SRS curtain shield airbags may deploy in the event of a
severe side collision.
â—�Both SRS curtain shield airbags will deploy in the event of vehicle
rollover.
â—�Both SRS curtain shield airbags may also deploy in the event of a
severe frontal collision.
â– Conditions under which the
SRS airbags may deploy (inflate), other t han a collision
The SRS front airbags and SRS side and curtain shield airbags may
also deploy if a serious impact
occurs to the underside of your vehi-cle. Some examples are shown in
the illustration.
â—�Hitting a curb, edge of pavement
or hard surface
â—�Falling into or jumping over a deep hole
â—�Landing hard or fallingThe SRS curtain shield airbags may also deploy under the situations
shown in the illustration.
â—�The angle of vehicle tip-up is mar-ginal.
â—�The vehicle skids and hits a curb stone.
â– Types of collisions that may not deploy the SRS airbags (SRS
front airbags)
The SRS front airbags do not gener-ally inflate if the vehicle is involved in a side or r ear collision, if it rolls
over, or if it is involved in a low-speed frontal collision. But,
whenever a collis ion of any type
causes sufficient forward decelera-tion of the vehicle, deployment of the SRS front airbags may occur.
â—�Collision from the side
â—�Collision from the rear
â—�Vehicle rollover
https://www.MyCarManual.com”hh uh�”(hh�h}”ubŒ$2825460d-0006-46b5-a172-09d0fd0c6ecf”h
)�”}”(h
}”(hNh}”(hhhK uhXø33 1-1. For safe use
COROLLA_U1For safety and securityâ– Types of collisions that may not
deploy the SRS airbags (SRS
side and curtain shield airbags)
The SRS side and curtain shield air-
bags may not activate if the vehicle
is subjected to a c ollision from the
side at certain angl es, or a collision
to the side of the vehicle body other than the passenger compartment.
â—�Collision from the s ide to the vehi-
cle body other than the passenger compartment
â—�Collision from the s ide at an angle
The SRS side airbags do not gener-ally inflate if the vehicle is involved in a frontal or rear c ollision, if it rolls
over, or if it i s involved in a
low-speed side collision.
â—�Collision from the front
â—�Collision from the rear
â—�Vehicle rollover
The SRS curtain shield airbags do not generally inflate if the vehicle is involved in a rear collision, if it
pitches end over end, or if it is involved in a low-speed side or low-speed fron tal collision.
â—�Collision from the rear
â—�Pitching end over endâ– When to contact your Toyota dealer
In the following ca ses, the vehicle
will require inspecti on and/or repair.
Contact your Toyota dealer as soon as possible.
â—�Any of the SRS airbags have been inflated.
â—�The front of the vehicle is dam-aged or deformed, or was involved in an accident that was
not severe enough to cause the
SRS front airbags to inflate.
â—�A portion of a door or its surround-ing area is damaged, deformed or has had a hole made in it, or the
vehicle was involved in an acci-
dent that was not severe enough to cause the SRS side and curtain
shield airbags to inflate.
â—�The pad section of the steering
wheel, dashboard near the front
passenger airbag or lower portion
of the instrument panel is
https://www.MyCarManual.com”hh uh�”(hh�h}”ubŒ$95bdc2a9-9e99-4351-905b-7d56e8b3585d”h
)�”}”(h
}”(hNh}”(hhhK!uhXW34 1-1. For safe use
COROLLA_Uscratched, cracked, or otherwise
damaged.
â—�The seat cushion surface is scratched, cracked, or otherwise
damaged.
â—�The surface of the seats with the SRS side airbag is scratched,
cracked, or otherwise damaged.
â—�The portion of the f ront pillars, rear
pillars or roof side rail garnishes (padding) containing the SRS cur-
tain shield airbags inside is
scratched, cracked, or otherwise damaged.WARNING
â– SRS airbag precautions
Observe the following precautions
regarding the SRS airbags.
Failure to do so may cause death or serious injury.
â—�The driver and all passengers in
the vehicle must wear their seat
belts properly.The SRS airbags are supple-mental devices to be used with
the seat belts.
â—�The SRS driver airbag deploys
with considerable force, and can cause death or serious
injury especially if the driver is
very close to the airbag. The National Highway Traffic Safety
Administration (NHTSA)
advises:
Since the risk zone for the driver’s airbag is the first 2 - 3 in. (50 - 75 mm) of inflation, placing yourself
10 in. (250 mm) from your driver
airbag provides you with a margin of safety. This distance is mea-
sured from the center of the steer-
ing wheel to your breastbone. If you sit less than 10 in. (250 mm)
away now, you can change your
driving position in several ways:
• Move your seat to the rear as
far as you can while still reach-
ing the pedals comfortably.
• Slightly recline the back of the
seat.Although vehicle designs vary, many drivers can achieve the
10 in. (250 mm) distance, even
with the driver seat all the way forward, simply by reclining the
back of the seat somewhat. If
reclining the back of your seat makes it hard to see the road,
raise yourself by using a firm,
non-slippery cushion, or raise the seat if your vehicle has that
feature.
https://www.MyCarManual.com”hh uh�”(hh�h}”ubŒ$3e15682c-e22e-4d79-a067-60773515d338”h
)�”}”(h
}”(hNh}”(hhhK"uhXÂ35 1-1. For safe use
COROLLA_U1For safety and securityWARNING
• If your steering wheel is adjust-
able, tilt it downward. This
points the airbag toward your
chest instead of your head and
neck.
The seat should be adjusted as recommended by NHTSA above,
while still maintain ing control of
the foot pedals, steering wheel,
and your view of the instrument panel controls.
â—�If the seat belt extender has
been connected to the front
seat belt buckles but the seat belt extender has not also been
fastened to the latch plate of the
seat belt, the SRS front airbags will judge that th e driver and
front passenger are wearing the seat belt even though the seat belt has not bee n connected. In
this case, the SRS front airbags may not activate correctly in a collision, resulting in death or
serious injury i n the event of a
collision. Be sure to wear the
seat belt with the seat belt
extender.
â—�The SRS front passenger air-bag also deploys with consider-
able force, and can cause death or serious injury especially if the
front passenger is very close to
the airbag. The front passenger
seat should be as far from the
airbag as possible with the seat-
back adjusted, so the front pas-
senger sits upright.â—�Improperly seated and/or
restrained infants and children
can be killed or seriously injured by a deploying airbag. An infant
or child who is too small to use
a seat belt should be properly secured using a child restraint
system. Toyota strongly recom-
mends that all infants and chil-dren be placed in the rear seats
of the vehicle and properly
restrained. The rear seats are safer for infants and children
than the front passenger seat.
(
ï‚®P.46)
â—�Do not sit on the edge of the seat or lean against the dash-
board.
â—�Do not allow a child to stand in front of the SRS front passenger
airbag unit or sit on the knees of a front passenger.
â—�Do not allow the front seat occu-pants to hold items on their
knees.
https://www.MyCarManual.com”hh uh�”(hh�h}”ubŒ$9e967c90-746c-4b3b-96c8-b1c28a52b27f”h
)�”}”(h
}”(hNh}”(hhhK#uhX36 1-1. For safe use
COROLLA_UWARNING
â—�Do not lean against the door,
the roof side rail or the front, side and rear pillars.
â—�Do not allow anyone to kneel on the passenger seat toward the door or put their head or hands
outside the vehicle.
â—�Do not attach anything to or lean anything against areas
such as the dashboard, steering wheel pad and lower portion of
the instrument panel.
These items can become pro-jectiles when the SRS driver,
front passenger and knee air-bags deploy.â—�Do not attach anything to areas
such as a door, windshield, side
windows, front or rear pillar, roof side rail and assist grip. (Except
for the speed limit label
ï‚®P.494)
â—�Vehicles without a smart key
system: Do not attach any heavy, sharp or hard objects
such as keys and accessories
to the key. The objects may restrict the SRS knee airbag
inflation or be thrust into the
driver’s seat area by the force of the deploying airbag, thus caus-
ing a danger.
â—�Do not hang hangers or other hard objects on the coat hooks.
All of these items could become
projectiles and may cause
death or serious injury, should
the SRS curtain shield airbags deploy.
â—�If a vinyl cover is put on the area
where the SRS driver’s knee
airbag will deploy , be sure to
remove it.
https://www.MyCarManual.com”hh uh�”(hh�h}”ubŒ$eab21f76-3cfd-46ed-af85-e24088d152b4”h
)�”}”(h
}”(hNh}”(hhhK$uhX¬ 37 1-1. For safe use
COROLLA_U1For safety and securityWARNING
â—�Do not use seat accessories
which cover the parts where the SRS side airbags and SRS seat
cushion airbag inflate as they
may interfere with inflation of the SRS airbags. Such acces-
sories may prevent the side air-
bags and seat cushion airbag from activating correctly, disable the system or cause the side
airbags and seat cushion airbag
to inflate accidentally, resulting in death or serious injury.
â—�Do not strike or apply significant
levels of force to the area of the
SRS airbag components or the front doors.
Doing so can cause the SRS
airbags to malfunction.
â—�Do not touch any of the compo-
nent parts immediately after the
SRS airbags have deployed
(inflated) as they may be hot.
â—�If breathing becomes difficult after the SRS airbags have
deployed, open a door or win-
dow to allow fresh air in, or leave the vehicle if it is safe to
do so. Wash off any residue as
soon as possible to prevent skin irritation.
â—�If the areas where the SRS air-
bags are stored, such as the
steering wheel pad and front and rear pillar ga rnishes, are
damaged or cracked, have them replaced by your Toyota dealer.â—�Do not place anything, such as
a cushion, on the front passen-
ger’s seat. Doing so will disperse the passenger’s
weight, which prevents the sen-
sor from detecting the passen-ger’s weight properly. As a
result, the SRS front airbags for
the front passenger may not deploy in the event of a colli-
sion.
â– Modification and disposal of
SRS airbag system compo-nents
Do not dispose of your vehicle or perform any of the following modi-
fications without consulting your
Toyota dealer. The SRS airbags may malfunction or deploy
(inflate) accidentally, causing
death or serious injury.
â—�Installation, re moval, disassem-
bly and repair of the SRS air-
bags
â—�Repairs, modifications, removal
or replacement of the steering wheel, instrument panel, dash-
board, seats or seat upholstery,
front, side and rear pillars, roof side rails, front door panels,
front door trims or front door
speakers
â—�Modifications to the front door panel (such as making a hole in
it)
â—�Repairs or modifications of the
front fender, fro nt bumper, or
side of the occupant compart-
ment
â—�Installation of a grille guard (bull
bars, kangaroo bar, etc.), snow plows, winches or roof luggage carrier
�Modifications to the vehicle’s
suspension system
https://www.MyCarManual.com”hh uh�”(hh�h}”ubŒ$c9702663-06eb-47d5-9db8-c16c0fd71277”h
)�”}”(h
}”(hNh}”(hhhK%uhŒá38 1-1. For safe use
COROLLA_UWARNING
â—�Installation of electronic devices
such as mobile two-way radios and CD players
â—�Modifications to your vehicle for
a person with a physical disabil-
ity
https://www.MyCarManual.com”hh uh�”(hh�h}”ubŒ$d53db7ad-46a8-41a7-94a2-ca65fd38adff”h
)�”}”(h
}”(hNh}”(hhhK&uhXˆ39 1-1. For safe use
COROLLA_U1For safety and security
SRS warning light
Front passenger seat belt reminder light “AIR BAG OFF� indicator light “AIR BAG ON� indicator lightFront passenger occupant classification system
Your vehicle is equipped with a front passenger occupant
classification system. This system detects the conditions of the front passenger seat and activates or deactivates the front
passenger airbag and seat cushion airbag.
System components
WARNING
â– Front passenger occupant
classification system precau-tions
Observe the following precautions regarding the front passenger
occupant classification system.
Failure to do so may cause death or serious injury.
�Wear the seat belt properly.�Make sure the front passenger’s seat belt latch plate has not been left inserted into the
buckle before someone sits in
the front passenger seat.
https://www.MyCarManual.com”hh uh�”(hh�h}”ubŒ$e41afb01-7733-4c5a-8b54-63baf2f560a4”h
)�”}”(h
}”(hNh}”(hhhK'uhXv
40 1-1. For safe use
COROLLA_UWARNING
�Make sure the “AIR BAG OFF�
indicator light is not illuminated
when using the seat belt
extender for the front passenger
seat. If the “AIR BAG OFF� indi-cator light is illuminated, discon-
nect the extender tongue from
the seat belt buckle, and recon-nect the seat belt. Reconnect the seat belt extender after
making sure the “AIR BAG ON�
indicator light is illuminated. If you use the seat belt extender
while the “AIR BAG OFF� indi-
cator light is illuminated, the SRS airbags for the front pas-
senger may not activate, which
could cause death or serious injury in the ev ent of a collision.
â—�Do not apply a heavy load to the
front passenger seat or equip-
ment (e.g. seatback pocket).
â—�Do not put weight on the front passenger seat by putting your
hands or feet on the front pas-
senger seat seatback from the rear passenger seat.
â—�Do not let a rea r passenger lift
the front passenger seat with their feet or press on the seat-back with their legs.
â—�Do not put objec ts under the
front passenger seat.â—�Do not recline t he front passen-
ger seatback so far that it touches the rear seat. This may cause the “AIR BAG OFF� indi-
cator light to be illuminated,
which indicates that the SRS
airbags for the front passenger
will not activate in the event of a
severe accident. If the seatback touches the rear seat, return the
seatback to a pos ition where it
does not touch the rear seat.
Keep the front passenger seat-
back as upright as possible
when the vehicle is moving. Reclining the seatback exces-
sively may lessen the effective-
ness of the seat belt system.
â—�If an adult sits i n the front pas-
senger seat, the “AIR BAG ON�
indicator light i s illuminated. If
the “AIR BAG OFF� indicator is
illuminated, ask the passenger
to sit up straight, well back in the seat, feet on the floor, and with the seat belt worn correctly.
If the “AIR BAG OFF� indicator
still remains illumi nated, either
ask the passenger to move to
the rear seat, or if that is not
possible, move the front pas-
senger seat fully rearward.
â—�When it is unavoidable to install
a forward-facing c hild restraint
system on the front passenger
seat, install the child restraint
system on the front passenger
seat in the proper order. (ï‚®P.48)
â—�Do not modify or remove the
front seats.
â—�Do not kick the front passenger
seat or subject it to severe
impact. Otherwise, the SRS warning light m ay come on to
indicate a malfu nction of the
front passenger occupant clas-sification system. In this case,
contact your Toyota dealer
immediately.
https://www.MyCarManual.com”•Õhh uh�”(hh�h}”ubŒ$e4a6dc22-8599-46d3-bea5-60e606601bf1”h
)�”}”(h
}”(hNh}”(hhhK(uhX741 1-1. For safe use
COROLLA_U1For safety and security
â– Adult*1
â– Child*4WARNING
â—�Child restraint systems installed
on the rear seat should not con-tact the front seatbacks.
â—�Do not use a seat accessory,
such as a cushion and seat
cover, that covers the seat cushion surface.
â—�Do not modify or replace the upholstery of the front seat.
Condition and operation in th e front passenger occupant
classification system
Indicator/warning
light“AIR BAG ON� and “AIR BAG
OFF� indicator lights“AIR BAG ON�
SRS warning light Off
Front passenger’s seat belt
reminder lightOff*2 or flashing*3
DevicesFront passenger airbag Activated
Front passenger seat cushion air-
bagActivated*2 or
deactivated*3
Indicator/warning
light“AIR BAG ON� and “AIR BAG
OFF� indicator lights“AIR BAG OFF� or
“AIR BAG ON�*4
SRS warning light Off
Front passenger’s seat belt
reminder lightOff*2 or flashing*3
DevicesFront passenger airbagDeactivated or
activated*4
Front passenger seat cushion air-
bagDeactivated or
activated*4, 2
https://www.MyCarManual.com”hh uh�”(hh�h}”ubŒ$023525ef-ae47-414b-809e-c94451e0ec20”h
)�”}”(h
}”(hNh}”(hhhK)uhX%42 1-1. For safe use
COROLLA_Uâ– Child restraint system with infant*5
â– Unoccupied
â– There is a malfunction in the system
*1:The system judges a person of adult size as an adult. When a s maller
adult sits in the front passenger seat, the system may not reco gnize
him/her as an adult depending on his/her physique and posture.
*2:In the event the front passenger is wearing a seat belt.
*3:In the event the front passenge r does not wear a seat belt.
*4:For some children, child in seat, child in booster seat or chi ld in convert-Indicator/warning
light“AIR BAG ON� and “AIR BAG
OFF� indicator lights“AIR BAG OFF�*6
SRS warning light Off
Front passenger’s seat belt
reminder lightOff*2 or flashing*3
DevicesFront passenger airbag
DeactivatedFront passenger seat cushion air-
bag
Indicator/warning
light“AIR BAG ON� and “AIR BAG
OFF� indicator lights“AIR BAG OFF�
SRS warning light
OffFront passenger’s seat belt
reminder light
DevicesFront passenger airbag
DeactivatedFront passenger seat cushion air-
bag
Indicator/warning
light“AIR BAG ON� and “AIR BAG
OFF� indicator lights“AIR BAG OFF�
SRS warning light
OnFront passenger’s seat belt
reminder light
DevicesFront passenger airbag
DeactivatedFront passenger seat cushion air-
bag
https://www.MyCarManual.com”hh uh�”(hh�h}”ubŒ$9bda1ac7-7ac8-49de-8daa-9bc889490091”h
)�”}”(h
}”(hNh}”(hhhK*uhX543 1-1. For safe use
COROLLA_U1For safety and securityible seat, the system may not recognize him/her as a child. Fac tors
which may affect this can be the physique or posture.
*5:Never install a rear-facing ch ild restraint syst em on the fron t passenger
seat. A forward-facing child restraint system should only be in stalled on
the front passenger sea t when it is unavoidable. ( ï‚®P.46)
*6:In case the indicator light is not illuminated, consult this m anual on how
to install the child restr aint system properly. ( ï‚®P.46)
https://www.MyCarManual.com”hh uh�”(hh�h}”ubŒ$6b98bd78-4cf9-4009-870f-270d913346c4”h
)�”}”(h
}”(hNh}”(hhhK+uhXÈ44 1-1. For safe use
COROLLA_UExhaust gas precau-
tions
Harmful substance to the
human body is included in exhaust gases if inhaled.
WARNING
Exhaust gases include harmful
carbon monoxide (CO), which is
colorless and odorless. Observe
the following precautions.Failure to do so may cause
exhaust gases enter the vehicle
and may lead to an accident caused by light-headedness, or
may lead to death or a serious
health hazard.
â– Important points while driving
â—�Keep the trunk lid closed.
â—�If you smell exhaust gases in
the vehicle even when the trunk lid is closed, open the windows
and have the vehicle inspected
at your Toyota dealer as soon as possible.
â– When parking
â—�If the vehicle is in a poorly venti-lated area or a closed area,
such as a garage, stop the engine.
â—�Do not leave the vehicle with the engine on for a long time.
If such a situation cannot be
avoided, park the vehicle in an open space and ensure that
exhaust fumes do not enter the vehicle interior.
â—�Do not leave the engine running in an area with snow build-up,
or where it is snowing. If snow-
banks build up around the vehi-cle while the engine is running,
exhaust gases may collect and
enter the vehicle.â– Exhaust pipe
The exhaust system needs to be checked periodically. If there is a
hole or crack caused by corro-
sion, damage to a joint or abnor-mal exhaust noise, be sure to
have the vehicle inspected and
repaired by your Toyota dealer.
https://www.MyCarManual.com”hh uh�”(hh�h}”ubŒ$94b2fe42-a8b2-449f-962c-78fdb3d26f98”h
)�”}”(h
}”(hNh}”(hhhK,uhXá45 1-2. Child safety
COROLLA_U1For safety and security1-2.Child safety
Riding with children
Observe the following pre-
cautions when children are in the vehicle.Use a child restraint system appropriate for the child, until the child becomes large enough to properly wear the vehicle’s seat belt.
�It is recommended that chil-dren sit in the rear seats to avoid accidental contact with the shift lever, wiper switch, etc.
�Use the rear door child-pro-tector lock or the window lock switch to avoid children opening the door while driv-ing or operating the power window accidentally. (P.107, 129)
�Do not let small children operate equipment which may catch or pinch body parts, such as the power window, hood, trunk, seats, etc.WARNING
â– When children are in the vehi-
cle
Never leave children unattended in the vehicle, and never allow children to have or use the key.
Children may be able to start the
vehicle or shift the vehicle into
neutral. There is also a danger
that children ma y injure them-
selves by playing with the win-dows, the moon roof (if equipped)
or other features of the vehicle. In
addition, heat build-up or extremely cold temperatures
inside the vehicle can be fatal to
children.
https://www.MyCarManual.com”hh uh�”(hh�h}”ubŒ$6bcda1e2-a4fa-4b8f-bd00-a36e68d41781”h
)�”}”(h
}”(hNh}”(hhhK-uhX!46 1-2. Child safety
COROLLA_UPoints to remember: P.46
Child restraint system: P.48
When using a child restraint sys-
tem: P.49
Child restraint system installa-
tion method• Fixed with a seat belt: P.51• Fixed with a child restraint
LATCH anchor: P.56
• Using an anchor bracket (for
top tether strap): P.58The laws of all 50 states of the U.S.A. as well as Canada now require the use of child restraint systems.
�Prioritize and observe the
warnings, as well as the laws and regulations for child restraint systems.
�Use a child restraint system until the child becomes large enough to properly wear the vehicle’s seat belt.
�Choose a child restraint sys-tem that suits your vehicle and is appropriate to the age and size of the child. Child restraint sys-
tems
Before installing a child
restraint system in the vehi-cle, there are precautions that need to be observed, different types of child restraint systems, as well as installation methods, etc., written in this manual.
Use a child restraint system when riding with a small child that cannot properly use a seat belt. For the child’s safety, install the child restraint system to a rear seat. Be sure to follow the installa-tion method that is in the oper-ation manual enclosed with the restraint system.
Table of contentsPoints to remember
WARNING
â– When a child is riding
Observe the following precau-
tions.
Failure to do so may result in death or serious injury.
â—�For effective protection in auto-
mobile accidents and sudden
stops, a child must be properly restrained, using a seat belt or
child restraint system which is
correctly installe d. For installa-
tion details, refer to the opera-
tion manual enclosed with the
child restraint system. General installation instruction is pro-
vided in this manual.
https://www.MyCarManual.com”hh uh�”(hh�h}”ubŒ$da4e4f30-5d6c-4b47-92d6-83003fd1a24d”h
)�”}”(h
}”(hNh}”(hhhK.uhXä47 1-2. Child safety
COROLLA_U1For safety and securityWARNING
â—�Toyota strongly urges the use of
a proper child restraint system that conforms to the weight and
size of the child, installed on the
rear seat. According to accident
statistics, the child is safer when
properly restrained in the rear
seat than in the front seat.
�Holding a child in your or some-one else’s arms is not a substi-tute for a child restraint system.
In an accident, the child can be
crushed against the windshield or between the holder and the
interior of the vehicle.
â– Handling the child restraint system
If the child restrai nt system is not
properly fixed in place, the child or other passengers may be seri-
ously injured or e ven killed in the
event of sudden braking, sudden
swerving, or an accident.
â—�If the vehicle were to receive a
strong impact from an accident,
etc., it is possib le that the child
restraint system has damage
that is not readily visible. In
such cases, do not reuse the restraint system.
â—�Make sure you have complied
with all installation instructions
provided with the child restraint system manufacturer and that
the system is properly secured.
â—�Keep the child restraint system
properly secured on the seat even if it is not in use. Do not
store the child restraint system
unsecured in the passenger compartment.
â—�If it is necessary to detach the
child restraint system, remove it
from the vehicle or store it securely in the trunk.
https://www.MyCarManual.com”hh uh�”(hh�h}”ubŒ$acc9383a-1741-4d66-9121-3007747a7c21”h
)�”}”(h
}”(hNh}”(hhhK/uhX=48 1-2. Child safety
COROLLA_Uâ– Types of child restraint system installation methods
Confirm with the operation manual enclosed with the child restr aint
system about the installation of the child restraint system.Child restraint system
Installation method Page
Seat belt attachment P.51
https://www.MyCarManual.com”hh uh�”(hh�h}”ubŒ$747731ef-44c9-45e9-be36-d776eb3dbcb5”h
)�”}”(h
}”(hNh}”(hhhK0uhXŸ49 1-2. Child safety
COROLLA_U1For safety and security
â– When installing a child
restraint system to a front passenger seat
For the safety of a child, install a child restraint system to a rear seat. When installing a child restraint system to a front pas-senger seat is unavoidable, adjust the seat as follows and install the child restraint system:
�Move the front seat fully rear-Child restraint LATCH
anchors attachmentP.56
Anchor brackets (for
top tether strap) attach-
mentSeats with an adjustable type head
restraint:
Seats with an integrated type head
restraint:P.58Installation method Page
When using a child
restraint system
https://www.MyCarManual.com”hh uh�”(hh�h}”ubŒ$6fe7f0bd-c2a0-4656-92c4-369561172823”h
)�”}”(h
}”(hNh}”(hhhK1uhX™50 1-2. Child safety
COROLLA_Uward.
�If the passenger seat height
can be adjusted, Adjust the seat height to the upper most position.
�Adjust the seatback angle to the most upright position.
If there is a gap between the child
seat and the seatback, adjust the seatback angle until good contact is achieved.
�If the head restraint interferes
with the child restraint system installation and the head restraint can be removed, remove the head restraint.
Otherwise, put the head restraint in
the upper most position.
WARNING
â– When using a child restraint
system
Observe the following precau-tions.
Failure to do so m ay result in
death or serious injury.â—�Never install a re ar-facing child
restraint system on the front passenger seat even if the “AIR BAG OFF� indicator light is illu-
minated. In the event of an acci-
dent, the force of the rapid inflation of the front passenger
airbag can cause death or seri-
ous injury to the child if the
rear-facing child restraint sys-
tem is installed on the front pas-
senger seat.
â—�A forward-facing child restraint system may be installed on the
front passenger seat only when
it is unavoidable. A child restraint system that requires a
top tether strap should not be
used in the front passenger seat since there is no top tether strap
anchor for the front passenger
seat.
â—�A forward-facing child restraint system may be installed on the
front passenger seat only when
it is unavoidable. When install-ing a forward-facing child
restraint system on the front
passenger seat, adjust the seat-back angle to the most upright
position, move t he seat to the
rearmost position, and raise the seat to the upper most position,
even if the “AIR BAG OFF� indi-
cator light is illuminated. If the head restraint interferes with the
child restraint system installa-
tion and the head restraint can
be removed, remove the head
restraint.
https://www.MyCarManual.com”hh uh�”(hh�h}”ubŒ$48125cd4-6b29-4b3b-82a9-0a4d4777c8bc”h
)�”}”(h
}”(hNh}”(hhhK2uhX51 1-2. Child safety
COROLLA_U1For safety and security
A child restraint system for a
small child or baby must itself be properly restrained on the seat with the lap portion of the lap/shoulder belt.
â– Installing child restraint system using a seat belt (child restraint lock func-tion belt)
Install the child restraint system in accordance to the operation manual enclosed with the child restraint system.WARNING
â—�Do not allow the child to lean
his/her head or any part of his/her body against the door or
the area of the seat, front or rear
pillars, or roof side rails from
which the SRS side airbags or
SRS curtain shield airbags
deploy even if the child is seated in the child restraint sys-tem. It is dangerous if the SRS
side and curtain shield airbags
inflate, and the impact could cause death or serious injury to
the child.
â—�When a booster seat is installed, always ensure that the
shoulder belt is positioned across the center of the child’s
shoulder. The belt should be
kept away from the child’s neck, but not so that it could fall off the
child’s shoulder.
â—�Use child restraint system suit-
able to the age and size of the child and install it to the rear
seat.�If the driver’s seat interferes
with the child restraint system
and prevents it from being attached correct ly, attach the
child restraint system to the right-hand rear seat.
â—�Adjust the front passenger seat so that it does not interfere with the child restraint system.
Child restraint system
fixed with a seat belt
https://www.MyCarManual.com”hh uh�”(hh�h}”ubŒ$cd6d04c0-a500-4e03-a6dc-71a8d11bcf29”h
)�”}”(h
}”(hNh}”(hhhK3uhX¹52 1-2. Child safety
COROLLA_U■Rear-facing  Infant
seat/convertible seat
1Place the child restraint sys-
tem on the rear seat facing the rear of the vehicle.
2Run the seat belt through the child restraint system and insert the plate into the buckle. Make sure that the belt is not twisted.
3Fully extend the shoulder belt and allow it to retract to put it in lock mode. In lock mode, the belt cannot be extended.4While pushing the child restraint system down into the rear seat, allow the shoul-der belt to retract until the child restraint system is securely in place.
After the shoulder belt has
retracted to a poi nt where there is
no slack in the belt, pull the belt to
check that it cannot be extended.
5After installing the child
restraint system, rock it back and forth to ensure that it is installed securely. ( ï‚®P.55)
■Forward-facing  Convert-
ible seat
1If installing the child restraint system to the front passen-ger seat is unavoidable, refer to P.49 for the front passen-ger seat adjustment.
2If the head restraint interferes with your child restraint sys-tem, and the head restraint can be removed, remove the head restraint.Otherwise, put the head
https://www.MyCarManual.com”hh uh�”(hh�h}”ubŒ$a72ad385-0f91-4045-bf39-5e5b99d47777”h
)�”}”(h
}”(hNh}”(hhhK4uhX53 1-2. Child safety
COROLLA_U1For safety and securityrestraint in the upper most
position. (ï‚® P.121)
3Place the child restraint sys-tem on the seat facing the front of the vehicle.
4Run the seat belt through the child restraint system and insert the plate into the buckle. Make sure that the belt is not twisted.
5Fully extend the shoulder belt and allow it to retract to put it in lock mode. In lock mode, the belt cannot be extended.
6While pushing the child restraint system into the rear seat, allow the shoulder belt to retract until the child restraint system is securely in place.
After the shoulder belt has
retracted to a poi nt where there is
no slack in the belt, pull the belt to
check that it cannot be extended.
7If the child restraint has a top
tether strap, follow the child restraint manufacturer’s operation manual regarding the installation, using the top tether strap to latch onto the top tether strap anchor. (P.58)
8After installing the child restraint system, rock it back
https://www.MyCarManual.com”hh uh�”(hh�h}”ubŒ$2edee384-b00b-4b29-b7af-ed1201402ff9”h
)�”}”(h
}”(hNh}”(hhhK5uhXÿ54 1-2. Child safety
COROLLA_Uand forth to ensure that it is
installed securely. (ï‚® P.55)
â– Booster seat
1If installing the child restraint system to the front passen-ger seat is unavoidable, refer to P.49 for the front passen-ger seat adjustment.
2High back type: If the head restraint interferes with your child restraint system, and the head restraint can be removed, remove the head restraint.Otherwise, put the head restraint in the upper most position. (ï‚® P.121)
3Place the child restraint sys-tem on the seat facing the front of the vehicle.
�Booster type�High back type
4Sit the child in the child restraint system. Fit the seat belt to the child restraint sys-tem according to the manu-facturer’s instructions and insert the plate into the buckle. Make sure that the belt is not twisted.
Check that the sh oulder belt is cor-
rectly positioned over the child’s
shoulder and that the lap belt is as
low as possible. ( ï‚®P.25)
â– Removing a child restraint
system installed with a seat belt
Press the buckle release button
and fully retract the seat belt.
When releasing the buckle, the
child restraint system may spring up due to the rebo und of the seat
cushion. Release the buckle while holding down the child restraint
https://www.MyCarManual.com”hh uh�”(hh�h}”ubŒ$f905ccbd-4225-40db-8460-5e2354e82c57”h
)�”}”(h
}”(hNh}”(hhhK6uhXÙ55 1-2. Child safety
COROLLA_U1For safety and securitysystem.
Since the seat belt automatically
reels itself, slowly return it to the stowing position.
WARNING
â– When installing a child
restraint system
Observe the following precau-tions.
Failure to do so m ay result in
death or serious injury.
â—�Do not allow children to play
with the seat belt. If the seat belt
becomes twisted around a
child’s neck, it may lead to choking or other serious injuries
that could result in death.
If this occurs and the buckle cannot be unfastened, scissors
should be used to cut the belt.
â—�Ensure that the belt and plate
are securely locked and the seat belt is not twisted.
â—�Shake the child restraint system
left and right, and forward and
backward to ensure that it has
been securely installed.
â—�After securing a child restraint
system, never adjust the seat.â—�When a booster seat is installed, always ensure that the
shoulder belt is positioned across the center of the child’s
shoulder. The belt should be kept away from the child’s neck, but not so that it could fall off the
child’s shoulder.
â—�Follow all installation instruc-
tions provided by the child restraint system manufacturer.
â—�When securing some types of
child restraint systems in rear
seats, it may not be possible to properly use the seat belts in
positions next to the child
restraint without interfering with
it or affecting seat belt effective-
ness. Be sure your seat belt fits
snugly across your shoulder and low on your hips. If it does
not, or if it interferes with the
child restraint, move to a differ-ent position. Fa ilure to do so
may result in death or serious injury.
â– When installing a booster seat
To prevent the belt from going into ALR lock mode, do not fully
extend the shoulder belt. ALR
mode causes the belt to tighten only. This could cause injury or
discomfort to the child. ( ï‚®P.27)
â– Do not use a seat belt
extender
If a seat belt extender is used
when installing a child restraint system, the seat belt will not
securely hold the child restraint
system, which could cause death or serious injury to the child or other passengers in the event of
sudden braking, sudden swerv-
ing or an accident.
https://www.MyCarManual.com”hh uh�”(hh�h}”ubŒ$80f89387-a1a2-485d-a69a-38285ff84a50”h
)�”}”(h
}”(hNh}”(hhhK7uhX´56 1-2. Child safety
COROLLA_Uâ– Child restraint LATCH
anchors
LATCH anchors are provided for the outboard rear seat. (Marks displaying the location of the anchors are attached to the seats.)
â– When installing in the rear outboard seats
Install the child restraint system in accordance to the operation manual enclosed with the child restraint system.
1If the head restraint interferes
with your child restraint sys-tem, and the head restraint can be removed, remove the head restraint.Otherwise, put the head restraint in the upper most position. (ï‚® P.121)
�With flexible lower attach-ments
2Remove the anchor covers, and install the child restraint system to the seat.The bars are installed behind the
anchor covers.
For owners in Canada:
The symbol on a child restraint sys-
tem indicates the presence of a
lower connector system.
Canada only
�With rigid lower attachments
2Remove the anchor covers,
and install the child restraint system to the seat.
The bars are installed behind the
anchor covers.
For owners in Canada:
The symbol on a child restraint sys-
tem indicates the presence of a Child restraint system
fixed with a child restraint
LATCH anchor
https://www.MyCarManual.com”hh uh�”(hh�h}”ubŒ$52037d8f-1528-4c46-b56b-f5e6cbd687bc”h
)�”}”(h
}”(hNh}”(hhhK8uhX€57 1-2. Child safety
COROLLA_U1For safety and securitylower connec tor system.
Canada only
3If the child restraint has a top
tether strap, follow the child restraint manufacturer’s operation manual regarding the installation, using the top tether strap to latch onto the top tether strap anchor. (P.58)
4After installing the child restraint system, rock it back and forth to ensure that it is installed securely. (ï‚® P.55)
â– When installing in the rear center seat
There are no LATCH anchors behind the rear center seat. However, the inboard LATCH anchors of the outboard seats, which are 15.6 in. (396 mm) apart, can be used if the child restraint system manufacturer’s instructions permit use of those anchors with the anchor spacing stated.Child restraint systems with rigid lower attachments cannot be installed in the center seat. This type of child restraint system can only be installed in the out-board seat.
â– Laws and regulations pertain-
ing to anchors
The LATCH system conforms to FMVSS225 or CMVSS210.2.
Child restraint systems conforming
to FMVSS213 or CMVSS213 speci-
fications can be used.
This vehicle is designed to conform
to SAE J1819.
WARNING
â– When installing a child restraint system
Observe the following precau-tions.
Failure to do so may result in
death or serious injury.
â—�When using the LATCH anchors, be sure that there are
no foreign objects around the anchors and that the seat belt is not caught behind the child
restraint system.
â—�Follow all installation instruc-
tions provided by the child restraint system manufacturer.
â—�Never attach two c hild restraint
system attachments to the same anchor. In a collision, one anchor may not be strong
enough to hold two child
restraint system attachments and may break. If the LATCH
anchors are already in use, use
the seat belt to install a child restraint system in the center
seat.
https://www.MyCarManual.com”hh uh�”(hh�h}”ubŒ$08c73dfd-87ce-42b7-8145-105a079ec77b”h
)�”}”(h
}”(hNh}”(hhhK9uhXÔ58 1-2. Child safety
COROLLA_Uâ– Anchor brackets (for top
tether strap)
Anchor brackets are provided for each rear seat.
Use anchor brackets when fix-
ing the top tether strap.
�Seats with an adjustable type head restraint
Anchor brackets
Top tether strap�Seats with an integrated type
head restraint
Anchor brackets
Top tether strap
â– Fixing the top tether strap
to the anchor bracket
Install the child restraint system in accordance to the operation manual enclosed with the child restraint system.
�Rear outboard seats
1Adjust the head restraint to the upmost position.
If the head restraint interferes with
your child restraint system, and the
head restraint can be removed, remove the head restraint.
Otherwise, put the head restraint in
the upper most position. (ï‚® P.121)
2Open the anchor bracket
cover, latch the hook onto the anchor bracket and tighten the top tether strap.
Make sure the top tether strap is
securely latched. ( ï‚®P.55)
When installing the child restraint system with the head restraint being raised, be sure to have the
top strap pass underneath the head
restraint.WARNING
â—�When securing some types of child restraint s ystems in rear
seats, it may not be possible to
properly use the seat belts in
positions next to the child restraint without interfering with
it or affecting seat belt effective-
ness. Be sure your seat belt fits snugly across your shoulder and low on your hips. If it does
not, or if it interferes with the
child restraint, move to a differ-
ent position. Failure to do so
may result in death or serious
injury.
â—�If the seat is adjusted, reconfirm the security of the child restraint
system.
Using an anchor bracket
(for top tether strap)
https://www.MyCarManual.com”hh uh�”(hh�h}”ubŒ$756cd469-b452-44f4-b06b-17c1178de099”h
)�”}”(h
}”(hNh}”(hhhK:uhXa59 1-2. Child safety
COROLLA_U1For safety and security�Seats with an adjustable type
head restraint
Hook
Top tether strap
�Seats with an integrated type
head restraint
Hook
Top tether strap
�Rear center seat
Latch the hook onto the anchor
bracket and tighten the top tether strap.
Make sure the top tether strap is
securely latched. ( ï‚®P.55)Hook
Top tether strap
â– Laws and regulations pertain-
ing to anchors
The LATCH system conforms to FMVSS225 or CMVSS210.2.
Child restraint systems conforming
to FMVSS213 or CMVSS213 speci-
fications can be used.
This vehicle is designed to conform
to SAE J1819.
WARNING
â– When installing a child restraint system
Observe the following precau-tions.
Failure to do so may result in
death or serious injury.
â—�Firmly attach the top tether strap and make sure that the
belt is not twisted.
â—�Do not attach the top tether
strap to anything other than the anchor bracket.
â—�After securing a child restraint
system, never adjust the seat.
â—�Follow all installation instruc-
tions provided by the child restraint system manufacturer.
https://www.MyCarManual.com”hh uh�”(hh�h}”ubŒ$9506c083-3447-4bc3-b5c9-f180ab08664d”h
)�”}”(h
}”(hNh}”(hhhK;uhX¸60 1-2. Child safety
COROLLA_UWARNING
â—�Outboard rear seats: When
installing the ch ild restraint sys-
tem with the head restraint
being raised, after the head
restraint has been raised and
then the anchor bracket has
been fixed, do not lower the
head restraint.
NOTICE
â– Anchor brackets (for top
tether strap)
When not in use, make certain to close the lid. If it remains open,
the lid may be damaged.
https://www.MyCarManual.com”hh uh�”(hh�h}”ubŒ$cfd0d250-83e0-4abd-ab46-856a95be7ca9”h
)�”}”(h
}”(hNh}”(hhhK<uhX61 1-3. Emergency assistance
COROLLA_U1For safety and security1-3.Emergency assistance
*: If equipped
Microphone
LED light indicators“SOS� buttonSafety Connect*
Safety Connect is a sub-
scription-based telematics service that uses Global Positioning System (GPS) data and embedded cellular technology to provide safety and security features to subscribers. Safety Con-nect is supported by Toy-ota’s designated response center, which operates 24 hours per day, 7 days per week.
Safety Connect service is available by subscription on select, telematics hard-ware-equipped vehicles.
By using the Safety Connect service, you are agreeing to be bound by the Telematics Subscription Service Agree-ment and its Terms and Conditions, as in effect and amended from time to time, a current copy of which is available at Toyota.com in the United States, Toy-otapr.com in Puerto Rico and Toyota.ca in Canada. All use of the Safety Connect service is subject to such then-applicable Terms and Conditions.System components
https://www.MyCarManual.com”hh uh�”(hh�h}”ubŒ$81f8c176-9de8-414d-a5ff-70057df2e1d6”h
)�”}”(h
}”(hNh}”(hhhK=uhŒR62 1-3. Emergency assistance
COROLLA_Uâ– Certification
https://www.MyCarManual.com”hh uh�”(hh�h}”ubŒ$58f27f96-55cc-4b7f-a782-015ebf15d3a0”h
)�”}”(h
}”(hNh}”(hhhK>uhX= 63 1-3. Emergency assistance
COROLLA_U1For safety and securitySubscribers have the following
Safety Connect services avail-able:
�Automatic Collision Notifica-
tion
*
Helps drivers re ceive necessary
response from emergency service
providers. ( ï‚®P.64 )
*: U.S. Patent No. 7,508,298 B2
�Stolen Vehicle Location
Helps drivers in the event of vehicle theft. (ï‚®
P.64 )
�Emergency Assistance Button
(“SOS�)
Connects drivers to response-cen-
ter support. (ï‚® P.65 )
�Enhanced Roadside Assis-
tance
Provides drivers various on-road
assistance. ( ï‚®P.65 )
After you have signed the
Telematics Subscription Service Agreement and are enrolled, you can begin receiving ser-vices. A variety of subscription terms are available for purchase. Con-tact your Toyota dealer, call the following appropriate Safety Connect response center or push the “SOS� button in your vehicle for further subscription details. • The United States
1-855-405-6500
• Canada
1-888-869-6828
• Puerto Rico
1-877-855-8377
â– Safety Connect Services Infor-
mation
�Phone calls using the vehicle’s
Bluetooth® technology will not be
possible during Safety Connect.
â—�Safety Connect is available begin-
ning Fall 2009 on select Toyota models (in the contiguous United
States only). Contact with the
Safety Connect response center is dependent upon the telematics
device being in operative condi-tion, cellular connection availabil-ity, and GPS satellite signal
reception, which can limit the abil-
ity to reach the response center or receive emergency service sup-
port. Enrollment and Telematics
Subscription Service Agreement are required. A variety of subscrip-
tion terms are available; charges
vary by subscription term selected and location.
â—�Automatic Collision Notification, Emergency Assistance and Stolen
Vehicle Location are available in
the United States, including Hawaii and Alaska , Puerto Rico
and Canada, and Enhanced Roadside Assist ance are avail-
able in the United States, Puerto
Rico and Canada.
â—�Automatic Collision Notification,
Emergency Assistance, Stolen
Vehicle and Enhanced Road Assistance are not available in the
U.S. Virgin Islands.
For vehicles first sold in the U.S. Virgin Islands, no Safety Connect
services will function in or outside
the U.S. Virgin Islands.Services
Subscription
https://www.MyCarManual.com”hh uh�”(hh�h}”ubŒ$1bca0e08-346a-4577-bfa2-0828fb8efc8b”h
)�”}”(h
}”(hNh}”(hhhK?uhXO64 1-3. Emergency assistance
COROLLA_Uâ—�Safety Connect ser vices are not
subject to section 255 of the Tele-
communications Act and the
device is not TTY compatible.
â– Languages
The Safety Connect response cen-ter will offer support in multiple lan-guages.
The Safety Con nect system will
offer voice prompts in English,
Spanish, and French. Please indi-
cate your language of choice when
enrolling.
â– When contacting the response center
You may be unable to contact the response center if the network is
busy.
When the engine switch is
turned to ON, the red indicator light comes on for 2 seconds then turns off. Afterward, the green indicator light comes on, indicating that the service is active.The following indicator light pat-terns indicate specific system usage conditions:
�Green indicator light on =
Active service
�Green indicator light flashing = Safety Connect call in pro-cess
�Red indicator light (except at vehicle start-up) = System malfunction (contact your Toy-ota dealer)
�No indicator light (off) = Safety Connect service not active
â– Automatic Collision Notifi-cation
In case of either airbag deploy-ment or severe rear-end colli-sion, the system is designed to automatically call the response center. The responding agent receives the vehicle’s location and attempts to speak with the vehicle occupants to assess the level of emergency. If the occu-pants are unable to communi-cate, the agent automatically treats the call as an emergency, contacts the nearest emer-gency services provider to describe the situation, and requests that assistance be sent to the location.
â– Stolen Vehicle Location
If your vehicle is stolen, Safety Connect can work with local authorities to assist them in locating and recovering the vehicle. After filing a police report, call the Safety Connect response center at 1-855- 405-6500 in the United States, 1-877-855-8377 in Puerto Rico or 1- 888-869-6828 in Canada, and follow the prompts for Safety Connect to initiate this service. In addition to assisting law Safety Connect LED light
IndicatorsSafety Connect services
https://www.MyCarManual.com”hh uh�”(hh�h}”ubŒ$67b297c0-1a98-48e4-bd1d-4c75c441d76b”h
)�”}”(h
}”(hNh}”(hhhK@uhXm65 1-3. Emergency assistance
COROLLA_U1For safety and securityenforcement with recovery of a
stolen vehicle, Safety-Con-nect-equipped vehicle location data may, under certain circum-stances, be shared with third parties to locate your vehicle. Further information is available at Toyota.com in the United States, Toyotapr.com in Puerto Rico and Toyota.ca in Canada.
■Emergency Assistance But-ton (“SOS�)
In the event of an emergency on the road, push the “SOS� button to reach the Safety Connect response center. The answer-ing agent will determine your vehicle’s location, assess the emergency, and dispatch the necessary assistance required.
If you accidentally press the “SOS�
button, tell the response-center agent that you are not experiencing an emergency.
â– Enhanced Roadside Assis-
tance
Enhanced Roadside Assistance adds GPS data to the already included warranty-based Toyota roadside service.
Subscribers can press the
“SOS� button to reach a Safety Connect response-center agent, who can help with a wide range of needs, such as: towing, flat tire, fuel delivery, etc. For a description of the Enhanced Roadside Assistance services and their limitations, please see the Safety Connect Terms and Conditions, which are available at Toyota.com in the United States, Toyotapr.com in Puerto Rico and Toyota.ca in Canada.
Important! Read this informa-
tion before using Safety Con-nect.
â– Exposure to radio fre-quency signals
The Safety Connect system installed in your vehicle is a low-power radio transmitter and receiver. It receives and also sends out radio frequency (RF) signals.
In August 1996, the Federal
Communications Commission (FCC) adopted RF exposure guidelines with safety levels for mobile wireless phones. Those guidelines are consistent with the safety standards previously set by the following U.S. and international standards bodies.
�ANSI (American National
Standards Institute) C95.1 [1992]
�NCRP (National Council on Radiation Protection and Measurement) Report 86 [1986]
�ICNIRP (International Com-mission on Non-Ionizing Radi-Safety information for
Safety Connect
https://www.MyCarManual.com”hh uh�”(hh�h}”ubŒ$ba041e37-cd2d-44f5-9870-c3d6019dd6c1”h
)�”}”(h
}”(hNh}”(hhhKAuhXê66 1-3. Emergency assistance
COROLLA_Uation Protection) [1996]
Those standards were based on
comprehensive and periodic evaluations of the relevant sci-entific literature. Over 120 scien-tists, engineers, and physicians from universities, and govern-ment health agencies and industries reviewed the avail-able body of research to develop the ANSI Standard (C95.1).
The design of Safety Connect
complies with the FCC guide-lines in addition to those stan-dards.
https://www.MyCarManual.com”hh uh�”(hh�h}”ubŒ$998ebdef-4583-48d8-9a08-a46ac12190b0”h
)�”}”(h
}”(hNh}”(hhhKBuhXÖ67 1-4. Theft deterrent system
COROLLA_U1For safety and security1-4.Theft deterrent system
�Vehicles without a smart key
system
The indicator light flashes after the key has been removed from the engine switch to indicate that the system is operating.
The indicator light stops flashing
after the registered key has been inserted into the engine switch to indicate that the sys-tem has been canceled.
�Vehicles with a smart key sys-tem
The indicator light flashes after the engine switch has been turned off to indicate that the system is operating.
The indicator light stops flashing
after the engine switch has been turned to ACC or ON to indicate that the system has been can-celed.
â– System maintenance
The vehicle has a mainte-
nance-free type engine immobilizer system.
â– Conditions that may cause the
system to malfunction
â—�If the grip portion of the key is in
contact with a metallic object
â—�If the key is in close proximity to or touching a key to the security sys-
tem (key with a built-in transpon-der chip) of another vehicleEngine immobilizer
system
The vehicle’s keys have
built-in transponder chips that prevent the engine from starting if a key has not been previously registered in the vehicle’s on-board computer.
Never leave the keys inside the vehicle when you leave the vehicle.
This system is designed to help prevent vehicle theft but does not guarantee absolute security against all vehicle thefts.
Operating the system
https://www.MyCarManual.com”hh uh�”(hh�h}”ubŒ$33db5332-c170-48c3-84a3-622dc0e38415”h
)�”}”(h
}”(hNh}”(hhhKCuhŒ¼68 1-4. Theft deterrent system
COROLLA_Uâ– Certifications for the engine immobilizer system
�Except for vehicles sold in Canada
�For vehicles sold in Canada
https://www.MyCarManual.com”hh uh�”(hh�h}”ubŒ$e5a7c39f-6a82-4ad1-adba-173d48e4ef17”h
)�”}”(h
}”(hNh}”(hhhKDuhXB69 1-4. Theft deterrent system
COROLLA_U1For safety and security*: If equipped
â– Items to check before lock-
ing the vehicle
To prevent unexpected trigger-ing of the alarm and vehicle theft, make sure of the following:
�Nobody is in the vehicle.
�The windows and moon roof
(if equipped) are closed before the alarm is set.
�No valuables or other per-sonal items are left in the vehicle.
â– Setting
Close the doors, trunk and NOTICE
â– To ensure the system oper-
ates correctly
Do not modify or remove the sys-tem. If modified or removed, the
proper operation of the system
cannot be guaranteed.Alarm*
The alarm uses light and
sound to give an alert when an intrusion is detected. The alarm is triggered in the following situations when the alarm is set:
�A locked door or trunk is unlocked or opened in any way other than using the entry function (if equipped), wireless remote control, mechanical key (if equipped) or key (if equipped). (The doors will lock again automatically.)
�The hood is opened.
Setting/canceling/stop-
ping the alarm system
https://www.MyCarManual.com”hh uh�”(hh�h}”ubŒ$83bc6809-553f-4bd5-859d-9c02de59710a”h
)�”}”(h
}”(hNh}”(hhhKEuhX£70 1-4. Theft deterrent system
COROLLA_Uhood, and lock all the doors.
The system will set automati-cally after 30 seconds.
The indicator light changes from
being on to flashing when the sys-tem is set.
â– Canceling or stopping
Do one of the following to deac-
tivate or stop the alarms:
�Unlock the doors.
�Turn the engine switch to
ACC or ON, or start the engine. (The alarm will be deactivated or stopped after a few seconds.)
â– System maintenance
The vehicle has a mainte-
nance-free type alarm system.
â– Triggering of the alarm
The alarm may be triggered in the following situations:
(Stopping the alarm deactivates the alarm system.)
â—�A person inside the vehicle opens a door, the trunk or hood, or unlocks the vehicle using a door
lock switch or inside lock button.â—�The battery is recharged or
replaced when the vehicle is
locked. ( ï‚®P.518)
â– Alarm-operated door lock
In the following cases, depending
on the situation, the door may auto-
matically lock to prevent improper
entry into the vehicle:
â—�When a person remaining in the vehicle unlocks the door and the alarm is activated.
â—�While the alarm i s activated, a
person remaining in the vehicle
unlocks the door.
â—�When recharging or replacing the battery
NOTICE
â– To ensure the system oper-
ates correctly
Do not modify or remove the sys-tem. If modified or removed, the proper operation of the system
cannot be guaranteed.
https://www.MyCarManual.com”hh uh�”(hh�h}”ubŒ$8dfbc887-b6b9-4d95-b749-1fb3992d0278”h
)�”}”(h
}”(hNh}”(hhhKFuhXÑ71
COROLLA_U2
2Vehicle status information and indicatorsVehicle status information
and indicators
.2-1. Instrument cluster
Warning lights and indica-
tors ............................... 72
Gauges and meters
(4.2-inch display).......... 77
Gauges and meters (7-inch
display)......................... 81
Multi-information display
..................................... 86
Fuel consumption informa-
tion ............................... 92
https://www.MyCarManual.com”hh uh�”(hh�h}”ubŒ$7f7481b8-18c6-4bb2-8831-547ae0a43e32”h
)�”}”(h
}”(hNh}”(hhhKGuhX)72 2-1. Instrument cluster
COROLLA_U2-1.Instrument cluster
For the purpose of explanation, the following illustrations dis play all
warning lights and indicators illuminated.
�4.2-inch display
�7-inch display (when analog speedometer is displayed)Warning lights and indicators
The warning lights and indicators on the instrument cluster,
center panel and outside rear view mirrors inform the driver of
the status of the vehicle’s various systems.
Warning lights and indicators displayed on the instru-
ment cluster
https://www.MyCarManual.com”hh uh�”(hh�h}”ubŒ$6a3cdd72-ebb6-4e9a-8880-045662623cb7”h
)�”}”(h
}”(hNh}”(hhhKHuhXU73 2-1. Instrument cluster
COROLLA_U2Vehicle status information and indicators�7-inch display (when digital speedometer is displayed)
Warning lights inform the driver
of malfunctions in the indicated vehicle’s systems.Warning lights
(U.S.A.)Brake system warning
light*1 (ï‚®P.481)
(Red)
(Canada)Brake system warning
light*1 (ï‚®P.481)
(Yellow)Brake system warning
light*1 (ï‚®P.481)
High coolant temperature
warning light*2 (ï‚®P.481)
Charging system warning
light*1 (ï‚®P.482)
Low engine oil pressure warning light
*2 (ï‚®P.482)
(U.S.A.)Malfunction indicator lamp
*1 (ï‚®P.482)
(Canada)Malfunction indicator lamp
*1 (ï‚®P.482)
SRS warning light*1
(ï‚®P.482)
(U.S.A.)ABS warning light*1
(ï‚®P.483)
(Canada)ABS warning light*1
(ï‚®P.483)
Brake Override System
warning light/Drive-Start
Control warning light*2
(ï‚®P.483)
(Red)Electric power steering
system warning light*1
(ï‚®P.484)
(Yellow)Electric power steering
system warning light*1
(ï‚®P.484)
Low fuel level warning
light (ï‚®P.484)
Driver’s and front passen-ger’s seat belt reminder light (P.484)
https://www.MyCarManual.com”hh uh�”(hh�h}”ubŒ$ee8b7040-425e-4e1a-9d4f-541cfad9199e”h
)�”}”(h
}”(hNh}”(hhhKIuhX/74 2-1. Instrument cluster
COROLLA_U*1:These lights come on when the
engine switch is turned to ON to
indicate that a system check is being performed. They will turn off after the engine is started, or after a few seconds. There may be a malfunction in a system if the lights do not come on, or turn
off. Have the vehicle inspected
by your Toyota dealer.
*2:This light illuminates on the
multi-information display.The indicators inform the driver
of the operating state of the vehicle’s various systems.Rear passengers’
seat belt reminder lights (ï‚®P.485)
Tire pressure warning
light
*1 (if equipped)
(ï‚®P.485)
(Orange)LTA indicator (if equipped)
(ï‚®P.485)
LDA indicator (if equipped) (ï‚®P.485)
(Flashes
or illumi-
nates)PCS warning light*1
(ï‚®P.486)
Slip indicator*1 (ï‚®P.486)
(Flashes)
(U.S.A.)Parking brake indicator (ï‚®P.486)
(Flashes)
(Canada)Parking brake indicator
(ï‚®P.486)
(Flashes)Brake hold operated indi-
cator*1 (if equipped)
(ï‚®P.487)
(Orange)iMT indicator*1 (if
equipped) (ï‚®P.487)
WARNING
â– If a safety system warning
light does not come on
Should a safety system light such as the ABS and SRS warning light not come on when you start the
engine, this cou ld mean that
these systems are not available to
help protect you in an accident,
which could result in death or seri-
ous injury. Have the vehicle inspected by your Toyota dealer immediately if this occurs.
Indicators
Turn signal indicator
(ï‚®P.162)
(U.S.A.)Headlight indicator (ï‚®P.170)
(Canada)Tail light indicator (ï‚®P.170)
Headlight high beam indi-cator (ï‚® P.172)
Automatic High Beam indicator ( ï‚®P.173)
PCS warning light
*1, 2
(ï‚®P.189)
Cruise control indicator (ï‚®P.213, 223)
Dynamic radar cruise con-trol indicator ( ï‚®P.213,
223)
Cruise control “SET� indi-
cator (ï‚® P.213, 223)
https://www.MyCarManual.com”hh uh�”(hh�h}”ubŒ$0a3fbaeb-e3c1-4852-a6eb-899f18ded6cb”h
)�”}”(h
}”(hNh}”(hhhKJuhX–75 2-1. Instrument cluster
COROLLA_U2Vehicle status information and indicators*1:These lights come on when the
engine switch is turned to ON to
indicate that a system check is
being performed. They will turn
off after the engine is started, or after a few seconds. There may be a malfunction in a system if the lights do not come on, or turn off. Have the vehicle inspected by your Toyota dealer.
*2:This light comes on when the
system is turned off.
*3:Depending on the operating con-
dition, the color and illuminat-ing/flashing stat e of the light
change.
*4:In order to confirm operation, the
BSM outside rear view mirror indicators illumina te in the follow-
ing situations:
• When the engine switch is
turned to ON, the BSM func-
tion is enabled on of the
multi-information display.
• When the BSM function is
enabled on of the
multi-information display, the
engine switch is turned to ON.
If the system is functioning cor-
rectly, the BSM outside rear view mirror indicators will turn off after a few seconds.*3LTA indicator (if equipped) (ï‚®P.200)
LDA indicator (if equipped) ( ï‚®P.209)
BSM outside rear view
mirror indicators
*4, 5 (if
equipped) ( ï‚®P.236)
BSM indicator (if
equipped) ( ï‚®P.236)
(Flashes)Slip indicator*1 (ï‚®P.251)
VSC OFF indicator*1, 2
(ï‚®P.252)
Smart key system indica-
tor*6 (if equipped)
(ï‚®P.148)
(U.S.A.)Parking brake indicator
(ï‚®P.163, 164)
(Canada)Parking brake indicator (ï‚®P.163, 164)
Brake hold standby indi-
cator
*1 (if equipped)
(ï‚®P.167)
Brake hold operated indi-
cator*1 (if equipped)
(ï‚®P.167)
Auto EPB OFF indicator*1,
2 (if equipped) ( ï‚®P.164)
Eco Driving Indicator
Light*1 (if equipped)
(ï‚®P.88)
Low outside temperature
indicator*7 (ï‚®P.77, 81)
Security indicator ( ï‚®P.67,
69)
“AIR BAG ON/OFF� indicator
*1, 8 (ï‚®P.39)
Sport mode indicator (if
equipped) (ï‚®P.249)
(Green)iMT indicator (if equipped)
(ï‚®P.161)
https://www.MyCarManual.com”hh uh�”(hh�h}”ubŒ$00629123-3819-42e0-abe1-1fe766db25ab”h
)�”}”(h
}”(hNh}”(hhhKKuhX@76 2-1. Instrument cluster
COROLLA_UIf the BSM outside rear view mirror
indicators do not illuminate or do not turn off, there may be a mal-function in the system.
If this occurs, have the vehicle
inspected by your Toyota dealer.
*5:This light illumi nates on the out-
side rear view mirrors.
*6:This light illuminates on the
multi-information display.
*7:When the outside temperature is
approximately 37°F (3°C) or lower, this indicator will flash for approximately 10 seconds, then stay on.
*8:This light illumi nates on the cen-
ter panel.
https://www.MyCarManual.com”hh uh�”(hh�h}”ubŒ$8deb01cc-dcce-47b1-a363-af6c56b3297f”h
)�”}”(h
}”(hNh}”(hhhKLuhXn77 2-1. Instrument cluster
COROLLA_U2Vehicle status information and indicatorsâ– Locations of gauges and meters
The units of measure may differ depending on the intended desti nation of
the vehicle.
Tachometer
Displays the engine speed in revolutions per minute
Speedometer
Outside temperature
Displays the outside temperature within the range of -40°F (-40 °C) to 122°F
(50°C)
Clock (ï‚®P.79)
Multi-information display
Presents the driver with a variety of vehicle data ( ï‚®P.86)
Displays warning messages if a malfunction occurs ( ï‚®P.490)
Odometer and trip meter display ( ï‚®P.78)
Shift position indicator (ï‚® P.153)
Display change button (ï‚® P.78)
Fuel gauge
Displays the quantity of fu el remaining in the tank
Engine coolant temperature gauge
Displays the engine c oolant temperatureGauges and meters (4.2-inch display)
Meter display
https://www.MyCarManual.com”hh uh�”(hh�h}”ubŒ$b1eebc36-fb3e-4fbe-914d-bc31d9583c87”h
)�”}”(h
}”(hNh}”(hhhKMuhXp78 2-1. Instrument cluster
COROLLA_Uâ– Outside temperature display
â—�In the following si tuations, the cor-
rect outside tempe rature may not
be displayed, or the display may
take longer than normal to change:
• When stopped, or driving at low
speeds (less than 16 mph [25 km/h])
• When the outside temperature
has changed su ddenly (at the
entrance/exit of a garage, tunnel,
etc.)
�When “--� or “E� is displayed, the system may be malfunctioning.
Take your vehicle to your Toyota dealer.
â– Liquid crystal display
ï‚®P.87
â– Changing the display
Press the display change button
until the desired item is dis-played.
â– Display items
�Odometer
Displays the total distance the vehi-
cle has been driven.
�Trip meter A/Trip meter B
Displays the distance the vehicle
has been driven since the meter was last reset. Trip meters A and B can be used to record and display WARNING
â– The information display at
low temperatures
Allow the interior of the vehicle to warm up before u sing the liquid
crystal informat ion display. At
extremely low temperatures, the information display monitor may
respond slowly, and display
changes may be delayed.
For example, there is a lag
between the driver’s shifting and
the new gear number appearing
on the display. This lag could cause the driver to downshift
again, causing rapid and exces-
sive engine braking and possibly an accident resulting in death or
injury.NOTICE
â– To prevent damage to the
engine and its components
â—�Do not let the indicator needle of the tachometer enter the red zone, which indicates the maxi-
mum engine speed.
â—�The engine may be overheating
if the engine coolant tempera-ture gauge is in the red zone (H). In this case, immediately
stop the vehicle in a safe place,
and check the engine after it has cooled completely.
(ï‚®P.519)
Odometer and trip meter
display
https://www.MyCarManual.com”hh uh�”(hh�h}”ubŒ$acb70123-22ae-4399-967f-c10171598069”h
)�”}”(h
}”(hNh}”(hhhKNuhXÝ79 2-1. Instrument cluster
COROLLA_U2Vehicle status information and indicatorsdifferent distances independently.
To reset, display the desired trip
meter and press and hold the dis-play change button.
The brightness of the instrument
panel lights can be adjusted.
1Brighter
2Darker
â– Instrument panel light bright-
ness adjustment
The brightness of the instrument panel lights can be adjusted sepa-rately for when the tail lights are on
and off.
â– Clock adjustment
The clocks on the following can
be adjusted on the audio system screen.
�Multi-information display
�Audio system screen■Setting the clock to be
adjusted automatically by GPS (Entune Audio [for U.S.A.]/Entune Audio Plus)
1Press the “MENU� button.
2Select “Setup� on the “Menu� screen.
3Select “General� on the “Setup� screen.
4Select “Clock�.
5Select “Auto Adjust by GPS� to set to on.
â– Adjusting the clock manu-ally
�Entune Audio (except for U.S.A.)
1Press the “MENU� button.
2Select “Setup� on the “Menu� screen.
3Select “General� on the “Setup� screen.
4Select “Clock�.
5Adjust the displayed time.
�Hour: Select “-� or “+� of “Hours� to adjust the hour.
�Minute: Select “-� or “+� of “Minutes� to adjust the min-ute.
�“:00�: Select to set the clock to the beginning of the nearest hour.
e.g.
1:00 to 1:29 ï‚® 1:00
1:30 to 1:59 ï‚® 2:00Changing the instrument
panel light brightness
Adjusting the clock
https://www.MyCarManual.com”hh uh�”(hh�h}”ubŒ$5e8d6658-ed50-4d99-a4f3-68ec2f3f6176”h
)�”}”(h
}”(hNh}”(hhhKOuhX°80 2-1. Instrument cluster
COROLLA_U�Entune Audio (for
U.S.A.)/Entune Audio Plus
1Press the “MENU� button.
2Select “Setup� on the “Menu� screen.
3Select “General� on the “Setup� screen.
4Select “Clock�.
5Select “Auto Adjust by GPS� to set to off.
6Adjust the displayed time.
�Hour: Select “-� or “+� of “Hours� to adjust the hour.
�Minute: Select “-� or “+� of “Minutes� to adjust the min-ute.
�“:00�: Select to set the clock to the beginning of the nearest hour.
e.g.
1:00 to 1:29 ï‚® 1:00
1:30 to 1:59 ï‚® 2:00
â– Setting the time zone
(Entune Audio [for U.S.A.]/Entune Audio Plus)
1Press the “MENU� button.
2Select “Setup� on the “Menu� screen.
3Select “General� on the “Setup� screen.
4Select “Clock�.
5Select “Time Zone�.
Select the desired time zone.â– Setting daylight saving time (Entune Audio [for U.S.A.]/Entune Audio Plus)
1Press the “MENU� button.
2Select “Setup� on the “Menu� screen.
3Select “General� on the “Setup� screen.
4Select “Clock�.
5Select “Daylight Saving Time� then on/off.
â– Changing the clock between 12-hour/24-hour format
1Press the “MENU� button.
2Select “Setup� on the “Menu� screen.
3Select “General� on the “Setup� screen.
4Select “Clock�.
5Select “24-Hour Time For-mat� and then on/off.
When set to off, the clock is dis-
played in 12 hour time format.
â– Clock settings screen (Entune
Audio [for U.S.A.]/Entune Audio
Plus)
If “Clock : 00� is displayed when
is selected on the multi-information
display, the system may be malfunc-tioning. Have the vehicle inspected
by your Toyota dealer.
https://www.MyCarManual.com”hh uh�”(hh�h}”ubŒ$db956421-0b06-47e8-8a7b-9f7d844cbedb”h
)�”}”(h
}”(hNh}”(hhhKPuhXd81 2-1. Instrument cluster
COROLLA_U2Vehicle status information and indicatorsâ– Locations of gauges and meters
�Analog speedometer
The units of measure may differ depending on the intended desti nation of
the vehicle.
Tachometer
Displays the engine speed in revolutions per minute
Speedometer
Sub speedometerClock (ï‚®P.84)
Fuel gauge
Displays the quantity of fu el remaining in the tank
Engine coolant temperature gauge
Displays the engine c oolant temperature
Display change button (ï‚® P.83)
Odometer and trip meter display ( ï‚®P.83)
Multi-information display
Presents the driver with a variety of vehicle data ( ï‚®P.86)
Displays warning messages if a malfunction occurs ( ï‚®P.490)
Outside temperature
Displays the outside temperature within the range of -40°F (-40 °C) to 122°F Gauges and meters (7-inch display)
Meter display
https://www.MyCarManual.com”hh uh�”(hh�h}”ubŒ$b9a0002c-5482-430c-b24a-8742d2247be9”h
)�”}”(h
}”(hNh}”(hhhKQuhXž82 2-1. Instrument cluster
COROLLA_U(50°C)
Shift position indicator (ï‚® P.153)
�Digital speedometer
The units of measure may differ depending on the intended desti nation of
the vehicle.
Tachometer
Displays the engine speed in revolutions per minute
Speedometer
Clock (ï‚®P.84)
Fuel gauge
Displays the quantity of fu el remaining in the tank
Engine coolant temperature gauge
Displays the engine c oolant temperature
Display change button (ï‚® P.83)
Odometer and trip meter display ( ï‚®P.83)
Multi-information display
Presents the driver with a variety of vehicle data ( ï‚®P.86)
Displays warning messages if a malfunction occurs ( ï‚®P.490)
Outside temperature
Displays the outside temperature within the range of -40°F (-40 °C) to 122°F
(50°C)
Shift position indicator (ï‚® P.153)
â– Outside temperature displayâ—�In the following sit uations, the cor-
rect outside temperature may not
https://www.MyCarManual.com”hh uh�”(hh�h}”ubŒ$9a0cd1ce-420e-4f7f-8e07-e6e46514d833”h
)�”}”(h
}”(hNh}”(hhhKRuhX�83 2-1. Instrument cluster
COROLLA_U2Vehicle status information and indicatorsbe displayed, or the display may
take longer than normal to
change:
• When stopped, or driving at low
speeds (less than 16 mph [25 km/h])
• When the outside temperature
has changed su ddenly (at the
entrance/exit of a garage, tunnel,
etc.)
�When “--� or “E� is displayed, the system may be malfunctioning. Take your vehicle to your Toyota
dealer.
â– Liquid crystal display
ï‚®P.87
â– Customization
The gauges and met ers can be cus-
tomized in of the multi-informa-
tion display. ( ï‚®P.90)
â– Changing the display
Press the display change button
until the desired item is dis-played.
â– Display items
�Odometer
Displays the total distance the vehi-
cle has been driven.
�Trip meter A/Trip meter B
Displays the distance the vehicle
has been driven since the meter was last reset. Trip meters A and B can be used to record and display WARNING
â– The information display at
low temperatures
Allow the interior of the vehicle to warm up before u sing the liquid
crystal informat ion display. At
extremely low temperatures, the information display monitor may
respond slowly, and display changes may be delayed.
For example, there is a lag
between the driver’s shifting and
the new gear number appearing on the display. This lag could
cause the driver to downshift
again, causing rapid and exces-sive engine braking and possibly
an accident resulting in death or
injury.
NOTICE
â– To prevent damage to the engine and its components
â—�Do not let the indicator needle of the tachometer enter the red zone, which indicates the maxi-
mum engine speed.
â—�The engine may be overheating
if the engine coolant tempera-ture gauge is in the red zone (H). In this case, immediately
stop the vehicle in a safe place,
and check the engine after it has cooled completely.
(ï‚®P.519)
Odometer and trip meter
display
https://www.MyCarManual.com”hh uh�”(hh�h}”ubŒ$dbac42ea-4339-4074-949b-a7063d9e6e53”h
)�”}”(h
}”(hNh}”(hhhKSuhXÈ84 2-1. Instrument cluster
COROLLA_Udifferent distances independently.
To reset, display the desired trip
meter and press and hold the dis-play change button.
The brightness of the instrument
panel lights can be adjusted.
1Brighter
2Darker
â– Instrument panel light bright-
ness adjustment
The brightness of the instrument panel lights can be adjusted sepa-rately for when the tail lights are on
and off.
â– Clock adjustment
The clocks on the following can
be adjusted on the audio system screen.
�Multi-information display
�Audio system screen■Setting the clock to be
adjusted automatically by GPS
1Press the “MENU� button.
2Select “Setup� on the “Menu� screen.
3Select “General� on the “Setup� screen.
4Select “Clock�.
5Select “Auto Adjust by GPS� to set to on.
â– Adjusting the clock manu-ally
1Press the “MENU� button.
2Select “Setup� on the “Menu� screen.
3Select “General� on the “Setup� screen.
4Select “Clock�.
5Select “Auto Adjust by GPS� to set to off.
6Adjust the displayed time.
�Hour: Select “-� or “+� of “Hours� to adjust the hour.
�Minute: Select “-� or “+� of “Minutes� to adjust the min-ute.
�“:00�: Select to set the clock to the beginning of the nearest hour.
e.g.
1:00 to 1:29 ï‚® 1:00
1:30 to 1:59 ï‚® 2:00
â– Setting the time zone
1Press the “MENU� button.Changing the instrument
panel light brightness
Adjusting the clock
https://www.MyCarManual.com”hh uh�”(hh�h}”ubŒ$e4ece86c-c100-4483-89eb-a521dc8f31ce”h
)�”}”(h
}”(hNh}”(hhhKTuhXœ85 2-1. Instrument cluster
COROLLA_U2Vehicle status information and indicators2Select “Setup� on the “Menu�
screen.
3Select “General� on the “Setup� screen.
4Select “Clock�.
5Select “Time Zone�.
Select the desired time zone.
Entune Premium Audio only:
If “Auto� is selected, the time zone is selected automatically by current vehicle position.
â– Setting daylight saving time
1Press the “MENU� button.
2Select “Setup� on the “Menu�
screen.
3Select “General� on the “Setup� screen.
4Select “Clock�.
5Select “Daylight Saving
Time� then on/off/auto
*.
*: Entune Premium Audio only
â– Changing the clock
between 12-hour/24-hour format
1Press the “MENU� button.
2Select “Setup� on the “Menu� screen.
3Select “General� on the “Setup� screen.
4Select “Clock�.
5Select “24-Hour Time For-mat� and then on/off.
When set to off, the clock is dis-
played in 12 hour time format.â– Clock settings screen
If “Clock : 00� is displayed when
is selected on the multi-information
display, the system may be malfunc-
tioning. Have the vehicle inspected
by your Toyota dealer.
https://www.MyCarManual.com”hh uh�”(hh�h}”ubŒ$43917c2b-9e80-49cb-ad42-62a190877ec9”h
)�”}”(h
}”(hNh}”(hhhKUuhXT86 2-1. Instrument cluster
COROLLA_Uâ– Display
�4.2-inch display
Driving support system status
display area
Displays an image when the follow-
ing systems are operating and a
menu icon other than is
selected:
• LTA (Lane Tracing Assist) (if
equipped)
• LDA (Lane Depar ture Alert with
steering control) (if equipped)
• Dynamic radar cruise control (if
equipped)
• Dynamic radar cruise control with
full-speed range (if equipped)
• RSA (Road Sign Assist) (if
equipped) ( ï‚®P.233)
Content display area
By selecting menu icons on the multi-information di splay, a variety
of driving-related information can be displayed. The multi-information display can also be used to change display settings and other vehicle settings.
Warning or advice pop-up displays are also displayed in certain situa-
tions.
�7-inch display
Driving support system status
display area
Displays an image when the follow-
ing systems are operating and a
menu icon other than is
selected:
• LTA (Lane Tracing Assist)• Dynamic radar cruise control with
full-speed range
• RSA (Road Sign Assist) (if
equipped) ( ï‚®P.233)
Content display area
By selecting menu icons on the multi-information di splay, a variety
of driving-related information can be displayed. The multi-information
display can also be used to change display settings and other vehicle
settings.
Warning or advice pop-up displays
are also displayed in certain situa-tions.
â– Menu icons
The menu icons will be dis-
played by pressing the or
meter control switch.Multi-information dis-
play
Display and menu icons
https://www.MyCarManual.com”hh uh�”(hh�h}”ubŒ$03f07c49-5d0a-436a-8fa9-9b2005ec8154”h
)�”}”(h
}”(hNh}”(hhhKVuhX{87 2-1. Instrument cluster
COROLLA_U2Vehicle status information and indicators
â– Liquid crystal display
Small spots or light spots may
appear on the display. This phenom-enon is characteristi c of liquid crys-
tal displays, and there is no problem continuing to use the display.
The multi-information display is
operated using the meter control switches./ : Select menu icons
/ : Change displayed
content, scroll up/down the
screen and move the cursor up/down
Press: Enter/Set
Press and hold: Reset/Dis-play customizable items
Return to the previous screenCall sending/receiving and
history display
Linked with the hands-free system,
sending or receiving call is dis-played. For details regarding the hands-free system, refer to the “NAVIGATION AND MULTIMEDIA SYSTEM OWNER’S MANUAL�.
â– Display items
�Speedometer display/Driving
range (4.2-inch display)
�Fuel economy
�Eco Driving Indicator/Driving range (if equipped)Driving information display
(ï‚®P.87)
Driving supp ort system
information display (ï‚®P.89)
Audio system-linked dis-play (ï‚®P.90)
Vehicle information dis-play (ï‚®P.90)
Settings display ( ï‚®P.90)
Warning message display (ï‚®P.490)
WARNING
â– Caution for use while driving
â—�When operating the multi-infor-
mation display while driving,
pay extra attention to the safety
of the area aroun d the vehicle.
â—�Do not look continuously at the multi-information display while
driving as you may fail to see
pedestrians, objects on the road, etc. ahead o f the vehicle.
â– The information display at low temperatures
ï‚®P.78, 83
Changing the meter dis-
play
Content of driving infor-
mation
https://www.MyCarManual.com”hh uh�”(hh�h}”ubŒ$8b4cda93-517b-4454-ba05-dccdac980f7e”h
)�”}”(h
}”(hNh}”(hhhKWuhX£88 2-1. Instrument cluster
COROLLA_Uâ– Speedometer display/Driv-
ing range (4.2-inch display)
�Speedometer display
�Driving range
Displays driving range with remain-
ing fuel. Use the d isplayed values
as a reference only.
This distance is computed based
on your average fuel consumption.
As a result, the actual distance that can be driven may differ from that displayed.
When only a small amount of fuel is
added to the tank, the display may not be updated.When refueling, turn the engine switch off. If the vehicle is refueled without turning the engine switch off, the display may not be updated.
â– Fuel economy
Use the displayed values as a ref-erence only.
Average fuel economy (after
reset)
To reset the average fuel economy
display, press and hold the
meter control switch.
Current fuel consumption
Displays instantaneous current fuel
consumption.Driving range
Displays driving ra nge with remain-
ing fuel.
This distance is computed based
on your average f uel consumption.
As a result, the actual distance that can be driven may differ from that displayed.
When only a small amount of fuel is
added to the tank, the display may not be updated.When refueling, turn the engine switch off. If the ve hicle is refueled
without turning the engine switch off, the display may not be updated.
The average fuel economy dis-
play can be changed in .
(ï‚®P.90)
�Average fuel economy (after
start)
Displays the average fuel con-
sumption since engine start.
�Average fuel economy (after
refuel)
Displays the average fuel con-
sumption since the vehicle was refueled.
â– Eco Driving Indicator/Driv-
ing range (if equipped)
�Eco Driving Indicator
https://www.MyCarManual.com”•Ihh uh�”(hh�h}”ubŒ$e4cf1029-a005-4db3-a9ab-4d8a01a5463c”h
)�”}”(h
}”(hNh}”(hhhKXuhXw89 2-1. Instrument cluster
COROLLA_U2Vehicle status information and indicators
Eco Driving Indicator Light
During Eco-friendly acceleration
(Eco driving), the Eco Driving Indi-cator Light will tu rn on. When the
acceleration exceeds the Zone of Eco driving, or when the vehicle is stopped, the light turns off.
Eco Driving Indicator Zone
Display
Suggests the Zone of Eco driving
with current Eco driving ratio based on acceleration.
Eco driving ratio based on
acceleration
If the acceleration exceeds the
Zone of Eco driving, the right side of the Eco Driving Indicator Zone Display will illuminate.
At this time, the Eco Driving Indica-
tor Light will turn off.
Zone of Eco driving
�Driving range
Displays driving range with remain-ing fuel. Use the d isplayed values
as a reference only.This distance is computed based on your average f uel consumption.
As a result, the actual distance that can be driven may differ from that displayed.
When only a small amount of fuel is
added to the tank, the display may not be updated.When refueling, turn the engine switch off. If the ve hicle is refueled
without turning the engine switch off, the display may not be updated.
â– Eco Driving Indicator
Eco Driving Indicator will not oper-
ate under the following conditions:
â—�The shift lever is in any position other than D.
â—�A paddle shift switch is operated. (If equipped)
â—�The driving mode is set to sport mode. (If equipped)
â—�The vehicle spe ed is approxi-
mately 80 mph (130 km/h) or
higher.
â– Driving support system
information
Select to display the operational status of the following systems:
�LTA (Lane Tracing Assist) (if
equipped) (ï‚® P.195)
�LDA (Lane Departure Alert with steering control) (if equipped) ( P.205)
�Dynamic radar cruise control (if equipped) ( P.223)
�Dynamic radar cruise control Driving support system
information display
https://www.MyCarManual.com”hh uh�”(hh�h}”ubŒ$1070a32b-c187-4759-b9a1-d7403a1eccce”h
)�”}”(h
}”(hNh}”(hhhKYuhX90 2-1. Instrument cluster
COROLLA_Uwith full-speed range (if
equipped) ( ï‚®P.213)
â– Navigation system-linked display (if equipped)
Select to display the following navigation system-linked infor-mation:
�Route guidance to destination
�Compass display (head-
ing-up display)
Select to enable selection of an audio source or track on the meter using the meter control switches.
This menu icon can be set to be
displayed/not displayed in .
â– Drive information
Displays drive information such as
the following:
Drive information type
Drive information itemsDisplays the following depend-
ing on which drive information type and drive information items
were selected in . (ï‚® P.90)
�After start
• Distance: Displays the distance
driven since engine start
• Elapsed time: Displays the
elapsed time since engine start
• Average vehicle speed: Displays
the average vehicle speed since
engine start
�After reset
• Distance: Displays the distance
driven since the display was
reset*
• Elapsed time: Displays the
elapsed time since the display was reset
*
• Average vehicle speed: Displays
the average vehicle speed since the display was reset
*
*: To reset, display the desired item
and press and hold the
meter control switch.
â– Meter display settings that
can be changed
�Language
Select to change the language dis-
played.
�Units
Select to change the units of mea-sure displayed.
�Speedometer display (7-inch Audio system-linked dis-play
Vehicle information dis-
play
Settings display
https://www.MyCarManual.com”hh uh�”(hh�h}”ubŒ$5efb5308-49bc-4a02-b467-89a5e00d0a0f”h
)�”}”(h
}”(hNh}”(hhhKZuhXã91 2-1. Instrument cluster
COROLLA_U2Vehicle status information and indicatorsdisplay)
Select to set the display of the
speedometer to analog/digital.
�Eco Driving Indicator Light (if
equipped)
Select to enable/disable the Eco
Driving Indicator Light.
�
• Fuel economy display
Select to change the average fuel
consumption display between after start/after reset. ( ï‚®P.88)
�
Select to display/not display the audio system linked display.
�
Select to change the displayed con-tent of the following:
• Drive information type
Select to change the drive informa-
tion type display between after start/after reset.
• Drive information items
Select to set the first and second
items of the drive information dis-
play to any of the following: aver-
age vehicle speed/distance/elapsed time.
�Pop-up display
Select to enable/disable pop-up displays for each relevant system.
�Multi-information display off
Select to turn the m ulti-information
display off.
To turn the multi-in formation display
on again, press any of the following
meter control switches //// /.
�Default setting
Select to reset the meter display settings to the default setting.
â– Vehicle functions and set-
tings that can be changed
ï‚®P.548
â– Suspension of the settings dis-
play
â—�Some settings cannot be changed while driving. When changing set-
tings, park the vehicle in a safe
place.
â—�If a warning message is displayed, operation of the settings display will be suspended.
WARNING
â– Cautions during setting up
the display
If the engine is running when changing the dis play settings,
ensure that the vehicle is parked
in a place with adequate ventila-
tion. In a closed area such as a
garage, exhaust gases including harmful carbon monoxide (CO)
may collect and enter the vehicle.
This may lead to death or a seri-ous health hazard.
NOTICE
â– During setting up the display
To prevent batte ry discharge,
ensure that the engine is running while setting up the display fea-
tures.
https://www.MyCarManual.com”hh uh�”(hh�h}”ubŒ$39493dd3-1916-4ebe-a0d7-6f17ee31d9eb”h
)�”}”(h
}”(hNh}”(hhhK[uhXó92 2-1. Instrument cluster
COROLLA_UAudio system screen
â– Trip information
�Entune Audio without
DCM/Entune Audio Plus with-out DCM
1Press the “MENU� button.
2Select “Info� on the “Menu� screen.
If a screen other than “Trip Informa-
tion� is displayed, select “Trip Infor-mation�.
�Entune Audio with
DCM/Entune Audio Plus with DCM/Entune Premium Audio
1Press the “MENU� button.
2Select “Info� on the “Menu� screen.3Select “ECO� on the “Infor-mation� screen.
If a screen other than “Trip Informa-
tion� is displayed, select “Trip Infor-mation�.
Resetting the consumption
data
Fuel consumption in the past
15 minutes
Current fuel consumption
Average vehicle speed since
the engine was started.
Elapsed time since the
engine was started.
Cruising range
Average fuel consumption for
the past 15 minutes is divided by color into past averages and averages attained since the engine switch was last turned to ON. Use the displayed average fuel consumption as a refer-ence.
The image is an example only, and
may vary slightly from actual condi-tions.Fuel consumption
information
Fuel consumption informa-
tion can be displayed on the audio system screen.
System components
Consumption
https://www.MyCarManual.com”hh uh�”(hh�h}”ubŒ$fabceffd-115b-4404-8de1-f3c028484441”h
)�”}”(h
}”(hNh}”(hhhK\uhXô93 2-1. Instrument cluster
COROLLA_U2Vehicle status information and indicatorsâ– History
�Entune Audio without
DCM/Entune Audio Plus with-out DCM
1Press the “MENU� button.
2Select “Info� on the “Menu� screen.
If a screen other than “History� is
displayed, select “History�.
�Entune Audio with
DCM/Entune Audio Plus with DCM/Entune Premium Audio
1Press the “MENU� button.
2Select “Info� on the “Menu� screen.
3Select “ECO� on the “Infor-mation� screen.
If a screen other than “History� is
displayed, select “History�.
Best recorded fuel consump-
tion
Latest fuel consumptionPrevious fuel consumption
record
Resetting the history dataUpdating the latest fuel con-
sumption data
The average fuel consumption history is divided by color into past averages and the average fuel consumption since the last updated. Use the displayed average fuel consumption as a reference.
The image is an example only, and
may vary slightly from actual condi-tions.
â– Updating the history data
Update the latest fuel consumption
by selecting “Clip� to measure the
current fuel consumption again.
â– Resetting the data
The fuel consumption data can be deleted by selecting “Clear�.
â– Cruising range
Displays the estimated maximum distance that can be driven with the
quantity of fuel remaining.
This distance is computed based on
your average fuel consumption. As a result, the actual distance that
can be driven may differ from that
displayed.
https://www.MyCarManual.com”hh uh�”(hh�h}”ubŒ$778179a8-4d56-42b1-af08-412055e0137b”h
)�”}”(h
}”(hNh}”(hhhK]uhŒ@94 2-1. Instrument cluster
COROLLA_U
https://www.MyCarManual.com”hh uh�”(hh�h}”ubŒ$c3e21325-bb6a-48f5-a1a6-78f066dfe830”h
)�”}”(h
}”(hNh}”(hhhK^uhXÌ95
COROLLA_U3
3Before drivingBefore driving
.3-1. Key information
Keys ............................... 96
3-2. Opening, closing and
locking the doors
Doors .......................... 103
Trunk........................... 108
Smart key system ....... 111
3-3. Adjusting the seats
Front seats .................. 118
Rear seats................... 119
Head restraints............ 121
3-4. Adjusting the steering
wheel and mirrors
Steering wheel ............ 123
Inside rear view mirror
.................................. 124
Outside rear view mirrors
.................................. 125
3-5. Opening and closing the
windows
Power windows ........... 127
Moon roof.................... 130
https://www.MyCarManual.com”hh uh�”(hh�h}”ubŒ$fa084012-811b-40f0-8c98-d9097f54ba4c”h
)�”}”(h
}”(hNh}”(hhhK_uhXÎ96 3-1. Key information
COROLLA_U3-1.Key information
The following keys are provided
with the vehicle.
�Type A
Keys (without a wireless remote control function)
Key number plate
�Type B
Key (with a wireless remote
control function)
Operating the wireless remote con-
trol function (→P.98)
Keys (without a wireless
remote control function)
Key number plate�Type C
Keys (with a wireless remote
control function)
Operating the wireless remote con-
trol function (→P.98)
Key number plate
�Type D
Electronic keys
• Operating the smart key system
(ï‚®P.111 )
• Operating the wireless remote
control function ( ï‚®P.98 )
Mechanical keys
Key number plate
â– When riding in an aircraft (with
a wireless remote control func-tion)
When bringing a ke y with wireless
remote control func tion onto an air-
craft, make sure you do not press any buttons on the key while inside the aircraft cabin. If you are carrying Keys
The keys
https://www.MyCarManual.com”hh uh�”(hh�h}”ubŒ$74bd2e11-acd0-4c73-94aa-e46fc06b5fc9”h
)�”}”(h
}”(hNh}”(hhhK`uhX2 97 3-1. Key information
COROLLA_U3Before drivingthe key in your bag, etc., ensure that
the buttons are not likely to be
pressed accidentally. Pressing a
button may cause the key to emit radio waves that could interfere with
the operation of the aircraft.
â– Key battery depletion (with a
wireless remote control func-
tion)
�Vehicles without a smart key sys-tem
â—�The standard battery life is 1 to 2 years.
â—�The battery will be come depleted
even if the key i s not used. The
following symptoms indicate that the key battery may be depleted. Replace the battery when neces-
sary. (ï‚®P.458)
• The wireless remote control does
not operate.
• The detection area becomes
smaller.
�Vehicles with a smart key system
â—�The standard battery life is 1 to 2 years.
â—�If the battery becomes low, an alarm will sound in the cabin and a
message will be s hown on the
multi-information display when the
engine is stopped.
â—�To reduce key battery depletion
when the electronic key is to not
be used for long periods of time, set the electronic key to the bat-
tery-saving mode. ( ï‚®P.113)
â—�As the electronic key always receives radio waves, the battery
will become deplet ed even if the
electronic key is not used. The fol-
lowing symptoms indicate that the
electronic key battery may be depleted. Replace the battery when necessary. ( ï‚®P.458)
• The smart key system or the wire-
less remote control does not oper-ate.
• The detection area becomes
smaller.
• The LED indicator on the key sur-face does not turn on.
â—�To avoid serious deterioration, do not leave the electronic key within 3 ft. (1 m) of the following electri-
cal appliances that produce a
magnetic field:
•T V s
• Personal computers
• Cellular phones, cordless phones
and battery chargers
• Recharging cellular phones or
cordless phones
• Table lamps
• Induction cookers
â—�If the electronic key is near the vehicle for longer than necessary,
even if the smart key system is not operated, the key battery may
become depleted faster than nor-
mal.
â– Replacing the battery (with a wireless remote control func-
tion)
ï‚®P.458
■If “A New Key has been Regis-tered Contact Your Dealer for
Details� is shown on the multi-information display (vehi-
cles with a smart key system)
This message will be displayed
each time the driver’s door is
opened when the doors are unlocked from the outside for
approximately 10 days after a new
electronic key has been registered.If this message is displayed but you
have not had a new electronic key
registered, ask your Toyota dealer to
check if an unknown electronic key
(other than those in your posses-
sion) has been registered.
â– If a wrong key is used (with a wireless remote control func-tion)
The key cylinder rotates freely, iso-lated from the internal mechanism.
https://www.MyCarManual.com”hh uh�”(hh�h}”ubŒ$a7673108-3880-447f-af0a-9e27ec02a4da”h
)�”}”(h
}”(hNh}”(hhhKauhX’98 3-1. Key information
COROLLA_UThe keys are equipped with the
following wireless remote con-trol:
�Vehicles without a smart key system
Locks the doors (ï‚® P.103)
Unlocks the doors ( ï‚®P.103)
Opens the windows
*1 and
moon roof*1, 2 (ï‚®P.103)
Opens the trunk ( ï‚®P.110)
Sounds the alarm (ï‚® P.99)
�Vehicles with a smart key sys-temNOTICE
â– To prevent key damage
â—�Do not drop the keys, subject
them to strong shocks or bend
them.
â—�Do not expose the keys to high temperatures for long periods of
time.
â—�Do not get the keys wet or wash them in an ultrasonic washer
etc.
â—�Vehicles with a smart key sys-tem: Do not attach metallic or
magnetic materials to the keys
or place the keys close to such materials.
â—�Do not disassemble the keys.
â—�Do not attach a sticker or any-
thing else to the surface of the
key.
â—�Vehicles with a smart key sys-
tem: Do not place the keys near
objects that produce magnetic
fields, such as TVs, audio sys-tems and induction cookers, or
medical electrical equipment,
such as low-frequency therapy equipment.
â– Carrying the electronic key
on your person (vehicles with
a smart key system)
Carry the electronic key 3.9 in. (10 cm) or more away from elec-tric appliances that are turned on.
Radio waves emitted from electric
appliances within 3.9 in. (10 cm) of the electronic key may interfere
with the key, causing the key to
not function properly.
â– In case of a smart key system malfunction or other
key-related problems (vehi-
cles with a smart key system)
ï‚®P.513â– When an electronic key is lost
(vehicles with a smart key
system)
ï‚®P.513
Wireless remote control
(if equipped)
https://www.MyCarManual.com”hh uh�”(hh�h}”ubŒ$56abf4d0-d96e-4082-aad1-6d2a5313679c”h
)�”}”(h
}”(hNh}”(hhhKbuhX399 3-1. Key information
COROLLA_U3Before drivingLocks the doors (ï‚® P.103)
Unlocks the doors ( ï‚®P.103)
Opens the windows*1 and
moon roof*1, 2 (ï‚®P.103)
Opens the trunk (ï‚® P.110)
Sounds the alarm (ï‚® P.99)
*1:This setting mu st be customized
at your Toyota dealer.
*2:If equipped
â– Panic mode (with a wireless
remote control function)
�Vehicles without a smart key sys-tem
When is pressed for longer
than about one second, an alarm
will sound intermittently and the
vehicle lights will f lash to deter any
person from trying to break into or
damage your vehicle.
To stop the alarm, press any button
on the wireless re mote control.
�Vehicles with a smart key system
When is pressed for longer
than about one second, an alarm
will sound intermittently and the
vehicle lights will f lash to deter any
person from trying to break into or
damage your vehicle.
To stop the alarm, press any button
on the electronic key.â– Conditions affecting the opera-tion of the smart key system or
wireless remote control (with a
wireless remote control func-tion)
�Vehicles without a smart key sys-tem
The wireless remote control function may not operate normally in the fol-
lowing situations:
â—�When the wireles s key battery is
depleted
â—�Near a TV tower, electric power
plant, gas station, radio station,
large display, airpo rt or other facil-
ity that generates strong radio
waves or electrical noise
â—�When carrying a portable radio, cellular phone or other wireless
communication devices
â—�When the wireless key is in con-tact with, or is c overed by a metal-
lic object
â—�When a wireless key (that emits radio waves) is being used nearby
â—�If window tint wit h a metallic con-
tent or metallic objects are
attached to the rear window
�Vehicles with a smart key system
ï‚®P.113
https://www.MyCarManual.com”hh uh�”(hh�h}”ubŒ$5f026231-5855-4387-8e55-f1b5bfceba03”h
)�”}”(h
}”(hNh}”(hhhKcuhX�100 3-1. Key information
COROLLA_U1 Releasing
To release the key, press the button
2 Folding
To stow the key, press the button
then fold the key.
To take out the mechanical key,
slide the release button and take the key out.
The mechanical key can only be
inserted in one direction, as the key only has grooves on one side. If the key cannot be inserted in a lock cylinder, turn it over and re-attempt to insert it.
After using the mechanical key,
store it in the electronic key. Carry the mechanical key together with the electronic key. If the electronic key battery is depleted or the entry function does not operate properly, you will need the mechanical key. (ï‚®P.513)
â– If you lose your mechanical
keys
ï‚®P.513Using the key (vehicles
without a smart key sys-
tem and with a wireless remote control function)
Using the mechanical key (vehicles with a smart key
system)
https://www.MyCarManual.com”hh uh�”(hh�h}”ubŒ$497353d8-274d-4576-b850-9c9c9345a245”h
)�”}”(h
}”(hNh}”(hhhKduhŒë101 3-1. Key information
COROLLA_U3Before drivingâ– Certification for the wireless r emote control (vehicles without a
smart key system)
�Except for vehicles sold in Canada
�For vehicles sold in Canada
https://www.MyCarManual.com”hh uh�”(hh�h}”ubŒ$f7ae70f8-7400-41aa-9015-e3a498da2c81”h
)�”}”(h
}”(hNh}”(hhhKeuhŒœ102 3-1. Key information
COROLLA_Uâ– Certification for the wireless r emote control (vehicles with a smart
key system)
ï‚®P.115
https://www.MyCarManual.com”hh uh�”(hh�h}”ubŒ$d5063924-5bf5-4fbc-8b42-5f6899bc6c54”h
)�”}”(h
}”(hNh}”(hhhKfuhXT103 3-2. Opening, closing and locking the doors
COROLLA_U3Before driving3-2.Opening, closing and locking the doors
â– Smart key system (if
equipped)
Carry the electronic key to enable this function.
1Grip the driver’s door handle
to unlock the door. Holding the driver’s door handle for approximately 2 seconds unlocks all the doors. Grip the front passenger’s door handle to unlock all the
doors.
*
Make sure to touch the sensor on
the back of the handle.
The doors cannot be unlocked for 3
seconds after the doors are locked.
*: The door unlock settings can be
changed. ( ï‚®P.104, 548)
2Touch the lock sensor (the
indentation on the side of the front door handle) to lock all the doors.
Check that the door is securely
locked.â– Wireless remote control (if
equipped)
�Vehicles without a smart key system
1Locks all the doors
Check that the d oor is securely
locked.
2Unlocks all the doors
Pressing the button unlocks the
driver’s door. Pressing the button again within 3 seconds unlocks the other doors.
Press and hold to open the win-
dows
*1 and moon roof.*1, 2
�Vehicles with a smart key sys-
tem
1Locks all the doors
Check that the d oor is securely
locked.
2Unlocks all the doors
Pressing the button unlocks the
driver’s door. Pressing the button Doors
Unlocking and locking the doors from the outside
https://www.MyCarManual.com”hh uh�”(hh�h}”ubŒ$2e5b4ae0-c257-4bcf-9ff3-922cf9da1cbc”h
)�”}”(h
}”(hNh}”(hhhKguhXc104 3-2. Opening, closing and locking the doors
COROLLA_Uagain within 3 seconds unlocks the
other doors.
Press and hold to open the win-
dows*1 and moon roof.*1, 2
*1:This setting mu st be customized
at your Toyota dealer.
*2:If equipped
â– Key
Turning the key operates the
doors as follows:
�Vehicles without a smart key system
1 Unlocks all the doors
Turning the key unlocks the driver’s
door. Turning the key again unlocks the other doors.
Turn and hold to open the win-
dows
*1 and moon roof.*1, 2
2 Locks all the doors
Turn and hold to close the win-
dows*1 and moon roof.*1, 2
*1:This setting mu st be customized
at your Toyota dealer.
*2:If equipped
�Vehicles with a smart key sys-
tem
The doors can also be locked and unlocked with the mechani-cal key. ( ï‚®P.513)â– Switching the door unlock func-
tion (vehicles with a smart key
system)
It is possible to set which doors the entry function unlocks using the wireless remote control.
1Turn the engine switch off.
2When the indicator light on the
key surface is not on, press and
hold , or for
approximately 5 seconds while
pressing and holding .
The setting changes each time an
operation is per formed, as shown
below. (When changing the setting
continuously, release the buttons,
wait for at least 5 seconds, and repeat step 2 .)
For vehicles with an alarm: To pre-vent unintended triggering of the
alarm, unlock the doors using the
wireless remote control and open and close a door once after the set-
tings have been ch anged. (If a door Multi-informa-
tion display/BeepUnlocking func-
tion
Exterior: Beeps 3
times
Interior: Pings
onceHolding the
driver’s door handle unlocks only the driver’s door.
Holding the front passenger’s door handle unlocks all the doors.
Exterior: Beeps
twice
Interior: Pings
onceHolding either front door handle unlocks all the doors.
https://www.MyCarManual.com”hh uh�”(hh�h}”ubŒ$26d766fd-50f3-46cc-bbb3-5e55d7207282”h
)�”}”(h
}”(hNh}”(hhhKhuhX 105 3-2. Opening, closing and locking the doors
COROLLA_U3Before drivingis not opened within 60 seconds
after is press ed, the doors will
be locked again an d the alarm will
automatically be set.)
In case that the alarm is triggered, immediately stop the alarm. (ï‚® P.70)
â– Operation signals (with a wire-
less remote control function)
�Vehicles without a smart key sys-tem
A buzzer sounds and the emer-gency flashers flash to indicate that
the doors have been locked/unlocked using the wireless
remote control. (Locked: Once;
Unlocked: Twice)
�Vehicles with a smart key system
A buzzer sounds and the emer-
gency flashers flash to indicate that
the doors have been locked/unlocked using the entry
function or wireless remote control.
(Locked: Once; Unlocked: Twice)
A buzzer sounds to indicate that the
windows and moon roof* are operat-
ing.
*: If equipped
â– Security feature (with a wireless
remote control function)
�Vehicles without a smart key sys-tem
If a door is not opened within approximately 60 seconds after the
vehicle is unlocked using the wire-
less remote control, the security fea-ture automatically locks the vehicle
again.
�Vehicles with a smart key system
If a door is not opened within
approximately 60 seconds after the
vehicle is unlocked using the entry
function or wireless remote control, the security featu re automatically
locks the vehicle again. â– When the door cannot be locked by the lock sensor on
the surface of the front door
handle (vehicles with a smart key system)
If the doors cannot be locked by touching the lock se nsor with a fin-
ger, touch the lock sensor with the palm of your hand.
If you are wearing gloves, remove
them.
â– Door lock buzzer (vehicles with a smart key system)
If an attempt to lock the doors using the entry function or wireless remote control is made when a door is not
fully closed, a b uzzer will sound
continuously for 5 seconds. Fully
close the door to stop the buzzer,
and lock the doors again.
â– Alarm (if equipped)
Locking the doors will set the alarm
system. ( ï‚®P.69)
â– Conditions affecting the opera-tion of the smart key system or wireless remote control (if
equipped)
�Vehicles without a smart key sys-tem
ï‚®P.99
�Vehicles with a smart key system
ï‚®P.113
https://www.MyCarManual.com”hh uh�”(hh�h}”ubŒ$bf111985-384b-4fe8-a1a6-9c575a896fb3”h
)�”}”(h
}”(hNh}”(hhhKiuhXÖ106 3-2. Opening, closing and locking the doors
COROLLA_Uâ– If the smart key system or the
wireless remote control does
not operate properly (if equipped)
�Vehicles without a smart key sys-tem
Replace the key battery with a new one if it is depleted. ( ï‚®P.458)
�Vehicles with a smart key system
Use the mechanical key to lock and
unlock the doors. ( ï‚®P.513)
Replace the key battery with a new one if it is depleted. ( ï‚®P.458)
â– If the battery is discharged
(vehicles with a smart key sys-tem)
The doors cannot be locked and unlocked using the smart key sys-
tem or wireless remote control. Lock
or unlock the doors using the mechanical key. ( ï‚®P.513)
â– Customization
Some functions can be customized. (ï‚®P.548)
â– Door lock switches (to
lock/unlock)
1Locks all the doors
2Unlocks all the doorsWARNING
â– To prevent an accident
Observe the following precautions
while driving t he vehicle.
Failure to do so m ay result in a
door opening and an occupant
being thrown out of the vehicle,
resulting in death or serious injury.
â—�Ensure that all doors are prop-
erly closed and locked.
â—�Do not pull the inside door han-
dle while driving.
Be especially careful of the front
doors, as the doors may be opened even if the inside lock
buttons are in the locked posi-
tion.
â—�Set the rear door child-protector locks when children are seated
in the rear seats. â– When opening or closing a door
Check the surroundings of the vehicle such as wh ether the vehi-
cle is on an incline, whether there
is enough space for a door to
open and whether a strong wind
is blowing. When opening or clos-ing the door, hold the door handle
tightly to prepare for any unpre-
dictable movement.
â– When using the wireless remote control or the key and
operating the power win-
dows or moon roof (if equipped)
Operate the power windows or moon roof after checking to make
sure that there is no possibility of
any passenger having any of their body parts caught in the windows
or moon roof. Also, do not allow
children to opera te the wireless
remote control or the key. It is
possible for children and other
passengers to get caught in the power windows or moon roof.
Unlocking and locking the
doors from the inside
https://www.MyCarManual.com”hh uh�”(hh�h}”ubŒ$8cbe5fc3-8ae1-4183-9532-21186477055a”h
)�”}”(h
}”(hNh}”(hhhKjuhX0107 3-2. Opening, closing and locking the doors
COROLLA_U3Before drivingâ– Inside lock buttons
1Locks the door
2Unlocks the door
The front doors can be opened by
pulling the inside ha ndle even if the
lock buttons are in the lock position.
â– Locking the front doors from
the outside without a key
1Move the inside lock button to
the lock position.
2Close the door.
�Vehicles without a smart key sys-tem
The door cannot be locked if the key is in the engine switch.
�Vehicles with a smart key system
The door cannot be locked if the engine switch is in ACC or ON, or the electronic key is left inside the
vehicle.
The key may not b e detected cor-
rectly and the door may be locked.
â– Open door warning buzzer
If a door or the trunk is not fully
closed, a buzzer will sound when
the vehicle speed reaches 3 mph (5 km/h).
The open door(s) or trunk is indi-
cated on the multi -information dis-
play.The door cannot be opened
from inside the vehicle when lock is set.
1Unlock
2Lock
These locks can be set to prevent
children from opening the rear doors. Push down on each rear door switch to lock both rear doors.
The following functions can be
set or canceled:
For instructions on customizing,
refer to P.548.Rear door child-protector lock
Automatic door locking
and unlocking systems
https://www.MyCarManual.com”hh uh�”(hh�h}”ubŒ$b10a9f16-575d-4ce3-bfbe-878c9966f528”h
)�”}”(h
}”(hNh}”(hhhKkuhXð108 3-2. Opening, closing and locking the doors
COROLLA_U*: Vehicles with a continuously vari-
able transmissionFunction Operation
Speed linked
door locking functionAll doors are auto-matically locked when vehicle speed is approxi-mately 12 mph (20 km/h) or higher.
Shift position linked door locking func-
tion
*All doors are auto-
matically locked when shifting the shift lever out of P.
Shift position linked door unlocking
function
*All doors are auto-
matically unlocked when shifting the shift lever to P.
Driver’s door linked door unlocking functionAll doors are auto-matically unlocked when driver’s door is opened.Trunk
The trunk can be opened
using the trunk opener, entry function or wireless remote control or key.
WARNING
Observe the following precau-
tions.
Failure to do so may result in death or serious injury.
â– Before driving
â—�Make sure that the trunk lid is fully closed. If the trunk lid is not
fully closed, it may open unex-
pectedly while driving and hit near-by objects or luggage in
the trunk may be thrown out,
causing an accident.
â—�Do not allow child ren to play in
the trunk.If a child is accidentally locked
in the trunk, they could suffer from heat exhaustion, suffoca-
tion or other injuries.
â—�Do not allow a child to open or
close the trunk lid.Doing so may cause the trunk
lid to open unexpectedly, or
cause the child’s hands, head, or neck to be caught by the
closing trunk lid.
â– Important points while driving
Never let anyone sit in the trunk. In the event of sudden braking or
a collision, they are susceptible to death or serious injury.
â– Using the trunk
Observe the following precau-tions.
Failure to do so may cause parts
of the body to be caught, resulting in serious injury.
https://www.MyCarManual.com”hh uh�”(hh�h}”ubŒ$7d3e7e30-7c1e-4108-863e-f59953776b7b”h
)�”}”(h
}”(hNh}”(hhhKluhX109 3-2. Opening, closing and locking the doors
COROLLA_U3Before driving
â– Trunk opener
Pull the lever upward to release
the trunk lid.
â– Trunk release button (vehi-cles with a smart key sys-tem)
While carrying the electronic key, press the button on the trunk lid.
When all the doors are unlocked WARNING
â—�Remove any heavy loads, such
as snow and ice, from the trunk lid before opening it. Failure to
do so may cause the trunk lid to
suddenly shut again after it is opened.
â—�When opening or closing the
trunk lid, thoroughly check to
make sure the surrounding area is safe.
â—�If anyone is in the vicinity, make sure they are safe and let them
know that the trunk is about to
open or close.
â—�Use caution when opening or closing the trunk lid in windy
weather as i t may move
abruptly in strong wind.
â—�The trunk lid may suddenly shut
if it is not opened fully. It is more
difficult to open or close the
trunk lid on an incline than on a level surface, so beware of the
trunk lid unexpectedly opening
or closing by itself. Make sure that the trunk lid is fully open
and secure before using the
trunk.â—�When closing the trunk lid, take
extra care to pre vent your fin-
gers etc. from being caught.
â—�When closing the trunk lid, make sure to press it lightly on its outer surface.
â—�Do not attach a ny accessories
other than genuine Toyota parts to the trunk lid. Such additional weight on the trunk lid may
cause the lid to suddenly shut
again after it is opened.
Opening the trunk
https://www.MyCarManual.com”hh uh�”(hh�h}”ubŒ$cd33f040-d77f-46f7-adaf-5288feb87edf”h
)�”}”(h
}”(hNh}”(hhhKmuhXÿ110 3-2. Opening, closing and locking the doors
COROLLA_Uusing one of the following meth-
ods, the trunk can be opened without the electronic key:
�Entry function
�Wireless remote control
�Door lock switches
�Automatic door unlocking sys-
tem
�Mechanical key
â– Wireless remote control (if equipped)
�Vehicles without a smart key system
Press and hold the switch.
A buzzer sounds.
�Vehicles with a smart key sys-tem
Press and hold the switch.
A buzzer sounds.â– Key (vehicles with a key cylinder on the trunk lid)
Turn the key clockwise to release the trunk lid.
â– Trunk light
â—�The trunk light turns on when the
trunk is opened.
â—�If the trunk light is left on when the engine switch is turned off, the light will go off automatically after
20 minutes.
â– Function to prevent the trunk
being locked with the electronic key inside (vehicles with a
smart key system)
â—�When all doors are locked, closing the trunk lid with the electronic key
left inside the trunk will sound an alarm.
In this case, the trunk lid can be
opened pressing the trunk release
button on the trunk lid.
â—�If the spare electronic key is put in the trunk with all the doors locked,
the key confinement prevention
function is activated so the trunk
https://www.MyCarManual.com”hh uh�”(hh�h}”ubŒ$0e61e370-5a02-4bf1-84ba-c50c6986d35d”h
)�”}”(h
}”(hNh}”(hhhKnuhX†111 3-2. Opening, closing and locking the doors
COROLLA_U3Before drivingcan be opened. In order to pre-
vent theft, take all electronic keys
with you when leaving the vehicle.
â—�If the electronic key is put in the trunk with all the doors locked, the
key may not be detected depend-ing on the location of the key and
the surrounding radio wave condi-
tions. In this case, the key con-finement prevention function
cannot be activate d, causing the
doors to lock when the trunk is
closed. Make sure to check where
the key is before closing the trunk.
â—�The key confinement prevention function cannot be activated if any
one of the doors is unlocked. In
this case, open the trunk using the
trunk opener.
â– Internal trunk release lever
The trunk lid can be opened by pull-ing up the glow-in -the-dark lever
located on the inside of the trunk lid.
The lever will conti nue to glow for
some time after the trunk lid is
closed.
â– If the smart key system or the wireless remote control does
not operate properly (if equipped)
Replace the key battery with a new one if it is depleted. ( ï‚®P.458)
â– Open door warning buzzer
ï‚®P.107
â– Customization
Some functions can be customized. (ï‚®P.548)*: If equipped
â– Antenna location
Antennas outside the cabin
Antennas inside the cabin
Antenna inside the trunkAntenna outside the trunkSmart key system*
The following operations
can be performed simply by carrying the electronic key on your person, for example in your pocket. The driver should always carry the electronic key.
�Locks and unlocks the doors (P.103)
�Opens the trunk ( P.109)
�Starts the engine ( P.148)
https://www.MyCarManual.com”hh uh�”(hh�h}”ubŒ$9e1556d1-cda4-4697-92e3-ae29b1a82daa”h
)�”}”(h
}”(hNh}”(hhhKouhXÜ112 3-2. Opening, closing and locking the doors
COROLLA_Uâ– Effective range (areas within
which the electronic key is
detected)
When locking or unlocking the
doors
The system can be operated when
the electronic key is within about 2.3 ft. (0.7 m) of eithe r of the front out-
side door handles. (Only the doors detecting the key c an be operated.)
When starting the engine or changing engine switch modes
The system can be operated when the electronic key is inside the vehi-cle.
When opening the trunk
The system can be operated when the electronic key is within about 2.3 ft. (0.7 m) of the trunk release but-ton.
â– Alarms and warning messages
A combination of e xterior and inte-
rior buzzers as well as warning mes-
sages shown on the multi-information display are used to
prevent theft of the vehicle and acci-
dents resulting from erroneous operation. Take appropriate mea-
sures based on the displayed mes-
sage. (→P.490)
When only an ala rm sounds, cir-
cumstances and c orrection proce-
dures are as follows.
â—�Exterior buzzer sounds once for 5
secondsâ—�Interior buzzer sounds continu-
ously
â– Battery-saving function
The battery-saving function will be activated in ord er to prevent the
electronic key battery and the vehi-
cle battery from being discharged
while the vehicle is not operated for
a long time.
â—�In the following situations, the
smart key system may take some
time to unlock the doors.
• The electronic key has been left
within approximatel y 11 ft. (3.5 m)
of the outside of the vehicle for 2
minutes or longer.
• The smart key system has not SituationCorrection
procedure
An attempt was
made to lock the vehicle while a door was open.Close all of the doors and lock the doors again.
The trunk was closed while the electronic key was still inside the trunk and all the doors were locked.Retrieve the electronic key from the trunk and close the trunk lid.
SituationCorrection
procedure
The engine switch was turned to ACC while the driver’s door was open (or the driver’s door was opened while the engine switch was in ACC).Turn the engine switch off and close the driver’s door.
The engine switch was turned to off while the driver’s door was open.
Close the driver’s door
https://www.MyCarManual.com”hh uh�”(hh�h}”ubŒ$a68b158f-c563-403f-98a5-65fef25041e3”h
)�”}”(h
}”(hNh}”(hhhKpuhXò
113 3-2. Opening, closing and locking the doors
COROLLA_U3Before drivingbeen used for 5 days or longer.
â—�If the smart key system has not
been used for 14 days or longer, the doors cann ot be unlocked
from any door except the driver’s door. In this case, hold the driver’s door handle, or use the wireless
remote control or mechanical key
to unlock the doors.
â– Electronic key battery-saving function
When battery-savi ng mode is set,
battery depletion is minimized by
stopping the electronic key from
receiving radio waves.
Press twice while pressing and
holding . Confirm that the elec-
tronic key indicator flashes 4 times.
While the battery-saving mode is
set, the smart key system cannot be
used. To cancel the function, press
any of the electronic key buttons.
â– Conditions affecting operation
The smart key system uses weak radio waves. In the following situa-tions, the communication between
the electronic key and the vehicle
may be affected, preventing the smart key system, wireless remote control and engine immobilizer sys-
tem from operating properly.
â—�When the electronic key battery is depleted
â—�Near a TV tower, electric power plant, gas station , radio station,
large display, airpo rt or other facil-
ity that generates strong radio waves or electrical noise
â—�When carrying a portable radio, cellular phone, cordless phone or other wireless communication
device
â—�When the electronic key is in con-tact with, or is c overed by the fol-
lowing metallic objects
• Cards to which aluminum foil is
attached
• Cigarette boxes that have alumi-
num foil inside
• Metallic wallets or bags
•C o i n s
• Hand warmers made of metal• Media such as CDs and DVDs
â—�When other wirel ess keys (that
emit radio waves) are being used
nearby
â—�When carrying the electronic key together with the following devices
that emit radio waves
• Another vehicle’s electronic key or
a wireless key that emits radio waves
• Personal computers or personal
digital assistants (PDAs)
• Digital audio players• Portable game systems
â—�If window tint wit h a metallic con-
tent or metallic objects are
attached to the rear window
â—�When the electronic key is placed near a battery charger or elec-
tronic devices
â—�When the vehicle is parked in a pay parking spot where radio waves are emitted
If the doors cannot be locked/unlocked using the smart key
system, lock/unlock the doors by
performing any of the following:
â—�Bring the electronic key close to either front door handle and oper-ate the entry function.
â—�Operate the wireless remote con-trol.
If the doors cannot be locked/unlocked using the above methods, use the mechanical key.
(ï‚®P.513)
If the engine cannot be started using the smart key system, refer to
https://www.MyCarManual.com”hh uh�”(hh�h}”ubŒ$42cc769b-bc39-447d-8029-d2c98b86d63e”h
)�”}”(h
}”(hNh}”(hhhKquhX
114 3-2. Opening, closing and locking the doors
COROLLA_UP.514.
â– Note for the entry function
â—�Even when the electronic key is
within the effective range (detec-tion areas), the system may not
operate properly in the following
cases:
• The electronic key is too close to
the window or outside door han-dle, near the ground, or in a high place when the doors are locked
or unlocked.
• The electronic key is near the
ground or in a high place, or too close to the center of the rear
bumper when the trunk is opened.
• The electronic key is on the instru-
ment panel, rear package tray or floor, or in the door pockets or glove box when the engine is
started or engine switch modes
are changed.
â—�Do not leave the electronic key on top of the instrument panel or near the door pockets when exiting the
vehicle. Depending on the radio
wave reception conditions, it may be detected by the antenna out-
side the cabin and the door will
become lockable from the outside, possibly trapping the electronic
key inside the vehicle.
â—�As long as the electronic key is within the effective range, the
doors may be locked or unlocked by anyone. However, only the
doors detecting the electronic key
can be used to unl ock the vehicle.
â—�Even if the electronic key is not inside the vehicle, it may be possi-ble to start the e ngine if the elec-
tronic key is near the window.
â—�The doors may unlock or lock if a large amount of water splashes on
the door handle, such as in the
rain or in a car wash when the electronic key is w ithin the effec-
tive range. (The doors will auto-
matically be locked after approximately 60 seconds if the
doors are not opened and closed.)â—�If the wireless remote control is
used to lock the doors when the
electronic key is near the vehicle,
there is a possib ility that the door
may not be unlocked by the entry
function. (Use the wireless remote
control to unlock the doors.)
â—�Touching the door lock or unlock sensor while wearing gloves may prevent lock or unlock operation.
â—�When the lock operation is per-formed using the lock sensor, rec-
ognition signals will be shown up
to two consecutive times. After this, no recognition signals will be
given.
â—�If the door handle becomes wet while the electronic key is within
the effective range, the door may lock and unlock repeatedly. In that
case, follow the following correc-
tion procedures to wash the vehi-
cle:
• Place the electronic key in a loca-
tion 6 ft. (2 m) or more away from the vehicle. (Take care to ensure
that the key is not stolen.)
• Set the electronic key to bat-
tery-saving mode to disable the smart key system. ( ï‚®P.113)
â—�If the electronic key is inside the vehicle and a door handle
becomes wet during a car wash, a message may be shown on the
multi-information display and a
buzzer will sound outside the vehi-cle. To turn off the alarm, lock all
the doors.
â—�The lock sensor may not work properly if it comes into contact
with ice, snow, m ud, etc. Clean
the lock sensor and attempt to
operate it again.
â—�A sudden handle operation or a
handle operation immediately
after entering the effective range
may prevent the doors from being unlocked. Touch the door unlock
sensor and check that the doors
are unlocked befo re pulling the
door handle again.
https://www.MyCarManual.com”hh uh�”(hh�h}”ubŒ$93b078d2-6250-47b4-9498-7060749f6492”h
)�”}”(h
}”(hNh}”(hhhKruhXr115 3-2. Opening, closing and locking the doors
COROLLA_U3Before drivingâ—�If there is another electronic key in
the detection area, it may take
slightly longer to unlock the doors
after the door handle is gripped.
â– When the vehicle is not driven
for extended periods
â—�To prevent theft of the vehicle, do not leave the electronic key within
6 ft. (2 m) of the vehicle.
â—�The smart key system can be deactivated in advance. ( ï‚®P.548)
â—�Setting the electronic key to bat-tery-saving mode helps to reduce
key battery depletion. ( ï‚®P.113)
â– To operate the system properly
â—�Make sure to carry the electronic key when operati ng the system.
Do not get the electronic key too
close to the vehicle when operat-
ing the system from the outside of the vehicle.
Depending on the position and hold-ing condition of the electronic key,
the key may not be detected cor-
rectly and the system may not oper-ate properly. (The alarm may go off
accidentally, or the door lock pre-
vention function may not operate.)â—�Do not leave the electronic key
inside the trunk.
The key confinement prevention
function may not operate, depend-ing on the location of the key (the
inside edge of the trunk), condi-
tions (inside a metal bag, close to metallic objects) and the radio
waves in the surrounding area. (ï‚®P.110)
â– If the smart key system does
not operate properly
â—�Locking and unlocking the doors: ï‚®P.513
â—�Starting the engine: ï‚®P.514
â– Customization
Some functions can be customized. (ï‚®P.548)
â– If the smart key system has been deactivated in a custom-
ized setting
â—�Locking and unlocking the doors: Use the wireless remote control or
mechanical key. ( ï‚®P.103, 513)
â—�Starting the engi ne and changing
engine switch modes: ï‚®P.514
â—�Stopping the engine: ï‚®P.150
â– Certification for the smart key system
�Except for vehicles sold in Canada
https://www.MyCarManual.com”hh uh�”(hh�h}”ubŒ$778ab946-8813-4565-a1c5-5f178d42b92e”h
)�”}”(h
}”(hNh}”(hhhKsuhŒs116 3-2. Opening, closing and locking the doors
COROLLA_U�For vehicles sold in Canada
https://www.MyCarManual.com”hh uh�”(hh�h}”ubŒ$eaece04e-b483-4773-aea6-1dfd5ef7d35b”h
)�”}”(h
}”(hNh}”(hhhKtuhXh117 3-2. Opening, closing and locking the doors
COROLLA_U3Before driving
WARNING
â– Caution regarding interfer-
ence with electronic devices
â—�People with implantable car-diac pacemakers, cardiac
resynchronization ther-
apy-pacemakers or implantable cardioverter defib rillators should
keep away from the smart key system antennas. ( ï‚®P.111)
The radio waves may affect the
operation of such devices. If
necessary, the entry function can be disabled. Ask your Toy-
ota dealer for details, such as
the frequency of radio waves and timing of the emitted radio
waves. Then, consult your doc-
tor to see if you should disable the entry function.â—�Users of any electrical medical device other than implantable
cardiac pacemakers, cardiac
resynchronization ther-apy-pacemakers or implantable
cardioverter defibrillators should
consult the manufacturer of the device for information about its
operation under the influence of
radio waves.Radio waves could have unex-
pected effects on the operation
of such medical devices.
Ask your Toyota dealer for details on disabling the entry function.
https://www.MyCarManual.com”hh uh�”(hh�h}”ubŒ$aa8a8e2e-b70a-431b-98b9-4e480018e241”h
)�”}”(h
}”(hNh}”(hhhKuuhXe118 3-3. Adjusting the seats
COROLLA_U3-3.Adjusting the seats
�Manual seat
Seat position adjustment
lever
Seatback angle adjustment
lever
Vertical height adjustment
lever (driver’s side only)
Lumbar support adjustment
switch* (driver’s side only)
*: If equipped�Power seat (driver’s side
only)
Seat position adjustment switch
Seatback angle adjustment
switch
Seat cushion (front) angle
adjustment switch
Vertical height adjustment
switch
Lumbar support adjustment
switch
*
*: If equippedFront seats
Adjustment procedure
WARNING
â– When adjusting the seat posi-
tion
â—�Take care when adjusting the seat position to ensure that other passengers are not
injured by the moving seat.
â—�Do not put your hands under the
seat or near the moving parts to avoid injury.
Fingers or hands may become
jammed in the seat mechanism.
https://www.MyCarManual.com”hh uh�”(hh�h}”ubŒ$f1f0d90a-4de1-4fd6-9161-8c2d657f62e6”h
)�”}”(h
}”(hNh}”(hhhKvuhXm119 3-3. Adjusting the seats
COROLLA_U3Before driving1Move the front seats forward.
(ï‚®P.118)
2Stow the rear armrest. (if equipped) (ï‚® P.413)
3Seats with an adjustable type head restraint: Lower the head restraints to the lowest position. (ï‚® P.121)
4Fold the seatback down while pushing the seatback lock release button.
Each seatback may be folded sep-
arately.WARNING
â—�Make sure to leave enough
space around the feet so they do not get stuck.
â– Seat adjustment
â—�Be careful that the seat does not hit passengers or luggage.
â—�To reduce the risk of sliding under the lap belt during a colli-
sion, do not recline the seat
more than necessary.If the seat is too reclined, the lap
belt may slide past the hips and
apply restraint forces directly to the abdomen, or your neck may
contact the shoulder belt,
increasing the ri sk of death or
serious injury in the event of an
accident.Adjustments should not be made while driving as the seat
may unexpectedly move and
cause the driver to lose control of the vehicle.
â—�Manual seat only: After adjust-
ing the seat, make sure that the
seat is locked in position.
NOTICE
â– When adjusting a front seat
When adjusting a front seat, make sure that the head restraint does
not contact the headliner. Other-
wise, the head restraint and head-liner may be damaged.Rear seats
The seatbacks of the rear
seats can be folded down.
Folding down the rear
seatbacks
WARNING
Observe the following precau-
tions. Failure to do so may result
in death or serious injury.
â– When folding the rear seat-
backs down
â—�Do not fold the seatbacks down while driving.
https://www.MyCarManual.com”hh uh�”(hh�h}”ubŒ$36652017-70b2-4842-ab81-d4c379535e37”h
)�”}”(h
}”(hNh}”(hhhKwuhX120 3-3. Adjusting the seats
COROLLA_UWARNING
â—�Stop the vehicle on level
ground, set the parking brake and shift the shift lever to P
(continuously variable transmis-
sion) or N (manual transmis-sion).
â—�Do not allow anyo ne to sit on a
folded seatback or in the trunk while driving.
â—�Do not allow child ren to enter
the trunk.
â—�Be careful not to get your hand caught when folding the rear
seatbacks.
â—�Adjust the position of the front
seats before folding down the rear seatbacks so that the front
seats do not int erfere with the
rear seatbacks when folding down the rear seatbacks.
â– After returning the rear seat-
back to the upright position
â—�Make sure that the seatback is
securely locked in position by
lightly pushing it back and forth.
If the seatback is not securely locked, the red marking will be
visible on the seatback lock
release button. Make sure that the
red marking is not visible.â—�Check that the seat belts are
not twisted or caught in the
seatback.
If the seat belt gets caught between the seatback’s securing hook and latch, it may damage
the seat belt.
NOTICE
â– When the right seatback is
folded down
Make sure the luggage loaded in the enlarged tr unk will not dam-
age the webbing of the rear cen-
ter seat belt.
https://www.MyCarManual.com”hh uh�”(hh�h}”ubŒ$2244c65a-cdf9-4a04-861f-ba10a1ed954a”h
)�”}”(h
}”(hNh}”(hhhKxuhX²121 3-3. Adjusting the seats
COROLLA_U3Before driving
â– Front seats
1 Up
Pull the head restraints up.
2 Down
Push the head restraint down while
pressing the lock release button .â– Rear outside seats (adjust-
able type)
1 Up
Pull the head restraints up.
2 Down
Push the head restraint down while
pressing the lock release button .
â– Adjusting the height of the head
restraints (front seats)
Make sure that the head restraints are adjusted so that the center of
the head restraint i s closest to the
top of your ears.
â– Front seats
Pull the head restraint up while
pressing the lock release button
.Head restraints
Head restraints are provided for all seats.
WARNING
â– Head restraint precautions
Observe the following precautions
regarding the head restraints.
Failure to do so m ay result in
death or serious injury.
â—�Use the head restraints
designed for each respective
seat.
â—�Adjust the head restraints to the
correct position at all times.
â—�After adjusting the head restraints, push down on them
and make sure they are locked
in position.
â—�Do not drive with the head restraints removed.
Adjusting a head restraint
Removing the head
restraints
https://www.MyCarManual.com”hh uh�”(hh�h}”ubŒ$30c14420-8a85-4cc5-ae45-73ee49ac9ebc”h
)�”}”(h
}”(hNh}”(hhhKyuhXX122 3-3. Adjusting the seats
COROLLA_Uâ– Rear outside seats (adjust-
able type)
Pull the head restraint up while pressing the lock release button
.
â– Front seats
Align the head restraint with the installation holes and push it down to the lock position.
Press and hold the lock release
button when lowering the head
restraint.â– Rear outside seats (adjust-
able type)
Align the head restraint with the installation holes and push it down to the lock position.
Press and hold the lock release
button when lowering the head
restraint.
Installing the head
restraints
https://www.MyCarManual.com”hh uh�”(hh�h}”ubŒ$0ec4af1a-b569-4b6c-9d09-8b71aad32179”h
)�”}”(h
}”(hNh}”(hhhKzuhXª123 3-4. Adjusting the steering wheel and mirrors
COROLLA_U3Before driving3-4.Adjusting the steering wheel and mirrors
1Hold the steering wheel and
push the lever down.
2Adjust to the ideal position by moving the steering wheel horizontally and vertically.
After adjustment, pull the lever up
to secure the steering wheel.To sound the horn, press on or
close to the mark.Steering wheel
Adjustment procedure
WARNING
â– Caution while driving
Do not adjust the steering wheel
while driving.Doing so may cause the driver to
mishandle the vehicle and cause
an accident, resul ting in death or
serious injury.â– After adjusting the steering
wheel
Make sure that the steering wheel is securely locked.
Otherwise, the steering wheel may move suddenly, possibly
causing an accident, and resulting
in death or seriou s injury. Also,
the horn may not sound if the
steering wheel is not securely
locked.
Horn
https://www.MyCarManual.com”hh uh�”(hh�h}”ubŒ$6cc86553-7db1-4352-a784-27c8a9a1faba”h
)�”}”(h
}”(hNh}”(hhhK{uhXü124 3-4. Adjusting the steering wheel and mirrors
COROLLA_UThe height of the rear view mir-
ror can be adjusted to suit your driving posture.
Adjust the height of the rear
view mirror by moving it up and down.
�Manual anti-glare inside rear view mirror
Reflected light from the head-lights of vehicles behind can be reduced by operating the lever.
Normal position
Anti-glare position
�Auto anti-glare inside rear
view mirror
Responding to the level of brightness of the headlights of vehicles behind, the reflected light is automatically reduced.
Changing automatic anti-glare
function mode
On/off
When the automatic anti-glare func-
tion is in ON mode, the indicator
illuminates. The func tion will set to
ON mode each time the engine switch is turned to ON.
Pressing the button turns the func-
tion to off mode. (The indicator
also turns off.)Inside rear view mirror
The rear view mirror’s posi-
tion can be adjusted to enable sufficient confirma-tion of the rear view.
Adjusting the height of
rear view mirror
WARNING
â– Caution while driving
Do not adjust the position of the
mirror while driving.Doing so may lead to mishandling
of the vehicle and cause an acci-
dent, resulting in death or serious injury.
Anti-glare function
https://www.MyCarManual.com”hh uh�”(hh�h}”ubŒ$b255c657-3d59-4a2e-b609-c8c8029984fb”h
)�”}”(h
}”(hNh}”(hhhK|uhXt125 3-4. Adjusting the steering wheel and mirrors
COROLLA_U3Before drivingâ– To prevent sensor error (vehi-
cles with an auto anti-glare
inside rear view mirror)
To ensure that the sensors operate properly, do not touch or cover them.
1To select a mirror to adjust,
turn the switch.
Left
RightOutside rear view mir-
rors
The rear view mirror’s posi-
tion can be adjusted to enable sufficient confirma-tion of the rear view.
WARNING
â– Important points while driving
Observe the following precautions
while driving.Failure to do so may result in loss
of control of the vehicle and cause
an accident, resulting in death or serious injury.
â—�Do not adjust th e mirrors while
driving.
â—�Do not drive wit h the mirrors
folded.
â—�Both the driver and passenger side mirrors must be extended
and properly adjusted before
driving.
Adjustment procedure
https://www.MyCarManual.com”hh uh�”(hh�h}”ubŒ$1eb358f6-e9b8-4ce4-aac3-263693bd18f8”h
)�”}”(h
}”(hNh}”(hhhK}uhX‹126 3-4. Adjusting the steering wheel and mirrors
COROLLA_U2To adjust the mirror, operate
the switch.
Up
Right
DownLeft
â– Mirror angle can be adjusted
when
The engine switch is in ACC or ON.
â– When the mirrors are fogged up (vehicles with outside rear view
mirror defoggers)
The outside rear v iew mirrors can
be cleared using the mirror defog-gers. Turn on the rear window defogger to turn on the outside rear
view mirror defoggers. (ï‚® P.388,
392)
Push the mirror back in the
direction of the vehicle’s rear.WARNING
â– When the mirror defoggers
are operating (vehicles with
outside rear view mirror defoggers)
Do not touch the rear view mirror surfaces, as they can become
very hot and burn you.
Folding the mirrorsWARNING
â– When a mirror is moving
To avoid personal injury and mir-ror malfunction, be careful not to
get your hand caught by the mov-ing mirror.
https://www.MyCarManual.com”hh uh�”(hh�h}”ubŒ$bc1363d6-cab9-49a8-871c-7ddebfa0235d”h
)�”}”(h
}”(hNh}”(hhhK~uhX< 127 3-5. Opening and closing the windows
COROLLA_U3Before driving3-5.Opening and closing the windows
The power windows can be
opened and closed using the switches.Operating the switch moves the windows as follows:
1Closing
2One-touch closing
*
3Opening
4One-touch opening*
*: To stop the window partway,
operate the switch in the opposite
direction.
â– The power windows can be
operated when
The engine switch is in ON.
â– Operating the power windows after turning the engine off
The power windows can be oper-ated for approximately 45 seconds
after the engine switch is turned to
ACC or OFF. They cannot, however, be operated once either front door is
opened.
â– Jam protection function
If an object becomes jammed between the window and the win-dow frame while the window is clos-
ing, window move ment is stopped
and the window is opened slightly.
â– Catch protection function
If an object becomes caught between the door and window while
the window is opening, window movement is stopped.
â– When the window cannot be
opened or closed
When the jam protection function or catch protection function operates
unusually and the door window can-not be opened or closed, perform
the following operations with the power window swit ch of that door.
â—�Stop the vehicle. With the engine switch in ON, within 4 seconds of the jam protection function or
catch protection f unction activat-
ing, continuously operate the
power window switch in the
one-touch closing direction or
one-touch opening direction so that the door window can be
opened and closed.
â—�If the door window cannot be opened and closed even when
performing the above operations, perform the follo wing procedure
for function initialization.
1Turn the engine switch to ON.
2Pull and hold the power window switch in the on e-touch closing
direction and completely close
the door window.
3Release the power window
switch for a m oment, resume
pulling the switch in the
one-touch closing direction, and
hold it there for approximately 6 seconds or more.
4Press and hold the power win-dow switch in the one-touch
opening direction. After the door
window is completely opened, continue holding the switch for
an additional 1 second or more.
5Release the power window switch for a m oment, resume Power windows
Opening and closing the
power windows
https://www.MyCarManual.com”hh uh�”(hh�h}”ubŒ$310d2525-9aeb-48f1-b875-bf604366fafc”h
)�”}”(h
}”(hNh}”(hhhKuhX´ 128 3-5. Opening and cl osing the windows
COROLLA_Upushing the switch in the
one-touch opening direction, and
hold it there for a pproximately 4
seconds or more.
6Pull and hold the power window
switch in the one-touch closing
direction again. After the door
window is completely closed, continue holding the switch for a
further 1 second or more.
If you release the switch while the window is moving, start again from
the beginning.If the window reverses and cannot
be fully closed or opened, have the
vehicle inspected by your Toyota dealer.
â– Door lock linked window opera-
tion
â—�Vehicles without a smart key sys-tem: The power windows can be
opened and closed using the key.*
(ï‚®P.104)
Vehicles with a smart key system:
The power windows can be
opened and closed using the
mechanical key.* (ï‚®P.514)
â—�The power windows can be
opened using the wireless remote
control.* (with a wireless remote
control function) ( ï‚®P.103)
*: These settings must be custom-
ized at your Toyota dealer.
â– Customization
Some functions can be customized.
(ï‚®P.548)
WARNING
Observe the following precau-
tions. Failure to do so may result
in death or serious injury.â– Closing the windows
â—�The driver is responsible for all the power window operations,
including the operation for the
passengers. In order to prevent accidental operation, especially
by a child, do not let a child
operate the power windows. It is possible for children and other
passengers to have body parts
caught in the power window. Also, when ridin g with a child, it
is recommended to use the win-dow lock switch. (
ï‚®P.129)
â—�Check to make sure that all pas-sengers do not have any part of
their body in a pos ition where it
could be caught when a window
is being operated.
â—�When using the wireless remote control (if equipped), key or
mechanical key and operating
the power windows, operate the power window after checking to
make sure that t here is no pos-
sibility of any passenger having
any of their body parts caught in
the window. Also do not let a
child operate window by the wireless remote control (if
equipped), key or mechanical
key. It is possib le for children
and other passengers to get
caught in the power window.
â—�When exiting the vehicle, turn
the engine switch off, carry the key and exit the vehicle along with the child. There may be
accidental operation, due to
mischief, etc., that may possibly lead to an accident.
https://www.MyCarManual.com”hh uh�”(hh�h}”ubŒ$97bbd449-c72c-4c06-b270-7e15f4f6a27a”h
)�”}”(h
}”(hNh}”(hhhK€uhX(129 3-5. Opening and closing the windows
COROLLA_U3Before driving
This function can be used to
prevent children from acciden-tally opening or closing a pas-senger window.
Press the switch.
The indicator will come on and
the passenger w indows will be
locked.
The passenger windows can still be
opened and closed using the driver’s switch even if the lock switch is on.■The power windows can be
operated when
The engine switch is in ON.
â– When the battery is discon-nected
The window lock s witch is disabled.
If necessary, press the window lock
switch after reconnecting the bat-tery.WARNING
â– Jam protection function
â—�Never use any part of your body
to intentionally a ctivate the jam
protection function.
â—�The jam protection function may
not work if something gets
jammed just before the window
is fully closed. Be careful not to
get any part o f your body
jammed in the window.
â– Catch protection function
â—�Never use any part of your body or clothing to intentionally acti-
vate the catch p rotection func-
tion.
â—�The catch protection function
may not work if something gets
caught just before the window is
fully opened. Be careful not to get any part of your body or
clothing caught in the window.
Preventing accidental
operation (window lock
switch)
https://www.MyCarManual.com”hh uh�”(hh�h}”ubŒ$14b4e5c2-1857-4344-8075-0cb63787100f”h
)�”}”(h
}”(hNh}”(hhhK�uhXõ130 3-5. Opening and cl osing the windows
COROLLA_U*: If equipped
â– Opening and closing
1Opens the moon roof*
The moon roof stops slightly before
the fully open position to reduce wind noise. Press the switch again to fully open the moon roof.
2Closes the moon roof*
*: Lightly press either side of the
moon roof switch to stop the
moon roof partway.
â– Tilting up and down
1Tilts the moon roof up*2Tilts the moon roof down*
*: Lightly press e ither side of the
moon roof switch to stop the moon roof partway.
â– The moon roof can be operated
when
The engine switch is in ON.
â– Operating the moon roof after turning the engine off
The moon roof can be operated for approximately 45 s econds after the
engine switch is turned to ACC or
OFF. It cannot, however, be oper-
ated once either front door is
opened.
â– Jam protection function
If an object is dete cted between the
moon roof and the frame while the moon roof is closing or tilting down,
travel is stopped and the moon roof
opens slightly.
â– Sunshade
The sunshade can be opened and closed manually. However, the sun-shade will open aut omatically when
the moon roof is opened.
â– Door lock linked moon roof operation
â—�Vehicles without a smart key sys-tem: The moon roof can be
opened and closed using the key.*
(ï‚®P.104)
Vehicles with a smart key system:
The moon roof can be opened
and closed using the mechanical
key.* (ï‚®P.514)
â—�The moon roof can be opened using the wireless remote control.
*
(ï‚®P.103)
*: These settings must be custom-
ized at your Toyota dealer.
â– When the moon roof does not
close normally
Perform the following procedure:Moon roof*
Use the overhead switches
to open and close the moon roof and tilt it up and down.
Operating the moon roof
https://www.MyCarManual.com”•— hh uh�”(hh�h}”ubŒ$7c7fad85-9763-4fba-a562-0259a6412b69”h
)�”}”(h
}”(hNh}”(hhhK‚uhX% 131 3-5. Opening and closing the windows
COROLLA_U3Before drivingâ—�If the moon roof closes but then
re-opens slightly
1Stop the vehicle.
2Press and hold the “CLOSE�
switch.*1
The moon roof will close, reopen
and pause for approximately 10 sec-onds.
*2 Then it will close again, tilt
up and pause for approximately 1
second. Finally, it will tilt down, open
and close.
3Check to make sure that the
moon roof is completely closed
and then release the switch.
â—�If the moon roof tilts down but then tilts back up
1Stop the vehicle.
2Press and hold the “UP� switch*1
until the moon r oof moves into
the tilt up position and stops.
3Release the “UP� switch once
and then press and hold the “UP�
switch again.*1
The moon roof will pause for
approximately 10 se conds in the tilt
up position.*2 Then it will adjust
slightly and pause for approximately
1 second. Finally, it will tilt down,
open and close.
4Check to make sure that the
moon roof is completely closed
and then release the switch.
*1:If the switch is released at the
incorrect time, t he procedure will
have to be performed again from
the beginning.
*2:If the switch is re leased after the
above mentioned 10 second pause, automati c operation will
be disabled. In that case, press and hold the “CLOSE� or “UP� switch, and the mo on roof will tilt
up and pause for approximately 1 second. Then it will tilt down, open and close. Check to make sure that the moon roof is com-pletely closed and then release the switch.
If the moon roof does not fully close
even after perfo rming the above
procedure correctly, have the vehi-
cle inspected by your Toyota dealer.
â– Customization
Some functions can be customized. (ï‚®P.548)
WARNING
Observe the following precau-
tions.
Failure to do so may cause death or serious injury.
â– Opening the moon roof
â—�Do not allow any passengers to put their hands or heads outside
the vehicle while it is moving.
â—�Do not sit on top of the moon
roof.
â– Opening and closing the moon roof
â—�The driver is responsible for moon roof opening and closing
operations.
In order to prevent accidental operation, especially by a child,
do not let a child operate the
moon roof. It is possible for chil-dren and other passengers to
have body parts caught in the
moon roof.
https://www.MyCarManual.com”hh uh�”(hh�h}”ubŒ$3422d1e8-9ebd-49c8-915a-4402467f3bde”h
)�”}”(h
}”(hNh}”(hhhKƒuhX
132 3-5. Opening and cl osing the windows
COROLLA_UWARNING
â—�Check to make sure that all pas-
sengers do not have any part of their body in a position where it
could be caught when the moon
roof is being operated.
â—�When using the wireless remote control, key or mechanical key and operating the moon roof,
operate the moon roof after
checking to make sure that there is no possi bility of any
passenger having any of their body parts caught in the moon roof. Also, do n ot let a child
operate moon roof by the wire-less remote control, key or mechanical key. It is possible for
children and othe r passengers
to get caught in the moon roof.
â—�When exiting the vehicle, turn
the engine switch off, carry the
key and exit the vehicle along
with the child. There may be accidental operation, due to
mischief, etc., that may possibly
lead to an accident.
â– Jam protection function
â—�Never use any part of your body to intentionally a ctivate the jam
protection function.â—�The jam protection function may
not work if something gets
caught just before the moon roof is fully closed. Also, the jam
protection function is not
designed to operate while the moon roof switch is being
pressed. Take care so that your
fingers, etc. do not get caught.
https://www.MyCarManual.com”hh uh�”(hh�h}”ubŒ$937acb89-1782-4f00-8b1d-a8b6a065ce55”h
)�”}”(h
}”(hNh}”(hhhK„uhX.133
COROLLA_U4
4DrivingDriving
.4-1. Before driving
Driving the vehicle....... 134
Cargo and luggage ..... 142
Vehicle load limits ....... 145
Trailer towing............... 145
Dinghy towing ............. 146
4-2. Driving procedures
Engine (ignition) switch
(vehicles without a smart
key system)............... 147
Engine (ignition) switch
(vehicles with a smart key system)...................... 148
Continuously variable trans-
mission (vehicles without
paddle shift switches)
.................................. 153
Continuously variable trans-
mission (vehicles with pad-
dle shift switches)...... 155
Manual transmission ... 160
Turn signal lever.......... 162
Parking brake.............. 163
Electric parking brake . 164
Brake Hold .................. 167
4-3. Operating the lights and
wipers
Headlight switch.......... 170
Automatic High Beam . 173
Windshield wipers and
washer....................... 1764-4. Refueling
Opening the fuel tank cap
.................................. 178
4-5. Using the dr iving support
systems
Toyota Safety Sense 2.0
.................................. 180
PCS (Pre-Collision System)
.................................. 187
LTA (Lane Tracing Assist)
.................................. 195
LDA (Lane Departure Alert
with steering control) . 205
Dynamic radar cruise con-
trol with full-speed range
.................................. 213
Dynamic radar cruise con-
trol ............................. 223
RSA (Road Sign Assist)
.................................. 233
BSM (Blind Spot Monitor)
.................................. 236
Rear view monitor system
.................................. 241
Driving mode select switch
.................................. 249
Driving assist systems
.................................. 250
4-6. Driving tips
Winter driving tips........ 255
https://www.MyCarManual.com”hh uh�”(hh�h}”ubŒ$d793c772-deeb-43b9-9a64-11d7ecb51b60”h
)�”}”(h
}”(hNh}”(hhhK…uhX�134 4-1. Before driving
COROLLA_U4-1.Before driving
â– Starting the engine
ï‚®P.147, 148
â– Driving
�Continuously variable trans-
mission
1With the brake pedal depressed, shift the shift lever to D. ( ï‚®P.153)
2Release the parking brake. (ï‚®P.163, 164)
3Gradually release the brake pedal and gently depress the accelerator pedal to acceler-ate the vehicle.
�Manual transmission
1While depressing the clutch pedal, shift the shift lever to 1. (ï‚®P.160)
2Release the parking brake. (ï‚®P.163, 164)
3Gradually release the clutch pedal. At the same time, gen-tly depress the accelerator pedal to accelerate the vehi-cle.â– Stopping
�Continuously variable trans-mission
1With the shift lever in D, depress the brake pedal.
2If necessary, set the parking brake.
If the vehicle is to be stopped for an
extended period of time, shift the shift lever to P. ( ï‚®P.153)
�Manual transmission
1While depressing the clutch
pedal, depress the brake pedal.
2If necessary, set the parking brake.
If the vehicle is to be stopped for an
extended period of time, shift the
shift lever to N. ( ï‚®P.160)
â– Parking the vehicle
�Continuously variable trans-
mission
1With the shift lever in D, depress the brake pedal to stop the vehicle completely.
2Set the parking brake (ï‚®P.163, 164), and shift the
shift lever to P. ( ï‚®P.153)
Check the parking brake indicator
is illuminated.
3Vehicles without a smart key
system: Turn the engine switch to OFF to stop the engine.Vehicles with a smart key system: Press the engine switch to stop the engine.Driving the vehicle
The following procedures should be observed to ensure safe driving:
Driving procedure
https://www.MyCarManual.com”hh uh�”(hh�h}”ubŒ$7ac17e6b-48ee-4c7e-84d4-7501a2c9aaa1”h
)�”}”(h
}”(hNh}”(hhhK†uhX135 4-1. Before driving
COROLLA_U4Driving4Slowly release the brake
pedal.
5Lock the door, making sure that you have the key on your person.
If parking on a hill, block the wheels
as needed.
�Manual transmission
1While depressing the clutch
pedal, depress the brake pedal.
2Set the parking brake. (ï‚®P.163, 164)
Check that the park ing brake indi-
cator is illuminated.
3Shift the shift lever to N. (ï‚®P.160)
If parking on a hill, shift the shift
lever to 1 or R and block the wheels
as needed.
4Vehicles without a smart key
system: Turn the engine switch to OFF to stop the engine.Vehicles with a smart key system: Press the engine switch to stop the engine.
5Slowly release the brake pedal.
6Lock the door, making sure that you have the key on your person.â– Starting off on a steep uphill
�Continuously variable trans-mission
1Make sure that the parking brake is set and shift the shift lever to D.
Hill-start assist cont rol will operate.
(ï‚®P.251)
2Gently depress the accelera-tor pedal.
3Release the parking brake.
�Manual transmission
1Make sure that the parking brake is set and shift the shift lever to 1.
Hill-start assist cont rol will operate.
(ï‚®P.251)
2Lightly depress the accelera-tor pedal at the same time as gradually releasing the clutch pedal.
3Release the parking brake.
â– Driving in the rain
â—�Drive carefully whe n it is raining,
because visibility will be reduced,
the windows may become
fogged-up, and the r oad will be
slippery.
â—�Drive carefully whe n it starts to
rain, because the road surface will
be especially slippery.
â—�Refrain from hig h speeds when
driving on an expressway in the
rain, because there may be a
layer of water between the tires and the road surface, preventing
the steering and brakes from
operating properly.
https://www.MyCarManual.com”hh uh�”(hh�h}”ubŒ$45bbbd0c-ff94-403e-b7fd-6bbac9d6862f”h
)�”}”(h
}”(hNh}”(hhhK‡uhXP
136 4-1. Before driving
COROLLA_Uâ– Engine speed while driving
(vehicles with a continuously
variable transmission)
In the following conditions, the
engine speed may become high
while driving. This is due to auto-matic up-shifting control or
down-shifting implementation to
meet driving conditions. It does not indicate sudden acceleration.
â—�The vehicle is judged to be driving uphill or downhill
â—�When the accelerator pedal is released
â—�When the brake pedal is depressed while sport mode is
selected
â– Restraining the engine output
(Brake Override System)
â—�When the accelerator and brake pedals are depressed at the same time, the engine output may be
restrained.
â—�A warning messag e is displayed
on the multi-information display while the system is operating.
â– Restraining sudden start (Drive-Start Control [vehicles
with a continuously variable
transmission])
â—�When the following unusual oper-ation is performed, the engine out-put may be restrained.
• When the shift lever is shifted from
R to D, D to R, N to R, P to D, or P
to R (D includes B
*1 or M*2) with
the accelerator pedal depressed,
a warning message appears on
the multi-informat ion display. If a
warning message is shown on the
multi-information display, read the
message and follo w the instruc-
tion.
• When the accelerator pedal is
depressed too much while the
vehicle is in reverse.
*1:Vehicles without paddle shift
switches
*2:Vehicles with paddle shift switches
â—�While Drive-Start Control is being
activated, your v ehicle may have
trouble escaping from the mud or
fresh snow. In such case, deacti-
vate TRAC ( ï‚®P.251) to cancel
Drive-Start Cont rol so that the
vehicle may become able to escape from the mud or fresh
snow.
â– Breaking in your new Toyota
To extend the life of the vehicle, observing the following precautions is recommended:
â—�For the first 186 miles (300 km):
Avoid sudden stops.
â—�For the first 621 miles (1000 km):
• Do not drive at extremely high
speeds.
• Avoid sudden acceleration.• Do not drive continuously in low
gears.
• Do not drive at a constant speed
for extended periods.
â– Operating your v ehicle in a for-
eign country
Comply with the relevant vehicle
registration laws and confirm the
availability of the correct fuel. (ï‚®P.526)
WARNING
Observe the following precau-
tions.
Failure to do so may result in death or serious injury.
â– When starting the vehicle
(vehicles with a continuously
variable transmission)
Always keep your foot on the brake pedal while stopped with the engine running. This prevents
the vehicle from creeping.
https://www.MyCarManual.com”hh uh�”(hh�h}”ubŒ$3455da4c-67b8-45e8-bd78-8469252186ec”h
)�”}”(h
}”(hNh}”(hhhKˆuhXÛ137 4-1. Before driving
COROLLA_U4DrivingWARNING
â– When driving the vehicle
â—�Do not drive if y ou are unfamil-
iar with the location of the brake
and accelerator pedals to avoid depressing the wrong pedal.
• Accidentally depressing the
accelerator pedal instead of the
brake pedal will result in sudden
acceleration that may lead to an accident.
• When backing up, you may twist
your body around, leading to a
difficulty in operating the pedals.
Make sure to operate the pedals properly.
• Make sure to keep a correct
driving posture even when mov-ing the vehicle only slightly. This allows you to depress the brake
and accelerator pedals properly.
• Depress the brake pedal using
your right foot. Depressing the
brake pedal using your left foot
may delay respon se in an emer-
gency, resulting in an accident.
â—�Do not drive the vehicle over or
stop the vehicle near flammable
materials.
The exhaust system and exhaust gases can be
extremely hot. These hot parts
may cause a fire if there is any flammable material nearby.â—�During normal driving, do not
turn off the engine. Turning the
engine off while driving will not
cause loss of steering or brak-
ing control, but the power assist
to these systems will be lost. This will make it more difficult to
steer and brake, so you should
pull over and stop the vehicle as soon as it is safe to do so.
However, in the event of an
emergency, such as if it becomes impossible to stop the
vehicle in the normal way:
ï‚®P.472
â—�Use engine braking (shift posi-
tion B*1 or downshift*2, 3) to
maintain a safe speed when
driving down a steep hill.
Using the brakes continuously may cause the brakes to over-
heat and lose effectiveness.
(ï‚®P.153, 155, 160)
*1:Vehicles with a continuously
variable transmission (without
paddle shift switches)
*2:Vehicles with a continuously
variable transmission (with paddle shift switches)
*3:Vehicles with a manual trans-
mission
â—�Do not adjust the positions of
the steering wheel, the seat, or the inside or outside rear view
mirrors while driving.
Doing so may result in a loss of vehicle control.
â—�Always check that all passen-
gers’ arms, heads or other parts
of their body are not outside the vehicle.
https://www.MyCarManual.com”hh uh�”(hh�h}”ubŒ$36d73162-dc4e-4197-84a4-01c6e549a71e”h
)�”}”(h
}”(hNh}”(hhhK‰uhX 138 4-1. Before driving
COROLLA_UWARNING
â—�Do not drive in excess of the
speed limit. Even if the legal speed limit permits it, do not
drive over 85 mph (140 km/h)
unless your vehicle has high-speed capabilit y tires. Driv-
ing over 85 mp h (140 km/h)
may result in tire failure, loss of control and possible injury. Be sure to consult a tire dealer to
determine whether the tires on
your vehicle are high-speed capability tires or not before
driving at such speeds.
â– When driving on slippery
road surfaces
â—�Sudden braking, acceleration and steering may cause tire slippage and reduce your ability
to control the vehicle.
â—�Sudden acceleration, engine
braking due to shifting, or changes in engine speed could
cause the vehicle to skid.
â—�After driving through a puddle,
lightly depress the brake pedal to make sure that the brakes
are functioning properly. Wet
brake pads may prevent the brakes from functioning prop-
erly. If the brakes on only one
side are wet and not functioning properly, steering control may
be affected.
â– When shifting the shift lever
â—�Vehicles with a continuously variable transmission: Do not let
the vehicle roll backward while a forward driving position is
selected, or roll forward while
the shift lever is in R.Doing so may cause the engine
to stall or lead to poor brake and
steering performance, resulting in an accident or damage to the
vehicle.â—�Vehicles with a continuously variable transmission: Do not
shift the shift lever to P while the vehicle is moving.
Doing so can damage the trans-
mission and may result in a loss of vehicle control.
â—�Do not shift the sh ift lever to R
while the vehicle is moving for-ward.Doing so can damage the trans-
mission and may result in a loss
of vehicle control.
â—�Do not shift the shift lever to a driving position while the vehicle
is moving backward.
Doing so can damage the trans-mission and may result in a loss
of vehicle control.
â—�Moving the shift lever to N while
the vehicle is moving will disen-gage the engine from the trans-
mission. Engine braking is not
available when N is selected.
â—�Vehicles with a continuously variable transmission: Be care-
ful not to shift the shift lever with
the accelerator pedal depressed. Shifting the shift
lever to any positions other than
P or N may lead to unexpected rapid acceleration of the vehicle
that may cause an accident and
result in death or serious injury.
â– If you hear a squealing or scraping noise (brake pad
wear indicators)
Have the brake pads checked and replaced by your Toyota dealer as
soon as possible.
Rotor damage may result if the
pads are not replaced when needed.
It is dangerous to drive the vehicle
when the wear limits of the brake
pads and/or those of the brake
discs are exceeded.
https://www.MyCarManual.com”hh uh�”(hh�h}”ubŒ$22cf40ee-ebd6-4202-b621-1ecbf977f654”h
)�”}”(h
}”(hNh}”(hhhKŠuhXª
139 4-1. Before driving
COROLLA_U4DrivingWARNING
â– When the vehicle is stopped
â—�Do not race the engine.
If the vehicle is in any gear other
than P (continuously variable transmission) or N, the vehicle
may accelerate suddenly and
unexpectedly, causing an acci-dent.
â—�Vehicles with a continuously variable transmission: In order
to prevent accidents due to the
vehicle rolling away, always keep depressing the brake
pedal while the engine is run-
ning, and apply the parking brake as necessary.
â—�If the vehicle is stopped on an
incline, in order to prevent acci-
dents caused by the vehicle roll-ing forward or backward, always
depress the brake pedal and
securely apply the parking brake as needed.
â—�Avoid revving or racing the
engine.
Running the engine at high speed while the vehicle is
stopped may cause the exhaust
system to overheat, which could result in a fire if combustible
material is nearby.
â– When the vehicle is parked
â—�Do not leave glasses, cigarette lighters, spray cans, or soft
drink cans in the vehicle when it is in the sun.
Doing so may result in the fol-
lowing:
• Gas may leak from a cigarette
lighter or spray can, and may lead to a fire.
• The temperature inside the
vehicle may cause the plastic lenses and plastic material of glasses to deform or crack.• Soft drink cans may fracture,
causing the contents to spray over the interior of the vehicle, and may also cause a short cir-
cuit in the vehicl e’s electrical
components.
â—�Do not leave cigarette lighters in
the vehicle. If a cigarette lighter
is in a place such as the glove
box or on the floor, it may be lit accidentally when luggage is
loaded or the se at is adjusted,
causing a fire.
â—�Do not attach adhesive discs to
the windshield or windows. Do
not place containers such as air
fresheners on the instrument panel or dashboard. Adhesive
discs or containers may act as
lenses, causing a fire in the vehicle.
â—�Do not leave a door or window
open if the curved glass is
coated with a metallized film such as a silver-colored one.
Reflected sunlight may cause
the glass to act a s a lens, caus-
ing a fire.
â—�Vehicles with a continuously
variable transmission: Always
apply the parking brake, shift the shift lever to P, stop the
engine and loc k the vehicle.
Do not leave the vehicle unat-
tended while the engine is run-
ning.
If the vehicle is parked with the shift lever in P but the parking
brake is not set, the vehicle may
start to move, possibly leading to an accident.
Vehicles with a manual trans-
mission: Always apply the park-ing brake, stop the engine and lock the vehicle.
Do not leave the vehicle unat-
tended while the engine is run-ning.
https://www.MyCarManual.com”hh uh�”(hh�h}”ubŒ$77efb8f2-bf55-4502-86a8-5e18c1d435d8”h
)�”}”(h
}”(hNh}”(hhhK‹uhX!
140 4-1. Before driving
COROLLA_UWARNING
â—�Do not touch the exhaust pipes
while the engine is running or
immediately after turning the
engine off.
Doing so may cause burns.
â– When taking a nap in the vehi-cle
Always turn the engine off. Other-wise, if you accidentally move the shift lever or dep ress the acceler-
ator pedal, this could cause an accident or fire due to engine overheating. Additionally, if the
vehicle is parked in a poorly venti-
lated area, exhaust gases may
collect and enter the vehicle, lead-
ing to death or a serious health
hazard.
â– When braking
â—�When the brakes a re wet, drive
more cautiously.Braking distance increases
when the brakes are wet, and
this may cause one side of the
vehicle to brake differently than
the other side. Also, the parking
brake may not securely hold the vehicle.
â—�If the brake booster device does
not operate, do not follow other
vehicles closely and avoid hills or sharp turns that require brak-
ing.
In this case, braking is still pos-sible, but the brake pedal
should be depressed more
firmly than usual. Also, the brak-ing distance will increase. Have
your brakes fixed immediately.
â—�Do not pump the brake pedal if
the engine stalls.Each push on the brake pedal
uses up the reserve for the
power-assisted brakes.â—�The brake system consists of 2
individual hydraulic systems; if
one of the systems fails, the other will still ope rate. In this
case, the brake pedal should be depressed more firmly than usual and the braking distance
will increase. Have your brakes
fixed immediately.
â– If the vehicle becomes stuck
Do not spin the wheels exces-
sively when a driven wheel is up in the air, or the vehicle is stuck in
sand, mud, etc. This may damage
the driveline components or pro-pel the vehicle forward or back-
ward, causing an accident.
NOTICE
â– When driving the vehicle
(vehicles with a continuously
variable transmission)
â—�Do not depress the accelerator and brake pedals at the same
time during driving, as this may restrain the engine output.
â—�Do not use the accelerator
pedal or depress the accelera-
tor and brake pedals at the same time to hold the vehicle on
a hill.
â– When driving the vehicle
(vehicles with a manual trans-mission)
â—�Do not depress the accelerator and brake pedals at the same
time during driving, as this may
restrain the engine output.
â—�Do not shift gea rs unless the
clutch pedal is fully depressed.
After shifting, do not release the
clutch pedal abruptly. Doing so may damage the clutch, trans-
mission and gears.
https://www.MyCarManual.com”hh uh�”(hh�h}”ubŒ$8a4e41a1-aff7-4d53-801b-5e4354b3144f”h
)�”}”(h
}”(hNh}”(hhhKŒuhXf 141 4-1. Before driving
COROLLA_U4DrivingNOTICE
â—�Observe the following precau-
tions.Failure to do so may cause
excessive premature wear or
damage to the clutch, eventu-ally making it difficult to acceler-
ate and start off from a stop.
Have the vehicle inspected by your Toyota dealer.
• Do not rest your foot on the
clutch pedal or depress it any time other than when shifting.
Doing so may cause clutch trou-
ble.
• Do not use any gear other than
the 1st gear when starting off
and moving forward.
Doing so may damage the clutch.
• Do not use the clutch pedal to
adjust vehicle speed.Doing so may damage the clutch.
• When stopping the vehicle with
the shift lever in a position other
than N, make sure to fully depress the clutch pedal and
stop the vehicle using the
brakes.
â—�Do not shift the shift lever to R without the vehicle completely
stopped.
Doing so may damage the clutch, transmission and gears.
â– When parking the vehicle
(vehicles with a continuously
variable transmission)
Always set the parking brake and
shift the shift lever to P. Failure to do so may cause the vehicle to
move or the vehi cle may acceler-
ate suddenly if the accelerator
pedal is accidentally depressed.â– Avoiding damage to vehicle
parts
â—�Do not turn the steering wheel fully in either direction and hold
it there for an extended period of time.
Doing so may damage the
power steering motor.
â—�When driving over bumps in the road, drive as slowly as possible
to avoid damaging the wheels,
underside of the vehicle, etc.
â– If you get a flat tire while driv-ing
A flat or damaged tire may cause the following situat ions. Hold the
steering wheel firmly and gradu-ally depress the brake pedal to slow down the vehicle.
â—�It may be difficult to control your
vehicle.
â—�The vehicle will make abnormal
sounds or vibrations.
â—�The vehicle will lean abnor-
mally.
Information on what to do in case
of a flat tire ( ï‚®P.503)
â– When encountering flooded
roads
Do not drive on a road that has flooded after h eavy rain etc.
Doing so may cause the following
serious damage to the vehicle:
â—�Engine stalling
â—�Short in electrical components
â—�Engine damage caused by water immersion
In the event that you drive on a
flooded road and the vehicle becomes flooded or stuck in mud
or sand, be sure to have your Toy-
ota dealer check the following:
https://www.MyCarManual.com”hh uh�”(hh�h}”ubŒ$960ba828-c0ef-4fb0-8f8b-eabb627a9989”h
)�”}”(h
}”(hNh}”(hhhK�uhXâ142 4-1. Before driving
COROLLA_UCargo capacity depends on the
total weight of the occupants.
(Cargo capacity) = (Total load
capacity) — (Total weight of occupants)
Steps for Determining Correct
Load Limit —
(1) Locate the statement “The
combined weight of occupants and cargo should never exceed XXX kg or XXX lbs.� on your
vehicle’s placard.
(2) Determine the combined
weight of the driver and passen-gers that will be riding in your vehicle.
(3) Subtract the combined
weight of the driver and passen-gers from XXX kg or XXX lbs.
(4) The resulting figure equals
the available amount of cargo and luggage load capacity.
For example, if the “XXX�
amount equals 1400 lbs. and there will be five 150 lb passen-gers in your vehicle, the amount of available cargo and luggage load capacity is 650 lbs. (1400 − NOTICE
â—�Brake function
â—�Changes in the quantity and
quality of the eng ine oil, tran-
saxle fluid, clutch fluid, etc.
â—�Lubricant condition for the bear-
ings and suspension joints
(where possible), and the func-tion of all joints , bearings, etc.Cargo and luggage
Take notice of the following
information about storage precautions, cargo capacity and load:
Capacity and distribution
https://www.MyCarManual.com”hh uh�”(hh�h}”ubŒ$f4edb86f-2b6c-4f6f-8119-2e2600cb6460”h
)�”}”(h
}”(hNh}”(hhhKŽuhX143 4-1. Before driving
COROLLA_U4Driving750 (5 ï‚´ 150) = 650 lbs.)
(5) Determine the combined
weight of luggage and cargo being loaded on the vehicle. That weight may not safely exceed the available cargo and luggage load capacity calcu-lated in Step 4.
(6) If your vehicle will be towing
a trailer, load from your trailer will be transferred to your vehi-cle. Consult this manual to determine how this reduces the available cargo and luggage load capacity of your vehicle. (ï‚®P.145)
Toyota does not recommend towing
a trailer with your vehicle. Your vehicle is not designed for trailer towing.
Cargo capacity
Total load capacity (vehicle
capacity weight) ( ï‚®P.524)
When 2 people with the com-bined weight of A lb. (kg) are rid-ing in your vehicle, which has a total load capacity (vehicle capacity weight) of B lb. (kg), the available amount of cargo and luggage load capacity will be C lb. (kg) as follows:
B
*2 lb. (kg) - A*1 lb. (kg) = C*3 lb.
(kg)
*1:A =Weight of people
*2:B =Total load capacity
*3:C =Available cargo and luggage
load
In this condition, if 3 more passen-
gers with the combined weight of D
lb. (kg) get on, the available cargo and luggage load will be reduced E lb. (kg) as follows:
C lb. (kg) - D*4 lb. (kg) = E*5 lb.
(kg)
*4:D =Additional weight of people
*5:E =Available cargo and luggage
load
As shown in the example above,
if the number of occupants increases, the cargo and lug-gage load will be reduced by an amount that equals the increased weight due to the additional occupants. In other words, if an increase in the num-ber of occupants causes an excess of the total load capacity (combined weight of occupants plus cargo and luggage load), you must reduce the cargo and luggage on your vehicle.Calculation formula for
your vehicle
https://www.MyCarManual.com”hh uh�”(hh�h}”ubŒ$10f19743-b3d3-4761-83b4-d162e0bde187”h
)�”}”(h
}”(hNh}”(hhhK�uhXx144 4-1. Before driving
COROLLA_UWARNING
â– Things that must not be car-
ried in the trunk
The following things may cause a fire if loaded in the trunk:
â—�Receptacles co ntaining gaso-
line
â—�Aerosol cans
â– Storage precautions
Observe the following precau-tions.Failure to do so m ay prevent the
pedals from be ing depressed
properly, may block the driver’s vision, or may result in items hit-
ting the driver or passengers, pos-
sibly causing an accident.
â—�Stow cargo and luggage in the trunk whenever possible.
â—�To prevent cargo and luggage
from sliding forward during
braking, do not stack anything in the enlarged trunk. Keep cargo
and luggage low, as close to the
floor as possible.
â—�When you fold down the rear seats, long items should not be
placed directly behind the front
seats.
â—�Do not place cargo or luggage in or on the follo wing locations.
• At the feet of the driver
• On the front passenger or rear
seats (when stacking items)
• On the package tray• On the instrument panel• On the dashboard
â—�Secure all items in the occupant
compartment.â—�Never allow anyon e to ride in
the enlarged trunk. It is not
designed for passengers. They should ride in their seats with
their seat belts properly fas-
tened.
â– Capacity and distribution
â—�Do not exceed the maximum
axle weight rating or the total vehicle weight rating.
â—�Even if the total load of occu-
pant’s weight and the cargo
load is less than the total load capacity, do not apply the load
unevenly. Improper loading may
cause deterioration of steering or braking control which may
cause death or serious injury.
https://www.MyCarManual.com”hh uh�”(hh�h}”ubŒ$c3c64a13-bb4d-406a-931e-934a846d2e77”h
)�”}”(h
}”(hNh}”(hhhK�uhX-145 4-1. Before driving
COROLLA_U4Driving
â– Total load capacity and seating
capacity
These details are also described on the tire and loading information label. (ï‚®P.453)Vehicle load limits
Vehicle load limits include
total load capacity, seating capacity, towing capacity and cargo capacity.
�Total load capacity (vehicle capacity weight): P.524
Total load capacity means the
combined weight of occupants, cargo and luggage.
�Seating capacity: 5 occu-
pants (Front 2, Rear 3)
Seating capacity means the max-
imum number of occupants whose estimated average weight is 150 lb. (68 kg) per person.
�Towing capacity
Toyota does no t recommend tow-
ing a trailer with your vehicle.
�Cargo capacity
Cargo capacity may increase or decrease depending on the weight and the number of occu-pants.
WARNING
â– Overloading the vehicle
Do not overload the vehicle.
It may not only cause damage to
the tires, but also degrade steer-ing and braking ability, resulting in
an accident.Trailer towing
Toyota does not recom-
mend towing a trailer with your vehicle. Toyota also does not recommend the installation of a tow hitch or the use of a tow hitch carrier for a wheelchair, scooter, bicycle, etc. Your vehicle is not designed for trailer tow-ing or for the use of tow hitch mounted carriers.
https://www.MyCarManual.com”hh uh�”(hh�h}”ubŒ$06b77d0f-c3e6-4070-a4e5-b583305e79f6”h
)�”}”(h
}”(hNh}”(hhhK‘uhX146 4-1. Before driving
COROLLA_UDinghy towing
Your vehicle is not designed
to be dinghy towed (with 4 wheels on the ground) behind a motor home.
NOTICE
â– To avoid serious damage to
your vehicle
Do not tow your vehicle with the four wheels on the ground.
https://www.MyCarManual.com”hh uh�”(hh�h}”ubŒ$0cfe5fd0-76af-49b7-b0ea-59d89849e32d”h
)�”}”(h
}”(hNh}”(hhhK’uhXŸ147 4-2. Driving procedures
COROLLA_U4Driving4-2.Driving procedures
1Check that the parking brake
is set. (ï‚®P.163, 164)
2Check that the shift lever is in P (continuously variable transmission) or N (manual transmission).
3Firmly depress the brake pedal (continuously variable transmission) or clutch pedal (manual transmission).
4Turn the engine switch to START to start the engine.
â– If the engine does not start
The engine immobilizer system may
not have been deactivated. ( ï‚®P.67)
Contact your Toyota dealer.
â– When the steering lock cannot
be released
When starting the engine, the
engine switch may seem stuck in
OFF. To free it, turn the key while
turning the steerin g wheel slightly
left and right.
1OFF (“LOCK� position)
The steering wheel is locked and
the key can be removed. (vehicles with a continuously variable trans-mission: The key can be removed only when the shift lever is in P.)
2ACC (“ACC� position)
Some electrical components such Engine (ignition)
switch (vehicles with-out a smart key sys-
tem)
Starting the engineWARNING
â– When starting the engine
Always start the engine while sit-
ting in the driver’s seat. Do not
depress the accelerator pedal while starting the engine under
any circumstances. Doing so may
cause an accident resulting in death or serious injury.
NOTICE
â– When starting the engine
â—�Do not crank the engine for more than 30 seconds at a time. This may overhea t the starter
and wiring system.
â—�Do not race a cold engine.
â—�If the engine becomes difficult to start or stalls frequently, have your vehicle checked by your
Toyota dealer immediately.
Changing the engine
switch positions
https://www.MyCarManual.com”hh uh�”(hh�h}”ubŒ$9090e3b2-4338-4c0b-8439-6c921bcd261b”h
)�”}”(h
}”(hNh}”(hhhK“uhXÆ148 4-2. Driving procedures
COROLLA_Uas the audio system can be used.
3ON ( “ON� position)
All electrical com ponents can be
used.
4START ( “START� position)
For starting the engine.
â– Turning the key from ACC to
OFF
1 Shift the shift lever to P (continu-
ously variable transmission) or N
(manual transmission).
2Push in the key and turn it to
OFF.
â– Key reminder function
A buzzer sounds if the driver’s door
is opened while the engine switch is
in OFF or ACC to r emind you to
remove the key.1Check that the parking brake
is set. (ï‚®P.163, 164)
2Check that the shift lever is in P (continuously variable transmission) or N (manual transmission).
3Firmly depress the brake
pedal (continuously variable
transmission) or clutch pedal (manual transmission).
and a message will be dis-
played on the multi-information dis-
play. If it is not displayed, the
engine cannot be started.
4Press the engine switch
shortly and firmly.
When operating the engine switch,
one short, firm press is enough. It is not necessary to press and hold the switch.
The engine will crank until it starts
or for up to 30 seconds, whichever
is less.
Continue depressing the brake
pedal (continuously variable trans-
mission) or clutch pedal (manual transmission) unt il the engine is
completely started.WARNING
â– Caution when driving
Do not turn the engine switch to OFF while driving. If, in an emer-
gency, you must turn the engine
off while the vehicle is moving, turn the engine switch only to
ACC to stop the engine. An acci-
dent may result i f the engine is
stopped while driving. ( ï‚®P.472)
NOTICE
â– To prevent battery discharge
Do not leave the engine switch in ACC or ON for long periods of time without the engine running.Engine (ignition)
switch (vehicles with a smart key system)
Performing the following
operations when carrying the electronic key on your person starts the engine or changes engine switch modes.
Starting the engine
https://www.MyCarManual.com”hh uh�”(hh�h}”ubŒ$77f7ad41-0734-4606-acc5-3e6bbf1bb27f”h
)�”}”(h
}”(hNh}”(hhhK”uhXË149 4-2. Driving procedures
COROLLA_U4DrivingThe engine can be started from any
engine switch mode.
â– If the engine does not start
â—�The engine immobilizer system may not have been deactivated.
(ï‚®P.67)
Contact your Toyota dealer.
â—�If a message related to start-up is
shown on the multi-information display, read the message and fol-
low the instructions.
â– If the battery is discharged
The engine cannot be started using the smart key system. Refer to
P.515 to restart the engine.
â– Electronic key battery depletion
ï‚®P.97
â– Conditions affecting operation
ï‚®P.113
â– Notes for the entry function
ï‚®P.114
â– Steering lock function
â—�After turning the engine switch off and opening and closing the doors, the steer ing wheel will be
locked due to the steering lock function. Operating the engine switch again automatically can-cels the steering lock.
�When the steering lock cannot be released, “Push Engine Switch
while Turning Steering Wheel in
Either Direction� will be displayed
on the multi-information display.
Press the engine switch shortly
and firmly while turning the steer-ing wheel left and right.
â—�To prevent the steering lock motor
from overheating, operation of the motor may be suspended if the
engine is turned on and off repeat-
edly in a short period of time. In this case, refrain from operating
the engine switch. After about 10
seconds, the steering lock motor
will resume functioning.
â– Electronic key battery
ï‚®P.458
â– Operation of the engine switch
â—�If the switch is not pressed shortly and firmly, the engine switch mode may not change or the
engine may not start.
â—�If attempting to res tart the engine
immediately after turning the
engine switch off, the engine may not start in some cases. After turn-
ing the engine switch off, please wait a few seconds before restart-ing the engine.
â– Customization
If the smart key system has been deactivated in a customized setting,
refer to P.513.
WARNING
â– When starting the engine
Always start the engine while sit-
ting in the driver’s seat. Do not
depress the accelerator pedal while starting the engine under
any circumstances.
Doing so may cause an accident resulting in death o r serious injury.
https://www.MyCarManual.com”hh uh�”(hh�h}”ubŒ$b9acba5e-5b82-4a9d-a4cf-2c5bcc92cc63”h
)�”}”(h
}”(hNh}”(hhhK•uhX¿150 4-2. Driving procedures
COROLLA_U�Continuously variable trans-
mission
1Stop the vehicle completely.
2Set the parking brake (ï‚®P.163, 164), and shift the
shift lever to P.
Check the parking brake indicator
is illuminated.
3Press the engine switch.
The engine will stop, and the meter display will be extinguished.4Release the brake pedal and
check that “ACCESSORY� or “IGNITION ON� is not shown on the multi-information dis-play.
�Manual transmission
1Stop the vehicle completely.
2Set the parking brake. (ï‚®P.163, 164)
Check the parking brake indicator
is illuminated.
3Shift the shift lever to N.
(ï‚®P.160)
4Press the engine switch.
The engine will stop, and the meter
display will be extinguished.
5Release the brake pedal and
check that “ACCESSORY� or “IGNITION ON� is not shown on the multi-information dis-play.WARNING
â– Caution while driving
If engine failure o ccurs while the
vehicle is moving, do not lock or
open the doors until the vehicle reaches a safe and complete
stop. Activation of the steering
lock in this circumstance may lead to an accident, resulting in death
or serious injury.
NOTICE
â– When starting the engine
â—�Do not race a cold engine.
â—�If the engine becomes difficult to
start or stalls frequently, have your vehicle checked by your
Toyota dealer immediately.
â– Symptoms indicating a mal-
function with the engine switch
If the engine switch seems to be operating somewh at differently
than usual, such as the switch
sticking slightly, there may be a malfunction. Contact your Toyota dealer immediately.
Stopping the engineWARNING
â– Stopping the engine in an emergency
â—�If you want to stop the engine in an emergency while driving the
vehicle, press and hold the
engine switch for more than 2 seconds, or press it briefly 3
times or more in succession.
(ï‚®P.472)
However, do not touch the
engine switch while driving
except in an emergency. Turn-ing the engine off while driving
will not cause loss of steering or
braking control, but the power assist to these s ystems will be
lost. This will make it more diffi-cult to steer and brake, so you
should pull over and stop the
vehicle as soon as it is safe to
do so.
https://www.MyCarManual.com”hh uh�”(hh�h}”ubŒ$290255ad-ae92-481d-9761-e29fa109049f”h
)�”}”(h
}”(hNh}”(hhhK–uhXÈ151 4-2. Driving procedures
COROLLA_U4Driving
Modes can be changed by
pressing the engine switch with brake pedal (continuously vari-able transmission) or clutch pedal (manual transmission) released. (The mode changes each time the switch is pressed.)1OFF
*
The emergency flashers can be
used.
2ACC
Some electrical components such
as the audio sys tem can be used.
“ACCESSORY� will be displayed on the multi-information display.
3ON
All electrical components can be used.
“IGNITION ON� will be displayed on
the multi-information display.
*: Vehicles with a continuously vari-
able transmission : If the shift
lever is in a position other than P when turning off the engine, the engine switch will be turned to ACC, not to off.
â– Auto power off function
Continuously variable transmission:
If the vehicle is left in ACC for more
than 20 minutes or ON (the engine is not running) for more than an WARNING
â—�If the engine switch is operated while the vehicle is running, a warning message will be shown
on the multi-info rmation display
and a buzzer sounds.
â—�Vehicles with a continuously
variable transmission: To restart
the engine after performing an
emergency shutdown, shift the shift lever to N and then press the engine switch.
â—�Vehicles with a manual trans-
mission: To restart the engine
after performing an emergency
shutdown, depress the clutch
pedal and then press the engine
switch.
Changing engine switch
modes
https://www.MyCarManual.com”hh uh�”(hh�h}”ubŒ$1cdeab19-a35f-4468-ba2e-c769e0daf87b”h
)�”}”(h
}”(hNh}”(hhhK—uhX¡152 4-2. Driving procedures
COROLLA_Uhour with the shift lever in P, the
engine switch will automatically turn
off. However, this function cannot
entirely prevent battery discharge. Do not leave the vehicle with the
engine switch in ACC or ON for long periods of time when the engine is not running.
Manual transmission : If the vehicle
is left in ACC for more than 20 min-
utes or ON (the engine is not run-
ning) for more than an hour, the engine switch will automatically turn
off. However, this function cannot
entirely prevent battery discharge. Do not leave the vehicle with the
engine switch in ACC or ON for long periods of time when the engine is not running.
If the engine is stopped with the
shift lever in a position other than P, the engine switch will not be turned off but instead be turned to ACC. Perform the fol-lowing procedure to turn the switch off:1Check that the parking brake is set.
2Shift the shift lever to P.
3Check that “ACCESSORY� is displayed on the multi-infor-mation display and press the engine switch shortly and firmly.
4Check that “ACCESSORY� or “IGNITION ON� on the multi-information display are off.
NOTICE
â– To prevent battery discharge
â—�Do not leave the engine switch
in ACC or ON for long periods of
time without the engine running.
�If “ACCESSORY� or “IGNITION
ON� is displayed on the multi-informatio n display, the
engine switch is not off. Exit the vehicle after turning the engine switch off.
When stopping the engine
with the shift lever in a
position other than P (vehicles with a continu-
ously variable transmis-
sion)NOTICE
â– To prevent battery discharge
Do not stop the engine when the
shift lever is in a position other
than P. If the engine is stopped in another shift lever position, the
engine switch will not be turned
off but instead be turned to ACC
mode. If the vehicle is left in ACC,
battery dischar ge may occur.
https://www.MyCarManual.com”hh uh�”(hh�h}”ubŒ$79161b5d-53f6-4ba7-a5f0-50e3d46cbe71”h
)�”}”(h
}”(hNh}”(hhhK˜uhXÖ153 4-2. Driving procedures
COROLLA_U4Driving*: If equipped
*: To improve fuel efficiency and
reduce noise, shift the shift lever
to D for normal driving.
â– When driving with the dynamic
radar cruise control or dynamic radar cruise control with
full-speed range activated
Even when switching the driving mode to sport mode with the intent
of enabling engine braking, engine braking will not o ccur because
dynamic radar cruise control or dynamic radar cruise control with full-speed range will not be can-celed. (ï‚®P.249)
â– Restraining sudden start
(Drive-Start Control)
ï‚®P.136
â– G AI-SHIFT
G AI-SHIFT automat ically selects a
suitable gear for sporty driving according to drive r’s input and driv-
ing conditions. G AI-SHIFT operates
automatically when th e shift lever is
in D and sport mode is selected for the driving mode. (Selecting normal
mode or shifting the shift lever to the
B position cancels this function.)
â– After recharging/reconnecting
the battery
ï‚®P.518
â– Continuously variable transmis-sion fail-safe control
The system detects malfunctioning
parts targeted (all of the solenoids that perform the shifting function) by
the On-Board Diagnostics, and per-
forms fail-safe mechanisms, such as restricting the shifting function or
transmission ratio control.
In this event, the malfunction indica-tor lamp turns on.Continuously variable
transmission (vehi-cles without paddle
shift switches)
*
Select the shift position
depending on your purpose and situation.
Shift position purpose
and functions
Shift posi-
tionObjective or function
PParking the vehi-
cle/starting the engine
R Reversing
NNeutral
(Condition in which the
power is not transmit-
ted)
D Normal driving*
BApplying moderate
engine braking driving
down hillsWARNING
â– When driving on slippery
road surfaces
Do not accelerate or shift the shift gears suddenly.
Sudden changes in engine brak-ing may cause the vehicle to spin
or skid, resulting in an accident.
https://www.MyCarManual.com”hh uh�”(hh�h}”ubŒ$2ad71d83-8df2-40de-878d-d3e084b12fbe”h
)�”}”(h
}”(hNh}”(hhhK™uhXÉ154 4-2. Driving procedures
COROLLA_U:While the engine switch is in
ON and the brake pedal
depressed*, shift the shift lever
while pushing the shift release button on the shift knob.
:Shift the shift lever while
pushing the shift release button on the shift knob.
:Shift the shift lever normally.
When shifting the shift lever
between P and D, make sure that the vehicle is completely stopped and the brake pedal is depressed.
*: For the vehicle be able to be
shifted from P, the brake pedal must be depresse d before the
shift release button is pushed. If the shift release button is pushed first, the shift lock will not be released.â– Shift lock system
The shift lock syste m is a system to
prevent accidental operation of the
shift lever in starting.
The shift lever can be shifted from P only when the engi ne switch is in
ON and the brake pedal is being depressed.
â– If the shift lever cannot be shifted from P
First, check whether the brake pedal is being depressed.
If the shift lever cannot be shifted
with your foot on the brake pedal,
there may be a p roblem with the
shift lock system. Have the vehicle
inspected by your Toyota dealer immediately.
The following steps may be used as
an emergency measure to ensure that the shift lev er can be shifted.
Releasing the shift lock:
1Set the parking brake.
2Turn the engine switch off.
3Depress the brake pedal.
4Ply the cover up with a flathead
screwdriver or equivalent tool.To prevent damaging the cover,
wrap the tip of the flathead
screwdriver with a tape.
5Press and hold the shift lock
override button and then push
the shift release button on the shift knob.
The shift lever can be shifted while Shifting the shift lever
https://www.MyCarManual.com”hh uh�”(hh�h}”ubŒ$dc6391b4-4ead-4027-8751-0ae5043201cd”h
)�”}”(h
}”(hNh}”(hhhKšuhX²155 4-2. Driving procedures
COROLLA_U4Drivingthe button is pressed.
ï‚®P.249*: If equipped
*: To improve fuel efficiency and
reduce noise, shift the shift lever
to D for normal driving.
â– To protect the continuously
variable transmission
If the continuously variable trans-mission fluid temperature is high, “Transmission Oil Temp. High Stop
in a Safe Place and See Owner’s
Manual� will be dis played on the
multi-information display and the
vehicle will go into transmission pro-
tection mode automatically. Have WARNING
â– To prevent an accident when releasing the shift lock
Before pressing the shift lock override button, make sure to set
the parking brake and depress the
brake pedal.If the accelerator pedal is acci-
dentally depressed instead of the
brake pedal when the shift lock override button is pressed and the
shift lever is shifted out of P, the
vehicle may suddenly start, possi-bly leading to an accident result-
ing in death or serious injury.
Selecting the driving
modeContinuously variable
transmission (vehi-cles with paddle shift
switches)
*
Select the shift position
depending on your purpose and situation.
Shift position purpose
and functions
Shift posi-
tionObjective or function
PParking the vehi-
cle/starting the engine
R Reversing
NNeutral
(Condition in which the
power is not transmit-
ted)
D Normal driving*
M10-speed sport sequen-
tial shiftmatic mode
driving (ï‚®P.158)
https://www.MyCarManual.com”hh uh�”(hh�h}”ubŒ$a53c7f89-bfeb-4162-b216-6cfd6e67ee2f”h
)�”}”(h
}”(hNh}”(hhhK›uhX³156 4-2. Driving procedures
COROLLA_Uthe vehicle inspected by your Toyota
dealer.
â– When driving with dynamic
radar cruise control with
full-speed range activated
Even when switching the driving mode to sport mode with the intent of enabling engine braking, engine
braking will not o ccur because
dynamic radar cruise control with
full-speed rang e will not be can-
celed. (ï‚®P.249)
â– Restraining sudden start (Drive-Start Control)
ï‚®P.136
â– G AI-SHIFT
G AI-SHIFT automatically selects a
suitable gear for sporty driving
according to driver’s input and driv-ing conditions. G AI-SHIFT operates
automatically when th e shift lever is
in D and sport mode is selected for
the driving mode. (Selecting normal
mode or shifting the shift lever to the
M position cancels this function.)
â– After recharging/reconnecting the battery
ï‚®P.518:While the engine switch is in
ON and the brake pedal
depressed*, shift the shift lever
while pushing the shift release button on the shift knob.
:Shift the shift lever while
pushing the shift release button on the shift knob.
:Shift the shift lever normally.
When shifting the shift lever
between P and D, make sure that the vehicle is completely stopped and the brake pe dal is depressed.
*: For the vehicle be able to be
shifted from P, the brake pedal must be depressed before the shift release button is pushed. If the shift release button is pushed first, the shift lock will not be released.WARNING
â– When driving on slippery
road surfaces
Do not accelerate o r shift the shift
gears suddenly.
Sudden changes in engine brak-
ing may cause the vehicle to spin or skid, resulting in an accident.Shifting the shift lever
https://www.MyCarManual.com”hh uh�”(hh�h}”ubŒ$c5ee554f-51e2-41f1-a64a-2acdc72218be”h
)�”}”(h
}”(hNh}”(hhhKœuhXí157 4-2. Driving procedures
COROLLA_U4Drivingâ– Shift lock system
The shift lock system is a system to
prevent accidental operation of the
shift lever in starting.
The shift lever can be shifted from P only when the engine switch is in
ON and the brake pedal is being
depressed.
â– If the shift lever cannot be shifted from P
First, check whether the brake pedal is being depressed.
If the shift lever cannot be shifted
with your foot on the brake pedal, there may be a pr oblem with the
shift lock system. Have the vehicle inspected by your Toyota dealer immediately.
The following steps may be used as
an emergency measure to ensure that the shift lev er can be shifted.
Releasing the shift lock:
1Set the parking brake.
2Turn the engine switch off.
3Depress the brake pedal.
4Ply the cover up with a flathead
screwdriver or equivalent tool.
To prevent damaging the cover,
wrap the tip of the flathead
screwdriver with a tape.
5Press and hold the shift lock
override button and then push
the shift release button on the shift knob.
The shift lever can be shifted while the button is pressed.
ï‚®P.249
To drive using temporary shift
range selection, operate the “-� or “+� paddle shift switch. When the “-� paddl e shift switch
is operated, the shift range switches to a range that enables engine braking force that is suit-able to driving conditions. When the “+� paddle shift switch is operated, the shift range switches to a range that is one WARNING
â– To prevent an accident when
releasing the shift lock
Before pressing the shift lock override button, m ake sure to set
the parking brake and depress the brake pedal.If the accelerator pedal is acci-
dentally depressed instead of the
brake pedal when the shift lock override button is pressed and the
shift lever is shifted out of P, the
vehicle may suddenly start, possi-bly leading to an accident result-
ing in death or serious injury.
Selecting the driving
mode
Selecting shift ranges in the D position
https://www.MyCarManual.com”hh uh�”(hh�h}”ubŒ$9f2c703e-d8fb-4f5b-a5f2-50213067d01e”h
)�”}”(h
}”(hNh}”(hhhK�uhX°158 4-2. Driving procedures
COROLLA_Urange higher than the current
range. Changing the shift range allows restriction of the highest gear, preventing unnecessary upshift-ing and enabling the level of engine braking force to be selected.
1Upshifting
2Downshifting
The selected shift range, from D1 to
D10, will be dis played on the
multi-information display.
â– Gear step functions
â—�You can choose from 10 levels of
engine braking force.
â—�A lower gear s tep will provide
greater engine braking force than
a higher gear step, and the engine speed will also increase.
â– Deactivation of temporary
10-speed Sport Sequential
Shiftmatic mode
In the following situations, tempo-rary 10-speed Sport Sequential Shiftmatic mode will be deactivated:
â—�When the vehicle is stopped
â—�If the accelerator pedal is
depressed continuously for more
than a certain amount of time while in one gear range
â—�If the accelerator pedal is depressed abruptly and heavilyâ—�When the shift lever is shifted to a position other than D
�When the “+� paddle shift switch is operated for a certain amount of
time continuously
To enter 10-speed sport
sequential shiftmatic mode, shift the shift lever to M position. Gear steps can then be selected by operating the shift lever or paddle shift switches, allowing you to drive in the gear step of your choosing.
1Upshifting
2Downshifting
The gear changes once every time
the shift lever or paddle shift switch is operated.
The selected gear step, from M1 to
M10, will be dis played on the
multi-information display.
However, even when in the M
position, the gear steps will be automatically changed if the Changing gears in the M
position
https://www.MyCarManual.com”hh uh�”(hh�h}”ubŒ$a52b52bf-93b3-44fa-abd4-c8355075cf42”h
)�”}”(h
}”(hNh}”(hhhKžuhXb159 4-2. Driving procedures
COROLLA_U4Drivingengine speed is too high, or too
low.
â– Gear step functions
â—�You can choose from 10 levels of
engine braking force.
â—�A lower gear s tep will provide
greater engine braking force than a higher gear step, and the engine
speed will also increase.
â– When the vehic le comes to a
stop with the shift lever in the M
position
â—�The transmission will automati-cally downshift to M1 once the
vehicle is stopped.
â—�After a stop, the vehicle will start off in M1.
â—�When the vehicle is stopped, the transmission is set at M1.
â– Downshifting restriction warn-
ing buzzer
To help ensure safety and driving performance, downshifting opera-tion may sometimes b e restricted. In
some circumstances, downshifting may not be possible even when the shift lever or paddle shift switch is
operated. (A buzzer will sound
twice.)
â– If the 10-speed sport sequential shiftmatic mode indicator does not come on even after shifting
the shift lever to M
This may indicate a malfunction in the continuously variable transmis-
sion system. Have the vehicle inspected by your Toyota dealer
immediately.
(In this situation, the transmission will operate in t he same manner as
when the shift lever is in D.)
â– Continuously variable transmis-sion fail-safe control
The system detects malfunctioning parts targeted (all of the solenoids that perform the shifting function) by
the On-Board Diagnostics, and per-forms fail-safe mechanisms, such
as restricting the shifting function or
transmission ratio control.
In this event, the malfunction indica-tor lamp turns on.
https://www.MyCarManual.com”hh uh�”(hh�h}”ubŒ$7d9a681b-d8e2-499c-a03b-6e609287e7a9”h
)�”}”(h
}”(hNh}”(hhhKŸuhXe160 4-2. Driving procedures
COROLLA_U*: If equipped
â– Shifting the shift lever
1Depress the clutch pedal
firmly.
2Shift the shift lever to the desired gear.
Make sure to only shift gears
sequentially.
3Gradually release the clutch
pedal.
It is difficult to shift in R, shift the
lever to N, release the clutch pedal momentarily, and then try again.
â– Shifting the shift lever to R
Shift the shift lever to R while lift-
ing up the ring section.â– Maximum allowable speeds
Observe the following maximum
allowable speeds in each gear when
maximum acceleration is necessary.
�1.8 L 4-cylinder (2ZR-FAE) engine
�2.0 L 4-cylinder (M20A-FKS) engineManual transmission*
Operating instructions
Shift posi-
tionMaximum speed
mph (km/h)
1 30 (48)
2 57 (91)
3 83 (133)
Shift posi-
tionMaximum speed
mph (km/h)
1 35 (56)
2 61 (98)
3 91 (146)
https://www.MyCarManual.com”hh uh�”(hh�h}”ubŒ$efb6e9ba-6124-4c31-bc63-5530cde4a89b”h
)�”}”(h
}”(hNh}”(hhhK uhX161 4-2. Driving procedures
COROLLA_U4DrivingThe iMT optimally controls the
engine speed to suit the driver’s operation of the clutch pedal and shift lever, helping the driver to shift gears more smoothly.Additionally, when the clutch pedal is operated, the iMT helps reduce shift shock, allowing for lighter shift operations when driving on a winding road or incline.
Press the “iMT� switch.
The iMT indicator will illuminate in
green.Press the switch again to cancel iMT.
â– The iMT may not operate when
In the following situ ations, iMT may
not operate. However, this does not
indicate a malfunction.
â—�The clutch pedal is not fully
depressed
â—�The clutch pedal is not fully released, such as if a foot is rest-
ing on the clutch pedal*
â—�Shift operation is performed after
the vehicle has been coasting with
the shift lever in NNOTICE
â– To prevent damage to the
vehicle
When shifting gears, observe the following precautions. Failure to do so may cause damage to the
engine, manual transmission,
and/or clutch.
â—�Do not shift the shift lever to R without depressing the clutch pedal.
â—�Do not lift up the ring section except when shifting the lever to
R.
â—�Shift the shift lever to R only
when the vehicle is stationary.
â—�Do not rest your hand on or hold the shift lever any time other
than when shifting.
â—�In order to not cause the engine
to overrev, make sure to only shift gears sequentially.
â—�Do not release the clutch pedal
suddenly.iMT (Intelligent Manual
Transmission) (if
equipped)
https://www.MyCarManual.com”hh uh�”(hh�h}”ubŒ$354dd868-8b68-4638-aaf3-3c5204937261”h
)�”}”(h
}”(hNh}”(hhhK¡uhXm162 4-2. Driving procedures
COROLLA_Uâ—�The shift lever is not operated for
a long time after the clutch pedal
is depressed
*: After the shift lever is moved,
unless your foot is completely
removed from the clutch pedal, the iMT may not operate and the engine speed m ay not be con-
trolled optimally for the next gear change.To enable the iMT, release the clutch pedal completely and then depress it again before operating
the shift lever.
â– If the iMT indicator illuminates
in amber
The iMT may be temporarily unavailable or malfunctioning. Have
the vehicle inspected at your Toyota
dealer.
1Right turn
2Lane change to the right
(move the lever partway and release it)
The right hand s ignals will flash 3
times.
3Lane change to the left (move the lever partway and release it)
The left hand signals will flash 3
times.
4Left turn
â– Turn signals can be operated
when
The engine switch is in ON.
â– If the indicator flashes faster than usual
Check that a light bulb in the front or rear turn signal lights has not WARNING
â– Limitations of the iMT
iMT is not a syste m that prevents
shift lever operation error or engine overrevving.
Depending on the situation, iMT
may not operate normally and the shift position may not be changed
smoothly. Overly relying on iMT
may cause an unexpected acci-dent.Turn signal lever
Operating instructions
https://www.MyCarManual.com”hh uh�”(hh�h}”ubŒ$7cf4c2d6-53fe-4ceb-8caa-4eae10f00531”h
)�”}”(h
}”(hNh}”(hhhK¢uhX„163 4-2. Driving procedures
COROLLA_U4Drivingburned out.
*: If equipped
U.S.A.
Canada
1To set the parking brake, fully
pull the parking brake lever while depressing the brake pedal.
2To release the parking brake, slightly raise the lever and lower it completely while pressing the button.
â– Parking the vehicle
ï‚®P.134
â– Parking brake engaged warning
buzzer
If the vehicle is dri ven at a speed of
approximately 3 mph (5 km/h) or
more with the parking brake
engaged, a buzzer will sound.
“Release Parking Brake� will be dis-
played on the multi-information dis-
play.Parking brake*
Operating instructions
https://www.MyCarManual.com”hh uh�”(hh�h}”ubŒ$544f7121-0a33-4520-bf87-9f9cd37859ac”h
)�”}”(h
}”(hNh}”(hhhK£uhX!164 4-2. Driving procedures
COROLLA_Uâ– Usage in winter time
ï‚®P.255
*: If equipped
â– Using the manual mode
The parking brake can be set
and released manually.
U.S.A.
Canada
1Pull the switch to set the
parking brake
The parking brake indicator and
parking brake light will turn on.NOTICE
â– Before driving
Fully release the parking brake.
Driving the vehicl e with the park-
ing brake set will lead to brake
components overheating, which may affect braking performance and increase brake wear.Electric parking
brake*
The parking brake can be
set or released automati-cally or manually.
In automatic mode, the parking brake can be set or released automatically. Also, even in automatic mode, the parking brake can be set or released manually.
Operating instructions
https://www.MyCarManual.com”hh uh�”(hh�h}”ubŒ$3f273665-19f9-49a0-9b5b-63b125942a53”h
)�”}”(h
}”(hNh}”(hhhK¤uhXø165 4-2. Driving procedures
COROLLA_U4DrivingPull and hold the parking brake
switch if an emergency occurs and it is necessary to operate the park-ing brake while driving.
2Push the switch to release
the parking brake
• Operate the parking brake switch
while depressing the brake pedal.
• Using the parking brake auto-
matic release function, the park-
ing brake can be released by depressing the accelerator pedal. When using this function, slowly depress the accelerator pedal.
Make sure that t he parking brake
indicator and par king brake light
turn off.
â– Turning automatic mode on
While the vehicle is stopped,
pull and hold the parking brake
switch until a message is
shown on the multi-information display (vehicles with a continu-ously variable transmission) or
auto EPB OFF indicator turn
off (vehicles with a manual transmission)
When the automatic mode is
turned on, the parking brake operates as follows.�Vehicles with a continuously variable transmission
�When the shift lever is moved out of P, the parking brake will be released, and the parking brake indicator and parking brake light will turn off.
�When the shift lever is moved into P, the parking brake will be set, and the parking brake indicator and parking brake light will turn on.
Operate the shift lever with the vehicle stopped and the brake pedal depressed.
The parking brake may not operate
automatically if the shift lever is moved quickly.In this case, it is necessary to oper-
ate the parking brake switch. (ï‚®P.164)
�Vehicles with a manual trans-
mission
When the engine is off, the park-ing brake will be set, and the parking brake indicator and parking brake light turn on.
â– Turning automatic mode off
While the vehicle is stopped and depressing the brake pedal, press and hold the parking
brake switch until a message
is shown on the multi-informa-tion display (vehicles with a con-tinuously variable transmission)
or auto EPB OFF indicator
comes on (vehicles with a man-ual transmission)
https://www.MyCarManual.com”hh uh�”(hh�h}”ubŒ$e994a6af-7d50-4c8e-a765-b88906d3480f”h
)�”}”(h
}”(hNh}”(hhhK¥uhXÍ 166 4-2. Driving procedures
COROLLA_Uâ– Parking brake operation
â—�When the engine switch is not in
ON, the parking brake cannot be
released using the parking brake
switch.
â—�When the engine switch is not in ON, automatic mode (automatic brake setting and releasing [vehi-
cles with a continuously variable
transmission]) is not available.
â– Parking brake automatic release function
The parking brake is automatically released when slowly depress the
accelerator pedal.
The parking brake will be released
automatically under the following
conditions:
�The driver’s door is closed
â—�The driver is wearing the seat belt
â—�The shift lever is a forward or
reverse position.
â—�The malfunction in dicator lamp or
brake system warning light is not illuminated.
If the automatic release function does not operate, manually release
the parking brake.
■If “Parking Brake Temporarily Unavailable� i s displayed on
the multi-information display
If the parking brake is operated
repeatedly over a short period of time, the system may restrict opera-
tion to prevent overheating. If this happens, refrain from operating the parking brake. Nor mal operation will return after about 1 minute.
■If “Parking Brake Unavailable� is displayed on the multi-infor-
mation display
Operate the parking brake switch. If
the message does not disappear
after operating the switch several times, the system may be malfunc-
tioning. Have the vehicle inspected
by your Toyota dealer.
â– Parking brake operation sound
When the parking brake operates, a motor sound (whirr ing sound) may
be heard. This does not indicate a
malfunction.
â– Parking brake operation
â—�Depending on the engine switch position/mode, the parking brake
indicator and parking brake light will turn on and stay on as
described below:
ON: Comes on until the parking brake is released.
Not in ON: Stays on for approxi-
mately 15 seconds.
â—�When the engine switch is turned
off with the parking brake set, the parking brake indicator and park-
ing brake light will stay on for
about 15 seconds. This does not indicate a malfunction.
â– When the parking brake switch
malfunctions
Automatic mode (automatic brake setting and releas ing) will be turned
on automatically.
â– Parking the vehicle
ï‚®P.134
â– Parking brake engaged warning
buzzer
A buzzer will sound if the vehicle is
driven with the parking brake engaged. “Parking Brake ON� is dis-played on the multi-information dis-
play.
https://www.MyCarManual.com”•hh uh�”(hh�h}”ubŒ$5714dde9-d5f1-4076-aea4-b5b1716274fc”h
)�”}”(h
}”(hNh}”(hhhK¦uhXÿ167 4-2. Driving procedures
COROLLA_U4Drivingâ– If the brake system warning
light comes on
ï‚®P.481
â– Usage in winter time
ï‚®P.255*: If equipped
Turn the brake hold system on
The brake hold standby indicator
(green) comes on. While the
system is holding the brake, the brake hold operated indicator (yel-
low) comes on. WARNING
â– When parking the vehicle
Do not leave a child in the vehicle
alone. The parking brake may be released unintentionally and there is the danger of the vehicle mov-
ing that may lead to an accident
resulting in death or serious injury.
â– Parking brake switch
Do not set any o bjects near the
parking brake switch.Objects may inte rfere with the
switch and may lead the parking brake to unexpectedly operate.
NOTICE
â– When parking the vehicle
Before you leave the vehicle, set
the parking brake, shift the shift
lever to P (continuously variable transmission) or N (manual trans-
mission) and mak e sure that the
vehicle does not move.
â– When the system malfunc-
tions
Stop the vehicle in a safe place and check the warning messages.
â– When the parking brake can-
not be released due to a mal-
function
Driving the vehicl e with the park-
ing brake set will lead to brake
components overheating, which
may affect braking performance
and increase brake wear.
Have the vehicle inspected by
your Toyota dealer immediately if
this occurs.Brake Hold*
�Continuously variable trans-
mission
The brake hold system keeps the
brake applied when the shift lever is in D, B (vehicles without paddle shift switches), M (vehicles with paddle shift switches) or N with the system on and the brake pedal has been depressed to stop the vehicle. The system releases the b rake when the
accelerator pedal is depressed with the shift leve r in D, B (vehi-
cles without paddle shift switches) or M (vehicles with paddle shift switches) to allow smooth start off.
�Manual transmission
The brake hold system keeps the brake applied when the shift lever is in a forward driving position or N with the system on and the brake pedal has been depressed to stop the vehicle. The system releases the b rake when the
accelerator pedal is depressed with the shift lever in a forward driving position to allow smooth
start off.
Enabling the system
https://www.MyCarManual.com”hh uh�”(hh�h}”ubŒ$a2970e6a-4836-4bf7-a3dd-9dc52bd88ae0”h
)�”}”(h
}”(hNh}”(hhhK§uhXÆ
168 4-2. Driving procedures
COROLLA_Uâ– Brake hold system operating
conditions
The brake hold system cannot be turned on in the following condi-
tions:
�The driver’s doo r is not closed.
â—�The driver is not wearing the seat
belt.
If any of the conditions above are detected when the brake hold sys-
tem is enabled, the system will turn
off and the brake hold standby indi-
cator light will go of f. In addit ion, if
any of the conditions are detected
while the system is holding the
brake, a warning buzzer will sound
and a message will be shown on the multi-information display. The park-
ing brake will then be set automati-
cally.
â– Brake hold function
â—�If the brake pedal is left released
for a period of about 3 minutes
after the system has started hold-
ing the brake, the parking brake
will be set automat ically. In this
case, a warning buzzer sounds
and a message is shown on the
multi-informat ion display.
â—�To turn the system off while the
system is holding the brake, firmly depress the brake pedal and press the button again.
â—�The brake hold function may not hold the vehicle wh en the vehicle
is on a steep inclin e. In this situa-
tion, it may be necessary for the driver to apply the brakes. A warn-ing buzzer will sound and the multi-information display will
inform the driver of this situation. If
a warning message is shown on the multi-information display, read
the message and follow the
instructions.
â– When the parking brake is set automatically while the system
is holding the brakes
Perform any of the following opera-tions to release the parking brake.
â—�Depress the accelerator pedal. (The parking brake will not be
released automatically if the seat belt is not fastened.)
â—�Operate the parkin g brake switch
with the brake pe dal depressed.
Make sure that the parking brake indicator light goes off. ( ï‚®P.164)
â– When an inspection at your
Toyota dealer is necessary
When the brake hold standby indi-cator (green) does not illuminate
even when the brake hold switch is
pressed with the brake hold system
operating conditions met, the sys-
tem may be malf unctioning. Have
the vehicle inspected at your Toyota
dealer.
■If “Brake Hold Malfunction
Press Brake to Deactivate Visit Your Dealer� or “Brake Hold
Malfunction Visit Your Dealer�
is displayed on the multi-infor-
mation display
The system may be malfunctioning. Have the vehicle inspected by your
Toyota dealer.
â– Warning messages and buzzers
Warning messages and buzzers are
used to indicate a system malfunc-
tion or to inform the driver of the
need for caution. If a warning mes-sage is shown on the multi-informa-
tion display, read the message and
follow the instructions.
https://www.MyCarManual.com”hh uh�”(hh�h}”ubŒ$49e84b89-7cf1-41ca-9cf3-2cf5c9dfe613”h
)�”}”(h
}”(hNh}”(hhhK¨uhXÁ169 4-2. Driving procedures
COROLLA_U4Drivingâ– If the brake hold operated indi-
cator flashes
ï‚®P.487
WARNING
â– When the vehicle is on a
steep incline
When using the brake hold sys-tem on a steep incline exercise
caution. The brake hold function may not hold the vehicle in such a situation.
â– When stopped on a slippery
road
The system cannot stop the vehi-cle when the gripping ability of the
tires has been exceeded. Do not use the system when stopped on
a slippery road.
NOTICE
â– When parking the vehicle
The brake hold s ystem is not
designed for use when parking
the vehicle for a long period of time. Turning the engine switch off while the system i s holding the
brake may release the brake, which would cause the vehicle to move. When operating the engine
switch, depress the brake pedal,
shift the shift lever to P (continu-ously variable transmission) or N
(manual transmission) and set the
parking brake.
https://www.MyCarManual.com”hh uh�”(hh�h}”ubŒ$cac8d2c4-615c-4b23-b7b6-b4f51e2cf3dd”h
)�”}”(h
}”(hNh}”(hhhK©uhX«170 4-3. Operating the lights and wipers
COROLLA_U4-3.Operating the lights and wipers
Operating the switch
turns on the lights as follows:
U.S.A.
Canada
1 The headlights, daytime
running lights ( ï‚®P.170) and
all the lights listed below turn
on and off automatically.
2 The side marker, park-
ing, LED accent (if equipped), tail, license plate, instrument panel lights, and daytime running lights (ï‚®P.170) turn on.
3 The headlights and all
lights listed above (except daytime running lights) turn on.
4 (U.S.A.) Off
(Canada) The daytime
running lights turn on.
(ï‚®P.170)
â– AUTO mode can be used when
The engine switch is in ON.
â– Daytime running light system
â—�The daytime runn ing lights illumi-
nate using the same lights as the
headlights and illu minate darker
than the headlights.
â—�To make your vehicle more visible
to other drivers during daytime
driving, the daytime running lights
turn on automatically when all of
the following conditions are met.
(The daytime running lights are not designed for use at night.)
• The engine is running• The parking brake is released
• The headlight s witch is in the
(Canada only), or
* posi-
tion
*: When the surroundings are bright
The daytime running lights remain
on after they illumi nate, even if the
parking brake is set again.
â—�For the U.S.A.: Daytime running
lights can be turned off by operat-ing the switch.
â—�Compared to turning on the head-lights, the daytime running light system offers greater durability
and consumes less electricity, so
it can help improve fuel economy.Headlight switch
The headlights can be oper-
ated manually or automati-cally.
Operating instructions
https://www.MyCarManual.com”hh uh�”(hh�h}”ubŒ$cd61b8ba-a208-426d-821c-ba17781037f7”h
)�”}”(h
}”(hNh}”(hhhKªuhX
171 4-3. Operating the lights and wipers
COROLLA_U4Drivingâ– Headlight control sensor
The sensor may not function prop-
erly if an object is placed on the sen-sor, or anything that blocks the
sensor is affixed to the windshield.
Doing so interfere s with the sensor
detecting the level of ambient light and may cause the automatic head-
light system to malfunction.
â– Automatic light off system
�When the headlights are on: The headlights and tail lights turn off 30 seconds after the driver’s door
is opened and closed if the engine
switch is turned to ACC or OFF.
(Vehicles with a wireless remote
control: The lights turn off immedi-
ately if on the key is pressed
after all the doors are closed.)
â—�When only the tail lights are on:
The tail lights tu rn off automati-
cally if the engine switch is turned
to ACC or OFF an d the driver’s
door is opened.
To turn the lights on again, turn the engine switch to ON, or turn the light switch off once and then back to
or .
â– Light reminder buzzer
A buzzer sounds when the engine switch is turned to OFF or ACC and the driver’s door is opened while the
lights are turned on.
â– Automatic headlight leveling
system (if equipped)
The level of the headlights is auto-matically adjusted according to the
number of passengers and the load-
ing condition of the vehicle to
ensure that the headlights do not interfere with o ther road users.
â– Windshield wiper linked head-light illumination
When driving during daytime with
the headlight switch turned to , if
the windshield wipers are used, the
headlights will turn o n automatically
after several se conds to help
enhance the visibility of your vehi-cle.
â– Battery-saving function
In order to prevent the battery of the vehicle from discharging, if the
headlights and/or tail lights are on when the engine switch is turned off
the battery saving function will oper-
ate and automatically turn off all the lights after approximately 20 min-
utes. When the engine switch is
turned to ON, the battery-saving
function will be disabled.
When any of the following are per-
formed, the battery-saving function is canceled once and then reacti-
vated. All the lights will turn off auto-
matically 20 minutes after the
Battery- saving function has been
reactivated:
â—�When the headlight switch is oper-ated
â—�When a door is opened or closed
â– Customization
Some functions can be customized.
(ï‚®P.548)
NOTICE
â– To prevent battery discharge
Do not leave the lights on longer than necessary w hen the engine
is not running.
https://www.MyCarManual.com”hh uh�”(hh�h}”ubŒ$d212b668-ad16-4d4e-9ba8-86b096ea7b0a”h
)�”}”(h
}”(hNh}”(hhhK«uhXb172 4-3. Operating the lights and wipers
COROLLA_U1With the headlights on, push
the lever away from you to turn on the high beams.
Pull the lever to ward you to the
center position to turn the high
beams off.
2Pull the lever toward you and
release it to flash the high beams once.
You can flash the high beams with
the headlights on or off.
AFS (Adaptive Front-lighting
System) secures excellent visi-
bility at intersections and on curves by automatically adjust-ing the direction of the light axis of the headlights according to vehicle speed and the degree of the tire’s angle as controlled by steering input.
AFS operates at speeds of approxi-
mately 6 mph (10 km/h) or higher.
â– Customization
Some functions can be customized. (ï‚®P.548)Turning on the high beam headlights
AFS (Adaptive Front-light-ing System) (if equipped)
https://www.MyCarManual.com”hh uh�”(hh�h}”ubŒ$ee59af2e-06a9-4129-93a9-3602b285cd97”h
)�”}”(h
}”(hNh}”(hhhK¬uhX173 4-3. Operating the lights and wipers
COROLLA_U4Driving
1Press the Automatic High
Beam switch.2Push the lever away from you with the headlight switch
in the or position.
The Automatic High Beam indicator
will come on when the system is
operating.
â– Conditions to turn the high
beams on/off automatically
â—�When all of the f ollowing condi-
tions are met, t he high beams will
be turned on autom atically (after
approximately 1 second):
• The vehicle speed is approxi-
mately 21 mph (34 km/h) or more.
• The area ahead of the vehicle is
dark.
• There are no vehicles ahead with
headlights or tail lights turned on.
• There are few str eetlights on the
road ahead.
â—�If any of the following conditions
are met, the high beams will turn off automatically:
• The vehicle speed is below
approximately 17 mph (27 km/h).
• The area ahead of the vehicle is
not dark.
• Vehicles ahead have their head-
lights or tail lights turned on.
• There are many streetlights on the
road ahead.
â– Camera sensor detection infor-mation
â—�The high beams m ay not be auto-
matically turned off in the following situations:
• When a vehicle suddenly appears Automatic High Beam
The Automatic High Beam
uses a camera sensor located behind the upper portion of the windshield to assess the brightness of the lights of vehicles ahead, streetlights, etc., and auto-matically turns the high beams on or off as neces-sary.
WARNING
â– Limitations of the Automatic
High Beam
Do not overly rely on the Auto-matic High Beam. Always drive
safely, taking care to observe your surroundings and turning the high
beams on or off manually if nec-
essary.
â– To prevent incorrect opera-tion of the Automatic High
Beam system
Do not overload the vehicle.
Activating the Automatic
High Beam
https://www.MyCarManual.com”hh uh�”(hh�h}”ubŒ$bc125e20-6c9f-44f1-a43d-db435a737bda”h
)�”}”(h
}”(hNh}”(hhhK­uhXZ 174 4-3. Operating the lights and wipers
COROLLA_Ufrom around a curve
• When the vehicle is cut in front of
by another vehicle
• When vehicles ahead cannot be
detected due to repeated curves,
road dividers or roadside trees
• When vehicles ahead appear in a
faraway lane on a wide road
• When the lights of vehicles ahead
are not on
â—�The high beams may be turned off
if a vehicle ahead that is using fog lights without its headlights turned
on is detected.
â—�House lights, streetlights, traffic signals, and illumi nated billboards
or signs and other reflective
objects may cause the high
beams to change to the low
beams, or the low beams to remain on.
â—�The following factors may affect the amount of time taken for the
high beams to turn on or off:
• The brightness of the headlights,
fog lights, and ta il lights of vehi-
cles ahead
• The movement and direction of
vehicles ahead
• When a vehicle ahead only has
operational lights on one side
• When a vehicle ahead is a
two-wheeled vehicle
• The condition of the road (gradi-
ent, curve, condi tion of the road
surface, etc.)
• The number of passengers and
amount of luggage in the vehicle
â—�The high beams may turn on or off
unexpectedly.
â—�Bicycles or similar vehicles may not be detected.
â—�In the following situations the sys-tem may not be abl e to correctly
detect the surrounding brightness
level. This may cause the low
beams to remain on or the high beams to flash or dazzle pedestri-
ans or vehicles ahead. In such a
case, it is necess ary to manually
switch between the high and low
beams.• When driving in inclement weather
(heavy rain, snow, fog, sand-storms, etc.)
• When the windshi eld is obscured
by fog, mist, ice, dirt, etc.
• When the windshield is cracked or
damaged
• When the camera sensor is
deformed or dirty
• When the temperature of the cam-
era sensor is extremely high
• When the surrounding brightness
level is equal to that of headlights,
tail lights or fog lights
• When headlights or tail lights of
vehicles ahead are turned off, dirty, changing color, or not aimed
properly
• When the vehicle is hit by water,
snow, dust, etc. from a preceding vehicle
• When driving through an area of
intermittently changing brightness and darkness
• When frequently and repeatedly
driving ascending/descending roads, or roads with rough, bumpy
or uneven surfaces (such as stone-paved roads, gravel roads,
etc.)
• When frequently and repeatedly
taking curves or driving on a wind-ing road
• When there is a h ighly reflective
object ahead of the vehicle, such as a sign or mirror
• When the back of a preceding
vehicle is highly reflective, such as a container on a truck
• When the vehicle’s headlights are
damaged or dirty, or are not aimed properly
• When the vehicle is listing or titling
due to a flat tire, a trailer being towed, etc.
• When the headlights are changed
between the high beams and low
beams repeatedly in an abnormal
manner
• When the driver believes that the
high beams may be flashing or dazzling pedestrians or other driv-
ers
https://www.MyCarManual.com”hh uh�”(hh�h}”ubŒ$469e8c83-4490-442c-94e0-b1294da5cc6e”h
)�”}”(h
}”(hNh}”(hhhK®uhX175 4-3. Operating the lights and wipers
COROLLA_U4Drivingâ– Temporarily lowering sensor
sensitivity
The sensitivity of the sensor can be temporarily lowered.
1Turn the engine s witch off while
the following cond itions are met.
â—�The headlight switch is in or
.
â—�The headlight switch lever is in
high beam position.
â—�Automatic High Beam switch is on.
2Turn the engine switch to ON.
3Within 60 seconds after step 2,
repeat pulling the headlight
switch lever to the original posi-
tion then pushing it to the high beam position qu ickly 10 times,
then leave the lever in high beam position.
4If the sensitivity is changed, the Automatic High Beam indicator
is turn on and off 3 times.
Automatic High Beam (headlights) may turn on even w hen the vehicle
is stopped.
â– Switching to the low beams
Pull the lever to its original posi-
tion.
The Automatic High Beam indicator
will turn off.
Push the lever away from you to
activate the Automatic High Beam
system again.â– Switching to the high
beams
Press the Automatic High Beam switch.
The Automatic High Beam indicator
will turn off and the high beam indi-
cator will turn on.
Press the switch to activate the
Automatic High Beam system again.
Turning the high beams on/off manually
https://www.MyCarManual.com”hh uh�”(hh�h}”ubŒ$83a62a7c-7bca-4881-b0d1-5bae7314f763”h
)�”}”(h
}”(hNh}”(hhhK¯uhXÑ176 4-3. Operating the lights and wipers
COROLLA_UOperating the lever oper-
ates the wipers or washer as fol-
lows.
1 (U.S.A.) or (Canada)
Intermittent windshield wiper
operation
2 (U.S.A.) or (Canada)
Low speed windshield wiper operation
3 (U.S.A.) or (Canada)
High speed windshield wiper operation
4 (U.S.A.) or (Canada)
Temporary operation
5 Washer/wiper dual
operation
Pulling the lever operates the wip-
ers and washer.
Wipers will automati cally operate a
couple of times after the washer
squirts.
Interval adjustment type only:
Wiper intervals can be adjusted when intermittent operation is selected.
6Increases the intermittent
windshield wiper frequency
7Decreases the intermittent windshield wiper frequencyWindshield wipers and
washer
Operating the lever can use
the windshield wipers or the washer.
NOTICE
â– When the windshield is dry
Do not use the wipers, as they
may damage the windshield.
Operating the wiper lever
https://www.MyCarManual.com”hh uh�”(hh�h}”ubŒ$7d70e1a1-8444-4545-9bf5-40d053123f75”h
)�”}”(h
}”(hNh}”(hhhK°uhX–177 4-3. Operating the lights and wipers
COROLLA_U4Drivingâ– The windshield wiper and
washer can be operated when
The engine switch is in ON.
â– If no windshield washer fluid
sprays
Check that the wash er nozzles are
not blocked if there is washer fluid in
the windshield was her fluid reser-
voir.
â– When stopping the engine in an
emergency while driving
If the windshield wipers are operat-ing when the engine is stopped, the
windshield wipers will operate in high speed operation. After the vehi-
cle is stopped, operation will return
to normal when the engine switch is turned to ON.
WARNING
â– Caution regarding the use of
washer fluid
When it is cold, do not use the washer fluid until the windshield
becomes warm. The fluid may
freeze on the windshield and
cause low visibility. This may lead
to an accident, resulting in death or serious injury.
NOTICE
â– When the washer fluid tank is empty
Do not operate the switch continu-ally as the washer fluid pump may
overheat.
â– When a nozzle becomes
blocked
In this case, contact your Toyota dealer.Do not try to clear it with a pin or other object. The nozzle will
be damaged.
https://www.MyCarManual.com”hh uh�”(hh�h}”ubŒ$fd9ff640-a315-4e57-ad89-475a0452742f”h
)�”}”(h
}”(hNh}”(hhhK±uhX‚178 4-4. Refueling
COROLLA_U4-4.Refueling
�Turn the engine switch off and
ensure that all the doors and windows are closed.
�Confirm the type of fuel.
â– Fuel types
ï‚®P.535
â– Fuel tank opening for unleaded
gasoline
To help prevent incorrect fueling, your vehicle has a fuel tank opening that only acco mmodates the spe-
cial nozzle on unleaded fuel pumps.
â– If the malfunction indicator lamp illuminates
The malfunction indicator lamp may illuminate erroneous ly if refueling is
performed repeatedly when the fuel tank is nearly full.Opening the fuel tank
cap
Perform the following steps
to open the fuel tank cap:
Before refueling the vehi-
cle
WARNING
â– When refueling the vehicle
Observe the following precautions
while refueling the vehicle. Failure
to do so may result in death or serious injury.â—�After exiting the vehicle and
before opening the fuel door,
touch an unpainted metal sur-face to discharge any static
electricity. It is important to dis-
charge static electricity before refueling because sparks result-
ing from static electricity can
cause fuel vapors to ignite while refueling.
â—�Always hold the grips on the
fuel tank cap and turn it slowly
to remove it.A whooshing sound may be
heard when the f uel tank cap is
loosened. Wait until the sound
cannot be heard before fully
removing the cap. In hot
weather, pressurized fuel may spray out the filler neck and
cause injury.
â—�Do not allow anyone that has
not discharged static electricity from their body to come close to
an open fuel tank.
â—�Do not inhale vaporized fuel.
Fuel contains substances that are harmful if inhaled.
â—�Do not smoke while refueling
the vehicle.
Doing so may cause the fuel to ignite and cause a fire.
â—�Do not return to the vehicle or
touch any person or object that
is statically charged.This may cause static electricity
to build up, resulting in a possi-
ble ignition hazard.
â– When refueling
Observe the following precautions to prevent fuel overflowing from the fuel tank:
â—�Securely insert the fuel nozzle into the fuel filler neck.
â—�Stop filling the tank after the fuel
nozzle automatically clicks off.
https://www.MyCarManual.com”hh uh�”(hh�h}”ubŒ$5c89b785-fda1-4d72-9bcc-18d9b62cca03”h
)�”}”(h
}”(hNh}”(hhhK²uhX}179 4-4. Refueling
COROLLA_U4Driving1Pull up the opener to open
the fuel filler door.
2Turn the fuel tank cap slowly and remove it, then hang it on the back of the fuel filler door.After refueling, turn the fuel tank cap until you hear a click. Once the cap is released, it will turn slightly in the opposite direction.
WARNING
â—�Do not top off the fuel tank.
NOTICE
â– Refueling
Do not spill fuel during refueling.
Doing so may damage the vehi-cle, such as causing the emission
control system to operate abnor-
mally or damaging fuel system components or the vehicle’s
painted surface.
Opening the fuel tank capClosing the fuel tank cap
WARNING
â– When replacing the fuel tank
cap
Do not use anything but a genu-ine Toyota fuel tank cap designed for your vehicle. Doing so may
cause a fire or other incident
which may result i n death or seri-
ous injury.
https://www.MyCarManual.com”hh uh�”(hh�h}”ubŒ$934be3e4-b383-45f3-acb3-176ba1a6f52d”h
)�”}”(h
}”(hNh}”(hhhK³uhX“180 4-5. Using the driving support systems
COROLLA_U4-5.Using the driving support systems
â– PCS (Pre-Collision System)
ï‚®P.187
â– LTA (Lane Tracing Assist)*
ï‚®P.195
*: If equipped
â– LDA (Lane Departure Alert
with steering control)*
ï‚®P.205
*: If equipped
â– Automatic High Beam
ï‚®P.173
â– RSA (Road Sign Assist)*
ï‚®P.233
*: If equipped
â– Dynamic radar cruise con-trol with full-speed range
*
ï‚®P.213
*: If equipped
â– Dynamic radar cruise con-trol
*
ï‚®P.223*: If equipped
Two types of sensors, located
behind the front grille and wind-shield, detect information neces-sary to operate the drive assist systems.
Radar sensor
Front cameraToyota Safety Sense
2.0
The Toyota Safety Sense 2.0
consists of the following drive assist systems and contributes to a safe and comfortable driving experi-ence:
Driving assist systemWARNING
â– Toyota Safety Sense 2.0
The Toyota Safety Sense 2.0 is
designed to operate under the assumption that the driver will
drive safely, and is designed to
help reduce the impact to the occupants and the vehicle in the
case of a collision or assist the
driver in normal driving condi-
tions.As there is a limit to the degree of
recognition accuracy and control
performance that this system can provide, do not overly rely on this
system. The driver is always
responsible for paying attention to the vehicle’s su rroundings and
driving safely.
Sensors
https://www.MyCarManual.com”hh uh�”(hh�h}”ubŒ$3c54e3d1-589a-489a-b284-e7207d2633b6”h
)�”}”(h
}”(hNh}”(hhhK´uhX181 4-5. Using the driving support systems
COROLLA_U4DrivingWARNING
â– To avoid malfunction of the
radar sensor
Observe the following precau-tions.Otherwise, the radar sensor may
not operate properly, possibly
leading to an accident resulting in death or serious injury.
â—�Keep the radar sensor and the grille cover clean at all times.
�1.8 L 4-cylinder (2ZR-FAE)
engine
Radar sensor
Grille cover
If the front of the r adar sensor or
the front or back of the grille cover
is dirty or cove red with water
droplets, snow, etc., clean it.
Clean the radar s ensor and grille
cover with a soft cloth to avoid
damaging them.�2.0 L 4-cylinder (M20A-FKS)
engine
Radar sensor
Grille cover
If the front of the radar sensor or
the front or back of the grille cover is dirty or covered with water droplets, snow, etc., clean it.
Clean the ra dar sensor a nd grille
cover with a soft cloth to avoid
damaging them.
â—�Do not attach a ccessories,
stickers (including transparent
stickers) or other items to the
radar sensor, gr ille cover or sur-
rounding area.
â—�Do not subject the radar sensor
or its surroundi ng area to a
strong impact.
If the radar sens or, front grille,
or front bumper has been sub-
jected to a strong impact, have
the vehicle inspected by your Toyota dealer.
â—�Do not disassemble the radar
sensor.
â—�Do not modify or paint the radar
sensor or grille cover.
â—�If the radar sens or, front grille,
or front bumper needs to be
removed and installed, or
replaced, contact your Toyota dealer.
https://www.MyCarManual.com”hh uh�”(hh�h}”ubŒ$be950a02-641a-413b-8096-1f35c4b27b98”h
)�”}”(h
}”(hNh}”(hhhKµuhX"182 4-5. Using the driving support systems
COROLLA_UWARNING
â– To avoid malfunction of the
front camera
Observe the following precau-tions.Otherwise, the fr ont camera may
not operate properly, possibly leading to an accident resulting in death or serious injury.
â—�Keep the windshield clean at all times.
• If the windshield is dirty or cov-
ered with an o ily film, water
droplets, snow, etc., clean the windshield.
• If a glass coating agent is
applied to the windshield, it will
still be necessary to use the
windshield wipers to remove water droplets, etc. from the
area of the windshield in front of
the front camera.
• If the inner side of the wind-
shield where the front camera is
installed is dir ty, contact your
Toyota dealer.â—�Do not attach objects, such as stickers, transpa rent stickers,
etc., to the outer side of the
windshield in front of the front
camera (shaded area in the
illustration).
From the top of the windshield
to approximately 0.4 in. (1 cm) below the bottom of the front camera
Approximately 7.9 in. (20 cm)
(Approximately 4.0 in. [10 cm] to the right and left from the center of the front camera)
â—�If the part of the windshield in
front of the fr ont camera is
fogged up or cov ered with con-
densation, or ice, use the wind-shield defogger to remove the fog, condensation, or ice. (
ï‚®P.387, 392)
â—�If water droplets cannot be
properly removed from the area
of the windshield in front of the front camera by the windshield
wipers, replace the wiper insert or wiper blade.
If the wiper inserts or wiper blades
need to be replaced, contact your Toyota dealer.
â—�Do not attach window tint to the
windshield.
â—�Replace the windshield if it is damaged or cracked.
If the windshield needs to be
replaced, contact your Toyota dealer.
https://www.MyCarManual.com”hh uh�”(hh�h}”ubŒ$020694b1-32b0-461c-ac27-84db7831f3bf”h
)�”}”(h
}”(hNh}”(hhhK¶uhXF183 4-5. Using the driving support systems
COROLLA_U4DrivingWARNING
â—�Do not allow liquids to contact
the front camera.
â—�Do not allow bright lights to shine into the front camera.
â—�Do not dirty or damage the front
camera.
When cleaning the inside of the windshield, do not allow glass cleaner to contact the lens of
the front camera. Also, do not
touch the lens.If the lens is dirty or damaged,
contact your Toyota dealer.
â—�Do not subject the front camera
to a strong impact.
â—�Do not change the installation position or direction of the front
camera or remove it.
â—�Do not disassemble the front
camera.
â—�Do not modify any components of the vehicle around the front
camera (inside rear view mirror,
etc.) or ceiling.
â—�Do not attach any accessories to the hood, front grille or front
bumper that may obstruct the front camera. Contact your Toy-ota dealer for details.
â—�If a surfboard o r other long
object is to be mounted on the roof, make sure that it will not obstruct the front camera.
â—�Do not modify the headlights or
other lights.
https://www.MyCarManual.com”hh uh�”(hh�h}”ubŒ$7632b7cf-5e1e-410f-9546-d72052fa200c”h
)�”}”(h
}”(hNh}”(hhhK·uhŒ¥184 4-5. Using the driving support systems
COROLLA_Uâ– Certification
�Except for vehicles sold in Canada
�For vehicles sold in Canada
https://www.MyCarManual.com”hh uh�”(hh�h}”ubŒ$94a680c8-7570-48f1-b00c-fa4e4da2ec81”h
)�”}”(h
}”(hNh}”(hhhK¸uhX@185 4-5. Using the driving support systems
COROLLA_U4Drivingâ– If a warning message is displayed on the multi-information disp lay
A system may be tempor arily unavailable or there may be a malfu nction in
the system.
â—�In the following situations, perform the actions specified in t he table. When
the normal operating conditions are detected, the message will disappear
and the system will be come operational.
If the message does not disapp ear, contact your Toyota dealer.
Situation Actions
When the area around a sensor is
covered with dirt, moisture (fogged up, covered with condensation, ice, etc.), or other foreign matterTo clean the part of the windshield in front of the front camera, use the
windshield wipers or the windshield defogger of the air conditioning sys-tem (ï‚®P.387, 392).
https://www.MyCarManual.com”hh uh�”(hh�h}”ubŒ$bf780637-1b39-4f48-9712-f00bdf365f6c”h
)�”}”(h
}”(hNh}”(hhhK¹uhX¡186 4-5. Using the driving support systems
COROLLA_Uâ—�In the following situations, if th e situation has changed (or t he vehicle has
been driven for some time) and the normal operating conditions are
detected, the message will disappear and the system will become opera-
tional.
If the message does not disapp ear, contact your Toyota dealer.
• When the temperature around the radar sensor is outside of the opera-
tional range, such as when the vehicle is in the sun or in an e xtremely cold
environment
• When the front camera cannot d etect objects in front of the ve hicle, such
as when driving in the dark, sno w, or fog, or when bright light s are shining
into the front cameraWhen the temperature around the
front camera is out side of the opera-
tional range, such as when the vehi-cle is in the sun or in an extremely
cold environmentIf the front camera is hot, such as after the vehicle had been parked in the sun, use the air conditioning sys-tem to decrease the temperature around the front camera.
If a sunshade was used when the
vehicle was parked, depending on its type, the sunlight r eflected from the
surface of the sunshade may cause the temperature of the front camera to become exce ssively high.
If the front camera is cold, such after the vehicle is parked in an extremely cold environment, use the air condi-tioning system to increase the tem-perature around the front camera.
The area in front of the front camera is obstructed, such as when the hood is open or a sticker is attached to the part of the windshield in front of the front camera.
Close the hood, remove the sticker, etc. to clear the obstruction.Situation Actions
https://www.MyCarManual.com”hh uh�”(hh�h}”ubŒ$5717294c-4f6e-4a35-8f69-06dbfe43551f”h
)�”}”(h
}”(hNh}”(hhhKºuhX*187 4-5. Using the driving support systems
COROLLA_U4Driving
The system can detect the fol-
lowing:
�Vehicles
�Bicyclists
�Pedestrians■Pre-collision warning
When the system determines
that the possibility of a frontal collision is high, a buzzer will sound and a warning message will be displayed on the multi-information display to urge the driver to take evasive action.
â– Pre-collision brake assist
When the system determines that the possibility of a frontal collision is high, the system applies greater braking force in relation to how strongly the brake pedal is depressed.
â– Pre-collision braking
If the system determines that the possibility of a frontal colli-sion is extremely high, the brakes are automatically applied to help avoid the collision or reduce the impact of the colli-sion.PCS (Pre-Collision Sys-
tem)
The pre-collision system
uses a radar sensor and front camera to detect objects ( ï‚®P.190) in front of
the vehicle. When the sys-tem determines that the possibility of a frontal colli-sion with an object is high, a warning operates to urge the driver to take evasive action and the potential brake pressure is increased to help the driver avoid the collision. If the system determines that the possi-bility of a frontal collision with an object is extremely high, the brakes are auto-matically applied to help avoid the collision or help reduce the impact of the col-lision.
The pre-collision system can be disabled/enabled and the warning timing can be changed. ( ï‚®P.189)
Detectable objectsSystem functions
https://www.MyCarManual.com”hh uh�”(hh�h}”ubŒ$dee98871-0e60-416d-97a5-b188957300ff”h
)�”}”(h
}”(hNh}”(hhhK»uhXë
188 4-5. Using the driving support systems
COROLLA_UWARNING
â– Limitations of the pre-colli-
sion system
â—�The driver is solely responsible for safe driving. Always drive safely, taking care to observe
your surroundings.
Do not use the pre-collision sys-tem instead of normal braking
operations under any circum-
stances. This system will not prevent collisions or lessen col-lision damage or injury in every
situation. Do not overly rely on
this system. Failure to do so may lead to an accident, result-
ing in death or serious injury.
â—�Although this system is
designed to help avoid a colli-sion or help reduce the impact
of the collision, its effectiveness
may change according to vari-ous conditions, therefore the
system may not always be able
to achieve the same level of performance.
Read the following conditions
carefully. Do not overly rely on
this system and always drive
carefully.
• Conditions under which the sys-
tem may operate even if there is
no possibility of a collision:
ï‚®P.191
• Conditions under which the sys-
tem may not operate properly:
ï‚®P.192
â—�Do not attempt to test the oper-ation of the pre-collision system
yourself.
Depending on the objects used for testing (dummies, card-
board objects imitating detect-
able objects, etc.), the system may not operate properly, possi-
bly leading to an accident.â– Pre-collision braking
â—�When the pre-collision braking
function is operating, a large
amount of braking force will be
applied.
â—�If the vehicle is stopped by the operation of the pre-collision
braking function, the pre-colli-
sion braking function operation will be canceled after approxi-
mately 2 seconds. Depress the
brake pedal as necessary.
â—�The pre-collision braking func-tion may not operate if certain
operations are performed by the
driver. If the accelerator pedal is being depressed strongly or the
steering wheel is being turned,
the system may d etermine that
the driver is taking evasive
action and possibly prevent the pre-collision braking function from operating.
â—�In some situations, while the
pre-collision brak ing function is
operating, operation of the func-
tion may be canceled if the
accelerator pedal is depressed
strongly or the steering wheel is
turned and the system deter-
mines that the driver is taking
evasive action.
â—�If the brake pedal is being depressed, the system may
determine that t he driver is tak-
ing evasive action and possibly
delay the operation timing of the
pre-collision braking function.
â– When to disable the pre-colli-
sion system
In the following situations, disable
the system, as it m ay not operate
properly, possibly leading to an
accident resulting in death or seri-
ous injury:
â—�When the vehicle is being towed
https://www.MyCarManual.com”hh uh�”(hh�h}”ubŒ$d1bdbf85-2ec8-4b0f-ab24-defdbbcd71ac”h
)�”}”(h
}”(hNh}”(hhhK¼uhX“189 4-5. Using the driving support systems
COROLLA_U4Drivingâ– Enabling/disabling the
pre-collision system
The pre-collision system can be
enabled/disabled on
(ï‚®P.548) of the multi-informa-
tion display.
The system is automatically
enabled each time the engine switch is turned to ON.
If the system is disabled, the
PCS warning light will turn on and a message will be displayed on the multi-information display.
â– Changing the pre-collision warning timing
The pre-collision warning timing
can be changed on
(ï‚®P.548) of the multi-informa-
tion display.
The warning timing setting is
retained when the engine switch is turned off. Howeve r, if the pre-colli-
sion system is disabled and re-enabled, the ope ration timing will
return to the default setting (mid-dle).WARNING
â—�When your vehicle is towing
another vehicle
â—�When transporting the vehicle via truck, boat, train or similar
means of transportation
â—�When the vehicle is raised on a
lift with the engine running and the tires are allowed to rotate freely
â—�When inspecting the vehicle
using a drum tester such as a chassis dynamometer or speed-ometer tester, or when using an
on vehicle wheel balancer
â—�When a strong impact is applied
to the front bumper or front grille, due to a n accident or
other reasons
â—�If the vehicle cannot be driven in a stable manner, such as when the vehicle has been in an acci-
dent or is malfunctioning
â—�When the vehicle is driven in a
sporty manner or off-road
â—�When the tires are not properly inflated
â—�When the tires are very worn
â—�When tires of a size other than
specified are installed
â—�When tire chains are installed
â—�When a compact spare tire or
an emergency tire puncture repair kit is used
â—�If equipment (snow plow, etc.)
that may obstruct the radar sen-
sor or front camera is temporar-ily installed to the vehicleChanging settings of the
pre-collision system
https://www.MyCarManual.com”hh uh�”(hh�h}”ubŒ$66def9b8-8416-452c-b311-b9bf40ec132e”h
)�”}”(h
}”(hNh}”(hhhK½uhXÇ190 4-5. Using the driving support systems
COROLLA_U1Early2Middle
This is the default setting.
3Late
â– Operational conditions
The pre-collision syst em is enabled and th e system determines t hat the pos-
sibility of a frontal c ollision with a detected object is high.
Each function is operatio nal at the following speed
â—�Pre-collision warning
â—�Pre-collision brake assist
â—�Pre-collisio n brakingDetectable objects Vehicle speedRelative speed between
your vehicle and object
VehiclesApprox. 7 to 110 mph
(10 to 180 km/h)Approx. 7 to 110 mph
(10 to 180 km/h)
Bicyclists and pedestri-
ansApprox. 7 to 50 mph (10
to 80 km/h)Approx. 7 to 50 mph (10
to 80 km/h)
Detectable objects Vehicle speedRelative speed between
your vehicle and object
VehiclesApprox. 20 to 110 mph
(30 to 180 km/h)Approx. 20 to 110 mph
(30 to 180 km/h)
Bicyclists and pedestri-
ansApprox. 20 to 50 mph
(30 to 80 km/h)Approx. 20 to 50 mph
(30 to 80 km/h)
https://www.MyCarManual.com”hh uh�”(hh�h}”ubŒ$247031f8-d9ef-4c7a-b6a4-4bbcbc01d17f”h
)�”}”(h
}”(hNh}”(hhhK¾uhX#191 4-5. Using the driving support systems
COROLLA_U4DrivingThe system may not operate in the following situations:
â—�If a battery terminal has been disconnected and reconnected and then the
vehicle has not been driven for a certain amount of time
â—�If the shift lever is in R
â—�When the VSC OFF indicator is illuminated (only the pre-collisi on warning
function will be operational)
â– Object detection function
The system detects objects based
on their size, profile, motion, etc. However, an object may not be
detected depending on the sur-
rounding brightness and the motion, posture, and angle of the detected
object, preventing the system from
operating properly. ( ï‚®P.192)
The illustration sh ows an image of
detectable objects.
â– Cancelation of t he pre-collision
braking
If either of the fo llowing occur while
the pre-collision braking function is operating, it will be canceled:
â—�The accelerator pedal is depressed strongly.
â—�The steering wheel is turned
sharply or abruptly.â– Conditions under which the
system may operate even if
there is no possibility of a colli-
sion
â—�In some situations such as the fol-lowing, the system may determine that there is a possibility of a fron-
tal collision and operate.
• When passing a detectable object,
etc.
• When changing lanes while over-
taking a detectable object, etc.
• When approaching a detectable
object in an adjacent lane or on
the roadside, such as when changing the course of travel or
driving on a winding road
• When rapidly closing on a detect-
able object, etc.
• When approaching objects on the
roadside, such as detectable
objects, guardrails, utility poles,
trees, or walls
• When there is a d etectable object
or other object by the roadside at
the entrance of a curveDetectable objects Vehicle speedRelative speed between
your vehicle and object
VehiclesApprox. 7 to 110 mph
(10 to 180 km/h)Approx. 7 to 110 mph
(10 to 180 km/h)
Bicyclists and pedestri-
ansApprox. 7 to 50 mph (10
to 80 km/h)Approx. 7 to 50 mph (10
to 80 km/h)
https://www.MyCarManual.com”hh uh�”(hh�h}”ubŒ$527a57ce-bbce-4681-bfe1-a8b620b39661”h
)�”}”(h
}”(hNh}”(hhhK¿uhX‹192 4-5. Using the driving support systems
COROLLA_U• When there are patterns or paint
in front of your vehicle that may be
mistaken for a detectable object
• When the front of your vehicle is
hit by water, snow, dust, etc.
• When overtaking a detectable
object that is ch anging lanes or
making a right/left turn
• When passing a detectable object
in an oncoming lane that is stopped to make a right/left turn
• When a detectable object
approaches very close and then
stops before entering the path of your vehicle
• If the front of your vehicle is raised
or lowered, such as when on an uneven or undulating road surface
• When driving on a road sur-
rounded by a structure, such as in a tunnel or on an iron bridge
• When there is a metal object
(manhole cover, steel plate, etc.), steps, or a protrusion in front of your vehicle
• When passing under an object (road sign, billboard, etc.)
• When approaching an electric toll
gate barrier, parking area barrier, or other barrier that opens and
closes
• When using an automatic car
wash
• When driving through or under
objects that may contact your
vehicle, such as thick grass, tree
branches, or a banner
• When driving through steam or
smoke
• When driving near an object that
reflects radio waves, such as a large truck or guardrail
• When driving near a TV tower,
broadcasting station, electric power plant, or other location
where strong radio waves or elec-trical noise may be present
â– Situations in which the system
may not operate properly
â—�In some situations such as the fol-lowing, an object may not be
detected by the radar sensor and front camera, pre venting the sys-
tem from opera ting properly:
• When a detectable object is
approaching your vehicle
• When your vehicle or a detectable
object is wobbling
• If a detectable object makes an
abrupt maneuver (such as sudden
https://www.MyCarManual.com”hh uh�”(hh�h}”ubŒ$38344fcb-7a67-4791-85a5-7b50fe7d7243”h
)�”}”(h
}”(hNh}”(hhhKÀuhXž 193 4-5. Using the driving support systems
COROLLA_U4Drivingswerving, accelera tion or deceler-
ation)
• When your vehicle approaches a
detectable object rapidly
• When a detectable object is not
directly in front of your vehicle
• When a detectable object is near
a wall, fence, guardrail, manhole
cover, vehicle, steel plate on the road, etc.
• When a detectable object is under
a structure
• When part of a detectable object
is hidden by an object, such as large baggage, an umbrella, or guardrail
• When multiple detectable objects
are close together
• If the sun or other light is shining
directly on a detectable object
• When a detectable object is a
shade of white and looks
extremely bright
• When a detectable object appears
to be nearly the same color or brightness as its surroundings
• If a detectable object cuts or sud-
denly emerges in front of your vehicle
• When the front of your vehicle is
hit by water, snow, dust, etc.
• When a very bright light ahead,
such as the sun or the headlights
of oncoming traffic, shines directly
into the front camera
• When approaching the side or
front of a vehicle ahead
• If a vehicle ahead is a motorcycle• If a vehicle ahead is narrow, such
as a personal mobility vehicle
• If a preceding vehicle has a small
rear end, such as an unloaded
truck
• If a preceding vehicle has a low rear end, such as a low bed trailer
• If a vehicle ahead has extremely
high ground clearance
• If a vehicle ahead is carrying a
load which protrudes past its rear bumper
• If a vehicle ahead is irregularly
shaped, such as a tractor or side car
• If a vehicle ahead is a child sized
bicycle, a bicycle that is carrying a large load, a bicycle ridden by
more than one person, or a
uniquely shaped bicycle (bicycle with a child seat, tandem bicycle,
etc.)
• If a pedestrian/or the riding height
of a bicyclist ahead is shorter than approximately 3.2 ft. (1 m) or taller
than approximate ly 6.5 ft. (2 m)
• If a pedestrian/bic yclist is wearing
oversized clothing (a rain coat, long skirt, etc.), making their sil-houette obscure
• If a pedestrian is bending forward
or squatting or bicyclist is bending forward
• If a pedestrian/bicyclist is moving
fast
• If a pedestrian is pushing a
stroller, wheelchair, bicycle or
other vehicle
• When driving in inclement weather
such as heavy rain, fog, snow or a sandstorm
https://www.MyCarManual.com”hh uh�”(hh�h}”ubŒ$075e2c77-7d4c-467d-8ad9-2d86644f2b67”h
)�”}”(h
}”(hNh}”(hhhKÁuhX 194 4-5. Using the driving support systems
COROLLA_U• When driving through steam or
smoke
• When the surrounding area is dim,
such as at dawn or dusk, or while
at night or in a t unnel, making a
detectable object appear to be nearly the same color as its sur-roundings
• When driving in a place where the
surrounding brightness changes suddenly, such as at the entrance
or exit of a tunnel
• After the engine has started the
vehicle has not been driven for a certain amount of time
• While making a left/right turn and
for a few seconds after making a left/right turn
• While driving on a curve and for a
few seconds after driving on a curve
• If your vehicle is skidding
• If the front of the vehicle is raised
or lowered
• If the wheels are misaligned
• If a wiper blade is blocking the
front camera
• The vehicle is being driven at
extremely high speeds
• When driving on a hill
• If the radar sensor or front camera
is misaligned
â—�In some situations such as the fol-
lowing, sufficient braking force
may not be obtained, preventing the system from performing prop-
erly:
• If the braking functions cannot
operate to their full extent, such as
when the brake parts are
extremely cold, extremely hot, or
wet
• If the vehicle is not properly main-
tained (brakes or tires are exces-sively worn, imprope r tire inflation
pressure, etc.)
• When the vehicle is being driven
on a gravel road or other slippery
surface
â– If VSC is disabled
â—�If VSC is disabled ( ï‚®P.252), the
pre-collision br ake assist and
pre-collision brakin g functions are
also disabled.
�The PCS warning light will turn on and “VSC Turned OFF Pre-Colli-sion Brake System Unavailable�
will be displayed on the
multi-information display.
https://www.MyCarManual.com”hh uh�”(hh�h}”ubŒ$dc0486eb-a7ef-416d-9c4b-d2aa32a6328b”h
)�”}”(h
}”(hNh}”(hhhKÂuhXí195 4-5. Using the driving support systems
COROLLA_U4Driving*: If equippedLTA (Lane Tracing
Assist)*
When driving on highways
and freeways with white (yellow) lane lines, this function alerts the driver when the vehicle might depart from its lane or
course
* and provides assis-
tance by operating the
steering wheel to keep the vehicle in its lane or
course
*. Furthermore, the
system provides steering
assistance when dynamic radar cruise control with full-speed range is operat-ing to keep the vehicle in its lane.
The LTA system recognizes white (yellow) lane lines or a
course
* using the front cam-
era. Additionally, it detects
preceding vehicles using the front camera and radar.
*: Boundary between asphalt and
the side of the road, such as
grass, soil, or a curbWARNING
â– Before using LTA system
â—�Do not rely solely upon the LTA
system. The LTA system does not automatically drive the vehi-
cle or reduce the amount of
attention that m ust be paid to
the area in front of the vehicle.
The driver must always assume
full responsibilit y for driving
safely by paying careful atten-
tion to the surrounding condi-
tions and operating the steering
wheel to correct the path of the vehicle. Also, the driver must
take adequate breaks when
fatigued, such as from driving for a long period of time.
â—�Failure to perform appropriate
driving operations and pay care-
ful attention may lead to an accident, result ing in death or
serious injury.
â—�When not using the LTA system, use the LTA swit ch to turn the
system off.
â– Situations unsuitable for LTA
system
In the following situations, use the LTA switch to turn the system off.
Failure to do so may lead to an accident, resulting in death or
serious injury.
https://www.MyCarManual.com”hh uh�”(hh�h}”ubŒ$4a2104c7-a923-4ea9-8af2-2ed7d2c8b296”h
)�”}”(h
}”(hNh}”(hhhKÃuhXG 196 4-5. Using the driving support systems
COROLLA_UWARNING
â—�Vehicle is driven on a road sur-
face which is slippery due to rainy weather, fallen snow,
freezing, etc.
â—�Vehicle is driven on a snow-cov-
ered road.
â—�White (yellow) lin es are difficult
to see due to rain, snow, fog, dust, etc.
â—�Vehicle is driven in a temporary
lane or restricted lane due to
construction work.
â—�Vehicle is driven in a construc-tion zone.
â—�A spare tire, tire chains, etc. are
equipped.
â—�When the tires have been
excessively worn, or when the tire inflation pressure is low.
â—�When tires of a size other than
specified are installed.
â—�Vehicle is driven in traffic lanes
other than that highways and freeways.
â—�During emergency towing.
â– Preventing LTA system mal-
functions and operations per-
formed by mistake
â—�Do not modify the headlights or place stickers, etc. on the sur-
face of the lights.
â—�Do not modify the suspension
etc. If the suspension etc. needs
to be replaced, contact your Toyota dealer.
â—�Do not install or place anything
on the hood or gr ille. Also, do
not install a gr ille guard (bull
bars, kangaroo bar, etc.).â—�If your windshield needs repairs, contact your Toyota
dealer.
â– Conditions in which functions may not operate properly
In the following situations, the
functions may not operate prop-
erly and the vehicle may depart
from its lane. Drive safely by always paying careful attention to
your surroundings and operate
the steering whee l to correct the
path of the vehicle without relying
solely on the functions.
â—�When the follow- up cruising dis-
play is displayed ( ï‚®P.201) and
the preceding vehicle changes lanes. (Your vehicle may follow
the preceding vehicle and also change lanes.)
â—�When the follow- up cruising dis-
play is displayed ( ï‚®P.201) and
the preceding vehicle is sway-ing. (Your vehicle may sway accordingly and depart from the
lane.)
â—�When the follow- up cruising dis-
play is displayed ( ï‚®P.201) and
the preceding vehicle departs from its lane. (Y our vehicle may
follow the preceding vehicle and
depart from the lane.)
â—�When the follow- up cruising dis-
play is displayed ( ï‚®P.201) and
the preceding vehicle is being driven extremely close to the
left/right lane line. (Your vehicle
may follow the preceding vehi-
cle and depart from the lane.)
https://www.MyCarManual.com”hh uh�”(hh�h}”ubŒ$9986d1e5-1be0-420a-9e79-4856898d67a9”h
)�”}”(h
}”(hNh}”(hhhKÄuhX197 4-5. Using the driving support systems
COROLLA_U4DrivingWARNING
â—�Vehicle is being driven around a
sharp curve.
â—�Objects or patterns that could be mistaken for white (yellow)
lines are present on the side of
the road (guardrails, reflective poles, etc.).
â—�Vehicle is driven where the road diverges, merges, etc.
â—�Repair marks of asphalt, white (yellow) lines, etc. are present
due to road repair.â—�There are shadows on the road that run parallel with, or cover,
the white (yellow) lines.
â—�The vehicle is driven in an area without white (yellow) lines,
such as in front of a tollgate or
checkpoint, or at an intersec-
tion, etc.
â—�The white (yellow) lines are
cracked, “Botts’ dots�, “Raised
pavement marker� or stones are present.
â—�The white (yellow) lines cannot
be seen or are difficult to see
due to sand, etc.
â—�The vehicle is driven on a road surface that is wet due to rain,
puddles, etc.
â—�The traffic lines are yellow
(which may be more difficult to recognize than lines that are
white).
â—�The white (yellow) lines cross
over a curb, etc.
â—�The vehicle is driven on a bright surface, such as concrete.
â—�If the edge of the road is not
clear or straight.
â—�The vehicle is driven on a sur-
face that is br ight due to
reflected light, etc.
â—�The vehicle is driven in an area
where the brightness changes
suddenly, such as at the entrances and ex its of tunnels,
etc.
â—�Light from the headlights of an
oncoming vehicle, the sun, etc.
enters the camera.
â—�The vehicle is driven on a slope.
â—�The vehicle is driven on a road which tilts left or right, or a wind-
ing road.
https://www.MyCarManual.com”hh uh�”(hh�h}”ubŒ$60347e38-58f5-4c83-9daf-c95470e9b1f3”h
)�”}”(h
}”(hNh}”(hhhKÅuhX5198 4-5. Using the driving support systems
COROLLA_Uâ– Lane departure alert func-
tion
When the system determines that the vehicle might depart
from its lane or course*, a warn-
ing is displayed on the
multi-information display, and a warning buzzer will sound to alert the driver.
When the warning buzzer sounds,
check the area around your vehicle
and carefully operate the steering
wheel to move the vehicle back to the center of the lane.
Vehicles with a Blind Spot Monitor:
When the system determines that the vehicle might depart from its lane and that the possibility of a col-lision with an overta king vehicle in
the adjacent lane is high, the lane departure alert will operate even if
the turn signals are operating.
*: Boundary between asphalt and
the side of the road, such as grass, soil, or a curb
â– Steering assist function
When the system determines WARNING
â—�The vehicle is driven on an
unpaved or rough road.
â—�The traffic lane is excessively narrow or wide.
â—�The vehicle is extremely tilted
due to carrying heavy luggage
or having improper tire pres-sure.
â—�The distance to the preceding vehicle is extremely short.
â—�The vehicle is moving up and
down a large amount due to
road conditions during driving (poor roads or road seams).
â—�When driving in a tunnel or at
night with the headlights off or
when a headlight is dim due to its lens being dirty or it being
misaligned.
â—�The vehicle is struck by a cross-
wind.
â—�The vehicle is affected by wind from a vehicle driven in a
nearby lane.
â—�The vehicle has just changed
lanes or crossed an intersec-tion.
â—�Tires which differ by structure,
manufacturer, b rand or tread
pattern are used.
â—�Snow tires, etc. are equipped.
â—�The vehicle is being driven at
extremely high speeds.
Functions included in LTA
system
https://www.MyCarManual.com”hh uh�”(hh�h}”ubŒ$10a5f13b-344d-46b4-8ed1-b0aa8bacdbb5”h
)�”}”(h
}”(hNh}”(hhhKÆuhXe199 4-5. Using the driving support systems
COROLLA_U4Drivingthat the vehicle might depart
from its lane or course*, the sys-
tem provides assistance as nec-
essary by operating the steering wheel in small amounts for a short period of time to keep the vehicle in its lane.
If the system detects that the steer-
ing wheel has not been operated
for a fixed amount of time or the steering wheel is not being firmly gripped, a warning is displayed on the multi-information display and the function is t emporarily can-
celed.
Vehicles with a Blind Spot Monitor:
When the system de termines that
the vehicle might depart from its lane and that the possibility of a col-lision with an over taking vehicle in
the adjacent lane is high, the steer-ing assist function will operate even if the turn signals are operating.
*: Boundary between asphalt and
the side of the road, such as grass, soil, or a curbâ– Vehicle sway warning func-
tion
When the vehicle is swaying within a lane, the warning buzzer will sound and a mes-sage will be displayed on the multi-information display to alert the driver.
https://www.MyCarManual.com”hh uh�”(hh�h}”ubŒ$e0f76204-fc4c-42e2-8662-2f9bb580fad4”h
)�”}”(h
}”(hNh}”(hhhKÇuhXò200 4-5. Using the driving support systems
COROLLA_Uâ– Lane centering function
This function is linked with
dynamic radar cruise control with full-speed range and pro-vides the required assistance by operating the steering wheel to keep the vehicle in its current lane.
When dynamic radar cruise control
with full-speed range is not operat-
ing, the lane centering function does not operate.
In situations where the white (yel-
low) lane lines are difficult to see or are not visible, such as when in a traffic jam, this function will operate to help follow a preceding vehicle by monitoring the position of the preceding vehicle.
If the system detects that the steer-
ing wheel has not been operated for a fixed amount of time or the steering wheel is not being firmly gripped, a warning is displayed on the multi-information display and the function is temporarily can-celed.
Press the LTA switch to turn the
LTA system on.
The LTA indicator illuminates and a
message is displayed on the multi-information display.
Press the LTA swit ch again to turn
the LTA system off.
When the LTA system is turned on
or off, operation of the LTA system continues in the same condition the next time the engine is started.Turning LTA system on
https://www.MyCarManual.com”hh uh�”(hh�h}”ubŒ$0c21c341-37a2-4934-a742-8be88cb34427”h
)�”}”(h
}”(hNh}”(hhhKÈuhX201 4-5. Using the driving support systems
COROLLA_U4Driving
LTA indicator
The illumination c ondition of the
indicator informs the driver of the
system operation status.
Illuminated in white: LTA system is
operating.
Illuminated in green: Steering wheel
assistance of the steering assist function or lane centering function is operating.
Flashing in orange: Lane departure
alert function is operating.
Operation display of steering
wheel operation support
Displayed when the multi-informa-
tion display is switched to the driv-ing support system information screen.
Indicates that steering wheel assis-
tance of the steering assist function or lane centering f unction is operat-
ing.
Both outer sides of the lane are dis-
played: Indicates that steering wheel assist of the lane centering function is operating.
One outer side of the lane is dis-
played: Indicates that steering wheel assist of the steering assist function is operating.
Both outer sides of the lane are
flashing: Alerts the driver that their input is necessary to stay in the center of the lane (lane centering function).
Lane departure alert function
display
Displayed when the multi-informa-
tion display is swit ched to the driv-
ing support system information screen.
�Inside of displayed lines is
white
Indicates that the system is rec-ognizing white (yellow) lines or a
course
*. When the vehicle
departs from its lane, the white
line displayed on the side the vehicle departs from flashes orange.Indications on multi-infor-
mation display
https://www.MyCarManual.com”hh uh�”(hh�h}”ubŒ$fb1f813c-a891-4f6a-a455-4374b42490b6”h
)�”}”(h
}”(hNh}”(hhhKÉuhXè 202 4-5. Using the driving support systems
COROLLA_U�Inside of displayed lines is
black
Indicates that the system is not able to recognize white (yellow)
lines or a course
* or is temporar-
ily canceled.
*: Boundary between asphalt and
the side of the road, such as
grass, soil, or a curb
Follow-up cruising display
Displayed when the multi-informa-tion display is switched to the driv-ing support system information screen.
Indicates that steering assist of the
lane centering function is operating by monitoring the position of a pre-ceding vehicle.
When the follow-up cruising display
is displayed, if the preceding vehi-cle moves, your vehicle may move in the same way. A lways pay care-
ful attention to your surroundings and operate the steering wheel as necessary to correct the path of the vehicle and ensure safety.
â– Operation conditions of each
function
â—�Lane departure alert function
This function oper ates when all of
the following cond itions are met.
• LTA is turned on.• Vehicle speed is approximately 32
mph (50 km/h) or more.*1
• System recognizes white (yellow)
lane lines or a course*2. (When a
white [yellow] line or course*2 is
recognized on only one side, the system will operate only for the
recognized side.)
• Width of traffic lane is approxi-
mately 9.8 ft. (3 m) or more.
• Turn signal lever is not operated.
(Vehicles with a Blind Spot Moni-
tor: Except when another vehicle
is in the lane on the side where the turn signal was operated)
• Vehicle is not being driven around
a sharp curve.
• No system malfunctions are
detected. ( ï‚®P.204)
*1:The function oper ates even if the
vehicle speed is less than
approximately 32 mph (50 km/h) when the lane centering function is operating.
*2:Boundary between asphalt and
the side of the road, such as grass, soil, or a curb
â—�Steering assist function
This function operates when all of the following conditions are met in addition to the operation conditions for the lane departure alert function.
• Setting for “Steering Assist� in
of the multi-information display is
set to “ON�. ( P.548)
• Vehicle is not accelerated or
decelerated by a fixed amount or more.
• Steering wheel is not operated
with a steering force level suitable
for changing lanes.
• ABS, VSC, TRAC and PCS are
not operating.
• TRAC or VSC is not turned off.
• Hands off steering wheel warning
is not displayed. ( ï‚®P.204)
â—�Vehicle sway warning function
This function operates when all of
https://www.MyCarManual.com”hh uh�”(hh�h}”ubŒ$54130f8c-90ef-4e5f-9ca5-9ad2dbc9b507”h
)�”}”(h
}”(hNh}”(hhhKÊuhXÆ 203 4-5. Using the driving support systems
COROLLA_U4Drivingthe following cond itions are met.
• Setting for “Sway Warning� in
of the multi-information display is
set to “ON�. ( P.548)
• Vehicle speed is approximately 32
mph (50 km/h) or more.
• Width of traffic lane is approxi-
mately 9.8 ft. ( 3 m) or more.
• No system malfunctions are
detected. ( ï‚®P.204)
â—�Lane centering function
This function oper ates when all of
the following cond itions are met.
• LTA is turned on.• Setting for “Steering Assist� and
“Lane Center� in of the
multi-information di splay are set to
“ON�. (P.548)
• This function recognizes white
(yellow) lane lines or the position
of a preceding vehicle (except
when the preceding vehicle is small, such as a motorcycle).
• The dynamic radar cruise control
with full-speed range is operating in vehicle-to-vehic le distance con-
trol mode.
• Width of traffic lane is approxi-
mately 10 to 13 ft. (3 to 4 m).
• Turn signal lever is not operated.
• Vehicle is not being driven around
a sharp curve.
• No system malfunctions are
detected. ( ï‚®P.204)
• Vehicle does not accelerate or
decelerate by a fixed amount or more.
• Steering wheel is not operated
with a steering force level suitable
for changing lanes.
• ABS, VSC, TRAC and PCS are
not operating.
• TRAC or VSC is not turned off.
• Hands off steering wheel warning
is not displayed. ( ï‚®P.204)
• The vehicle is being driven in the
center of a lane.
• Steering assist function is not
operating.â– Temporary cancelation of func-tions
â—�When operation conditions are no longer met, a function may be
temporarily canceled. However,
when the operation conditions are met again, operation of the func-
tion is automatically restored.
(ï‚®P.202)
â—�If the operation conditions (ï‚®P.200) are no longer met while
the lane centering function is
operating, the buzzer may sound
to indicate that the function has been temporarily canceled.
â– Steering assist function/lane
centering function
â—�Depending on the vehicle speed, lane departure situation, road con-
ditions, etc., the driver may not feel the function is operating or
the function may not operate at
all.
â—�The steering control of the func-
tion is overridden by the driver’s steering wheel operation.
â—�Do not attempt to test the opera-tion of the steering assist function.
â– Lane departure alert function
â—�The warning buzzer may be diffi-cult to hear due to external noise,
audio playback, etc.
â—�If the edge of the course* is not
clear or straight, the lane depar-
ture alert function may not oper-
ate.
â—�Vehicles with a Blind Spot Monitor: It may not be possible for the sys-
tem to determine if there is a dan-ger of a collision with a vehicle in
an adjacent lane.
â—�Do not attempt to test the opera-tion of the lane departure alert
function.
*: Boundary between asphalt and
the side of the road, such as
grass, soil, or a curb
https://www.MyCarManual.com”•
hh uh�”(hh�h}”ubŒ$f9a24903-7346-4461-ab45-cc3677920ea8”h
)�”}”(h
}”(hNh}”(hhhKËuhX¤
204 4-5. Using the driving support systems
COROLLA_Uâ– Hands off steering wheel warn-
ing
In the following situations, a warning message urging the driver to hold
the steering wheel and the symbol
shown in the illustration are dis-played on the multi-information dis-
play to warn the driver. The warning
stops when the sys tem determines
that the driver holds the steering
wheel. Always keep your hands on
the steering wheel when using this system, regardless of warnings.
â—�When the system determines that the driver is driving without hold-
ing the steering wheel while the
system is operating
If the driver continues to keep their hands off of the steering wheel, the buzzer sounds, the driver is warned
and the function is temporarily can-
celed. This warning also operates in the same way when the driver con-
tinuously operates the steering
wheel only a small amount.
â—�When the system determines that the vehicle may not turn and instead depart from its lane while
driving around a curve
Depending on the vehicle condition and road conditions, the warning
may not operate. Also, if the system determines that the vehicle is driv-
ing around a curv e, warnings will
occur earlier than during
straight-lane driving.
â—�When the system determines that the driver is driving without hold-ing the steering wheel while the
steering wheel assist of the steer-
ing assist function is operating.If the driver continues to keep their hands off of the steering wheel and
the steering wheel assist is operat-
ing, the buzzer sounds and the driver is warned. Each time the
buzzer sounds, the continuing time
of the buzzer becomes longer.
â– Vehicle sway warning function
When the system determines that the vehicle is swaying while the vehicle sway warning function is
operating, a buzzer sounds and a
warning message urging the driver to rest and the sym bol shown in the
illustration are simultaneously dis-played on the multi-information dis-play.
Depending on the vehicle and road
conditions, the warning may not
operate.
â– Warning message
If the following warning message is
displayed on the multi-information
display and the LTA indicator illumi-
nates in orange, follow the appropri-ate troubleshooting procedure. Also,
if a different warning message is
displayed, follow the instructions displayed on the screen.
�“LTA Malfunction Visit Your Dealer�
The system may not be operating properly. Have the vehicle inspected
by your Toyota dealer.
�“LTA Unavailable�
The system is temporarily canceled
due to a malfunction in a sensor other than the front camera. Turn
the LTA system off, wait for a little
while, and then tu rn the LTA system
back on.
https://www.MyCarManual.com”hh uh�”(hh�h}”ubŒ$07b337eb-3d54-4bf5-b3b4-1e6f736e5070”h
)�”}”(h
}”(hNh}”(hhhKÌuhX]205 4-5. Using the driving support systems
COROLLA_U4Driving�“LTA Unavailable at Current
Speed�
The function cannot be used as the vehicle speed exceeds the LTA
operation range. Drive slower.
â– If a battery terminal has been
disconnected and reconnected
The system needs to be initialized.
To initialize the system, drive the vehicle straight ahead for 5 seconds
or more at a speed of approximately
22 mph (35 km/h) or more.
â– Customization
Function settings can be changed. (ï‚®P.548)*: If equippedLDA (Lane Departure
Alert with steering control)
*
When driving on highways
and freeways with white (yellow) lane lines, this function alerts the driver when the vehicle might depart from its lane or
course
* and provides assis-
tance by operating the
steering wheel to keep the vehicle in its lane or
course
*.
The LDA system recog-
nizes white (yellow) lane
lines or a course* using the
front camera. Additionally, it
detects preceding vehicles using the front camera and radar.
*: Boundary between asphalt and
the side of the road, such as
grass, soil, or a curb
https://www.MyCarManual.com”hh uh�”(hh�h}”ubŒ$83b703b3-0755-4694-b35c-9f49f554e704”h
)�”}”(h
}”(hNh}”(hhhKÍuhX¡ 206 4-5. Using the driving support systems
COROLLA_UWARNING
â– Before using LDA system
â—�Do not rely solely upon the LDA
system. The LDA system does
not automatically drive the vehi-cle or reduce the amount of
attention that must be paid to
the area in front of the vehicle. The driver must always assume
full responsibilit y for driving
safely by paying careful atten-
tion to the surrounding condi-tions and operating the steering
wheel to correct the path of the
vehicle. Also, the driver must take adequate breaks when
fatigued, such as from driving
for a long period of time.
â—�Failure to perform appropriate
driving operations and pay care-
ful attention may lead to an
accident, resulting in death or serious injury.
â—�When not using the LDA sys-
tem, use the LDA switch to turn
the system off.
â– Situations unsuitable for LDA system
In the following situations, use the LDA switch to turn the system off.
Failure to do so may lead to an
accident, resulting in death or serious injury.
â—�Vehicle is driven on a road sur-
face which is slippery due to
rainy weather, fallen snow, freezing, etc.
â—�Vehicle is driven on a snow-cov-
ered road.
â—�White (yellow) lin es are difficult
to see due to rain, snow, fog,
dust, etc.
â—�A spare tire, tire chains, etc. are
equipped.â—�When the tires have been excessively worn, or when the
tire inflation p ressure is low.
â—�When tires of a size other than specified are installed.
â—�Vehicle is driven in traffic lanes
other than that highways and
freeways.
â—�During emergency towing.
â– Preventing LDA system mal-functions and operations per-
formed by mistake
â—�Do not modify the headlights or place stickers, etc. on the sur-
face of the lights.
â—�Do not modify the suspension etc. If the suspension etc. needs
to be replaced, contact your
Toyota dealer.
â—�Do not install or place anything on the hoo d or grille. Also, do
not install a gr ille guard (bull
bars, kangaroo bar, etc.).
â—�If your windshield needs repairs, contact your Toyota
dealer.
â– Conditions in which functions
may not operate properly
In the following situations, the
functions may not operate prop-erly and the vehicle may depart
from its lane. Drive safely by
always paying careful attention to your surroundings and operate
the steering whee l to correct the
path of the vehicle without relying
solely on the functions.
â—�Vehicle is being driven around a sharp curve.
https://www.MyCarManual.com”hh uh�”(hh�h}”ubŒ$b1daf1c3-f83f-4382-a4e6-e7dbe14c7124”h
)�”}”(h
}”(hNh}”(hhhKÎuhX„207 4-5. Using the driving support systems
COROLLA_U4DrivingWARNING
â—�Objects or patterns that could
be mistaken for white (yellow) lines are present on the side of
the road (guardrails, reflective
poles, etc.).
â—�Vehicle is driven where the road
diverges, merges, etc.
â—�Repair marks of asphalt, white
(yellow) lines, etc. are present due to road repair.
â—�There are shadows on the road that run parallel with, or cover,
the white (ye llow) lines.â—�The vehicle is driven in an area without white (yellow) lines,
such as in front of a tollgate or
checkpoint, or at an intersec-
tion, etc.
â—�The white (yellow) lines are
cracked, “Botts’ dots�, “Raised pavement marker� or stones are
present.
â—�The white (yellow) lines cannot
be seen or are difficult to see due to sand, etc.
â—�The vehicle is driven on a road
surface that is wet due to rain,
puddles, etc.
â—�The traffic lines are yellow (which may be more difficult to
recognize than lines that are
white).
â—�The white (yellow) lines cross over a curb, etc.
â—�The vehicle is driven on a bright
surface, such as concrete.
â—�If the edge of the road is not
clear or straight.
â—�The vehicle is driven on a sur-face that is br ight due to
reflected light, etc.
â—�The vehicle is driven in an area where the brightness changes suddenly, such as at the
entrances and ex its of tunnels,
etc.
â—�Light from the headlights of an
oncoming vehicle, the sun, etc.
enters the camera.
â—�The vehicle is driven on a slope.
â—�The vehicle is driven on a road which tilts left or right, or a wind-
ing road.
â—�The vehicle is driven on an unpaved or rough road.
https://www.MyCarManual.com”hh uh�”(hh�h}”ubŒ$8b521ce1-f81f-49d8-a10c-5eeb82c252ad”h
)�”}”(h
}”(hNh}”(hhhKÏuhX8208 4-5. Using the driving support systems
COROLLA_Uâ– Lane departure alert func-
tion
When the system determines that the vehicle might depart
from its lane or course
*, a warn-
ing is displayed on the
multi-information display, and a warning buzzer will sound to alert the driver.When the warning buzzer sounds,
check the area around your vehicle and carefully operate the steering wheel to move the vehicle back to the center of the lane.
Vehicles with a Blind Spot Monitor:
When the system determines that the vehicle might depart from its lane and that the possibility of a col-lision with an overta king vehicle in
the adjacent lane is high, the lane departure alert will operate even if
the turn signals are operating.
*: Boundary between asphalt and
the side of the road, such as grass, soil, or a curb
â– Steering assist function
When the system determines
that the vehicle might depart
from its lane or course*, the sys-
tem provides assistance as nec-
essary by operating the steering wheel in small amounts for a short period of time to keep the WARNING
â—�The traffic lane is excessively
narrow or wide.
â—�The vehicle is extremely tilted due to carrying heavy luggage
or having improper tire pres-
sure.
â—�The distance to the preceding vehicle is extremely short.
â—�The vehicle is moving up and down a large amount due to
road conditions during driving
(poor roads or road seams).
â—�When driving in a tunnel or at night with the headlights off or
when a headlight is dim due to
its lens being dirty or it being misaligned.
â—�The vehicle is struck by a cross-
wind.
â—�The vehicle has just changed
lanes or crossed an intersec-tion.
â—�Tires which differ by structure,
manufacturer, b rand or tread
pattern are used.
â—�Snow tires, etc. are equipped.
Functions included in
LDA system
https://www.MyCarManual.com”hh uh�”(hh�h}”ubŒ$f1cfbbab-2f69-4a3a-8d78-f3d6eeb9b691”h
)�”}”(h
}”(hNh}”(hhhKÐuhX
209 4-5. Using the driving support systems
COROLLA_U4Drivingvehicle in its lane.
If the system detects that the steer-
ing wheel has not been operated for a fixed amount of time or the steering wheel is not being firmly gripped, a warning is displayed on the multi-information display and the function is t emporarily can-
celed.
Vehicles with a Blind Spot Monitor:
When the system de termines that
the vehicle might depart from its lane and that the possibility of a col-lision with an over taking vehicle in
the adjacent lane is high, the steer-ing assist function will operate even if the turn signals are operating.
*: Boundary between asphalt and
the side of the road, such as grass, soil, or a curb
â– Vehicle sway warning func-
tion
When the vehicle is swaying within a lane, the warning buzzer will sound and a mes-sage will be displayed on the multi-information display to alert the driver.
Press the LDA switch to turn the
LDA system on.
The LDA indicator illuminates and a
message is displayed on the multi-information display.
Press the LDA swit ch again to turn
the LDA system off.
When the LDA system is turned on
or off, operation of the LDA system continues in the same condition the next time the engine is started.Turning LDA system on
https://www.MyCarManual.com”hh uh�”(hh�h}”ubŒ$d6bfa722-ce17-4944-ad40-e148d50823da”h
)�”}”(h
}”(hNh}”(hhhKÑuhXÖ210 4-5. Using the driving support systems
COROLLA_ULDA indicator
The illumination c ondition of the
indicator informs the driver of the
system operation status.
Illuminated in white: LDA system is
operating.
Illuminated in green: Steering wheel
assistance of the steering assist function is operating.
Flashing in orange: Lane departure
alert function is operating.
Operation display of steering
wheel operation support
Displayed when the multi-informa-
tion display is switched to the driv-ing support system information screen.
Indicates that steering wheel assis-
tance of the steering assist function is operating.Lane departure alert function
display
Displayed when the multi-informa-
tion display is swit ched to the driv-
ing support system information screen.
�Inside of displayed lines is
white
Indicates that the system is rec-ognizing white (yellow) lines or a
course
*. When the vehicle
departs from its lane, the white
line displayed on the side the vehicle departs from flashes orange.
�Inside of displayed lines is black
Indicates that the system is not able to recognize white (yellow)
lines or a course
* or is temporar-
ily canceled.Indications on multi-infor-
mation display
https://www.MyCarManual.com”hh uh�”(hh�h}”ubŒ$4e87ab2f-a3ce-400a-8cd6-b0d1ffdc4c77”h
)�”}”(h
}”(hNh}”(hhhKÒuhX÷ 211 4-5. Using the driving support systems
COROLLA_U4Driving*: Boundary between asphalt and
the side of the road, such as
grass, soil, or a curb
â– Operation conditions of each
function
â—�Lane departure alert function
This function oper ates when all of
the following cond itions are met.
• LDA is turned on.• Vehicle speed is approximately 32
mph (50 km/h) or more.
• System recognizes white (yellow)
lane lines or a course*. (When a
white [yellow] line or course* is
recognized on only one side, the system will operat e only for the
recognized side.)
• Width of traffic lane is approxi-
mately 9.8 ft. ( 3 m) or more.
• Turn signal lever is not operated.
(Vehicles with a Blind Spot Moni-tor: Except when a nother vehicle
is in the lane on the side where
the turn signal was operated)
• Vehicle is not being driven around
a sharp curve.
• No system malfunctions are
detected. ( ï‚®P.212)
*: Boundary between asphalt and
the side of the road, such as
grass, soil, or a curb
â—�Steering assist function
This function oper ates when all of
the following conditions are met in addition to the operation conditions for the lane departure alert function.
• Setting for “Steering Assist� in
of the multi-information display is
set to “ON�. ( P.548)
• Vehicle is not accelerated or
decelerated by a fixed amount or more.
• Steering wheel is not operated
with a steering force level suitable for changing lanes.
• ABS, VSC, TRAC and PCS are
not operating.• TRAC or VSC is not turned off.• Hands off steering wheel warning
is not displayed. ( ï‚®P.212)
â—�Vehicle sway warning function
This function operates when all of
the following conditions are met.
• Setting for “Sway Warning� in
of the multi-information display is
set to “ON�. ( P.548)
• Vehicle speed is approximately 32
mph (50 km/h) or more.
• Width of traffic lane is approxi-
mately 9.8 ft. (3 m) or more.
• No system malfunctions are
detected. ( ï‚®P.212)
â– Temporary cancelation of func-
tions
When operation conditions are no longer met, a func tion may be tem-
porarily canceled. However, when
the operation conditions are met
again, operation of the function is
automatically restored. ( ï‚®P.211)
â– Steering assist function
â—�Depending on the vehicle speed, lane departure situation, road con-ditions, etc., the driver may not
feel the function is operating or
the function may not operate at
all.
�The steering control of the func-tion is overridden by the driver’s
steering wheel operation.
â—�Do not attempt to test the opera-tion of the steering assist function.
â– Lane departure alert function
â—�The warning buzzer may be diffi-cult to hear due to external noise,
audio playback, etc.
â—�If the edge of the course* is not
clear or straight, the lane depar-
ture alert function may not oper-
ate.
â—�Vehicles with a Blind Spot Monitor: It may not be possible for the sys-tem to determine if there is a dan-
ger of a collision with a vehicle in
an adjacent lane.
https://www.MyCarManual.com”hh uh�”(hh�h}”ubŒ$82cd7d23-bdb1-4301-81ea-5bdd06206e2a”h
)�”}”(h
}”(hNh}”(hhhKÓuhX
212 4-5. Using the driving support systems
COROLLA_Uâ—�Do not attempt to test the opera-
tion of the lane departure alert
function.
*: Boundary between asphalt and
the side of the road, such as
grass, soil, or a curb
â– Hands off steering wheel warn-
ing
In the following situations, a warning message urging the driver to hold
the steering wheel and the symbol
shown in the illustration are dis-played on the multi-information dis-
play to warn the driver. The warning
stops when the sys tem determines
that the driver holds the steering
wheel. Always keep your hands on
the steering wheel when using this system, regardless of warnings.
â—�When the system determines that the driver is driving without hold-
ing the steering wheel while the
system is operating
If the driver continues to keep their hands off of the steering wheel, the buzzer sounds, the driver is warned
and the function is temporarily can-
celed. This warning also operates in the same way when the driver con-
tinuously operates the steering
wheel only a small amount.
â—�When the system determines that the vehicle may not turn and instead depart from its lane while
driving around a curve
Depending on the vehicle condition
and road conditions, the warning
may not operate. Also, if the system
determines that the vehicle is driv-ing around a curve, warnings will occur earlier than during
straight-lane driving.
â—�When the system determines that the driver is driving without hold-
ing the steering wheel while the steering wheel assi st of the steer-
ing assist function is operating.
If the driver continues to keep their
hands off of the steering wheel and
the steering wheel assist is operat-ing, the buzzer sounds and the
driver is warned. Each time the
buzzer sounds, the continuing time of the buzzer becomes longer.
â– Vehicle sway warning function
When the system determines that the vehicle is swaying while the
vehicle sway warning function is
operating, a buzzer sounds and a warning message urging the driver
to rest and the sym bol shown in the
illustration are simultaneously dis-
played on the multi-information dis-
play.
Depending on the vehicle and road
conditions, the warning may not
operate.
â– Warning message
If the following warning message is
displayed on the multi-information
display and the LDA indicator illumi-nates in orange, follow the appropri-
ate troubleshooting procedure. Also,
if a different warning message is displayed, follow the instructions displayed on the screen.
�“LDA Malfunction Visit Your Dealer�
https://www.MyCarManual.com”hh uh�”(hh�h}”ubŒ$36feee25-c96e-46f6-bcc2-0dfc01b8c6b7”h
)�”}”(h
}”(hNh}”(hhhKÔuhX`213 4-5. Using the driving support systems
COROLLA_U4DrivingThe system may not be operating
properly. Have the vehicle inspected
by your Toyota dealer.
�“LDA Unavailable�
The system is tempo rarily canceled
due to a malfuncti on in a sensor
other than the front camera. Turn
the LDA system off, wait for a little while, and then turn the LDA system
back on.
�“LDA Unavailable at Current Speed�
The function cannot be used as the vehicle speed exceeds the LDA
operation range. Drive slower.
�“LDA Unavailable Below Approx. 32MPH�
The LDA system cannot be used as the vehicle spee d is less than
approximately 32 mph (50 km/h).
Drive the vehicle at approximately
32 mph (50 km/h) or more.
â– If a battery terminal has been disconnected and reconnected
The system needs to be initialized.
To initialize the system, drive the
vehicle straight ahead for 5 seconds
or more at a speed of approximately 22 mph (35 km/h) or more.
â– Customization
Function settings can be changed. (ï‚®P.548)*: If equipped
â– Meter display
Multi-information displayDynamic radar cruise
control with full-speed range
*
In vehicle-to-vehicle dis-
tance control mode, the vehicle automatically accel-erates, decelerates and stops to match the speed changes of the preceding vehicle even if the accelera-tor pedal is not depressed. In constant speed control mode, the vehicle runs at a fixed speed.
Use the dynamic radar cruise control with full-speed range on free-ways and highways.
�Vehicle-to-vehicle distance control mode ( P.216)
�Constant speed control mode ( P.220)
System Components
https://www.MyCarManual.com”hh uh�”(hh�h}”ubŒ$33894b1f-ceba-43d4-991b-2137c267b4fd”h
)�”}”(h
}”(hNh}”(hhhKÕuhX—214 4-5. Using the driving support systems
COROLLA_USet speed
Indicators
â– Operation switches
Vehicle-to-vehicle distance
switch
“+RES� switchCruise control main switchCancel switch“-SET� switch
WARNING
â– Before using dynamic radar
cruise control with full-speed
range
â—�Driving safely is the sole responsibility of the driver. Do not rely solely o n the system,
and drive safely by always pay-ing careful attention to your sur-roundings.
â—�The dynamic radar cruise con-
trol with full-speed range pro-
vides driving assistance to reduce the driver’s burden.
However, there are limitations to
the assistance provided.
Read the following conditions carefully. Do not overly rely on this system and always drive carefully.
• When the sensor may not be
correctly detect ing the vehicle
ahead:
P.222• Conditions under which the
vehicle-to-vehicle distance con-
trol mode may not function cor-rectly: ï‚®P.222
â—�Set the speed appropriately
depending on the speed limit,
traffic flow, road conditions, weather conditions, etc. The
driver is responsible for check-
ing the set speed.
â—�Even when the system is func-tioning normally, the condition of
the preceding vehicle as
detected by the system may dif-fer from the condition observed
by the driver. Therefore, the
driver must always remain alert, assess the danger of each situ-
ation and drive safely. Relying
solely on this system or assum-ing the system ensures safety
while driving can lead to an
accident, result ing in death or
serious injury.
â—�Switch the dynamic radar cruise
control with full-speed range
setting to off, using the cruise control main switch when not in
use.
â– Cautions regarding the driv-
ing assist systems
Observe the following precau-tions, as there ar e limitations to
the assistance provided by the
system. Failure to do so may
cause an accident resulting in
death or serious injury.
https://www.MyCarManual.com”hh uh�”(hh�h}”ubŒ$34575ca6-fba9-4272-926d-f535facf36e4”h
)�”}”(h
}”(hNh}”(hhhKÖuhX!
215 4-5. Using the driving support systems
COROLLA_U4DrivingWARNING
â—�Assisting the driver to measure
following distance
The dynamic radar cruise control with full-speed range is only intended to help the driver in
determining the following distance
between the driver’s own vehicle and a designated vehicle traveling
ahead. It is not a mechanism that
allows careless or inattentive driv-ing, and it is not a system that can assist the driver in low-visibility
conditions.
It is still necessary for driver to
pay close attention to the vehi-
cle’s surroundings.
â—�Assisting the driver to judge proper following distance
The dynamic radar cruise control with full-speed range determines
whether the follo wing distance
between the driver’s own vehicle
and a designated vehicle traveling
ahead is within a set range. It is
not capable of making any other type of judgement. Therefore, it is
absolutely necessary for the
driver to remain vigilant and to
determine whether or not there is
a possibility of d anger in any
given situation.
â—�Assisting the driver to operate
the vehicle
The dynamic radar cruise control with full-speed range does not
include function s which will pre-
vent or avoid collisions with vehi-
cles ahead of your vehicle.
Therefore, if there is ever any
possibility of da nger, the driver
must take immediate and direct
control of the vehicle and act
appropriately in order to ensure the safety of all involved.â– Situations unsuitable for
dynamic radar cruise control
with full-speed range
Do not use dynamic radar cruise control with full-speed range in any of the following situations.
Doing so may result in inappropri-
ate speed cont rol and could
cause an accident resulting in
death or serious injury.
â—�Roads where there are pedes-
trians, cyclists, etc.
â—�In heavy traffic
â—�On roads with sharp bends
â—�On winding roads
â—�On slippery roads, such as those covered with rain, ice or
snow
â—�On steep downhills, or where
there are sudden changes between sharp up and down
gradients
Vehicle speed may exceed the set speed when driving down a steep
hill.
â—�At entrances to freeways and highways
â—�When weather conditions are
bad enough that they may pre-
vent the sensors from detecting correctly (fog, snow, sand-
storm, heavy rain, etc.)
â—�When there is rain, snow, etc.
on the front surface of the radar or front camera
â—�In traffic conditions that require frequent repeated acceleration
and deceleration
â—�During emergency towing
â—�When an approach warning
buzzer is heard often
https://www.MyCarManual.com”hh uh�”(hh�h}”ubŒ$8542a474-1085-4aee-a4f5-84031c724500”h
)�”}”(h
}”(hNh}”(hhhK×uhX·216 4-5. Using the driving support systems
COROLLA_UThis mode employs a radar to detect the presence of vehicles up to
approximately 328 ft. (100 m) ahead, determines the current veh i-
cle-to-vehicle following distance, and operates to maintain a s uitable
following distance from the vehicle ahead. The desired vehi-cle-to-vehicle distance can also be set by operating the vehi-cle-to-vehicle distance switch.
When driving on downhill slopes, t he vehicle-to-vehicle distanc e may
become shorter.
Example of constant speed cruisingWhen there are no vehicles ahead
The vehicle travels at the speed set by the driver.
Example of deceleration crui sing and follow-up cruising
When a preceding vehicle driving slower than the set speed appears
When a vehicle is detected runni ng ahead of you, the system aut omatically
decelerates your vehicle. When a greater reduction in vehicle s peed is nec-
essary, the system applies the brakes (the stop lights will com e on at this
time). The system will respond to changes in the speed of the vehicle
ahead in order to maintain the vehicle-to-vehicle distance set by the driver.
Approach warning warns you when the system cannot decelerate su ffi-
ciently to prevent your vehicle from closing in on the vehicle ahead.
When the vehicle ahead of you st ops, your vehicle will also sto p (vehicle is
stopped by system control). Afte r the vehicle ahead starts off, pressing the
“+RES� switch or depressing the accelerator pedal (start-off operation) will
resume follow-up cruising. If the start-off operation is not pe rformed, system
control continues to keep your vehicle stopped.Driving in vehicle-to-vehicle distance control mode
https://www.MyCarManual.com”hh uh�”(hh�h}”ubŒ$09ac84e4-9f85-4c06-b55f-434c867bbb5e”h
)�”}”(h
}”(hNh}”(hhhKØuhXä217 4-5. Using the driving support systems
COROLLA_U4DrivingWhen the turn signal lever is operated and your vehicle moves t o a left lane
while driving at 50 mph (80 km/h ) or more, the vehicle will qui ckly acceler-
ate to help to overtake a passing vehicle.
Example of acceleration
When there are no longer any preceding vehicles driving slower than the set speed
The system accelerates until the set speed is reached. The syst em then
returns to constan t speed cruising.
1Press the cruise control main switch to activate the cruise control.
Dynamic radar cruise control indi-
cator will come on and a message
will be displayed on the multi-infor-
mation display. Press the switch again to deactivate the cruise con-trol.
If the cruise cont rol main switch is
pressed and held for 1.5 seconds
or more, the syste m turns on in
constant speed control mode. (ï‚®P.220)
2Accelerate or decelerate,
with accelerator pedal opera-tion, to the desired vehicle speed (at or above approxi-mately 20 mph [30 km/h]) and press the “-SET� switch to set the speed.Cruise control “SET� indicator will
come on.
The vehicle speed at the moment
the switch is released becomes the set speed.
To change the set speed, press
the “+RES� or “-SET� switch until the desired set speed is displayed.
1Increases the speed (Except
when the vehicle has been stopped by system control in Setting the vehicle speed
(vehicle-to-vehicle dis-tance control mode)
Adjusting the set speed
https://www.MyCarManual.com”hh uh�”(hh�h}”ubŒ$1ab63da1-3fec-40c7-acb8-d88fa11d8634”h
)�”}”(h
}”(hNh}”(hhhKÙuhXš218 4-5. Using the driving support systems
COROLLA_Uvehicle-to-vehicle distance
control mode)
2Decreases the speed
Fine adjustment: Press the switch.
Large adjustment: Press and hold
the switch to change the speed, and release when the desired speed is reached.
In the vehicle-to-vehicle dis-
tance control mode, the set speed will be increased or decreased as follows:
�For the U.S. mainland and Hawaii
Fine adjustment: By 1 mph (1.6
km/h)*1 or 1 km/h (0.6 mph)*2 each
time the switch is pressed
Large adjustment: Increases or
decreases in 1 mph (1.6 km/h)*1 or
1 km/h (0.6 mph)*2 increments for
as long as the switch is held
�Except for the U.S. mainland
and Hawaii
Fine adjustment: By 1 mph (1.6
km/h)*1 or 1 km/h (0.6 mph)*2 each
time the switch is pressed
Large adjustment: Increases or
decreases in 5 mph (8 km/h)*1 or 5
km/h (3.1 mph)*2 increments for as
long as the switch is held
In the constant speed control
mode (ï‚® P.220), the set speed
will be increased or decreased as follows:
Fine adjustment: By 1 mph (1.6
km/h)*1 or 1 km/h (0.6 mph)*2 each
time the switch is pressed
Large adjustment: The speed will continue to change while the switch
is held.
*1:When the set speed is shown in
“MPH�
*2:When the set speed is shown in
“km/h�
Pressing the switch changes the
vehicle-to-vehicle distance as follows:
1Long
2Medium
3Short
The vehicle-to-veh icle distance is
set automatically to long mode
when the engine switch is turned to ON.
If a vehicle is running ahead of you,
the preceding vehicle mark will
also be displayed.Changing the vehi-
cle-to-vehicle distance (vehicle-to-vehicle dis-
tance control mode)
https://www.MyCarManual.com”hh uh�”(hh�h}”ubŒ$6bbce733-eb52-4fa5-8966-ac1964784576”h
)�”}”(h
}”(hNh}”(hhhKÚuhXÂ219 4-5. Using the driving support systems
COROLLA_U4DrivingSelect a distance from the table
below. Note that the distances shown correspond to a vehicle speed of 50 mph (80 km/h). Vehicle-to-vehicle distance increases/decreases in accor-dance with vehicle speed. When the vehicle is stopped by system control, the vehicle stops at a certain vehicle-to-vehicle dis-tance depending on the situa-tion.
After the vehicle ahead of you
starts off, press the “+RES� switch.
Your vehicle will also resume
follow-up cruising if the acceler-ator pedal is depressed after the vehicle ahead of you starts off.
1Pressing the cancel switch
cancels the speed control.
The speed control is also canceled
when the brake pedal is depressed. (When the vehicle has been stopped by system control, depressing the br ake pedal does
not cancel the setting.)
2Pressing the “+RES� switch
resumes the cruise control and returns vehicle speed to the set speed.
When your vehicle is too close Vehicle-to-vehicle dis-
tance settings (vehi-
cle-to-vehicle distance control mode)
Distance
optionsVehicle-to-vehicle dis-
tance
LongApproximately 160 ft.
(50 m)
MediumApproximately 130 ft.
(40 m)
ShortApproximately 100 ft.
(30 m)
Resuming follow-up cruising when the vehicle has been stopped by sys-
tem control (vehi-
cle-to-vehicle distance control mode)Canceling and resuming
the speed control
Approach warning (vehi-
cle-to-vehicle distance control mode)
https://www.MyCarManual.com”hh uh�”(hh�h}”ubŒ$8fc16783-3e65-4335-8361-8d4196d519c9”h
)�”}”(h
}”(hNh}”(hhhKÛuhX¾220 4-5. Using the driving support systems
COROLLA_Uto a vehicle ahead, and suffi-
cient automatic deceleration via the cruise control is not possi-ble, the display will flash and the buzzer will sound to alert the driver. An example of this would be if another driver cuts in front of you while you are following a vehicle. Depress the brake pedal to ensure an appropriate vehicle-to-vehicle distance.
â– Warnings may not occur when
In the following instances, warn-ings may not occur even when the vehicle-to-vehicle distance is small.
�When the speed of the pre-
ceding vehicle matches or exceeds your vehicle speed
�When the preceding vehicle is traveling at an extremely slow speed
�Immediately after the cruise control speed was set
�When depressing the acceler-ator pedalWhen constant speed control mode is selected, your vehicle will maintain a set speed without controlling the vehicle-to-vehi-cle distance. Select this mode only when vehicle- to-vehicle dis-
tance control mode does not function correctly due to a dirty radar, etc.
1With the cruise control off,
press and hold the cruise control main switch for 1.5 seconds or more.
Immediately after the switch is
pressed, the dynamic radar cruise
control indicator will come on. After-wards, it switches to the cruise con-
trol indicator.
Switching to const ant speed control
mode is only possible when operat-
ing the switch with the cruise con-trol off.
2Accelerate or decelerate,
with accelerator pedal opera-tion, to the desired vehicle speed (at or above approxi-mately 20 mph [30 km/h]) and press the “-SET� switch to set the speed.
Cruise control “SET� indicator will
Selecting constant speed
control mode
https://www.MyCarManual.com”hh uh�”(hh�h}”ubŒ$28ee1f07-8da6-4f6f-b57a-10f7e66a8bf1”h
)�”}”(h
}”(hNh}”(hhhKÜuhXÛ 221 4-5. Using the driving support systems
COROLLA_U4Drivingcome on.
The vehicle speed at the moment
the switch is released becomes the set speed.
Adjusting the speed setting:
ï‚®P.217
Canceling and resuming the speed setting: ï‚®P.219
â– Dynamic radar cruise control
with full-speed range can be set
when
â—�The shift lever is in D.
â—�The desired set speed can be set
when the vehicle speed is approx-
imately 20 mph (30 km/h) or more. (However, when the vehicle speed
is set while driving at below
approximately 20 mph [30 km/h], the set speed will be set to
approximately 20 mph [30 km/h].)
â– Accelerating after setting the
vehicle speed
The vehicle can accelerate by oper-ating the accelerator pedal. After accelerating, the set speed
resumes. However, during vehi-
cle-to-vehicle distance control mode, the vehicle speed may
decrease below the set speed in
order to maintain the distance to the preceding vehicle.
â– When the vehicle stops while follow-up cruising
�Pressing the “+RES� switch while the vehicle ahead stops will
resume follow-up cruising if the
vehicle ahead starts off within approximately 3 seconds after the switch is pressed.
â—�If the vehicle ahead starts off within 3 seconds after your vehicle
stops, follow-up c ruising will be
resumed.
â– Automatic cancelation of vehi-
cle-to-vehicle d istance control
mode
Vehicle-to-vehicle distance control
mode is automatically canceled in
the following situations.
â—�VSC is activated.
â—�TRAC is activated for a period of
time.
â—�When the VSC or TRAC system is turned off.
â—�The sensor cannot detect cor-rectly because i t is covered in
some way.
â—�Pre-collision braking is activated.
â—�The parking brake is operated.
â—�The vehicle is stopped by system
control on a steep incline.
â—�The following are detected when the vehicle has been stopped by
system control:
• The driver is not wearing a seat
belt.
• The driver’s door is opened.
• The vehicle has been stopped for
about 3 minutes
If vehicle-to-vehicle distance control mode is automatically canceled for
any reasons other than the above,
there may be a malfunction in the system. Contact you r Toyota dealer.
â– Automatic cancelation of con-
stant speed control mode
Constant speed control mode is
automatically cance led in the follow-
ing situations:
â—�Actual vehicle speed is more than
approximately 10 mph (16 km/h)
below the set vehicle speed.
â—�Actual vehicle speed falls below approximately 20 mph (30 km/h).
https://www.MyCarManual.com”hh uh�”(hh�h}”ubŒ$d5a08737-0842-416c-8aeb-7aa5e99215db”h
)�”}”(h
}”(hNh}”(hhhKÝuhX}222 4-5. Using the driving support systems
COROLLA_Uâ—�VSC is activated.
â—�TRAC is activated for a period of
time.
â—�When the VSC or TRAC system is turned off.
â—�Pre-collision braking is activated.
If constant speed control mode is
automatically canceled for any rea-
sons other than the above, there may be a malfunction in the system.
Contact your Toyota dealer.
â– Brake operation
A brake operation sound may be heard and the brake pedal response
may change, but the se are not mal-
functions.
â– Warning messages and buzzers
for dynamic radar cruise con-
trol with full-speed range
Warning messages and buzzers are used to indicate a system malfunc-tion or to inform the driver of the
need for caution while driving. If a warning message is shown on the
multi-information display, read the
message and follow the instructions.
(ï‚®P.185, 490)
â– When the sensor may not be correctly detecting the vehicle
ahead
In the case of the following and depending on the conditions, oper-
ate the brake pedal when decelera-tion of the system is insufficient or
operate the accelerator pedal when
acceleration is required.
As the sensor may not be able to
correctly detect these types of vehi-cles, the approach warning
(ï‚®P.219) may not be activated.
â—�Vehicles that cut in suddenly
â—�Vehicles traveling at low speeds
â—�Vehicles that are not moving in the same lane
â—�Vehicles with small rear ends (trailers with no load on board,
etc.)â—�Motorcycles traveling in the same lane
â—�When water or snow thrown up by the surrounding vehicles hinders
the detecting of the sensor
â—�When your vehicle is pointing upwards (caused by a heavy load
in the luggage compartment, etc.)
â—�Preceding vehicle has an extremely high ground clearance
â– Conditions under which the vehicle-to-vehic le distance con-
trol mode may not function cor-
rectly
In the case of the following condi-tions, operate the brake pedal (or
accelerator pedal, depending on the situation) as necessary.
As the sensor may not be able to
correctly detect vehicles ahead, the
system may not operate properly.
â—�When the road curves or when the lanes are narrow
https://www.MyCarManual.com”hh uh�”(hh�h}”ubŒ$c117663f-dd93-4685-862a-62339fe713e6”h
)�”}”(h
}”(hNh}”(hhhKÞuhXà223 4-5. Using the driving support systems
COROLLA_U4Drivingâ—�When steering wheel operation or
your position in t he lane is unsta-
ble
â—�When the vehicle ahead of you
decelerates suddenly
â—�When driving on a road sur-rounded by a structure, such as in
a tunnel or on a bridge
â—�While the vehicle speed is decreasing to the set speed after the vehicle accelerates by
depressing the accelerator pedal*: If equipped
â– Meter display
Multi-information display
Set speed
IndicatorsDynamic radar cruise
control*
In vehicle-to-vehicle dis-
tance control mode, the vehicle automatically accel-erates and decelerates to match the speed changes of the preceding vehicle even if the accelerator pedal is not depressed. In constant speed control mode, the vehicle runs at a fixed speed.
Use the dynamic radar cruise control on freeways and highways.
�Vehicle-to-vehicle distance control mode ( P.226)
�Constant speed control mode ( P.230)
System Components
https://www.MyCarManual.com”hh uh�”(hh�h}”ubŒ$991ed9cd-f203-4fb5-a6a0-b43e9b04e804”h
)�”}”(h
}”(hNh}”(hhhKßuhX' 224 4-5. Using the driving support systems
COROLLA_Uâ– Operation switches
Vehicle-to-vehicle distance
switch
“+RES� switch
Cruise control main switchCancel switch“-SET� switch
WARNING
â– Before using dynamic radar
cruise control
â—�Driving safely is the sole responsibility of the driver. Do
not rely solely o n the system,
and drive safely by always pay-
ing careful attention to your sur-
roundings.
â—�The dynamic radar cruise con-
trol provides driving assistance to reduce the dr iver’s burden.
However, there are limitations to the assistance provided.
Read the following conditions carefully. Do not overly rely on this system and always drive carefully.
• When the sensor may not be
correctly detect ing the vehicle
ahead:
ï‚®P.231
• Conditions under which the
vehicle-to-vehicle distance con-
trol mode may not function cor-rectly: ï‚®P.232â—�Set the speed appropriately
depending on the speed limit,
traffic flow, road conditions, weather conditions, etc. The
driver is responsible for check-
ing the set speed.
â—�Even when the system is func-tioning normally, the condition of
the preceding vehicle as
detected by the system may dif-fer from the condition observed
by the driver. Therefore, the
driver must always remain alert, assess the danger of each situ-
ation and drive safely. Relying
solely on this system or assum-ing the system ensures safety
while driving can lead to an
accident, result ing in death or
serious injury.
â—�Switch the dynamic radar cruise
control setting to off, using the
cruise control main switch when not in use.
â– Cautions regarding the driv-
ing assist systems
Observe the following precau-tions, as there ar e limitations to
the assistance provided by the
system. Failure to do so may
cause an accident resulting in death or serious injury.
â—�Assisting the driver to measure following distance
The dynamic radar cruise control is only intended to help the driver
in determining the following dis-
tance between the driver’s own vehicle and a desi gnated vehicle
traveling ahead. It is not a mecha-nism that allows careless or inat-tentive driving, and it is not a system that can a ssist the driver
in low-visibility conditions.
It is still necessa ry for driver to
pay close attenti on to the vehi-
cle’s surroundings.
https://www.MyCarManual.com”hh uh�”(hh�h}”ubŒ$3a6d5e9c-e08c-49b4-9b57-c04d8679fc9e”h
)�”}”(h
}”(hNh}”(hhhKàuhXÇ225 4-5. Using the driving support systems
COROLLA_U4DrivingWARNING
â—�Assisting the driver to judge
proper following distance
The dynamic radar cruise control determines whether the following distance between the driver’s own
vehicle and a designated vehicle
traveling ahead is within a set range. It is not capable of making
any other type of judgement.
Therefore, it is absolutely neces-sary for the drive r to remain vigi-
lant and to determine whether or
not there is a possibility of danger
in any given situation.
â—�Assisting the driver to operate the vehicle
The dynamic radar cruise control does not include functions which
will prevent or avoid collisions
with vehicles ahead of your vehi-cle. Therefore, if there is ever any
possibility of da nger, the driver
must take immediate and direct
control of the vehicle and act
appropriately in order to ensure
the safety of all involved.
â– Situations unsuitable for dynamic radar cruise control
Do not use dynamic radar cruise control in any of the following situ-
ations. Doing so may result in
inappropriate speed control and
could cause an accident resulting
in death or serious injury.
â—�Roads where there are pedes-
trians, cyclists, etc.
â—�In heavy traffic
â—�On roads with sharp bends
â—�On winding roads
â—�On slippery roads, such as those covered with rain, ice or
snowâ—�On steep downhills, or where there are sudden changes
between sharp up and down gradients
Vehicle speed may exceed the set speed when driving down a steep
hill.
â—�At entrances to freeways and
highways
â—�When weather conditions are bad enough that they may pre-
vent the sensors from detecting
correctly (fog, snow, sand-storm, heavy rain, etc.)
â—�When there is rain, snow, etc.
on the front surface of the radar
or front camera
â—�In traffic conditions that require frequent repeated acceleration
and deceleration
â—�During emergency towing
â—�When an approach warning
buzzer is heard often
https://www.MyCarManual.com”hh uh�”(hh�h}”ubŒ$175583c0-53d2-4e87-ac78-4e605f6e17c8”h
)�”}”(h
}”(hNh}”(hhhKáuhX%226 4-5. Using the driving support systems
COROLLA_UThis mode employs a radar to detect the presence of vehicles up to
approximately 328 ft. (100 m) ahead, determines the current veh i-
cle-to-vehicle following distance, and operates to maintain a s uitable
following distance from the vehicle ahead. The desired vehi-cle-to-vehicle distance can also be set by operating the vehi-cle-to-vehicle distance switch.
When driving on downhill slopes, t he vehicle-to-vehicle distanc e may
become shorter.
Example of constant speed cruisingWhen there are no vehicles ahead
The vehicle travels at the speed set by the driver.
Example of deceleration crui sing and follow-up cruising
When a preceding vehicle driving slower than the set speed appears
When a vehicle is detected runni ng ahead of you, the system aut omatically
decelerates your vehicle. When a greater reduction in vehicle s peed is nec-
essary, the system applies the brakes (the stop lights will com e on at this
time). The system will respond to changes in the speed of the vehicle
ahead in order to maintain the vehicle-to-vehicle distance set by the driver.
Approach warning warns you when the system cannot decelerate su ffi-
ciently to prevent your vehicle from closing in on the vehicle ahead.
When the turn signal lever is operated and your vehicle moves t o a left lane
while driving at 50 mph (80 km/h ) or more, the vehicle will qui ckly acceler-
ate to help to overtake a passing vehicle.
Example of accelerationDriving in vehicle-to-vehicle distance control mode
https://www.MyCarManual.com”hh uh�”(hh�h}”ubŒ$ac7f65b9-f79a-4727-9411-97b0e5f82f96”h
)�”}”(h
}”(hNh}”(hhhKâuhXÈ227 4-5. Using the driving support systems
COROLLA_U4DrivingWhen there are no longer any preceding vehicles driving slower
than the set speed
The system accelerates until the set speed is reached. The syst em then
returns to constan t speed cruising.
1Press the cruise control main switch to activate the cruise control.
Dynamic radar cruise control indi-
cator will come on and a message
will be displayed on the multi-infor-
mation display. Press the switch again to deactivate the cruise con-trol.
If the cruise cont rol main switch is
pressed and held for 1.5 seconds
or more, the syste m turns on in
constant speed control mode.
(ï‚®P.230)
2Accelerate or decelerate,
with accelerator pedal opera-tion, to the desired vehicle speed (at or above approxi-mately 20 mph [30 km/h]) and press the “-SET� switch to set the speed.
Cruise control “SET� indicator will
come on.
The vehicle speed at the moment
the switch is released becomes the set speed.
To change the set speed, press
the “+RES� or “-SET� switch until the desired set speed is displayed.
1Increases the speed
2Decreases the speed
Fine adjustment: Press the switch.
Large adjustment: Press and hold
the switch to cha nge the speed,
and release when the desired speed is reached.
In the vehicle-to-vehicle dis-
tance control mode, the set speed will be increased or Setting the vehicle speed
(vehicle-to-vehicle dis-
tance control mode)
Adjusting the set speed
https://www.MyCarManual.com”hh uh�”(hh�h}”ubŒ$46f15de8-c189-4a3f-8eea-d81fae97059e”h
)�”}”(h
}”(hNh}”(hhhKãuhX’228 4-5. Using the driving support systems
COROLLA_Udecreased as follows:
�For the U.S. mainland and
Hawaii
Fine adjustment: By 1 mph (1.6
km/h)*1 or 1 km/h (0.6 mph)*2 each
time the switch is pressed
Large adjustment: Increases or
decreases in 1 mph (1.6 km/h)*1 or
1 km/h (0.6 mph)*2 increments for
as long as the switch is held
�Except for the U.S. mainland
and Hawaii
Fine adjustment: By 1 mph (1.6
km/h)*1 or 1 km/h (0.6 mph)*2 each
time the switch is pressed
Large adjustment: Increases or
decreases in 5 mph (8 km/h)*1 or 5
km/h (3.1 mph)*2 increments for as
long as the switch is held
In the constant speed control
mode (ï‚® P.230), the set speed
will be increased or decreased as follows:
Fine adjustment: By 1 mph (1.6
km/h)*1 or 1 km/h (0.6 mph)*2 each
time the switch is pressed
Large adjustment: The speed will
continue to change while the switch
is held.
*1:When the set speed is shown in
“MPH�
*2:When the set speed is shown in
“km/h�Pressing the switch changes the
vehicle-to-vehicle distance as follows:
1Long
2Medium
3Short
The vehicle-to-veh icle distance is
set automatically to long mode
when the engine switch is turned to ON.
If a vehicle is running ahead of you,
the preceding vehicle mark will
also be displayed.
Select a distance from the table
below. Note that the distances shown correspond to a vehicle speed of 50 mph (80 km/h). Vehicle-to-vehicle distance increases/decreases in accor-dance with vehicle speed.Changing the vehi-
cle-to-vehicle distance
(vehicle-to-vehicle dis-tance control mode)
Vehicle-to-vehicle dis-
tance settings (vehi-
cle-to-vehicle distance control mode)
https://www.MyCarManual.com”hh uh�”(hh�h}”ubŒ$f5cc88f1-f0e2-456f-8226-9ca24a35856c”h
)�”}”(h
}”(hNh}”(hhhKäuhX§229 4-5. Using the driving support systems
COROLLA_U4Driving
1Pressing the cancel switch
cancels the speed control.
The speed control is also canceled
when the brake pedal is depressed.
2Pressing the “+RES� switch
resumes the cruise control and returns vehicle speed to the set speed.
However, cruise control does not
resume when the vehicle speed is approximately 16 mph (25 km/h) or less.
When your vehicle is too close
to a vehicle ahead, and suffi-cient automatic deceleration via the cruise control is not possi-ble, the display will flash and the buzzer will sound to alert the driver. An example of this would be if another driver cuts in front of you while you are following a vehicle. Depress the brake pedal to ensure an appropriate vehicle-to-vehicle distance.
â– Warnings may not occur when
In the following instances, warn-ings may not occur even when the vehicle-to-vehicle distance is small.
�When the speed of the pre-
ceding vehicle matches or exceeds your vehicle speed
�When the preceding vehicle is traveling at an extremely slow speed
�Immediately after the cruise control speed was set
�When depressing the acceler-ator pedalDistance
optionsVehicle-to-vehicle dis-
tance
LongApproximately 160 ft.
(50 m)
MediumApproximately 130 ft.
(40 m)
ShortApproximately 100 ft.
(30 m)
Canceling and resuming
the speed control
Approach warning (vehi-
cle-to-vehicle distance control mode)
https://www.MyCarManual.com”hh uh�”(hh�h}”ubŒ$c4789ec7-f0a4-42d0-a878-35e288317e2a”h
)�”}”(h
}”(hNh}”(hhhKåuhXª230 4-5. Using the driving support systems
COROLLA_UWhen constant speed control
mode is selected, your vehicle will maintain a set speed without controlling the vehicle-to-vehi-cle distance. Select this mode only when vehicle-to-vehicle dis-tance control mode does not function correctly due to a dirty radar, etc.
1With the cruise control off,
press and hold the cruise control main switch for 1.5 seconds or more.
Immediately after the switch is
pressed, the dynamic radar cruise
control indicator will come on. After-wards, it switches to the cruise con-
trol indicator.
Switching to constant speed control
mode is only possible when operat-
ing the switch wit h the cruise con-
trol off.
2Accelerate or decelerate,
with accelerator pedal opera-tion, to the desired vehicle speed (at or above approxi-mately 20 mph [30 km/h]) and press the “-SET� switch to set the speed.
Cruise control “SET� indicator will come on.
The vehicle speed at the moment
the switch is released becomes the set speed.
Adjusting the speed setting:
ï‚®P.227
Canceling and resuming the speed setting: ï‚® P.229
â– Dynamic radar cruise control
can be set when
â—�Vehicles with a continuously vari-able transmission: The shift lever
is in D.
â—�Vehicles with a manual transmis-
sion: The shift lever is in range 2nd or higher.
â—�Depending on the control mode, this item can be set at the follow-
ing speeds.
• Vehicle-to-vehicle distance con-
trol mode: Approximately 20 mph (30 km/h) or more
• Constant speed control mode:
Approximately 20 mph (30 km/h)
or more
â– Accelerating after setting the
vehicle speed
The vehicle can a ccelerate by oper-
ating the accelera tor pedal. After
accelerating, the set speed resumes. However, during vehi-
cle-to-vehicle distance control
mode, the vehicle speed may decrease below the set speed in
order to maintain the distance to the
preceding vehicle.Selecting constant speed
control mode
https://www.MyCarManual.com”hh uh�”(hh�h}”ubŒ$8b6a8f3e-100c-4726-b76d-1baca44ea9b5”h
)�”}”(h
}”(hNh}”(hhhKæuhXb 231 4-5. Using the driving support systems
COROLLA_U4Drivingâ– Shift position selection (vehi-
cles with a ma nual transmis-
sion)
Select a shift position according to
the vehicle speed. If the engine
speed is too high or too low, control may be automatically canceled.
â– Automatic cancelation of vehi-
cle-to-vehicle d istance control
mode
Vehicle-to-vehicle distance control
mode is automatically canceled in the following situations.
â—�Actual vehicle speed falls below approximately 16 mph (25 km/h).
â—�VSC is activated.
â—�TRAC is activated for a period of time.
â—�When the VSC or TRAC system is turned off.
â—�The sensor cannot detect cor-rectly because i t is covered in
some way.
â—�Pre-collision braking is activated.
â—�Vehicles with a manual transmis-
sion: When the shif t lever is in N
or the clutch pedal is depressed
for a certain amount of time or
more.
If vehicle-to-vehicle distance control mode is automatically canceled for any reasons other than the above,
there may be a malfunction in the
system. Contact your Toyota dealer.
â– Automatic cancelation of con-stant speed control mode
Constant speed control mode is automatically cance led in the follow-
ing situations:
â—�Actual vehicle speed is more than approximately 10 mph (16 km/h)
below the set vehicle speed.
â—�Actual vehicle speed falls below
approximately 20 mph (30 km/h).
â—�VSC is activated.
â—�TRAC is activated for a period of
time.â—�When the VSC or TRAC system is turned off.
â—�Pre-collision braking is activated.
â—�Vehicles with a manual transmis-
sion: When the shift lever is in N or the clutch pedal is depressed
for a certain amount of time or
more.
If constant speed control mode is automatically canceled for any rea-sons other than the above, there
may be a malfunction in the system.
Contact your Toyota dealer.
â– Brake operation
A brake operation sound may be heard and the brake pedal response may change, but these are not mal-
functions.
â– Warning messages and buzzers
for dynamic radar cruise con-trol
Warning messages and buzzers are used to indicate a system malfunc-
tion or to inform the driver of the
need for caution while driving. If a warning message is shown on the
multi-information display, read the
message and follow the instructions.
(ï‚®P.185, 490)
â– When the sensor may not be
correctly detecting the vehicle
ahead
In the case of the following and depending on the conditions, oper-ate the brake pedal when decelera-
tion of the system is insufficient or
operate the accelerator pedal when acceleration is required.
As the sensor may not be able to
correctly detect th ese types of vehi-
cles, the approach warning
(ï‚®P.229) may not be activated.
â—�Vehicles that cut in suddenly
â—�Vehicles traveling at low speeds
â—�Vehicles that are not moving in the same lane
â—�Vehicles with small rear ends (trailers with no load on board,
https://www.MyCarManual.com”hh uh�”(hh�h}”ubŒ$1a0038c6-a972-45fc-b697-986ec3b3ee58”h
)�”}”(h
}”(hNh}”(hhhKçuhX`232 4-5. Using the driving support systems
COROLLA_Uetc.)
â—�Motorcycles traveling in the same
lane
â—�When water or snow thrown up by the surrounding vehicles hinders the detecting of the sensor
â—�When your vehicle is pointing upwards (caused by a heavy load
in the luggage compartment, etc.)
â—�Preceding vehicle has an extremely high ground clearance
â– Conditions under which the vehicle-to-vehicle distance con-
trol mode may not function cor-rectly
In the case of the following condi-tions, operate the brake pedal (or
accelerator pedal, depending on the
situation) as necessary.
As the sensor may not be able to
correctly detect vehicles ahead, the system may not operate properly.
â—�When the road curves or when the lanes are narrow
â—�When steering wheel operation or your position in the lane is unsta-ble
â—�When the vehicle ahead of you decelerates suddenly
â—�When driving on a road sur-rounded by a structure, such as in
a tunnel or on a bridge
â—�While the vehicle speed is decreasing to the set speed after
the vehicle accelerates by
depressing the accelerator pedal
https://www.MyCarManual.com”hh uh�”(hh�h}”ubŒ$99baa2b8-8f51-4335-9932-944e3e3e0e73”h
)�”}”(h
}”(hNh}”(hhhKèuhXO233 4-5. Using the driving support systems
COROLLA_U4Driving*: If equipped When the front camera recog-
nizes a sign, the sign will be dis-played on the multi-information display.
�When the driving support sys-
tem information is selected, a maximum of 3 signs can be displayed. (ï‚® P.86)
�When a tab other than the driving support system infor-mation is selected, only a rec-ognized speed limit sign or do not enter sign (when notifica-tion is necessary) will be dis-played. ( P.86)
If signs other than speed limit signs
are recognized, t hey will be dis-
played in an overlapping stack under the current speed limit sign.RSA (Road Sign
Assist)*
The RSA system recognizes
specific road signs using the front camera to provide information to the driver via the display.
If the system judges that the vehicle is being driven over the speed limit, performing prohibited actions, etc. in relation to the recognized road signs, it alerts the driver using a warning dis-play and warning buzzer.
WARNING
â– Before using the RSA
Do not rely solely upon the RSA
system. RSA is a system which
supports the driver by providing
information, but it is not a replace-ment for a driver’s own vision and
awareness. Drive safely by
always paying careful attention to the traffic rules.Indication on the
multi-information display
https://www.MyCarManual.com”hh uh�”(hh�h}”ubŒ$dd273324-c4af-4e69-918d-953999c59d68”h
)�”}”(h
}”(hNh}”(hhhKéuhX–234 4-5. Using the driving support systems
COROLLA_UThe following types of road
signs, including electronic signs and blinking signs, are recog-nized.
A non-official or a recently intro-
duced traffic sign may not be recog-nized.
In the following situations, the
RSA system will alert the driver.
�When the vehicle speed
exceeds the speed warning threshold of the speed limit sign displayed, the sign dis-play will be emphasized and a buzzer will sound.
�When the RSA system recog-nizes a do not enter sign and determines that your vehicle has entered a no-entry area, the displayed sign will flash and a buzzer will sound.
Depending on the situation, traf-fic environment (traffic direction, speed unit) may be detected incorrectly and a warning dis-play may not operate properly.
â– Setting procedure
1Press or of the meter
control switch es and select
2Press or of the meter
control switch es and select
, then press
â– Automatic turn-off of RSA sign
display
In the following si tuations, a dis-
played speed limit sign will stop
being displayed automatically:
â—�A new sign is not recognized for a certain distance.
â—�The road changes due to a left or
right turn, etc.
In the following situ ations, do not
enter, stop and yie ld signs will stop
being displayed automatically:
â—�The system determines that your
vehicle has passed the sign.
â—�The road changes due to a left or right turn, etc.
â– Conditions in which the func-
tion may not operate or detect correctly
In the following si tuations, RSA
does not operate normally and may
not recognize signs, display the
incorrect sign, etc. However, this does not indicate a malfunction.
â—�The front camera is misaligned due to a strong impact being
applied to the sensor, etc.
â—�Dirt, snow, stickers, etc. are on the windshield near the front camera.Supported types of road
signs
Speed limit
Do Not Enter
StopYield
Warning display
https://www.MyCarManual.com”hh uh�”(hh�h}”ubŒ$373f4abd-742d-4702-92e7-4fa0e701da50”h
)�”}”(h
}”(hNh}”(hhhKêuhX‰235 4-5. Using the driving support systems
COROLLA_U4Drivingâ—�In inclement weather such as
heavy rain, fog, snow or sand
storms.
â—�Light from an oncoming vehicle, the sun, etc. enters the front cam-
era.
â—�The sign is dirty, faded, tilted or bent, and if an electronic sign, the contrast is poor.
â—�All or part of the sign is hidden by the leaves of a tree, a pole, etc.
â—�The sign is only visible to the front camera for a short amount of time.
â—�The driving scene (turning, lane change, etc.) is judged incorrectly.
â—�Even if it is a sign not appropriate for the currently traveled lane,
such a sign exists directly after a
freeway branches, or in an adja-
cent lane just before merging.
â—�Stickers are attached to the rear of the preceding vehicle.
â—�A sign resembling a system com-patible sign is recognized.
â—�Side road speed signs may be detected and displayed (if posi-
tioned in sight of the front camera)
while the vehicle is traveling on the main road.
â—�Roundabout exit road speed signs may be detected and displayed (if
positioned in sight of the front
camera) while traveling on a roundabout.
â—�The front of the vehicle is raised or lowered due to the carried load.
â—�The surrounding brightness is not sufficient or changes suddenly.
â—�When a sign intended for trucks, etc. is recognized.
â—�The speed information displayed on the meter and that displayed on the navigation system may be
different due to the navigation sys-
tem using map data.
â– Speed limit sign display
If the engine switch was last turned off while a speed limit sign was dis-played on the multi-information dis-
play, the same sig n displays again
when the engine switch is turned to
ON.
■If “RSA Malfunction Visit Your
Dealer� is shown
The system may be malfunctioning. Have the vehicle inspected by your
Toyota dealer.
â– Customization
Some functions can be customized. (ï‚®P.548)
https://www.MyCarManual.com”hh uh�”(hh�h}”ubŒ$61752bce-d78b-4ad3-8470-120f1e6be570”h
)�”}”(h
}”(hNh}”(hhhKëuhXÍ236 4-5. Using the driving support systems
COROLLA_U*: If equipped
Meter control switches
Turning the Blind Spot Monitor
on/off.
Outside rear view mirror indi-
cators
When a vehicle is detected in a
blind spot of the outside rear view
mirrors or approaching rapidly from behind into a blind spot, the outside rear view mirror indicator on the detected side will illuminate. If the turn signal lever is operated toward the detected side, the outside rear view mirror indicator flashes.
BSM indicator
Illuminates when the Blind Spot Monitor is enabled
â– Outside rear vie w mirror indica-
tor visibility
In strong sunlight, the outside rear
view mirror indicator may be difficult
to see.
■When “Blind Spot Monitor
Unavailable� is shown on the multi-information display
Ice, snow, mud, etc., may be attached to the rear bumper around the sensors. ( ï‚®P.238) The system
should return to normal operation after removing the ice, snow, mud, etc. from the rear bumper. Addition-
ally, the sensors may not operate BSM (Blind Spot Moni-
tor)*
The Blind Spot Monitor is a
system that uses rear side radar sensors installed on the inner side of the rear bumper on the left and right side to assist the driver in confirming safety when changing lanes.
WARNING
â– Cautions regarding the use of
the system
The driver is solely responsible for safe driving. Always drive safely,
taking care to o bserve your sur-
roundings.
The Blind Spot Monitor is a sup-
plementary function which alerts the driver that a v ehicle is in a
blind spot of the outside rear view mirrors or is approaching rapidly from behind into a blind spot. Do
not overly rely on the Blind Spot Monitor. As the function cannot judge if it is safe to change lanes,
over reliance could lead to an
accident resulting in death or seri-ous injury.
As the system may not function
correctly under certain condi-
tions, the driver’s own visual con-
firmation of safety is necessary.System components
https://www.MyCarManual.com”hh uh�”(hh�h}”ubŒ$842fde10-4dad-46d1-b0dc-cbb3d60074ab”h
)�”}”(h
}”(hNh}”(hhhKìuhXø237 4-5. Using the driving support systems
COROLLA_U4Drivingnormally when driving in extremely
hot or cold environments.
■When “Blind Spot Monitor Mal-
function Visit Your Dealer� is
shown on the multi-information display
There may be a sensor malfunction of misaligned. Have the vehicle inspected by your Toyota dealer.
â– Customization
Some functions can be customized. (ï‚®P.548)
â– Certification
�Except for vehicles sold in Canada
�For vehicles sold in Canada
https://www.MyCarManual.com”•qhh uh�”(hh�h}”ubŒ$2cefa588-4488-4979-b5bb-023df638064b”h
)�”}”(h
}”(hNh}”(hhhKíuhXŒ238 4-5. Using the driving support systems
COROLLA_UUse the meter control switches
to turn on/off the function.
1Press or to select .
2Press or to select
and then press .WARNING
â– Handling the rear side radar
sensor
Blind Spot Monitor sensors are installed behind t he left and right
sides of the rear bumper respec-
tively. Observe the following to
ensure the Blind Spot Monitor can operate correctly.
â—�Keep the sensors and the sur-rounding areas on the rear
bumper clean at all times.
If a sensor or its surrounding area
on the rear bumper is dirty or cov-ered with snow, the Blind Spot Monitor may not operate and a warning message ( ï‚®P.236) will
be displayed. In this situation, clear off the dirt or snow and drive the vehicle with the operation con-ditions of the BSM function (ï‚®P.240) satisfied for approxi-
mately 10 minutes. If the warning message does not disappear, have the vehicle inspected by your Toyota dealer.
â—�Do not attach accessories,
stickers (including transparent stickers), aluminum tape, etc. to
a sensor or its surrounding area
on the rear bumper.â—�Do not subject a sensor or its
surrounding area on the rear
bumper to a strong impact.If a sensor is moved even
slightly off position, the system
may malfunction and vehicles may not be detected correctly.
In the following si tuations, have
your vehicle inspected by your
Toyota dealer.
• A sensor or its surrounding area
is subject to a strong impact.
• If the surrounding area of a sen-
sor is scratched or dented, or part of them h as become dis-
connected.
â—�Do not disassemble the sensor.
â—�Do not modify the sensor or sur-
rounding area on the rear
bumper.
â—�If a sensor or the rear bumper needs to be removed/installed
or replaced, contact your Toyota
dealer.
â—�Do not paint the rear bumper any color other t han an official
Toyota color.
Turning the Blind Spot
Monitor on/off
https://www.MyCarManual.com”hh uh�”(hh�h}”ubŒ$517e5d4f-a28c-489d-b71b-0378dae77e28”h
)�”}”(h
}”(hNh}”(hhhKîuhX 239 4-5. Using the driving support systems
COROLLA_U4Drivingâ– Vehicles that can be detected by the Blind Spot Monitor
The Blind Spot Monitor uses rear side radar sensors to detect the fol-
lowing vehicles traveling in adjacent lanes and advises the dri ver of
the presence of such vehicles v ia the indicators on the outside rear
view mirrors.
Vehicles that are traveling in areas that are not visible using the
outside rear view mirrors (the blind spots)
Vehicles that are approaching r apidly from behind in areas that
are not visible using the outside rear view mirrors (the blind spots)
â– The Blind Spot Monitor detection areas
The areas that vehicles can be detected in are outlined below.
The range of each detection area is:
Approximately 1.6 ft. (0.5 m) to 11.5 ft. (3.5 m) from either s ide of
the vehicle*1
Approximately 3.3 ft. (1 m) forward of the rear bumper
Approximately 9.8 ft. (3 m) from the rear bumper
Approximately 9.8 ft. (3 m) to 197 ft. (60 m) from the rear
bumper*2Blind Spot Monitor operation
https://www.MyCarManual.com”hh uh�”(hh�h}”ubŒ$f77cb3a0-259e-44ba-b330-db665ea7e470”h
)�”}”(h
}”(hNh}”(hhhKïuhX& 240 4-5. Using the driving support systems
COROLLA_U*1:The area between the side of the vehicle and 1.6 ft. (0.5 m) f rom the side
of the vehicle cannot be detected.
*2:The greater the difference in speed between your vehicle and t he
detected vehicle is, the farthe r away the vehicle will be detec ted, causing
the outside r ear view mirror indicato r to illumina te or flash.
â– The Blind Spot Monitor is oper-
ational when
The Blind Spot Monitor is opera-tional when all of the following con-
ditions are met:
â—�The Blind Spot Monitor is on.
â—�The shift lever is in a position
other than R.
â—�The vehicle speed is greater than approximately 10 mph (16 km/h).
â– The Blind Spot Monitor will
detect a veh icle when
The Blind Spot Mon itor will detect a
vehicle present in the detection area in the followin g situations:
â—�A vehicle in an adjacent lane over-takes your vehicle.
â—�You overtake a vehicle in adjacent lane slowly.
â—�Another vehicle enters the detec-tion area when it changes lanes.
â– Conditions under which the
Blind Spot Monitor will not
detect a vehicle
The Blind Spot Monitor is not
designed to detect the following
types of vehicles and/or objects:
â—�Small motorcycles, bicycles,
pedestrians, etc.*
â—�Vehicles traveling in the opposite
direction
â—�Guardrails, walls, signs, parked vehicles and similar stationary
objects*
â—�Following vehicles that are in the same lane
*
â—�Vehicles traveling 2 lanes away from your vehicle
*â—�Vehicles which are being over-taken rapidly by your vehicle
*
*: Depending on the conditions,
detection of a v ehicle and/or
object may occur.
â– Conditions under which the
Blind Spot Monitor may not
function correctly
â—�The Blind Spot Monitor may not detect vehicles corr ectly in the fol-
lowing situations:
• When the sensor is misaligned
due to a strong impact to the sen-sor or its surrounding area
• When mud, snow, ice, a sticker,
etc. is covering the sensor or sur-rounding area on the rear bumper
• When driving on a road surface
that is wet with standing water during bad weather, such as heavy rain, snow, or fog
• When multiple vehicles are
approaching with only a small gap between each vehicle
• When the distance between your
vehicle and a following vehicle is short
• When there is a significant differ-
ence in speed between your vehi-cle and the vehicle that enters the
detection area
• When the difference in speed
between your vehicle and another vehicle is changing
• When a vehicle enters a detection
area traveling at about the same speed as your vehicle
• As your vehicle starts from a stop,
a vehicle remains in the detection area
• When driving up and down con-
secutive steep inclines, such as hills, dips in the road, etc.
• When driving on r oads with sharp
bends, consecutive curves, or
https://www.MyCarManual.com”hh uh�”(hh�h}”ubŒ$5112ce75-f4ab-4b61-acc0-5404b24ec2d2”h
)�”}”(h
}”(hNh}”(hhhKðuhX0241 4-5. Using the driving support systems
COROLLA_U4Drivinguneven surfaces
• When vehicle lanes are wide, or
when driving on the edge of a
lane, and the vehicle in an adja-cent lane is far away from your
vehicle
• When an accessory (such as a
bicycle carrier) is installed to the
rear of the vehicle
• When there is a significant differ-
ence in height between your vehi-cle and the vehicle that enters the
detection area
• Immediately after the Blind Spot
Monitor is turned on
â—�Instances of the Blind Spot Moni-
tor unnecessarily d etecting a vehi-
cle and/or object may increase in
the following situations:
• When the sensor is misaligned
due to a strong impact to the sen-sor or its surrounding area
• When the distanc e between your
vehicle and a guar drail, wall, etc.
that enters the detection area is
short
• When driving up and down con-
secutive steep inclines, such as hills, dips in the road, etc.
• When vehicle lanes are narrow, or
when driving on the edge of a lane, and a vehicle traveling in a
lane other than the adjacent lanes enters the detection area
• When driving on roads with sharp
bends, consecutive curves, or uneven surfaces
• When the tires are slipping or
spinning
• When the distanc e between your
vehicle and a following vehicle is short
• When an accessory (such as a
bicycle carrier) is installed to the rear of the vehicle
The rear view image is dis-
played when the shift lever is in R and the engine switch is in ON.Rear view monitor sys-
tem
�Entune Audio
The rear view monitor sys-
tem assists the driver by displaying an image of the view behind the vehicle with fixed guide lines on the screen while backing up, for example while parking.
The screen illustrations used in this text are intended as examples, and may differ from the image that is actually displayed on the screen.
�Entune Audio Plus or Entune Premium Audio
Owners of models equipped with a navigation/multime-dia system should refer to the “NAVIGATION AND MULTIMEDIA SYSTEM OWNER’S MANUAL�.
System overview
https://www.MyCarManual.com”hh uh�”(hh�h}”ubŒ$b9b67f89-9a69-4c57-b6ac-72bd58e8ccfa”h
)�”}”(h
}”(hNh}”(hhhKñuhXE242 4-5. Using the driving support systems
COROLLA_UThe rear view monitor system will be deactivated when the
shift lever is shifted to any posi-tion other than R.
â– Screen description
The rear view monitor system scr een will be displayed if the sh ift
lever is shifted to R while the engine switch is in ON.
Vehicle width extension guide line
Displays a guide path w hen the vehicle is being backed straight up. The
displayed width is wider than the actual vehicle width.
Vehicle center guide line
This line indicates the estimated vehicle center on the ground.
Distance guide line
Displays a point approximately 1.5 ft. (0.5 m) (r ed) from the e dge of the
bumper.
Distance guide line
Displays a point approximately 3 ft. (1 m) (blue) from the edge of the
bumper.Using the rear view monitor system
https://www.MyCarManual.com”hh uh�”(hh�h}”ubŒ$17926373-e3cd-492c-80d6-574520c77c65”h
)�”}”(h
}”(hNh}”(hhhKòuhXƒ243 4-5. Using the driving support systems
COROLLA_U4Drivingâ– Area displayed on screen
Corners of bumper
The rear view monitor system
displays an image of the view from the bumper of the rear area of the vehicle.
The image adjustment proce-
dure for the rear view monitor system screen is the same as the procedure for adjusting the screen. ( ï‚®P.274)
�The area displayed on the screen may vary according to vehicle orientation conditions.
�Objects which are close to either corner of the bumper or under the bumper cannot be displayed.�The camera uses a special lens. The distance of the image that appears on the screen differs from the actual distance.
�Items which are located higher than the camera may not be displayed on the moni-tor.
â– Rear view monitor system camera
The camera for the rear view monitor system is located as shown in the illustration.
�Using the camera
If dirt or foreign matter (such as
water droplets, snow, mud etc.) is
adhering to the camera, it cannot transmit a clear image. In this case, flush it with a large quantity of water and wipe the camera lens clean with a soft and wet cloth.
â– Differences between the
screen and the actual road
The distance guide lines and the vehicle width guide lines may not actually be parallel with the dividing lines of the parking space, even when they appear Rear view monitor system
precautions
https://www.MyCarManual.com”hh uh�”(hh�h}”ubŒ$cdcb4c6a-a1d7-4c8b-816a-52f34e88835b”h
)�”}”(h
}”(hNh}”(hhhKóuhXô244 4-5. Using the driving support systems
COROLLA_Uto be so. Be sure to check visu-
ally.
The distances between the vehi-
cle width guide lines and the left and right dividing lines of the parking space may not be equal, even when they appear to be so. Be sure to check visually.
The distance guide lines give a
distance guide for flat road sur-faces. In any of the following sit-uations, there is a margin of error between the fixed guide lines on the screen and the actual distance/course on the road.
�When the ground behind the
vehicle slopes up sharply
The distance guide lines will appear
to be closer to the vehicle than the actual distance. Because of this, objects will appear to be farther away than they actually are. In the same way, there will be a margin of error between the guide lines and the actual distance/course on the road.
�When the ground behind the
vehicle slopes down sharply
The distance guide lines will appear
to be further from the vehicle than
the actual distance. Because of
this, objects will appear to be closer than they actually are. In the same way, there will be a margin of error
between the guide lines and the actual distance/course on the road.
�When any part of the vehicle
sags
https://www.MyCarManual.com”hh uh�”(hh�h}”ubŒ$3614410b-9965-45e7-aa65-a88c7d9519cf”h
)�”}”(h
}”(hNh}”(hhhKôuhX¶245 4-5. Using the driving support systems
COROLLA_U4DrivingA margin of error
When any part of the vehicle sags
due to the number of passengers or the distribution of t he load, there is
a margin of error between the fixed
guide lines on the screen and the actual distance/course on the road.
â– When approaching
three-dimensional objects
The distance guide lines are dis-played according to flat surfaced objects (such as the road). It is not possible to determine the position of three-dimensional objects (such as vehicles) using the distance guide lines. When approaching a three-dimen-sional object that extends out-ward (such as the flatbed of a truck), be careful of the follow-ing.
�Vehicle width guide linesVehicle width guide lines
Visually check the surroundings
and the area behind the vehicle. In
the case shown below, the truck appears to be outside of the vehicle width guide lines and the vehicle does not look as if it hits the truck. However, the rear body of the truck may actually cross over the vehicle width guide lines. In reality if you
back up as guided by the vehicle width guide lines, the vehicle may hit the truck.
�Distance guide lines
https://www.MyCarManual.com”hh uh�”(hh�h}”ubŒ$1824f51d-50b9-43ee-8c48-5b7be3b8d801”h
)�”}”(h
}”(hNh}”(hhhKõuhX¯246 4-5. Using the driving support systems
COROLLA_UVisually check the surroundings
and the area behind the vehicle. On the screen, it appears that a truck is
parking at point . However, in reality if you back up to point , you will hit the truck. On the screen, it appears that is closest and
is farthest away. However, in reality,
the distance to and is the same, and is farther than
and .
â– If you notice any symptoms
If you notice any of the following symptoms, refer to the likely cause
and the solution, and re-check.
If the symptom is not resolved by the solution, have the vehicl e
inspected by your Toyota dealer.
Things you should know
https://www.MyCarManual.com”hh uh�”(hh�h}”ubŒ$b0607339-b771-4a2e-ae8f-6b50b71c23a8”h
)�”}”(h
}”(hNh}”(hhhKöuhX‡247 4-5. Using the driving support systems
COROLLA_U4DrivingSymptom Likely cause Solution
The image is difficult to
seeï‚·The vehicle is in a dark area
ï‚·The temperature around the lens is either high or low
ï‚·The outside tempera-ture is low
ï‚·There are water drop-lets on the camera
ï‚·It is raining or humid
ï‚·Foreign matter (mud etc.) is adhering to the camera
ï‚·Sunlight or headlights are shining directly into the camera
The vehicle is under fluorescent lights, sodium lights, mer-cury lights etc.If this happens due to these causes, it does not indicate a malfunc-tion. Back up while visu-ally checking the vehicle’s surroundings. (Use the monitor again once conditions have been improved.) The procedure for adjusting the picture quality of the rear view monitor sys-tem is the same as the procedure for adjusting the screen. ( P.274)
The image is blurryDirt or foreign matter (such as water droplets, snow, mud etc.) is adhering to the camera.Flush the camera with a large quantity of water and wipe the camera lens clean with a soft and wet cloth.
The image is out of alignmentThe camera or sur-rounding area has received a strong impact. Have the vehicle inspected by your Toy-ota dealer.
The fixed guide lines are very far out of alignmentThe camera position is out of alignment.Have the vehicle inspected by your Toy-ota dealer.
ï‚·The vehicle is tilted (there is a heavy load on the vehicle, tire pressure is low due to a tire puncture, etc.)
ï‚·The vehicle is used on an incline.If this happens due to these causes, it does not indicate a malfunc-tion.
Back up while visually
checking the vehicle’s surroundings.
https://www.MyCarManual.com”hh uh�”(hh�h}”ubŒ$6beef6c8-2e77-4186-b732-3093b550a380”h
)�”}”(h
}”(hNh}”(hhhK÷uhXt 248 4-5. Using the driving support systems
COROLLA_UWARNING
â– When using the rear view
monitor system
The rear view monitor system is a supplemental device intended to assist the driver when backing up.
When backing up, be sure to visu-
ally check all around the vehicle both directly and using the mirrors
before proceeding. Observe the
following precautions to avoid an accident that could result in death or serious injuries.
â—�Never depend on t he rear view
monitor system entirely when backing up. The image and the position of the guide lines dis-
played on the screen may differ
from the actual state. Use cau-tion, just as you would when
backing up any vehicle.
â—�Be sure to back up slowly,
depressing the brake pedal to control vehicle speed.
â—�The instructions given are only
guide lines. When and how
much to turn the steering wheel will vary according to traffic con-
ditions, road surface condi-
tions, vehicle condition, etc. when parking. It is necessary to
be fully aware o f this before
using the rear view monitor sys-
tem.
â—�When parking, be sure to check
that the par king space will
accommodate your vehicle
before maneuveri ng into it.
â—�Do not use the r ear view moni-
tor system in the following cases:
• On icy or slick road surfaces, or
in snow
• When using tire chains or emer-
gency tires• When the trunk is not closed
completely
• On roads that are not flat or
straight, such as curves or slopes
â—�In low temperatures, the screen
may darken or the image may
become faint. The image could distort when the vehicle is mov-
ing, or you may become unable
to see the image on the screen. Be sure to visually check all
around the vehicle both directly
and using the mirrors before proceeding.
â—�If the tire sizes are changed, the
position of the fixed guide lines
displayed on the screen may change.
â—�The camera uses a special lens.
The distances between objects
and pedestrians that appear in the image displayed on the
screen will differ from the actual
distances. ( ï‚®P.243)
NOTICE
â– How to use the camera
â—�The rear view monitor system may not operate properly in the
following cases.
• If the back of the vehicle is hit,
the position and mounting angle of the camera may change.
• As the camera has a water
proof construction, do not
detach, disassemble or modify
it. This may cause incorrect operation.
https://www.MyCarManual.com”hh uh�”(hh�h}”ubŒ$fa5372f8-8bf1-48a4-8bf8-fa002d60c1fd”h
)�”}”(h
}”(hNh}”(hhhKøuhX»249 4-5. Using the driving support systems
COROLLA_U4Driving*: If equipped
Each time the switch is pressed, the
system changes between sport mode and normal mode.
1Normal mode
Provides an optimal balance of fuel economy, quietness, and dynamic performance. Suitable for normal driving.
2Sport mode
Controls the transmission and engine to provide quick, powerful acceleration. This mode also changes the steering feel, making it suitable for when agile driving response is desire d, such as when
driving on roads w ith many curves.
When the sport mode is selected, sport mode indicator comes on.
â– Automatic deactivation of sport
mode
If the engine switch is turned off after driving in sport mode, the drive NOTICE
• When cleaning the camera lens,
flush the camera with a large
quantity of water and wipe it
with a soft and wet cloth.
Strongly rubbing the camera lens may cause the camera lens
to be scratched and unable to
transmit a clear image.
• Do not allow organic solvent,
car wax, window cleaner or glass coating to adhere to the
camera. If this happens, wipe it
off as soon as possible.
• If the temperature changes rap-
idly, such as when hot water is
poured on the vehicle in cold
weather, the system may not operate normally.
• When washing the vehicle, do
not apply intensive bursts of water to the camera or camera area. Doing so may result in the
camera malfunctioning.
â—�Do not expose the camera to
strong impact as this could
cause a malfunction. If this hap-pens, have the vehicle
inspected by your Toyota dealer as soon as possible.Driving mode select
switch*
The driving modes can be
selected to suit driving con-dition.
Selecting a drive mode
https://www.MyCarManual.com”hh uh�”(hh�h}”ubŒ$51ad52d1-1824-4fe1-b300-eb5551e49a17”h
)�”}”(h
}”(hNh}”(hhhKùuhXv250 4-5. Using the driving support systems
COROLLA_Umode will be chang ed to normal
mode.
â– ABS (Anti-lock Brake Sys-
tem)
Helps to prevent wheel lock when the brakes are applied suddenly, or if the brakes are applied while driving on a slip-pery road surface
â– Brake assist
Generates an increased level of braking force after the brake pedal is depressed when the system detects a panic stop sit-uation
â– VSC (Vehicle Stability Con-trol)
Helps the driver to control skid-ding when swerving suddenly or turning on slippery road sur-faces.Driving assist systems
To keep driving safety and performance, the following systems operate automati-cally in response to various driving situations. Be aware, however, that these systems are supplementary and should not be relied upon too heavily when oper-ating the vehicle.
Summary of the driving
assist systems
https://www.MyCarManual.com”hh uh�”(hh�h}”ubŒ$3c5a6ef0-6ab3-491e-a328-e90ca7ddbb5e”h
)�”}”(h
}”(hNh}”(hhhKúuhXÂ251 4-5. Using the driving support systems
COROLLA_U4Drivingâ– Enhanced VSC (Enhanced
Vehicle Stability Control)
Provides cooperative control of the ABS, TRAC, VSC and EPS.Helps to maintai n directional
stability when swerving on slip-pery road surfaces by con-trolling steering performance.
â– TRAC (Traction Control)
Helps to maintain drive power and prevent the drive wheels from spinning when starting the vehicle or accelerating on slip-pery roads
â– Active Cornering Assist (ACA)
Helps to prevent the vehicle from drifting to the outer side by performing inner wheel brake control when attempting to
accelerate while turning
â– Hill-start assist control
Helps to reduce the backward
movement of the vehicle when starting on an uphill
â– EPS (Electric Power Steer-ing)
Employs an electric motor to reduce the amount of effort needed to turn the steering wheel.
â– The Secondary Collision Brake
When the SRS airbag sensor detects a collision and the sys-tem operates, the brakes and brake lights are automatically controlled to reduce the vehicle speed and help reduce the pos-sibility of further damage due to a secondary collision.
â– When the TRAC/VSC systems
are operating
The slip indicator light will flash while the TRAC/VSC systems are
operating.
â– Disabling the TRAC system
If the vehicle gets stuck in mud, dirt
or snow, the TRAC system may
reduce power from the engine to the
wheels. Pressing to turn the
system off may make it easier for
you to rock the vehicle in order to
free it.
To turn the TRAC system off, quickly
press and release .
The “Traction Cont rol Turned OFF�
will be shown on the multi-informa-
tion display.
Press again to turn the system
back on.
https://www.MyCarManual.com”hh uh�”(hh�h}”ubŒ$ec11fcf4-4491-429e-80db-80d867c4813b”h
)�”}”(h
}”(hNh}”(hhhKûuhX& 252 4-5. Using the driving support systems
COROLLA_Uâ– Turning off both TRAC and VSC
systems
To turn the TRAC and VSC systems
off, press and h old for more
than 3 seconds while the vehicle is
stopped.
The VSC OFF indicator light will
come on and the “Traction Control Turned OFF� will be shown on the
multi-information display.
*
Press again to turn the system back on.
*: PCS will also be disabled (only
Pre-Collision warning is avail-
able). The PCS warning light will come on and a message will be displayed on the multi-information display. (ï‚® P.194)
â– When the message is dis-
played on the multi-information
display showing that TRAC has
been disabled even if has
not been pressed
TRAC is temporary deactivated. If
the information continues to show,
contact your Toyota dealer.
â– Operating conditions of hill-start assist control
When the following four conditions are met, the hill-start assist control
will operate:
â—�Vehicles with continuously vari-able transmission: The shift lever
is in a position other than P or N (when starting off forward/back-
ward on an upward incline)
â—�Vehicles with manual transmis-sion: The shift lever is in a position
other than R when starting off for-ward on an upward incline, or the
shift lever is in R when starting off
backward on an upward incline.
â—�The vehicle is stopped
â—�The accelerator pedal is not depressed
â—�The parking brake is not engaged
â– Automatic system cancelation of hill-start assist control
The hill-start assist control will turn
off in any of the fo llowing situations:
â—�Vehicles with a continuously vari-able transmission: The shift lever is shifted to P or N.
â—�Vehicles with a manual transmis-
sion: The shift lever is shifted to R
when starting off forward on an
upward incline, or th e shift lever is
shifted to other than R when start-
ing off backward on an upward
incline.
â—�The accelerator pedal is depressed
â—�The parking brake is engaged
â—�2 seconds at maximum elapsed
after the brake pedal is released
â– Sounds and vibrations caused
by the ABS, brake assist, VSC, TRAC and hill-start assist con-
trol systems
â—�A sound may be heard from the engine compartment when the
brake pedal is depressed repeat-edly, when the engine is started or
just after the vehicle begins to
move. This sound does not indi-cate that a mal function has
occurred in any of these systems.
â—�Any of the following conditions
may occur when the above sys-
tems are operating.None of these ind icates that a
malfunction has occurred.
• Vibrations may be felt through the
vehicle body and steering.
• A motor sound may be heard also
after the vehicle comes to a stop.
• The brake pedal may pulsate
slightly after the ABS is activated.
• The brake pedal may move down
slightly after the ABS is activated.
https://www.MyCarManual.com”hh uh�”(hh�h}”ubŒ$96286133-46f7-40b5-9f1c-47b8a7388965”h
)�”}”(h
}”(hNh}”(hhhKüuhX½
253 4-5. Using the driving support systems
COROLLA_U4Drivingâ– Active Cornering Assist opera-
tion sounds and vibrations
When the Active Cornering Assist is operated, operation sounds and
vibrations may b e generated from
the brake system, but this is not a
malfunction.
â– EPS operation sound
When the steering wheel is oper-ated, a motor sou nd (whirring
sound) may be heard. This does not indicate a malfunction.
â– Automatic reactivation of TRAC and VSC systems
After turning the TRAC and VSC systems off, the systems will be
automatically re-enabled in the fol-
lowing situations:
â—�When the engine switch is turned off
â—�If only the TRAC system is turned off, the TRAC will turn on when
vehicle speed increases
If both the TRAC and VSC sys-
tems are turned off, automatic re-enabling will not occur when
vehicle speed increases.
â– Operating conditions of Active
Cornering Assist
The system operates when the fol-lowing occurs.
â—�TRAC/VSC can operate
â—�The driver is at tempting to accel-
erate while turning
â—�The system detects that the vehi-
cle is drifting to the outer side
â—�The brake pedal is released
â– Reduced effectiveness of the EPS system
The effectiveness of the EPS sys-
tem is reduced to prevent the sys-
tem from overheating when there is
frequent steering input over an extended period of time. The steer-
ing wheel may feel heavy as a
result. Should this occur, refrain from excessive steering input or
stop the vehicle and turn the engine off. The EPS system should return
to normal within 10 minutes.
â– Secondary Collision Brake
operating conditions
The system operates when the SRS airbag sensor de tects a collision
while the vehicle is in motion.
However, the system does not oper-
ate in any of the following situations.
â—�The vehicle speed is below 6 mph (10 km/h)
â—�Components are damaged
â– Secondary Collision Brake automatic cancellation
The system is automatically can-celed in any of th e following situa-
tions.
â—�The vehicle speed drops below
approximately 6 mph (10 km/h)
â—�A certain amount of time elapses during operation
â—�The accelerator pedal is depressed a large amount
WARNING
â– The ABS does not operate effectively when
â—�The limits of tire gripping perfor-mance have been exceeded
(such as excessively worn tires
on a snow covered road).
â—�The vehicle hydroplanes while driving at high speed on wet or
slick roads.
â– Stopping distance when the
ABS is operating may exceed that of normal conditions
The ABS is not designed to shorten the vehicle’s stopping dis-
tance. Always maintain a safe dis-
tance from the veh icle in front of
you, especially in the following sit-
uations:
â—�When driving on dirt, gravel or snow-covered roads
https://www.MyCarManual.com”hh uh�”(hh�h}”ubŒ$d0b74cce-c045-4b06-8db9-8365434f18dd”h
)�”}”(h
}”(hNh}”(hhhKýuhXÒ
254 4-5. Using the driving support systems
COROLLA_UWARNING
â—�When driving with tire chains
â—�When driving over bumps in the
road
â—�When driving over roads with potholes or uneven surfaces
â– TRAC/VSC may not operate
effectively when
Directional control and power may
not be achievable while driving on
slippery road surfaces, even if the
TRAC/VSC system is operating. Drive the vehicle carefully in con-
ditions where st ability and power
may be lost.
â– Active Cornering Assist does
not operate effectively when
â—�Do not overly rely on Active Cornering Assist. Active Corner-
ing Assist may not operate
effectively when accelerating down slopes or driving on slip-
pery road surfaces.
â—�When Active Cornering Assist
frequently operates, Active Cor-nering Assist may temporarily
stop operating to ensure proper
operation of the brakes, TRAC and VSC.
â– Hill-start assist control does
not operate effectively when
â—�Do not overly rely on hill-start assist control. Hill-start assist
control may not operate effec-tively on steep inclines and
roads covered with ice.
â—�Unlike the parking brake,
hill-start assist control is not intended to hold the vehicle sta-
tionary for an extended period of time. Do not attempt to use hill-start assist control to hold
the vehicle on an incline, as
doing so may lead to an acci-dent.â– When the TRAC/VSC is acti-
vated
The slip indicator light flashes.
Always drive carefully. Reckless
driving may cause an accident. Exercise particula r care when the
indicator light flashes.
â– When the TRAC/VSC systems are turned off
Be especially careful and drive at a speed appropriate to the road conditions. As these are the sys-
tems to help ensure vehicle stabil-
ity and driving force, do not turn the TRAC/VSC systems off
unless necessary.
â– Replacing tires
Make sure that all tires are of the
specified size, brand, tread pat-
tern and total load capacity. In addition, make sure that the tires
are inflated to the recommended
tire inflation p ressure level.
The ABS, TRAC and VSC sys-tems will not functi on correctly if
different tires are installed on the
vehicle.
Contact your Toyota dealer for fur-ther information when replacing
tires or wheels.
â– Handling of tires and the sus-
pension
Using tires with any kind of prob-lem or modifying the suspension will affect the driving assist sys-
tems, and may cause a system to
malfunction.
â– Secondary Collision Brake
Do not rely sole ly upon the Sec-
ondary Collision Brake. This sys-tem is designed to help reduce the possibility of further damage
due to a secondary collision, how-ever, that effect changes accord-
ing to various conditions. Overly
relying on the system may result
in death or serious injury.
https://www.MyCarManual.com”hh uh�”(hh�h}”ubŒ$515aa708-d50d-4ad1-a659-6dd3bfe14bf3”h
)�”}”(h
}”(hNh}”(hhhKþuhX¹255 4-6. Driving tips
COROLLA_U4Driving4-6.Driving tips
�Use fluids that are appropriate
to the prevailing outside tem-peratures.
• Engine oil
• Engine coolant
• Washer fluid
�Have a service technician
inspect the condition of the battery.
�Have the vehicle fitted with four snow tires or purchase a set of tire chains for the front tires.
Ensure that all tires are the same
size and brand, and that chains
match the size of the tires.Winter driving tips
Carry out the necessary
preparations and inspec-tions before driving the vehicle in winter. Always drive the vehicle in a man-ner appropriate to the pre-vailing weather conditions.
Pre-winter preparations
WARNING
â– Driving with snow tires
Observe the following precautions
to reduce the risk of accidents.
Failure to do so m ay result in a
loss of vehicle control and cause
death or serious injury.
â—�Use tires of the size specified.
â—�Maintain the recommended
level of air pressure.â—�Do not drive in excess of 75 mph (120 km/h), regardless of
the type of snow tires being used.
â—�Use snow tires on all, not just
some wheels.
â– Driving with tire chains
Observe the following precautions to reduce the risk of accidents.
Failure to do so may result in the vehicle being unable to be driven
safely, and may cause death or
serious injury.
â—�Do not drive in excess of the speed limit specifi ed for the tire
chains being used, or 30 mph (50 km/h), whichever is lower.
â—�Avoid driving on bumpy road
surfaces or over potholes.
â—�Avoid sudden acceleration,
abrupt steering, sudden brak-
ing and shifting operations that cause sudden engine braking.
â—�Slow down sufficiently before
entering a curve to ensure that
vehicle control is maintained.
â—�Do not use LTA (Lane Tracing Assist) system. (if equipped)
â—�Do not use LDA (Lane Depar-
ture Alert with steering control) system. (if equipped)
NOTICE
â– Repairing or replacing snow
tires (vehicles with a tire pres-
sure warning system)
Request repairs or replacement of snow tires from Toyota dealers or legitimate tire retailers.
This is because the removal and
attachment of snow tires affects the operation of the tire pressure
warning valves and transmitters.
https://www.MyCarManual.com”hh uh�”(hh�h}”ubŒ$6c2ddb06-c80c-4582-b84c-707d431a7d34”h
)�”}”(h
}”(hNh}”(hhhKÿuhX¬256 4-6. Driving tips
COROLLA_UPerform the following according
to the driving conditions:
�Do not try to forcibly open a
window or move a wiper that is frozen. Pour warm water over the frozen area to melt the ice. Wipe away the water immediately to prevent it from freezing.
�To ensure proper operation of the climate control system fan, remove any snow that has accumulated on the air inlet vents in front of the wind-shield.
�Check for and remove any excess ice or snow that may have accumulated on the exterior lights, vehicle’s roof, chassis, around the tires or on the brakes.
�Remove any snow or mud from the bottom of your shoes before getting in the vehicle.
Accelerate the vehicle slowly, keep a safe distance between you and the vehicle ahead, and drive at a reduced speed suit-able to road conditions.
�Park the vehicle and shift the
shift lever to P (continuously variable transmission), or 1 or R (manual transmission) without setting the parking brake. The parking brake may freeze up, preventing it from being released. If the vehicle is parked without setting the parking brake, make sure to block the wheels.Failure to do so may be dan-gerous because it may cause the vehicle to move unexpect-edly, possibly leading to an accident.
�Vehicles with a continuously variable transmission: If the vehicle is parked without set-ting the parking brake, con-firm that the shift lever cannot
be moved out of P
*.
*: The shift lever will be locked if it is
attempted to be sh ifted from P to
any other position without
depressing the brake pedal. If the shift lever can be shifted from P, there may be a problem with the shift lock system. Have the vehi-cle inspected by your Toyota dealer immediately.
Use the correct tire chain size
when mounting the tire chains.Chain size is regulated for each
tire size.Before driving the vehicle
When driving the vehicle
When parking the vehicleSelecting tire chains
https://www.MyCarManual.com”hh uh�”(hh�h}”ubŒ$e23cad1f-6ce3-43bb-86d7-f264f8384926”h
)�”}”(h
}”(hNh}”(hhhMuhXy257 4-6. Driving tips
COROLLA_U4DrivingSide chain (0.12 in. [3 mm] in
diameter)
Side chain (0.39 in. [10 mm]
in width)
Side chain (1.18 in. [30 mm]
in length)
Cross chain (0.16 in. [4 mm]
in diameter)
Cross chain (0.55 in. [14 mm]
in width)
Cross chain (0.98 in. [25 mm]
in length)
Regulations regarding the use of tire chains vary depending on location and type of road. Always check local regulations before installing chains.
â– Tire chain installation
Observe the following precautions
when installing and removing chains:
â—�Install and remove tire chains in a safe location.
â—�Install tire chains on the front tires only. Do not install tire chains on the rear tires.â—�Install tire chains on the front tires as tightly as possible. Retighten
chains after driving 1/4 1/2 mile
(0.51.0 km).
â—�Install tire chains following the
instructions provided with the tire chains.
Regulations on the use of
tire chainsNOTICE
â– Fitting tire chains (vehicles
with a tire pressure warning system)
The tire pressure warning valves and transmitters may not function correctly when tire chains are fit-
ted.
https://www.MyCarManual.com”hh uh�”(hh�h}”ubŒ$89ba2347-238e-4903-8dc4-5d81ee743378”h
)�”}”(h
}”(hNh}”(hhhMuhŒ;258 4-6. Driving tips
COROLLA_U
https://www.MyCarManual.com”hh uh�”(hh�h}”ubŒ$aedd52ff-9b5f-45a8-a7c0-e986fe5d7e78”h
)�”}”(h
}”(hNh}”(hhhMuhXi259
COROLLA_U5
5Entune audioEntune audio
.5-1. Basic function
Buttons overview......... 261
Menu screen ............... 263
Status icon .................. 264
“Setup� screen ............ 266
5-2. Basic information before
operation
Initial screen................ 267
Touch screen............... 268
Home screen............... 270
Entering letters and num-
bers/list screen operation
.................................. 271
Screen adjustment ...... 274
Linking multi-information
display and the system
.................................. 275
5-3. Connectivity settings
Registering/Connecting a
Bluetooth® device ..... 276
Setting Bluetooth® details
.................................. 280
Wi-Fi® Hotspot ............ 287
Apple CarPlay ............. 292
5-4. Other settings
General settings.......... 296
Voice settings.............. 299
Vehicle settings ........... 3005-5. Using the audio/visual
system
Quick reference........... 302
Some basics................ 303
5-6. Radio operation
AM/FM radio................ 307
Internet radio ............... 309
5-7. Media operation
USB memory............... 311
iPod/iPhone................. 313
Bluetooth® audio ......... 316
AUX............................. 319
5-8. Audio/visual remote con-
trols
Steering switches ........ 321
5-9. Audio settings
Setup........................... 323
5-10.Tips for operating the
audio/visual system
Operating information.. 324
5-11.Voice command system
operation
Voice command system
.................................. 336
Command list .............. 339
5-12.Mobile Assistant opera-
tion
Mobile Assistant .......... 343
https://www.MyCarManual.com”hh uh�”(hh�h}”ubŒ$c69c021a-e486-4efb-879e-ce3d449840d5”h
)�”}”(h
}”(hNh}”(hhhMuhX$260
COROLLA_U5-13.Phone operation
(Hands-free system for
cellular phones)
Quick reference........... 345
Some basics ............... 346
Placing a call using the
Bluetooth® hands-free sys-
tem ............................ 350
Receiving a ca ll using the
Bluetooth® hands-free sys-
tem ............................ 353
Talking on the Bluetooth®
hands-free system..... 354
Bluetooth® phone message
function...................... 356
5-14.Phone settings
Setup........................... 360
5-15.What to do if... (Blue-
tooth®)
Troubleshooting .......... 369
5-16.Toyota Entune overview
Toyota Entune ............. 373
Type A: Function achieved
by using a smart phone or
DCM.......................... 374
Type B: Function achieved
by using DCM and the sys-
tem ............................ 377
Type C: Function achieved
by using DCM............ 3785-17.Toyota Entune operation
Toyota Entune App Suite
Connect..................... 379
5-18.Toyota Entune App Suite
Connect settings
Setup........................... 383
https://www.MyCarManual.com”hh uh�”(hh�h}”ubŒ$2f791bc8-c1fd-4518-a50b-e51b8dd7a6af”h
)�”}”(h
}”(hNh}”(hhhMuhXŒ261 5-1. Basic function
COROLLA_U5Entune audio5-1.Basic function
*: If equipped
�Entune Audio Plus/Entune Premium Audio
Owners of this system should refer to the “NAVIGATION AND MUL-
TIMEDIA SYSTEM OWNER’S MANUAL�.
By touching the screen with y our finger, you can control the
selected functions. ( ï‚®P.268, 268)
Press to seek up or down for a radio station or to access a desired track/file. (ï‚® P.307, 311, 313, 316)
Press to access the Bluetooth
® hands-free system. ( P.345)
When an Apple CarPlay connection is established, press to dis-
play the Phone app screen.*1, 2
Press to display the Toyota Entune App Suite Connect screen.*2,
3 (ï‚®P.373)
Turn to change the radio station or skip to the next or previou s
track/file. ( ï‚®P.307, 311, 313, 316)
Press to turn the audio/visual system on and off, and turn it t o Buttons overview*
Operations of each part
https://www.MyCarManual.com”hh uh�”(hh�h}”ubŒ$a0a3ba35-e4b5-4a58-9c49-f88607ea61da”h
)�”}”(h
}”(hNh}”(hhhMuhX 262 5-1. Basic function
COROLLA_Uadjust the volume. Press and hold to restart the system.
(ï‚®P.267, 303)
When an Apple CarPlay connection is established, press to dis-
play the Maps app screen.*1, 2
Press to display the audio/visual system screen. (ï‚® P.302, 303)
Press to display the “Menu� screen. ( P.263)
Press to display the home screen. (ï‚® P.270)
*1:For details about Apple CarPlay: ï‚® P.292
*2:This function is not made available in some countries or areas .
*3:The Toyota Entune App Suite Connect screen may not be displaye d
when an Apple CarPlay connection is established.
The screen shots in this document and the actual screens of the system dif-
fer depending on whether the functions and/or a contract existe d.WARNING
For safety, the dr iver should not
operate the system while he/she
is driving. Insufficient attention to the road and traffic may cause an
accident.
https://www.MyCarManual.com”hh uh�”(hh�h}”ubŒ$b773eb27-d323-447c-9602-0de379cffac1”h
)�”}”(h
}”(hNh}”(hhhMuhXƒ263 5-1. Basic function
COROLLA_U5Entune audioPress the “MENU� button to dis-
play the “Menu� screen.
Displays the clock. Select to display the clock settings screen. (ï‚® P.297)
Select to display the audio control screen. (ï‚® P.302)
Select to display the hands-free operation screen. (ï‚®P.345)
When an Apple CarPlay con-nection is established, select to display the Phone app
screen.
*
Select to display the applica-tion screen.
* (ï‚®P.373)
When an Apple CarPlay con-
nection is established and this button displays “Apple CarPlay�, select to display the home screen of Apple
CarPlay.
* (ï‚®P.292)
Vehicles without DCM: Select
to display the fuel consump-tion screen. (ï‚® P.92)
Vehicles with DCM: Select to display the information screen.Select “ECO� to display the fuel consumption screen. (P.92)
The “Vehicle Alert History� shown on the information
screen.
*
Select to display the “Setup�
screen. ( ï‚®P.266)
Select to adjust the contrast, brightness, etc. of the dis-play. (ï‚®P.274)
*: This function is not made avail-
able in some countries or areas.Menu screen
Menu screen operation
https://www.MyCarManual.com”hh uh�”(hh�h}”ubŒ$d3307314-8d3a-4f12-8d81-40f0fc7acb36”h
)�”}”(h
}”(hNh}”(hhhMuhX(264 5-1. Basic function
COROLLA_UIndicate during data commu-
nication performed via Data Communication Module
(DCM)
*1
The reception level of Data
Communication Module
(DCM) display*1 (ï‚®P.264)
The reception level of the
connected phone display (ï‚®P.264)
Remaining battery charge display (ï‚®P.265)
Bluetooth
® phone connection
condition display (ï‚® P.265)
Wi-Fi® connection condition
display*1, 2 (ï‚®P.287)
*1:Vehicles with DCM*2:This function is not made avail-
able in some countries or areas.
The number of status icons that can
be displayed differs depending on the displayed screen.
The level of reception does not
always correspond with the level displayed on the cellular phone. The level of reception may not be displayed depending on the phone you have.
When the cellular phone is out
of the service area or in a place inaccessible by radio waves,
/ is displayed.
“Rm� is displayed when receiv-ing in a roaming area. While roaming, display “Rm� top-left on the icon.
The receiving area may not be
displayed depending on the type
of Bluetooth
® phone you have.
�While connected with cellular
phoneStatus icon
Status icons are displayed at the top of the screen.
Status icon explanation
Reception level display
Reception Level Indicators
Poor
Excellent
https://www.MyCarManual.com”hh uh�”(hh�h}”ubŒ$6dca71f9-51cd-40e9-97ac-977f7a26ac47”h
)�”}”(h
}”(hNh}”(hhhMuhXÌ265 5-1. Basic function
COROLLA_U5Entune audio�While using Data Communi-
cation Module (DCM)
�While using Wi-Fi® Hotspot
When Wi-Fi® Hotspot is off, no item
is displayed.
The amount displayed does not always correspond with the amount displayed on the Blue-
tooth
® device.
The amount of battery charge
left may not be displayed depending on the type of the
Bluetooth
® device connected.
This system does not have a
charging function.An antenna for the Bluetooth®
connection is built into the instrument panel.
The condition of the Bluetooth
®
connection may deteriorate and
the system may not function
when a Bluetooth® phone is
used in the following conditions
and/or places:
The cellular phone is obstructed
by certain objects (such as when it is behind the seat or in the glove box or console box).
The cellular phone is touching or
is covered with metal materials.
Leave the Bluetooth
® phone in a
place where the condition of the
Bluetooth® connection is good.Reception Level Indicators
Poor
Excellent
Reception Level Indicators
No connection
Connected
Remaining battery charge
display
Remaining
chargeIndicators
Empty
Full
Bluetooth® connection
condition display
Indicators Conditions
(Blue)Indicates that the con-
dition of the Blue-
tooth® connection is
good.
(Gray)While in this condition,
sound quality during phone calls may dete-riorate.
Indicates that the cel-lular phone is not con-
nected via Bluetooth
®.
https://www.MyCarManual.com”hh uh�”(hh�h}”ubŒ$383b9998-05b9-4e24-acd4-5ef17c203508”h
)�”}”(h
}”(hNh}”(hhhM uhXF266 5-1. Basic function
COROLLA_UPress the “MENU� button, then
select “Setup� to display the “Setup� screen. The items shown on the “Setup� screen can be set.
Select to change the selected language, operation sound settings, etc. ( ï‚®P.296)
Select to set Bluetooth
®
device and Bluetooth® sys-
tem settings. ( ï‚®P.280)
Select to set audio settings. (ï‚®P.323)
Select to set the phone sound, contacts, message settings, etc. ( ï‚®P.360)
Select to set the voice set-tings. (ï‚®P.299)Select to set vehicle informa-tion. (ï‚® P.300)
Select to set Wi-Fi
® connec-
tion settings.*1, 2 (ï‚®P.288)
Select to set Toyota Entune
App Suite Connect settings.*2
(ï‚®P.383)
*1:Vehicles with DCM
*2:This function is not made avail-
able in some countries or areas.“Setup� screen
“Setup� screen
https://www.MyCarManual.com”hh uh�”(hh�h}”ubŒ$4adc1860-be76-4216-b98d-816ea6056eed”h
)�”}”(h
}”(hNh}”(hhhM
uhXÓ267 5-2. Basic information before operation
COROLLA_U5Entune audio5-2.Basic information before operation
After a few seconds, the caution
screen will be displayed.
After about 5 seconds or select-
ing “Continue�, the caution screen automatically switches to the next screen.
When system response is
extremely slow, the system can be restarted.
Press and hold the “POWER
VOLUME� knob for 3 seconds or more.Initial screen
When the engine switch is turned to ACC or ON, the initial screen will be dis-played and the system will begin operating.
Caution screen
WARNING
When the vehicle is stopped with
the engine running, always apply the parking brak e for safety.
Restarting the system
https://www.MyCarManual.com”hh uh�”(hh�h}”ubŒ$c9abaae7-544a-40c6-a8b0-c47b6ac3c7e2”h
)�”}”(h
}”(hNh}”(hhhM uhX268 5-2. Basic information before operation
COROLLA_UOperations are performed by touching the touch screen directly with
your finger.
*: The above operations may not be performed on all screens.
Flick operations may not be perf ormed smoothly at high altitude s.
This system is operated mainly
by the buttons on the screen. (Referred to as screen buttons in this manual.)
When a screen button is touched, a beep sounds. (To set
the beep sound: ï‚®P.296)
â—�If the system does not respond to
touching a screen button, move
your finger away from the screen
and then touch it again.
â—�Dimmed screen buttons cannot be Touch screen
Touch screen gestures
Operation method Outline Main use
ï‚·Touch
Quickly touch and
release once.ï‚·Selecting an item on the screen
ï‚·Drag*
Touch the screen with your finger, and move the screen to the desired position.
ï‚·Scrolling the lists
ï‚·Flick*
Quickly move the screen by flicking with your finger.ï‚·Scrolling the main screen page
Touch screen operation
https://www.MyCarManual.com”hh uh�”(hh�h}”ubŒ$387a8f9d-f5e9-45b3-9a26-a1017235a90c”h
)�”}”(h
}”(hNh}”(hhhM uhXÒ269 5-2. Basic information before operation
COROLLA_U5Entune audiooperated.
â—�The displayed image may become
darker and moving images may be slightly distorted when the
screen is cold.
â—�In extremely cold conditions, the screen may not be displayed and
the data input b y a user may be
deleted. Also, the screen buttons
may be harder than usual to
depress.
â—�When you look at the screen through polarized material such as polarized sunglasses, the screen
may be dark and hard to see. If
so, look at the scr een from differ-
ent angles, adjust the screen set-
tings on the display settings
screen or take off your sun-
glasses.
â—�When is displayed on the
screen, select to return to the
previous screen.
The operable areas of the
capacitive touch screen buttons use capacitive touch sensors and may not operate properly in the following situations:
�If the screen is dirty or wet�If a source of strong electro-
magnetic waves is brought near the screen
�If a glove is worn during oper-ation
�If the screen is touched by a fingernail
�If a stylus is used to operate the buttons
�If your palm touches the oper-able area of another button during operation
�If a button is touched quickly
�If the operable part of a capacitive touch screen but-ton is touched by or covered with a metal object, such as the following, it may not oper-ate properly:
• Magnetic isolation cards
• Metallic foil, such as the inner
packaging of a cigarette box
• Metallic wallets or bags
•C o i n s
• Discs, such as a CD or DVD
�If the operable part of a
capacitive touch screen but-ton is wiped, it may operate unintentionally.
�If the capacitive touch screen button is being touched when the engine switch is changed to ACC or ON, the button may not operate properly. In this case, remove anything touch-ing the button, turn the engine switch off and then turn it to NOTICE
â—�To prevent damaging the
screen, lightly touch the screen
buttons with your finger.
â—�Do not use objects other than
your finger to touch the screen.
â—�Wipe off fingerprints using a glass cleaning cloth. Do not use
chemical cleaners to clean the
screen, as they may damage the touch screen.
Capacitive touch screen
buttons
https://www.MyCarManual.com”hh uh�”(hh�h}”ubŒ$828d8ad7-10aa-4fdc-8795-f1e75896e873”h
)�”}”(h
}”(hNh}”(hhhM
uhXÅ270 5-2. Basic information before operation
COROLLA_UACC or ON, or restart the sys-
tem by press and hold the “POWER VOLUME� knob for 3 seconds or more.
Capacitive touch screen button sen-
sor sensitivity can be adjusted. (ï‚®P.296)
1Press the “HOME� button.
2Check that the home screen
is displayed.
Selecting a screen will display it full
screen.
â—�The display information and area
on the home screen can be cus-tomized.
â—�The home screen can be set to several types of split layoutsHome screen
On the home screen, multi-
ple screens, such as the audio/visual system screen, hands-free screen and clock screen, can be displayed simultaneously.
Home screen operation
https://www.MyCarManual.com”hh uh�”(hh�h}”ubŒ$3097316e-9b3c-4b87-ac52-5ef984af7262”h
)�”}”(h
}”(hNh}”(hhhMuhX_271 5-2. Basic information before operation
COROLLA_U5Entune audioThe display information/area on
the home screen and the home screen layout can be changed.
1Press the “MENU� button.
2Select “Setup�.
If the general settings screen is not
displayed, select “General�.
3Select “Customize Home
Screen�.
4Select the items to be set.
Select to change the display
information and area on the home screen.
Select to change the home
screen layout.When searching by a name or entering data, letters and num-bers can be entered via the screen.
Text field. Entered charac-ter(s) will be displayed.
Select to erase one charac-
ter. Select and hold to continue erasing characters.
Select to move the cursor.Select to choose predictive
text candidate for entered text. (ï‚®P.272)
Select to display a list of pre-dictive text candidates when there is more than one. (ï‚®P.272)
Select to enter desired char-acters.
Select to enter characters in
lower case or in upper case.Customizing the home
screen
Entering letters and
numbers/list screen operation
Entering letters and num-
bers
https://www.MyCarManual.com”hh uh�”(hh�h}”ubŒ$8e5634e4-c3d6-445b-aab5-606e529afaf9”h
)�”}”(h
}”(hNh}”(hhhMuhXº272 5-2. Basic information before operation
COROLLA_USelect to change character
types. (ï‚®P.272)
Select to make a space on cursor.
Keyboard layout can be changed.
(ï‚®P.296)
1Select “Change Type�.
2Select the desired character.
Depending on the screen being dis-played, it may not be possible to
change keyboard characters.
When text is input, the system
predicts the text that may com-plete the currently unconfirmed text and displays predictive replacement candidates that match the beginning of the text.1Input text.
2Select the desired candidate.
To select a candidate that is not
displayed, select , and
then select the desired predic-
tive replacement candidate.
The list screen may be dis-
played after entering characters. When a list is displayed, use the appropriate screen button to scroll through the list.Changing character type
Displaying predictive text
candidates
List screen
Scrolling list screen
https://www.MyCarManual.com”hh uh�”(hh�h}”ubŒ$191a7d48-1220-4336-bcdd-541091168084”h
)�”}”(h
}”(hNh}”(hhhMuhXÎ273 5-2. Basic information before operation
COROLLA_U5Entune audioTo scroll up/down the list,
flick the list up/down.
Select to skip to the next or
previous page. Select and
hold or to scroll
through the displayed list.
Indicates the position of the
displayed entries in the entire list.To scroll up/down pages, drag the bar.
If appears to the right of an item
name, the complete name is too
long to display.
â—�Select to scroll to the end of
the name.
â—�Select to mov e to the begin-
ning of the name.
Items are displayed in the list
with the most similar results of the search at the top.
1Select .2Input text.
3Select “Search�.
4The list is displayed.
Searching a list
https://www.MyCarManual.com”hh uh�”(hh�h}”ubŒ$7b17651c-7232-4710-82ea-925686531f6b”h
)�”}”(h
}”(hNh}”(hhhMuhXä274 5-2. Basic information before operation
COROLLA_U1Press the “MENU� button.
2Select “Display�.
3Select the desired items to
be set.
Select to turn the screen off.
To turn it on, press any but-ton.
Select to turn day mode
on/off. (ï‚®P.274)
Select to adjust the screen display. (ï‚® P.274)
Select to adjust the camera display.
When the screen is viewed through
polarized sunglasses, a rainbow
pattern may appear on the screen
due to optical characteristics of the
screen. If this is disturbing, please
operate the screen without polarized
sunglasses.
Depending on the position of the
headlight switch, the screen changes to day or night mode. This feature is available when the headlight is switched on.
Select “Day Mode�.
If the screen is set to day mode with
the headlight switch turned on, this
condition is memorized even with the engine turned off.
The contrast and brightness of
the screen can be adjusted according to the brightness of your surroundings.
1Select “General� or “Cam-
era�.
2Select the desired item.
“Display (General)� screen only: Screen adjustment
The contrast and brightness of the screen display and the image of the camera dis-play can be adjusted. The screen can also be turned off, and/or changed to either day or night mode.
(For information regarding audio/visual screen adjust-ment: ï‚® P.305)
Displaying the screen
adjustment screen
Changing between day
and night mode
Adjusting the con-
trast/brightness
https://www.MyCarManual.com”hh uh�”(hh�h}”ubŒ$3fd28171-648d-4e8c-abce-cd56bbb2bfad”h
)�”}”(h
}”(hNh}”(hhhMuhX
275 5-2. Basic information before operation
COROLLA_U5Entune audioSelect “<� or “> � to select the
desired display.
�“Contrast�
“+�: Select to strengthen the con-
trast of the screen.
“-�: Select to weaken the contrast of
the screen.
�“Brightness�
“+�: Select to brighten the screen.
“-�: Select to darken the screen.Linking multi-informa-
tion display and the system
The following functions of
the system are linked with the multi-information dis-play in the instrument clus-ter:
�Audio
�Phone*
etc.
These functions can be operated using multi-infor-mation display control switches on the steering wheel. (ï‚® P.87)
*: When an Apple CarPlay con-
nection is esta blished, this
function will be unavailable.
https://www.MyCarManual.com”hh uh�”(hh�h}”ubŒ$ade3783f-c9e3-4c17-9d9b-072cbe45746b”h
)�”}”(h
}”(hNh}”(hhhMuhXv276 5-3. Connectivity settings
COROLLA_U5-3.Connectivity settings
â—�This system is n ot guaranteed to
operate with all Bluetooth®
devices.
â—�If your cellular phone does not
support HFP, registering the Blue-
tooth® phone or using OPP,
PBAP, MAP or SPP profiles indi-
vidually will not be possible.
�If the connect ed Bluetooth®
device version is older than rec-
ommended or incompatible, the
Bluetooth® device function may
not work properly.
â—�Refer to
http://www.toyota.com/Entune/
in the United States,
http://www.toyota.ca/entune in
Canada, and http://www.toyo tapr.com/entune
in
Puerto Rico, to find approved Bluetooth® phones for this sys-
tem.
â—�Certification
Bluetooth is a registered trademark
of Bluetooth SIG, Inc.
â– Registering from the sys-
tem
1Turn the Bluetooth® connec-
tion setting of your cellular phone on.
This function is not available when
Bluetooth® connection setting of
your cellular phone is set to off.
2Press the “MENU� button.
3Select “Phone�.
Operations up to this point can also
be performed by pressing the “PHONE� button on the instrument
panel.Registering/Connect-
ing a Bluetooth®
device
To use the hands-free sys-
tem, it is necessary to regis-
ter a Bluetooth® phone with
the system.
Once the phone has been
registered, it is possible to use the hands-free system.
This operation cannot be performed while driving.
When an Apple CarPlay connection is established,
Bluetooth
® functions of the
system will become unavail-
able and any connected
Bluetooth® devices will be
disconnected.Registering a Bluetooth®
phone for the first time
https://www.MyCarManual.com”hh uh�”(hh�h}”ubŒ$bb6a1320-765d-441a-8481-8945467871b9”h
)�”}”(h
}”(hNh}”(hhhMuhXC277 5-3. Connectivity settings
COROLLA_U5Entune audio4Select “Yes� to register a
phone.
5Select the desired Bluetooth®
device.
If the desired Bluetooth® phone is
not on the list, select “If you cannot
find...� and follow the guidance on
the screen. ( ï‚®P.278)
6Register the Bluetooth®
device using your Blue-
tooth® device.
�For details about operating the Bluetooth
® device, see
the manual that comes with it.
�A PIN code is not required for
SSP (Secure Simple Pairing) compatible Bluetooth®
devices. Depending on the
type of Bluetooth® device
being connected, a message
confirming registration may be displayed on the Blue-
tooth
® device’s screen.
Respond and operate the Bluetooth
® device according
to the confirmation message.
7Check that the following
screen is displayed, indicat-ing pairing was successful (a
Bluetooth
® link has been
established but registration is
not yet complete).
�The system is connecting to the registered device.
�At this stage, the Bluetooth
®
functions are not yet avail-able.
https://www.MyCarManual.com”hh uh�”(hh�h}”ubŒ$effe29b9-f571-4871-8ba2-c165d175e847”h
)�”}”(h
}”(hNh}”(hhhMuhX×278 5-3. Connectivity settings
COROLLA_U8Check that “Connected� is
displayed and registration is complete.
If an error messa ge is displayed,
follow the guidance on the screen
to try again.
If a cellular phone does not operate properly after being connected, turn
the cellular phone off and on and
then connect it again.
â– Registering from phone
1Select “If you cannot find…�.
2Select “Register from
Phone�.
3Check that the following screen is displayed, and reg-ister the Bluetooth
® device
using your Bluetooth®
device.
�For details about operating
the Bluetooth® device, see
the manual that comes with it.
�A PIN code is not required for
SSP (Secure Simple Pairing)
compatible Bluetooth®
devices. Depending on the type of Bluetooth
® device
being connected, a message
confirming registration may be displayed on the Blue-
tooth
® device’s screen.
Respond and operate the Bluetooth
® device according
to the confirmation message.
4Follow the steps in “Register-ing a Bluetooth
® phone for
the first time� from step 7.
(ï‚®P.276)
To use the Bluetooth® audio, it is
necessary to register an audio
Registering a Bluetooth®
audio player for the first
time
https://www.MyCarManual.com”hh uh�”(hh�h}”ubŒ$220f2490-97bb-4c39-ae8b-00145a8f6a2f”h
)�”}”(h
}”(hNh}”(hhhMuhX�279 5-3. Connectivity settings
COROLLA_U5Entune audioplayer with the system.
Once the player has been regis-
tered, it is possible to use the
Bluetooth® audio.
This operation cannot be per-
formed while driving.
For details about registering a
Bluetooth® device: P.276
When an Apple CarPlay con-
nection is established, Blue-
tooth® functions of the system
will become unavailable and any
connected Bluetooth® devices
will be disconnected.
1Turn the Bluetooth® connec-
tion setting of your audio
player on.
This function is n ot available when
the Bluetooth® connection setting
of your audio player is set to off.
2Press the “AUDIO� button.
3Select “Source� on the audio screen or press “AUDIO� but-ton again.
4Select “Bluetooth�.
5Select “Yes� to register an audio player.6Follow the steps in “Register-
ing a Bluetooth
® phone for
the first time� from step 5.
(ï‚®P.276)
This system supports the follow-ing services.
■Bluetooth® Core Specifica-
tion
Ver. 2.0 (Recommended: Ver. 4.1 +EDR)
â– Profiles
�HFP (Hands Free Profile) Ver. 1.0 (Recommended: Ver. 1.7)
This is a profile to allow hands-free
phone calls using a cellular phone. It has outgoing and incoming call functions.
�OPP (Object Push Profile)
Ver. 1.1 (Recommended: Ver. 1.2)
This is a profile to transfer contacts
data.
�PBAP (Phone Book Access
Profile) Ver. 1.0 (Recom-mended: Ver. 1.2)
This is a profile to transfer phone-
book data.
�MAP (Message Access Pro-
file) Ver. 1.0 (Recommended: Ver. 1.2)
This is a profile to use phone mes-
sage functions.
�SPP (Serial Port Profile) Rec-
ommended: Ver. 1.2Profiles
https://www.MyCarManual.com”hh uh�”(hh�h}”ubŒ$319c927e-f46e-4067-87a8-02636694b9a1”h
)�”}”(h
}”(hNh}”(hhhMuhX§280 5-3. Connectivity settings
COROLLA_UThis is a profile to use the “Toyota
Entune� function.
�A2DP (Advanced Audio Dis-
tribution Profile) Ver. 1.0 (Rec-ommended: Ver. 1.3)
This is a profile to transmit stereo
audio or high quality sound to the audio/visual system.
�AVRCP (Audio/Video Remote
Control Profile) Ver. 1.0 (Rec-ommended: Ver. 1.6)
This is a profile to allow remote
control the A/V equipment.1Press the “MENU� button.
2Select “Setup�.
3Select “Bluetooth�.
4Select the desired item to be
set.
Connecting a Bluetooth® Setting Bluetooth®
details
Displaying the Blue-
tooth® setup screen
Bluetooth® setup screen
https://www.MyCarManual.com”hh uh�”(hh�h}”ubŒ$aa667da1-989a-48a8-a90e-ba01f61f7317”h
)�”}”(h
}”(hNh}”(hhhMuhX5281 5-3. Connectivity settings
COROLLA_U5Entune audiodevice and editing the Blue-
tooth® device information
(ï‚®P.280, 283)
Registering a Bluetooth®
device (ï‚®P.282)
Deleting a Bluetooth® device
(ï‚®P.283)
Setting the Bluetooth® sys-
tem (ï‚®P.285)
Up to 5 Bluetooth® devices
(Phones (HFP) and audio play-
ers (AVP)) can be registered.
If more than 1 Bluetooth® device
has been registered, select
which device to connect to.
1Display the Bluetooth® set-
tings screen. (ï‚® P.280)
2Select “Registered Device�.
3Select the device to be con-
nected.
: Phone
: Audio player: Phone/“Toyota Entune� service
�The profile icon for a currently connected device will be dis-
played in color.
�Selecting a profile icon which is not currently connected will switch the connection to the function.
�If the desired Bluetooth
®
device is not on the list, select “Add New Device� to register the device. ( P.282)
4Select the desired connec-tion.
“Device Info�: Select to confirm and
change the Bluetooth® device infor-
mation. ( ï‚®P.283)
When another Bluetooth®
device is connected
To disconnect the Bluetooth®
device, select “Yes�.
5Check that a confirmation
screen is displayed when the connection is complete.
If an error message is displayed,
follow the guidance on the screen to try again.
â—�It may take time if the device con-nection is carried out during Blue-
tooth® audio playback.
â—�Depending on the type of Blue-tooth
® device being connected, it
may be necessary to perform Connecting a Bluetooth®
device
https://www.MyCarManual.com”•jhh uh�”(hh�h}”ubŒ$091b3e65-3f9b-4916-b932-91e4466ff04b”h
)�”}”(h
}”(hNh}”(hhhMuhX;282 5-3. Connectivity settings
COROLLA_Uadditional steps on the device.
�When disconnecting a Bluetooth®
device, it is recommended to dis-
connect using the system.
■Connecting a Bluetooth®
device in a different way
(from phone top screen)
ï‚®P.347
■Connecting a Bluetooth®
device in a different way (from phone setup screen)
ï‚®P.360
■Connecting a Bluetooth®
device in a different way
(from Bluetooth® audio
screen)
ï‚®P.318
â– Auto connection mode
To turn auto connection mode
on, set “Bluetooth Power� to on.
(P.285) Leave the Bluetooth®
device in a location where the
connection can be established.
�When the engine switch is in
ACC or ON, the system searches for a nearby regis-tered device.
�The system will connect with the registered device that was last connected, if it is nearby. When automatic connection priority is set to on and there is more than one registered
Bluetooth
® phone available,
the system will automatically connect to the Bluetooth
® phone with the highest prior-
ity. (ï‚®P.285)
â– Connecting manually
When the auto connection has failed or “Bluetooth Power� is turned off, it is necessary to con-
nect the Bluetooth
® device man-
ually.
1Display the Bluetooth® set-
tings screen. ( ï‚®P.280)
2Follow the steps in “Connect-
ing a Bluetooth® device� from
step 2. (ï‚®P.281)
â– Reconnecting the Blue-tooth
® phone
If a Bluetooth® phone is discon-
nected due to poor reception from the Bluetooth
® network
when the engine switch is in
ACC or ON, the system auto-matically reconnects the Blue-
tooth
® phone.
Up to 5 Bluetooth® devices can
be registered.
Bluetooth® compatible phones
(HFP) and audio players (AVP)
can be registered simultane-ously.
This operation cannot be per-
formed while driving.Registering a Bluetooth®
device
https://www.MyCarManual.com”hh uh�”(hh�h}”ubŒ$3876d134-b23f-4940-b2ff-7c28777f80f0”h
)�”}”(h
}”(hNh}”(hhhMuhX.283 5-3. Connectivity settings
COROLLA_U5Entune audio1Display the Bluetooth® set-
tings screen. (ï‚® P.280)
2Select “Add New Device�.
�When another Bluetooth®
device is connected
To disconnect the Bluetooth®
device, select “Yes�.
�When 5 Bluetooth® devices
have already been registered
A registered device needs to be
replaced. Select “Yes�, and select the device to be replaced.
3Follow the steps in “Register-
ing a Bluetooth® phone for
the first time� from step 5.
(ï‚®P.276)
This operation cannot be per-
formed while driving.
1Display the Bluetooth® set-
tings screen. (ï‚® P.280)
2Select “Remove Device�.
3Select the desired device.
4Select “Yes� when the confir-
mation screen appears.5Check that a confirmation screen is displayed when the operation is complete.
When deleting a Bluetooth® phone,
the contact data will be deleted at
the same time.
The Bluetooth® device’s infor-
mation can be displayed on the screen. The displayed informa-tion can be edited.
This operation cannot be per-
formed while driving.
1Display the Bluetooth
® set-
tings screen. ( ï‚®P.280)
2Select “Registered Device�.
3Select the desired device to
be edited.
4Select “Device Info�.Deleting a Bluetooth®
device
Editing the Bluetooth®
device information
https://www.MyCarManual.com”hh uh�”(hh�h}”ubŒ$3111df13-859f-47fb-b50a-abcbd098b78c”h
)�”}”(h
}”(hNh}”(hhhMuhX284 5-3. Connectivity settings
COROLLA_U5Confirm and change the
Bluetooth® device informa-
tion.
The name of the Bluetooth®
device is displayed. It can be
changed to a desired name. (ï‚®P.284)
Select to set the Bluetooth
®
audio player connection method. ( ï‚®P.284)
Device address is unique to the device and cannot be changed.
Phone number is unique to
the Bluetooth
® phone and
cannot be changed.
Compatibility profile is unique
to the Bluetooth® device and
cannot be changed.
Select to reset all setup
items.�If 2 Bluetooth® devices have been
registered with the same device
name, the devices can be distin-
guished referring to the device’s address.
â—�Depending on the type of Blue-
tooth® phone, some information
may not be displayed.
1Select “Device Name�.
2Enter the name and select
“OK�.
Even if the device name is changed,
the name registered in your Blue-
tooth® device does not change.
1Select “Connect Audio Player
From�.
2Select the desired connec-tion method.
“Vehicle�: Select to connect the
audio player fro m the vehicle’s
audio/visual system.
“Device�: Select to connect the
vehicle’s audio/visual system from
the audio player.
Depending on the audio player, the
“Vehicle� or “Device� connection method may be best. As such, refer
Changing a device name
Setting audio player con-
nection method
https://www.MyCarManual.com”hh uh�”(hh�h}”ubŒ$5fa0ebbd-8609-489c-aa73-331ddaf6446b”h
)�”}”(h
}”(hNh}”(hhhMuhXÆ285 5-3. Connectivity settings
COROLLA_U5Entune audioto the manual that comes with the
audio player.
The Bluetooth® settings can be
confirmed and changed.
1Display the Bluetooth® set-
tings screen. (ï‚® P.280)
2Select “Detailed Settings�.
3Select the desired item to be
set.
Select to set Bluetooth® con-
nection on/off. ( ï‚®P.285)
Select to change the auto-
matic connection priority of
the registered Bluetooth®
devices. (ï‚® P.285)
Select to edit the system
information. (ï‚® P.286)
Select to reset all setup items.
1Select “Bluetooth Power�.
When “Bluetooth Power� is on:
The Bluetooth
® device is auto-matically connected when the
engine switch is in ACC or ON.
When “Bluetooth Power� is off:
The Bluetooth® device is dis-
connected, and the system will
not connect to it next time.
While driving, the auto connection
state can be changed from off to on,
but cannot be changed from on to
off.
The automatic connection prior-
ity of the registered Bluetooth®
devices can be changed.
1Select “Preferred Device Set-
tings�.
2Select the desired item to be set.
Select to set automatic con-
nection priority on/off.
Select to change the auto-
matic connection priority of
the registered Bluetooth
®
phones. (ï‚® P.286)
Select to change the auto-
matic connection priority of
the registered Bluetooth® “Detailed Settings�
screen
Changing “Bluetooth
Power�
Setting automatic connec-tion priority
https://www.MyCarManual.com”hh uh�”(hh�h}”ubŒ$3f4d595b-a0d3-453f-8f33-3dcc921d0e45”h
)�”}”(h
}”(hNh}”(hhhMuhX 286 5-3. Connectivity settings
COROLLA_Uaudio players. (ï‚® P.286)
Select to reset all setup
items.
■Changing Bluetooth®
device automatic connec-tion priority
1Select “Preferred Phones� or “Preferred Audio Players�.
2Select the desired Bluetooth
®
device and select “Move Up� or “Move Down� to change the preferred order.
A newly registered Bluetooth®
device will automatically be given
the highest automatic connection
priority.
1Select “System Information�.2Select the desired item to be
set.
Displays system name. Can
be changed to a desired name. (ï‚®P.287)
PIN code used when the
Bluetooth
® device was regis-
tered. Can be changed to a
desired code. (ï‚® P.287)
Device address is unique to the device and cannot be changed.
Select to set the connection
status display of the phone on/off.
Select to set the connection
status display of the audio player on/off.
Compatibility profile of the
system
Select to reset all setup
items.Editing the system infor-
mation
https://www.MyCarManual.com”hh uh�”(hh�h}”ubŒ$6730be7b-d0d9-466a-9930-54da028aae22”h
)�”}”(h
}”(hNh}”(hhhMuhXç287 5-3. Connectivity settings
COROLLA_U5Entune audioâ– Editing the system name
1Select “System Name�.
2Enter a name and select
“OK�.
â– Editing the PIN code
1Select “System PIN Code�.
2Enter a PIN code and select “OK�.*: If equipped
1Enable the Wi-Fi® Hotspot
function. ( ï‚®P.288)
2Disable the “Hide Access Point� function. ( P.288)
3Search for the vehicle access point using the device you wish to connect.
For details about operating the
device, refer to the documentation
which came with it.Wi-Fi® Hotspot*
By connecting a device to
the vehicle via Wi-Fi®, it can
access the internet through
the DCM.
�To use this function, a
Wi-Fi® Hotspot service sub-
scription from Verizon Wire-
less is required. Contact your Toyota dealer for details.
�This function is not made available in some countries or areas.
Connecting a device to
the in-vehicle access point
Searching for and con-
necting a device to the
vehicle access point
https://www.MyCarManual.com”hh uh�”(hh�h}”ubŒ$c0a25174-80fd-414f-a86d-290b593edc44”h
)�”}”(h
}”(hNh}”(hhhMuhXd288 5-3. Connectivity settings
COROLLA_U4Operate the device to con-
nect it to the vehicle access point.
To check the vehicle access point
password, check “Password�.
(ï‚®P.288)
Hints for connecting to the vehicle
via Wi-Fi® can be displayed.
(ï‚®P.288)
1Enable the Wi-Fi® Hotspot
function. (ï‚® P.288)
2Enable the “Hide Access
Point� function. ( P.287)
3Enter the access point name (SSID) into the device you wish to connect and connect it.
�To check the vehicle access point password, check “Pass-word�. ( P.288)
�The security settings on the device must be the same as that displayed for “Security�. (P.288)
�For details about operating the device, refer to the docu-mentation which came with it.1Press the “MENU� button.
2Select “Setup�.
3Select “Wi-Fi
*�.
*:W i - F i® is a registered trademark
of Wi-Fi Alliance®.
4Select the desired item to be set.
Select to enable/disable the
Wi-Fi
® Hotspot function.
(ï‚®P.289)Connecting a device to the
in-vehicle access point using the access point
name (SSID)Changing the Wi-Fi® set-
tings
https://www.MyCarManual.com”hh uh�”(hh�h}”ubŒ$76522384-2dfc-4031-8e8a-77f0fc3d49d3”h
)�”}”(h
}”(hNh}”(hhhM uhXë289 5-3. Connectivity settings
COROLLA_U5Entune audioSelect to check/change the
access point password. (ï‚®P.289)
Select to display hints for connecting to the vehicle via
Wi-Fi
®.
Select to make the access
point searchable/unsearch-able.
Select to check/change the
security protocol of the access point (for authentica-tion and encryption). (ï‚®P.290)
Select to change the access point name (SSID). (ï‚® P.290)
Select to change the Wi-Fi
®
connection channel (within the 2.4GHz frequency band). (ï‚®P.290)
If any settings have been changed,
it will be necessa ry to reset the
Wi-Fi® system to complete the
changes. To reset the Wi-Fi® sys-
tem, select “Yes� on the pop-up dis-
played after changing the settings.
When the Wi-Fi® Hotspot func-
tion is enabled, the system
checks for a valid Hotspot ser-vice subscription.
If a Hotspot service subscription
has not been started, start the Toyota Entune App Suite Con-nect application to activate the service subscription. (If the Toyota Entune App Suite Con-nect application has not been installed, install the application.)
Contact your Toyota dealer for
details about the Toyota Entune App Suite Connect application.
1Select “Password�.
2Check that the following
screen is displayed.
Displays the password
Select to display/hide the
entered password.
Select to change the pass-
word.
1Select “Change Password�.
2Enter the desired password and select “OK�.
When setting/changing a pass-
word, observe the following guide-
lines to help prevent the password from being cracked by a third party:
�Use an 8-character or longer
password consisting of letters Enabling/disabling the
Wi-Fi® Hotspot functionChecking/changing the
password
Changing the password
https://www.MyCarManual.com”hh uh�”(hh�h}”ubŒ$3481138c-bc6b-4224-bb2d-aac06130353c”h
)�”}”(h
}”(hNh}”(hhhM!uhX?290 5-3. Connectivity settings
COROLLA_Uand numbers. (Non-ASCII
characters will not be recog-nized by the system.)
�Change the password regu-larly.
�If you write the password down, do not leave it some-where where it would be visi-ble.
�Do not use the same or a sim-ilar password to that for other accounts.
�Avoid using easy to identify words, such as your vehicle’s model name or license plate number, simple dictionary words, or words with simple obfuscation, such as c@t (for cat), as your password.
1Select “Security�.
2Select the desired security protocol.
1Select “Access Point Name�.
2Enter the desired access point name (SSID) and select “OK�.
1Select “Channel�.2Check that the following screen is displayed.
Select to change the chan-
nel selection to auto-matic/manual.
When “Manual� is selected,
select to change the channel.
1Set “Select Channel� to “Manual�.
2Select “Channel Number�.
3Enter the desired channel number and select “OK�.
Channels 1 through 11 can be
selected.
■Wi-Fi® function operating hints
â—�If a connected device is taken out
of the Wi-Fi® connection area, the
connection will be severed.
â—�If the vehicle is d riven out of the
cellular communic ation coverage
area, connecting to the internet
via the Wi-Fi® Hotspot will not be
possible.
�If a Bluetooth® device is used
while a device is connected using Changing the security pro-
tocol
Changing the access point
name (SSID)
Selecting a Wi-Fi® connec-
tion channelChanging the channel
Wi-Fi® function operating
hints
https://www.MyCarManual.com”hh uh�”(hh�h}”ubŒ$ebc774f2-e7a7-439c-92c9-345273e5b5e6”h
)�”}”(h
}”(hNh}”(hhhM"uhX£291 5-3. Connectivity settings
COROLLA_U5Entune audiothe Wi-Fi® Hotspot function, the
communication speed may
decrease.
â—�If the vehicle is near a radio
antenna, radio station or other
source of strong radio waves and
electrical noise, communication may be slow or impossible.
The condition of Wi-Fi® connec-
tion appears on the right upper
side of the screen. ( P.264)�Communication standardsIEEE 802.11bIEEE 802.11gIEEE 802.11n (2.4GHz)
�Security
WPAâ„¢WPA2â„¢
• WPA™ and WPA2™ are trade-
marks of Wi-Fi Alliance®.WARNING
�Use Wi-Fi® devices only when
safe and legal to do so.
â—�Your audio unit is fitted with
Wi-Fi® antennas. People with
implantable cardiac pacemak-
ers, cardiac resynchronization
therapy-pacemakers or implant-able cardioverter defibrillators
should maintain a reasonable distance between themselves
and the Wi-Fi
® antennas.
The radio waves may affect the
operation of such devices.
�Before using Wi-Fi® devices,
users of any electrical medical
device other than implantable cardiac pacemakers, cardiac resynchronization ther-
apy-pacemakers or implantable
cardioverter defib rillators should
consult the manufacturer of the
device for information about its
operation under the influence of radio waves.
Radio waves could have unex-
pected effects on the operation
of such medical devices.
Conditions displayed with
Wi-Fi® iconSpecifications
https://www.MyCarManual.com”hh uh�”(hh�h}”ubŒ$ed285f11-3d13-44ba-a27a-ef6bcd6d0e18”h
)�”}”(h
}”(hNh}”(hhhM#uhX292 5-3. Connectivity settings
COROLLA_U*: if equipped
1Enable Siri on the device to
be connected.
2Connect the device to the USB port. ( ï‚®P.304)
3Select “Always Enable� or “Enable Once�.
�If “Do Not Enable� is selected, an Apple CarPlay connection will not be established. In this case, the device can be oper-ated as a normal Apple device, such as an iPod.
�Depending on the device con-nected, it may take approxi-mately 3 to 6 seconds before an Apple CarPlay connection is established.
4Check that home screen of Apple CarPlay is displayed.
Select to display the home
screen of Apple CarPlay.Touch and hold to activate Siri.
Select to start the application.
User can use any iPhone application supported by Apple CarPlay.
Select to display the system
screen.
â—�When an Apple CarPlay connec-
tion is established, the function of some system bu ttons will change.
â—�When an Apple CarPlay connec-tion is established, some system functions, such as the following,
will be replaced by similar Apple
CarPlay function s or will become
unavailable:
• iPod (Audio Playback)Apple CarPlay*
Apple CarPlay allows some
applications, such as Map, Phone, and Music, to be used on the system.
When an Apple CarPlay connection is established, Apple CarPlay compatible applications will be dis-played on the system dis-play.
Compatible device
Apple iPhone (iOS Ver. 9.3 or later) that supports Apple CarPlay. For details, refer tohttps://www.apple.com/ios/
carplay/ .
Establishing an Apple
CarPlay connection
https://www.MyCarManual.com”hh uh�”(hh�h}”ubŒ$c1f5c61e-48f6-4422-87c0-039220ecc297”h
)�”}”(h
}”(hNh}”(hhhM$uhXä293 5-3. Connectivity settings
COROLLA_U5Entune audio• Hands-free Phone
• USB audio/USB video
• Bluetooth® audio
• Bluetooth® phone
• Toyota Entune A pp Suite Connect
â—�The guidance volume can be
changed on the voice settings
screen. (ï‚® P.299)
�To disable Apple CarPlay while a device is connected, set “Apple CarPlay� on the general settings screen to off. ( P.296)
â—�Apple CarPlay is an application developed by Apple Inc. Its func-
tions and services may be termi-
nated or changed without notice depending on the connected
device’s operation system, hard-
ware and software, or due to changes in Apple CarPlay specifi-
cations.
â—�In some regions, speed limit infor-mation is displayed on the route
guidance screen of the iOS 11 or later map application. The dis-
played information is based on the
information in the map application, so it may differ from the speed
limit information displayed on the
multi-informat ion display.â—�Use of the Apple CarPlay logo means that a vehicle user inter-
face meets Apple performance
standards. Apple is not responsi-
ble for the operation of this vehicle
or its compliance with safety and
regulatory standards. Please note that the use of this product with
iPhone or iPod may affect wire-
less performance.
â—�Apple, iPad, iPhone, iPod, and iPod touch are t rademarks of
Apple Inc., registered in the U.S.
and other countries. Apple Car-
Play is a trademark of Apple Inc.
If you are experiencing difficulti es with Apple CarPlay, check the fol-
lowing table.WARNING
Do not connect iPhone or operate the controls while driving.
NOTICE
â—�Do not leave your iPhone in the
vehicle. In particular, high tem-
peratures inside the vehicle may damage the iPhone.
â—�Do not push down on or apply unnecessary pressure to the
iPhone while it is connected as
this may damage the iPhone or its terminal.
â—�Do not insert foreign objects into
the port as this may damage the
iPhone or its terminal.
Troubleshooting
https://www.MyCarManual.com”hh uh�”(hh�h}”ubŒ$189aa7cf-f72f-447a-be52-90865d5b6013”h
)�”}”(h
}”(hNh}”(hhhM%uhX„294 5-3. Connectivity settings
COROLLA_USymptom Solution
An Apple CarPlay connec-
tion cannot be estab-lished.Check if the device supports Apple CarPlay.Check if Apple CarPlay is enabled on the con-nected device.For details, refer to https://www.apple.com/ios/carplay/
.
Check if “Apple CarPlay� on the general set-tings screen is set to on. ( P.296)
Check if the Lightning cable being used is certi-fied by Apple Inc., and i f it is securely con-
nected to the devic e and USB port.
When the iPhone is c onnected using a USB
hub, etc., an Apple CarPlay connection may not be established. Connect the lightning cable to USB the port directly.
After checking all of the above, try to establish an Apple CarPlay connection. ( ï‚®P.292)
When an Apple CarPlay connection is established and a video is being played, the video is not displayed, but audio is output through the sys-tem.
As the system is not designed to play video through Apple CarPlay, this is not a malfunc-tion.
Although an Apple Car-Play connection is estab-lished, audio is not output through the system.
The system may muted or the volume may be low. Increase the system volume.
The Apple CarPlay screen has artifacts and/or audio from Apple CarPlay has noise.Check if the Lightning cable being used to con-nect the device to th e system is damaged.
To check if the Lightning cable is damaged internally, connect the device to another sys-
tem, such as a PC, and check if the device is recognized by the conn ected system. (The
device should begin charging when connected.)
After checking all of the above, try to establish an Apple CarPlay connection. ( ï‚®P.292)
https://www.MyCarManual.com”hh uh�”(hh�h}”ubŒ$53a140e7-2014-4a76-9a2d-13c8d3395735”h
)�”}”(h
}”(hNh}”(hhhM&uhX`295 5-3. Connectivity settings
COROLLA_U5Entune audio
*: Applications not compatible with Apple CarPlay are application s installed
on the iPhone that are not disp layed on the Apple CarPlay scree n appli-
cation list. (such as visual voicemail)During Apple CarPlay
music application (Apple Music, Spotify, etc.) play-back, if the iPhone is operated to start and play audio from an application that is not compatible with
Apple CarPlay
* and the
onboard device volume is
changed, the audio of the incompatible application stops and the system resumes playback of the original music application.This operation is perfo rmed according to the
specification of the onboard device, this is not a malfunction.
After interrupt audio (such as navigation route guid-ance) is played from an application that is not compatible with Apple CarPlay while the onboard device is playing audio (FM/AM, CD, etc.), the system does not resume playback of the original audio (FM/AM, CD, etc.).This operation is perfo rmed according to the
specification of the onboard device, this is not a malfunction.
Manually change the audi o source by yourself.
Or, do not use applications that are not compat-
ible with Apple CarPlay.
* Due to some naviga-
tion applications are compatible from iOS 12,
update to the latest iOS and application ver-sions.Symptom Solution
https://www.MyCarManual.com”hh uh�”(hh�h}”ubŒ$ed28dcbf-114e-4fd0-b96d-1a2720ffba31”h
)�”}”(h
}”(hNh}”(hhhM'uhXÑ296 5-4. Other settings
COROLLA_U5-4.Other settings
1Press the “MENU� button.
2Select “Setup�.
If the general settings screen is not
displayed, select “General�.
3Select the desired items to
be set.
�“Clock�
Select to change the time zone and
select “On� or “Off� for daylight sav-ing time, automatic adjustment of the clock, etc. ( P.297)�“Language�
Select to change the language. The language setting of Apple CarPlay can only be chan ged on the con-
nected iPhone.
�“Customize Home Screen�
Select to change the display infor-mation/area on the home screen and the home screen layout. (ï‚®P.270)
�“Theme Setting�
Select to change the screen theme setting.
�“Beep�
Select to turn the beep sound on/off.
�“Units of Measurement�
Select to change the unit of mea-sure for distance/fuel consumption.
�“Keyboard Layout�
Select to change the keyboard lay-out.
�“Delete Keyboard History�
Select to delete the keyboard his-tory.
�“Memorize Keyboard History�
Select to set the memorize key-board history on/off.
�“Animation�
Select to turn the animations on/off.
�“Apple CarPlay�*1
Select to turn automatic Apple Car-Play connection establishment on/off when a compatible iPhone is connected to the system via USB.
�“Driver Setting�General settings
Settings are available for
clock, operation sounds, etc.
Displaying the general
settings screen
General settings screen
https://www.MyCarManual.com”hh uh�”(hh�h}”ubŒ$5c2e7829-da24-414f-bdbb-cdde669d346a”h
)�”}”(h
}”(hNh}”(hhhM(uhXf297 5-4. Other settings
COROLLA_U5Entune audioSelect to change the driver set-
tings. (ï‚®P.298)
�“Delete Personal Data�
Select to delete personal data.
(ï‚®P.298)
�“Software Update�
Select to update software versions.
For details, contact your Toyota dealer.
�“Software Update Setting�*2
Select to set software update set-ting. (ï‚®P.299)
�“Gracenote Database
Update�
Select to update Gracenote® data-
base versions. For details, contact
your Toyota dealer.
�“Software Information�
Select to display the software infor-mation. Notices related to third party software used in this product are enlisted. (This includes instruc-tions for obtaining such software, where applicable.)
�“SW Sensitivity Level�
Select to change the capacitive
touch screen button sensitivity to 1
(low), 2 (medium), or 3 (high).
*1:This function is not made avail-
able in some countries or areas.
*2:If equipped
1Display the general settings
screen. (ï‚® P.296)
2Select “Clock�.3Select the desired items to be set.
Select to change the time
zone. (ï‚® P.297)
Select to set daylight saving time on/off.
Select to set automatic
adjustment of the clock by GPS on/off.When set to off, the clock can be manually adjusted. (ï‚®P.297)
Select to set the 24 hour time format on/off.When set to off, the clock is displayed in 12 hour time for-mat.
1Select “Time Zone�.
2Select the desired time zone.
When “Auto Adjust by GPS� is turned off, the clock can be manually adjusted.
1Select “Auto Adjust by GPS�
to set to off.Clock settings
Setting the time zone
Manual clock setting
https://www.MyCarManual.com”hh uh�”(hh�h}”ubŒ$da2a0814-6414-4100-954f-529b325e9b6a”h
)�”}”(h
}”(hNh}”(hhhM)uhX4298 5-4. Other settings
COROLLA_U2Adjust the clock manually.
Select “+� to set the time for-
ward one hour and “-� to set the time back one hour.
Select “+� to set the time for-
ward one minute and “-� to set the time back one minute.
Select to round to the nearest
hour.e.g.1:00 to 1:29 ï‚® 1:00
1:30 to 1:59 ï‚® 2:00
The driver settings feature will allow the system to link some preferences (such as audio pre-sets, screen theme, language,
etc.) to a paired Bluetooth
®
phone.
1Display the general settings
screen. (ï‚® P.296)
2Select “Driver Setting�.3Select “Enable This Feature�.
1Select “Manually Select Linked Settings�.
2Select the desired phone.
After a few seconds, loaded screen
automatically switches to the home screen.
Registered or changed per-
sonal settings will be deleted or returned to their default condi-tions.
1Display the general settings
screen. (ï‚® P.296)
2Select “Delete Personal Data�.
3Select “Delete�.Driver settings
Manually select linked set-
tings
Deleting personal data
https://www.MyCarManual.com”hh uh�”(hh�h}”ubŒ$37b082e3-1fcd-4889-afc1-d4daa7e06700”h
)�”}”(h
}”(hNh}”(hhhM*uhXG299 5-4. Other settings
COROLLA_U5Entune audio4Select “Yes� when the confir-
mation screen appears.
Examples of settings that can be
returned to their default conditions:
�Audio settings
�Phone settings
etc.
*: This function is not made avail-
able in some countries or areas.
When the automatic update
check function is enabled, if a software update is available from the Toyota Entune center, a message will be displayed.
1Display the general settings
screen. (ï‚® P.296)
2Select “Software Update Set-ting�.
3Select “Automatic Update Check� to enable/disable the automatic update check func-tion.
When software update information
is displayed, contact your Toyota
dealer.1Press the “MENU� button.
2Select “Setup�.
3Select “Voice�.
4Select the desired items to
be set.
Select to adjust the volume of
voice guidance.
Select to set the voice recog-
nition prompts.
Select to train voice recogni-
tion.Software update settings*
Voice settings
Voice volume, etc. can be set.
Displaying the voice set-
tings screen
Voice settings screen
https://www.MyCarManual.com”hh uh�”(hh�h}”ubŒ$0e571e49-f789-4fac-837b-c89a0f54f5bb”h
)�”}”(h
}”(hNh}”(hhhM+uhXB300 5-4. Other settings
COROLLA_UThe voice command system
adapts the user accent.
Select to start the voice rec-
ognition tutorial.
Select to set the voice
prompt interrupt on/off.
Select to reset all setup
items.
1Press the “MENU� button.
2Select “Setup�.
3Select “Vehicle�.
4Select the desired items to be set.
Select to set vehicle customi-
zation. (ï‚® P.548)
Select to set valet mode. (ï‚®P.301)Vehicle settings
Settings are available for vehicle customization, etc.
Displaying the vehicle
settings screen
Vehicle settings screen
https://www.MyCarManual.com”hh uh�”(hh�h}”ubŒ$f6a27566-ef07-4e42-bdd5-4d9de1a5563b”h
)�”}”(h
}”(hNh}”(hhhM,uhX*301 5-4. Other settings
COROLLA_U5Entune audioThe security system can be set
to on by entering a security code (4-digit number).
When set to on, the system will
become inoperative once the electrical power source is dis-connected until the security code is entered.
1Display the vehicle settings
screen. (ï‚® P.300)
2Select “Valet Mode�.
3Enter the 4-digit personal code and select “OK�.
4Enter the same 4-digit per-sonal code again and select “OK�.
�The system will request that you input the security code again to confirm that you remember it correctly.
�When valet mode activates, the system stops and a secu-rity code (4-digit number) standby screen is displayed.
If the 4-digit perso nal code is forgot-
ten, please contact your Toyota
dealer.
Enter the 4-digit personal code
and select “OK�.
If an incorrect secu rity code (4-digit
number) is entered 6 times, the sys-
tem will not accept another security code (4-digit number) for 10 min-utes.Setting the valet mode
If the valet mode has been
activated
https://www.MyCarManual.com”hh uh�”(hh�h}”ubŒ$858dd576-eec5-4338-99ca-48b9af661195”h
)�”}”(h
}”(hNh}”(hhhM-uhX~302 5-5. Using the audio/visual system
COROLLA_U5-5.Using the audio/visual system
The audio control screen can be reached by the following method s:
�From the “AUDIO� button
Press the “AUDIO� button.
�From the “MENU� button
Press the “MENU� button, then select “Audio�.
• Using the radio ( P.307)
• Playing a USB memory ( P.311)
• Playing an iPod/iPhone ( P.313)
• Playing a Bluetooth® device ( P.316)
• Using the AUX port ( P.319)
• Using the steering wheel audio switches ( P.321)
• Audio system settings ( P.323)Quick reference
Functional overview
https://www.MyCarManual.com”hh uh�”(hh�h}”ubŒ$335cb5be-6a96-419f-ae8a-edf24f1e89f9”h
)�”}”(h
}”(hNh}”(hhhM.uhXI303 5-5. Using the audio/visual system
COROLLA_U5Entune audio
“POWER VOLUME� knob:
Press to turn the audio/visual system on and off. The system turns on in the last mode used. Turn this knob to adjust the vol-ume.1Press the “AUDIO� button.
2Select “Source� or press “AUDIO� button again.
3Select the desired source.
â—�Dimmed screen buttons cannot be
operated.
â—�When there are tw o pages, select
or to change the page.
â—�When an Apple Carplay connec-
tion is established, some system functions, such as the following,
will be replaced by similar Apple
CarPlay function or will become
unavailable*:
• iPod (Audio Playback)
• USB audio/USB video
• Bluetooth® audio
• Toyota Entune App Suite Connect
*: This function is not made avail-
able in some countries or areas.
1Display the audio source
selection screen. (ï‚® P.303)
2Select “Reorder�.Some basics
This section describes some of the basic features of the audio/visual system. Some information may not pertain to your system.
Your audio/visual system works when the engine switch is in ACC or ON.
NOTICE
To prevent the battery from being
discharged, do not leave the audio/visual system on longer
than necessary when the engine
is not running.
Turning the system on
and offSelecting an audio source
Reordering the audio
source
https://www.MyCarManual.com”hh uh�”(hh�h}”ubŒ$ba460cdf-b1fc-487f-b792-dab27a59c61a”h
)�”}”(h
}”(hNh}”(hhhM/uhX304 5-5. Using the audio/visual system
COROLLA_U3Select the desired audio
source then or to reor-
der.
4Select “OK�.
1Connect a device.
Turn on the power of the device if it
is not turned on.
â—�The AUX port only supports audio input.
â—�If a USB hub is plugged-in, two devices can be connected at a
time.
â—�Even if a USB hub is used to con-nect more than two USB devices,
only the first two connected devices will be recognized.
â—�If a USB hub that has more than two ports is connected to the USB
port, devices connected to the
USB hub may not charge or be
inoperable, as the supply of cur-
rent may be insufficient.
1Display the audio control
screen. (ï‚® P.303)
2Select “Sound�.3Select the desired item to be set.
Select to set the tre-
ble/mid/bass. (ï‚® P.304)
Select to set the fader/bal-ance. (ï‚® P.305)
Select to set the automatic sound levelizer. ( ï‚®P.305)
â– Treble/Mid/Bass
How good an audio program sounds is largely determined by the mix of the treble, mid and bass levels. In fact, different kinds of music and vocal pro-grams usually sound better with different mixes of treble, mid and bass.
1Select “Treble/Mid/Bass�.
2Select the desired screen
button.
Select “+� or “-� to adjust
high-pitched tones.USB/AUX port
Sound settings
https://www.MyCarManual.com”hh uh�”(hh�h}”ubŒ$841a54d9-6d15-4a15-b065-09f7a26b67c6”h
)�”}”(h
}”(hNh}”(hhhM0uhXÒ305 5-5. Using the audio/visual system
COROLLA_U5Entune audioSelect “+� or “-� to adjust
mid-pitched tones.
Select “+� or “-� to adjust
low-pitched tones.
â– Fader/Balance
A good balance of the left and right stereo channels and of the front and rear sound levels is also important.
Keep in mind that when listening
to a stereo recording or broad-cast, changing the right/left bal-ance will increase the volume of 1 group of sounds while decreasing the volume of another.
1Select “Fader/Balance�.
2Select the desired screen
button.
Select to adjust the sound
balance between the front and rear speakers.
Select to adjust the sound
balance between the left and right speakers.
â– Automatic sound levelizer (ASL)
The system adjusts to the opti-mum volume and tone quality according to vehicle speed to compensate for increased road noise, wind noise, or other noises while driving.
1Select “Automatic Sound
Levelizer�.
2Select “High�, “Mid�, “Low� or “Off�.
â– Screen format settings
The screen format can be selected for USB video.
1Press the “MENU� button.
2Select “Setup�.
3Select “Audio�.
4Select “Common�.
5Select “Screen Format�.
6Select the desired item to be
adjusted.
Select to display a 4 : 3
screen, with either side in black.
Select to enlarge the image
horizontally and vertically to full screen.
Select to enlarge the image
by the same ratio horizontally
Audio screen adjustment
https://www.MyCarManual.com”hh uh�”(hh�h}”ubŒ$473e2a2d-8e8f-4dc8-b554-69dc1b33be21”h
)�”}”(h
}”(hNh}”(hhhM1uhX'306 5-5. Using the audio/visual system
COROLLA_Uand vertically.
â– Contrast and brightness
adjustment
The contrast and brightness of the screen can be adjusted.
1Press the “MENU� button.
2Select “Setup�.
3Select “Audio�.
4Select “Common�.
5Select “Display�.
6Select the desired item to be
adjusted.
�“Contrast�
“+�: Select to strengthen the con-
trast of the screen.
“-�: Select to weaken the contrast of
the screen.
�“Brightness�
“+�: Select to brighten the screen.
“-�: Select to darken the screen.
Depending on the audio source,
some functions may not be avail-able.
1Press this switch to operate
the voice command system.The voice command system and its
list of commands c an be operated.
(ï‚®P.336)
Voice command system
https://www.MyCarManual.com”hh uh�”(hh�h}”ubŒ$2c685e20-8120-4350-8f77-2702d48fde1c”h
)�”}”(h
}”(hNh}”(hhhM2uhX=307 5-6. Radio operation
COROLLA_U5Entune audio5-6.Radio operation
The radio operation screen can
be reached by the following methods:ï‚®P.303
Select to display the audio source selection screen.
Select to display the preset
stations screen. ( ï‚®P.307)
Select to display a list of receivable stations. ( ï‚®P.308)
Select to display the radio options screen. (ï‚® P.308)
Select to display the sound setting screen. ( ï‚®P.304)
Select to tune to preset sta-tions/channels. ( ï‚®P.307)Press to seek for stations in the relevant program type.Press and hold for continu-ous seek.
Turn to step up/down fre-
quencies.Turn to move up/down the station. Also, the knob can be used to enter selections on the list screens by pressing it.
The radio automatically changes to
stereo reception when a stereo
broadcast is received.
Radio mode has a mix preset
function, which can store up to 36 stations (6 stations per page x 6 pages) from any of the AM or FM bands.
1Tune in the desired station.AM/FM radio
Overview
Control screen
Control panel
Presetting a station
https://www.MyCarManual.com”hh uh�”(hh�h}”ubŒ$85daad7c-cb23-4ed8-b9fe-8276647ce00b”h
)�”}”(h
}”(hNh}”(hhhM3uhXÖ308 5-6. Radio operation
COROLLA_U2Select and hold “(Add New)�.
�When “(Add New)� is
selected, a confirmation mes-sage appears. Select “Yes� and select “OK�.
�To change the preset station to a different one, select and hold the preset station.
The number of preset radio stations
displayed on the screen can be
changed. ( ï‚®P.323)
1Select “Station List�.
2Select “AM� or “FM�.
Select the desired program genre
when the genre selection screen is
displayed.
3Select the desired station.
â– Refreshing the station list
1Select “Refresh�.
“Cancel Refresh�: Select to can-
cel the refresh.
“Source�: Select to change to
another audio source while refreshing.
â—�The audio/visual system sound is
muted during refresh operation.â—�In some situations, it may take some time to update the station
list.
1Select “Options�.
2Select the desired item to be
set.
Analog FM only: Select to
display RBDS text mes-sages.
Select to scan for receivable
stations.
This audio/visual system is equipped with Radio Broadcast Data Systems (RBDS). RBDS mode allows text messages to be received from radio stations that utilize RBDS transmitters.
When RBDS is on, the radio can
do the following functions.• Only selecting stations of a
particular program type
• Displaying messages from
radio stations
• Searching for a stronger sig-
nal stationSelecting a station from
the list
Radio options
Radio broadcast data sys-
tem
https://www.MyCarManual.com”hh uh�”(hh�h}”ubŒ$405be979-33ad-4880-b0b5-a1729c86bdc2”h
)�”}”(h
}”(hNh}”(hhhM4uhX°309 5-6. Radio operation
COROLLA_U5Entune audioRBDS features are available
only when listening to an FM station that broadcasts RBDS information and the “FM Info� function is on. ( P.308)
â—�Other applications can be acti-
vated while listeni ng to internet
radio.
â—�Some parts of applications can be
adjusted using the switches on the steering wheel.
â—�For additional information, refer tohttp://www.toyota.com/Entune/
or
call1-800-331-4331 in the United States,
http://www.toyota.ca/entune
or call
1-888-869-6828 in Canada, and
http://www.toyotapr.com/entune or
call1-877-855-8377 in Puerto Rico.
1Display the audio source
selection screen. (ï‚® P.303)
2Select the desired application screen button.
�The internet radio application screen is displayed.
�Perform operations accord-ing to the displayed applica-tion screen.
�For the instrument panel operation method:  P.303
�If a compatible phone is Internet radio
One of Toyota Entune App Suite Connect features is the ability to listen to inter-net radio. In order to use this service, a compatible phone and the system needs to be set up. For details: ï‚® P.379
Listening to internet radio
https://www.MyCarManual.com”hh uh�”(hh�h}”ubŒ$a9988ff7-8240-45aa-b51a-7ba4d4ccae0f”h
)�”}”(h
}”(hNh}”(hhhM5uhŒv310 5-6. Radio operation
COROLLA_Ualready registered, it will be
connected automatically.
https://www.MyCarManual.com”hh uh�”(hh�h}”ubŒ$617ce0f5-03d7-46c5-af80-6c4e526db90e”h
)�”}”(h
}”(hNh}”(hhhM6uhX¡311 5-7. Media operation
COROLLA_U5Entune audio5-7.Media operation
The USB memory operation
screen can be reached by the following methods: ï‚®P.303
Connecting a USB memory (ï‚®P.304)
When an Apple CarPlay con-nection is established, this func-
tion will be unavailable
*.
*: This function is not made avail-
able in some countries or areas.�USB audio
Select to display the audio
source selection screen.
Select to return to the top
screen.
Select to display a song list
screen.
Select to display the play
mode selection screen.
Select to display the sound
setting screen. (ï‚® P.304)
Select to set repeat playback. (ï‚®P.312)
Select to change the file/track.Select and hold to fast rewind.
Select to play/pause.Select to change the
file/track.Select and hold to fast for-ward.
Select to set random play-
back. (ï‚® P.313)
Select to change the folder/album.
Displays cover artUSB memory
WARNING
Do not operate the player’s con-
trols or connect the USB memory while driving.
NOTICE
â—�Do not leave your portable player in the car. In particular,
high temperatures inside the
vehicle may damage the porta-ble player.
â—�Do not push down on or apply
unnecessary pressure to the portable player while it is con-nected as this may damage the
portable player or its terminal.
â—�Do not insert foreign objects into
the port as this may damage the portable player or its terminal.
OverviewControl screen
https://www.MyCarManual.com”hh uh�”(hh�h}”ubŒ$180b1bce-9e9b-4d23-aaed-fbb1c6b8757d”h
)�”}”(h
}”(hNh}”(hhhM7uhX-312 5-7. Media operation
COROLLA_USelect to change the artist.
�USB video
1Select “Browse�.
2Select “Videos�.
3Select the desired folder and
file.
Select to display the audio
source selection screen.
Select to return to the top
screen.
Select to display a song list
screen.
Select to display the play
mode selection screen.
Select to display the sound
setting screen. ( ï‚®P.304)
Select to change the file.Select and hold to fast rewind.
Select to play/pause.Select to change the file.
Select and hold to fast for-
ward.
Select to display a full screen
image.
Select to change the folder.Press to change the
file/track.Press and hold to fast for-ward/rewind.
Turn to change the file/track.
Turn to move up/down the list. Also, the knob can be used to enter selections on the list screens by pressing it.
â—�While the vehicle i s being driven,
this function can only output
sound.
â—�If tag information exists, the file/folder names will be changed
to track/album names.
The file/track or folder/album
currently being listened to can be repeated.
Select .
â—�Each time is selected, the
mode changes as follows:
�When random playback is off
File/track repeat ï‚® folder/album
repeat ï‚® off
�When random playback is on
File/track repeat ï‚® off
Control panel
Repeating
https://www.MyCarManual.com”hh uh�”(hh�h}”ubŒ$3e6dbae3-5a54-4fe3-a589-ea409c4dfaa4”h
)�”}”(h
}”(hNh}”(hhhM8uhX%313 5-7. Media operation
COROLLA_U5Entune audioFiles/tracks or folders/albums
can be automatically and ran-domly selected.
Select .
Each time is selected, the
mode changes as follows:
Random (1 folder/album random) ï‚®
folder/album random (all
folder/album random) ï‚® off
The iPod/iPhone operation
screen can be reached by the following methods: ï‚®P.303
Connecting an iPod/iPhone (ï‚®P.292, 304)
When the iPod/iPhone con-nected to the system includes video, the system can only out-put the sound.Random order
iPod/iPhone
WARNING
Do not operate the player’s con-
trols or connect the iPod/iPhone while driving.
NOTICE
â—�Do not leave your portable player in the car. In particular,
high temperatures inside the
vehicle may damage the porta-ble player.
â—�Do not push down on or apply
unnecessary pressure to the
portable player while it is con-nected as this may damage the
portable player or its terminal.
â—�Do not insert foreign objects into
the port as this may damage the portable player or its terminal.
Overview
https://www.MyCarManual.com”hh uh�”(hh�h}”ubŒ$d3624725-e634-43c2-97c4-8f4605a135cf”h
)�”}”(h
}”(hNh}”(hhhM9uhXm314 5-7. Media operation
COROLLA_USelect to display the audio
source selection screen.
Select to return to the top
screen.*1
Select to display a song list screen.
*1
Select to display the play mode selection screen.
*1
Select to display the sound
setting screen. ( ï‚®P.304)
Select to display the audio control screen of Apple Car-
Play.
*2
Select to set repeat playback.
(ï‚®P.315)
Select to change the track.Select and hold to fast rewind.
Select to play/pause.Select to change the track.
Select and hold to fast for-ward.
Select to set random play-
back. (ï‚®P.315)
Select to change the
album.
*1Displays cover art
Select to change the artist.*1
Select to change the play-
list.*1
*1:When an Apple CarPlay connec-
tion is established, this switch
will not be displayed.
*2:This switch will only be displayed
when an Apple CarPlay connec-tion is established.
Press to change the track.
Press and hold to fast for-ward/rewind.
Turn to change the track.
Turn to move up/down the list. Also, the knob can be used to enter selections on the list screens by pressing it.
â—�Some functions may not be avail-
able depending on the type of
model.
â—�When an iPod/iPhone is con-nected using a genuine
iPod/iPhone cable, the iPod/iPhone starts charging its
battery.
â—�Depending on the iPod/iPhone, the video sound may not be able Control screen
Control panel
https://www.MyCarManual.com”hh uh�”(hh�h}”ubŒ$9b7a2213-1ef0-4ea2-adbc-7a7553e4fb9e”h
)�”}”(h
}”(hNh}”(hhhM:uhX9315 5-7. Media operation
COROLLA_U5Entune audioto be heard.
â—�Depending on the iPod/iPhone
and the songs in the iPod/iPhone, a cover art may be displayed. This
function can be changed to “On�
or “Off�. ( P.323) It may take time
to display the co ver art, and the
iPod/iPhone may n ot be operated
while the cover art display is in process.
â—�When an iPod/iPhone is con-nected and the audio source is
changed to iPod/iPhone mode,
the iPod/iPhone will resume play-ing from the same point it was last
used.
â—�Depending on the iPod/iPhone that is connected to the system,
certain functions may not be avail-able.
â—�If an iPhone is connected via
Bluetooth® and USB at the same
time, system operation may
become unstable. For known
phone compatibility information,
refer to
http://www.toyota.com/Entune/ .
â—�Tracks selected by operating a
connected iPod/i Phone may not
be recognized or displayed prop-erly.
â—�The system may not function properly if a conversion adapter is used to connect a device.
The track currently being lis-
tened to can be repeated.
Select .
â—�Each time is selected, the
mode changes as follows:
�When shuffle is off (iPhone 5 or
later)
Track repeat  album repeat  off�When shuffle is off (iPhone 4s or
earlier)
Track repeat ï‚® off
�When shuffle is on
Track repeat ï‚® off
Tracks or albums can be auto-
matically and randomly selected.
Select .
Each time is selected, the
mode changes as follows:
Shuffle (1 alb um shuffle) ï‚® album
shuffle (all album shuffle) ï‚® off
Repeating
Random order
https://www.MyCarManual.com”hh uh�”(hh�h}”ubŒ$b9ba4637-78ac-4329-98b9-b428b36c0fb3”h
)�”}”(h
}”(hNh}”(hhhM;uhXI316 5-7. Media operation
COROLLA_U�Depending on the Bluetooth®
device that is co nnected to the
system, the music may start play-
ing when selecting while it is
paused. Conversely, the music
may pause when selecting
while it is playing.
â—�In the following conditions, the
system may not function:
• The Bluetooth® device is turned
off.
• The Bluetooth® device is not con-
nected.
• The Bluetooth® device has a low
battery.
�When using the Bluetooth® audio
and Wi-Fi® Hotspot functions at
the same time, the following prob-
lems may occur:
• It may take longer than normal to
connect to the Bluetooth® device.
• The sound may cut out.
�It may take time to connect the phone when Bluetooth® audio is
being played.
â—�For operating the portable player, see the instruction manual that comes with it.
�If the Bluetooth® device is discon-
nected due to poor reception from
the Bluetooth® network when the
engine switch is in ACC or ON,
the system automatically recon-
nects the portable player.
�If the Bluetooth® device is discon-
nected on purpose, such as it was turned off, this does not happen.
Reconnect the portable player manually.
�Bluetooth® device information is
registered when the Bluetooth®
device is connected to the Blue-
tooth® audio system. When selling
or disposing o f the vehicle,
remove the Bluetooth® audio
information from the system.
(ï‚®P.298)
â—�In some situations, sound output
via the Bluetooth® audio system
may be out of sync with the con-
nected device or output intermit-
tently.Bluetooth® audio
The Bluetooth® audio sys-
tem enables users to enjoy
listening to music that is played on a portable player on the vehicle speakers via wireless communication.
This audio/visual system
supports Bluetooth®, a wire-
less data system capable of
playing portable audio music without cables. If your device does not sup-
port Bluetooth
®, the Blue-
tooth® audio system will not
function.
WARNING
�Do not operate the player’s con-
trols or connect to the Blue-
tooth® audio system while
driving.
https://www.MyCarManual.com”hh uh�”(hh�h}”ubŒ$fc9d942a-5b6a-415e-86e8-793c386616f8”h
)�”}”(h
}”(hNh}”(hhhM<uhXt317 5-7. Media operation
COROLLA_U5Entune audio
The Bluetooth® audio operation
screen can be reached by the
following methods: ï‚®P.303
Connecting a Bluetooth® audio
device (ï‚® P.318)
Depending on the type of porta-ble player connected, some functions may not be available and/or the screen may look dif-ferently than shown in this man-ual.
When an Apple CarPlay con-
nection is established, Blue-
tooth
® audio will be suspended
and become unavailable*.
*: This function is not made avail-
able in some countries or areas.
Select to display the audio
source selection screen.
Select to return to the top
screen.
Select to display a song list
screen.
Select to display the play
mode selection screen.
Select to display the portable
device connection screen. (ï‚®P.318)
Select to display the sound setting screen. (ï‚® P.304)
Select to set repeat playback. (ï‚®P.318)
Select to change the track.Select and hold to fast rewind.WARNING
â—�Your audio unit is fitted with
Bluetooth® antennas. People
with implantable cardiac pace-
makers, cardiac resynchroniza-tion therapy-pacemakers or
implantable cardioverter defibril-
lators should maintain a reason-able distance between
themselves and the Bluetooth
®
antennas. The radio waves may
affect the operation of such devices.
�Before using Bluetooth®
devices, users of any electrical medical device other than
implantable cardiac pacemak-
ers, cardiac resynchronization therapy-pacemakers or implant-
able cardioverter defibrillators
should consult the manufacturer
of the device for information
about its operation under the
influence of radio waves. Radio waves could have unexpected
effects on the operation of such
medical devices.
NOTICE
Do not leave your portable player
in the vehicle. In particular, high
temperatures inside the vehicle
may damage the portable player.
OverviewControl screen
https://www.MyCarManual.com”hh uh�”(hh�h}”ubŒ$276a17e3-8994-4adf-9b84-6e9485262483”h
)�”}”(h
}”(hNh}”(hhhM=uhXÃ318 5-7. Media operation
COROLLA_USelect to play/pause.
Select to change the track.
Select and hold to fast for-ward.
Select to set random play-
back. (ï‚®P.318)
Select to change the album.
Displays cover art
Press to change the track.
Press and hold to fast for-ward/rewind.
Turn to change the track.
Turn to move up/down the list. Also, the knob can be used to enter selections on the list screens by pressing it.
The track or album currently being listened to can be repeated.
Select .
â—�Each time is selected, the
mode changes as follows:�When random playback is off
Track repeat ï‚® album repeat ï‚® off
�When random playback is on
Track repeat ï‚® off
Tracks or albums can be auto-
matically and randomly selected.
Select .
Each time is selected, the
mode changes as follows:
Random (1 album random) ï‚®
album random (all album random)
ï‚® off
To use the Bluetooth® audio
system, it is necessary to regis-
ter a Bluetooth® device with the
system.
�Registering an additional
device
1Display the Bluetooth® audio
control screen. ( ï‚®P.317)
2Select “Connect�.
3Select “Add Device�.
When another Bluetooth® device is
connected, a confirmation screen
will be displayed. To disconnect the
Bluetooth® device, select “Yes�.
4Follow the steps in “Register-
ing a Bluetooth® phone for
the first time� from step 5.
(ï‚®P.276)Control panel
Repeating
Random order
Registering/Connecting a
Bluetooth® device
https://www.MyCarManual.com”hh uh�”(hh�h}”ubŒ$f40c422c-20b4-4ea9-8a79-1c98495d1309”h
)�”}”(h
}”(hNh}”(hhhM>uhX2319 5-7. Media operation
COROLLA_U5Entune audio�Selecting a registered device
1Display the Bluetooth® audio
control screen. ( ï‚®P.317)
2Select “Connect�.
3Select the desired device to
be connected.
4Check that a confirmation screen is displayed when the connection is complete.
If an error messa ge is displayed,
follow the guidance on the screen
to try again.
The AUX operation screen can
be reached by the following methods: ï‚®P.303
Connecting a device to the AUX port (ï‚®P.304)AUX
WARNING
Do not connect portable audio
device or operate the controls
while driving.
NOTICE
â—�Do not leave portable audio device in the vehicle. The tem-
perature inside the vehicle may
become high, resulting in dam-age to the player.
â—�Do not push down on or apply
unnecessary pressure to the
portable audio dev ice while it is
connected as this may damage
the portable audio device or its
terminal.
â—�Do not insert foreign objects into the port as this may damage the
portable audio d evice or its ter-
minal.
Overview
Control screen
https://www.MyCarManual.com”hh uh�”(hh�h}”ubŒ$4ddd035f-8e57-4179-b0b1-09133fc6a25f”h
)�”}”(h
}”(hNh}”(hhhM?uhŒß320 5-7. Media operation
COROLLA_USelect to display the audio
source selection screen. (ï‚®P.303)
Select to return to the control screen.
Select to display the sound
setting screen. ( ï‚®P.304)
https://www.MyCarManual.com”hh uh�”(hh�h}”ubŒ$06f040e8-27f9-406e-b519-2389982a9f9d”h
)�”}”(h
}”(hNh}”(hhhM@uhXÝ321 5-8. Audio/visual remote controls
COROLLA_U5Entune audio5-8.Audio/visual remote controls
Some parts of the audio/visual
system can be adjusted using the switches on the steering wheel.
Volume control switch
“MODE� switch*: When Apple CarPlay is estab-
lished, this function will be
unavailable.
switch
*: When Apple CarPlay is estab-Steering switches
Steering switch operation
Mode Operation/function
AllPress: Volume up/down
Press and hold (0.8 sec. or more): Volume up/down continuously
Mode Operation/function
AM/FMPress: Change audio modes
Press and hold (0.8 sec. or more): Mute (Press and hold again to resume the sound.)AUXPress: Change audio modes
Press and hold (0.8 sec. or more): Mute
USB*,
iPod/iPhone,
Bluetooth®
audio*, APPS*Press: Change audio modes
Press and hold (0.8 sec. or more): Pause (Press and hold again to resume the play mode.)
Mode Operation/function
AM/FMPress: Preset channel up/down
Press and hold (0.8 sec. or more): Seek up/down
Press and hold (1.5 sec. or more): Seek up/down con-tinuously while the switch is being pressed
USB*,
iPod/iPhone,
Bluetooth®
audio*Press: Track/file up/down
Press and hold (0.8 sec. or more): Fast for-ward/rewindMode Operation/function
https://www.MyCarManual.com”hh uh�”(hh�h}”ubŒ$3dedaf3d-9894-4050-9e72-ad8e3f0b2133”h
)�”}”(h
}”(hNh}”(hhhMAuhŒÒ322 5-8. Audio/visual remote controls
COROLLA_Ulished, this fun ction will be
unavailable.
In the APPS mode, s ome operation
may be done on the screen depend
on the selected APPS.
https://www.MyCarManual.com”hh uh�”(hh�h}”ubŒ$47b2fde0-eaa3-47db-ac21-ec76a52f9b69”h
)�”}”(h
}”(hNh}”(hhhMBuhX½323 5-9. Audio settings
COROLLA_U5Entune audio5-9.Audio settings
1Press the “MENU� button.
2Select “Setup�.
3Select “Audio�.
4Select the desired items to
be set.
Select to set the common
settings. (ï‚® P.323)
Select to set the radio set-tings. (ï‚®P.323)1Display the audio settings screen. (ï‚® P.323)
2Select “Common�.
3Select the desired items to be set.
Select to set the cover art
display on/off.
Select to prioritize the display
of information from the Gra-cenote database.
Select to change the screen
size.
* (ï‚®P.305)
Select to display the image quality adjustment screen.
*
(ï‚®P.306)
*: Only in USB video mode
1Display the audio settings
screen. (ï‚® P.323)
2Select “Radio�.
3Select the desired number of preset radio stations dis-played on the screen.Setup
Detailed audio settings can be programmed.
Displaying the audio set-
tings screen
Audio settings screen
Common settings
Radio settings
https://www.MyCarManual.com”hh uh�”(hh�h}”ubŒ$27ec292e-9a8a-42ae-987b-f81e11cf4984”h
)�”}”(h
}”(hNh}”(hhhMCuhX³324 5-10. Tips for operating the audio/visual system
COROLLA_U5-10.Tips for operating the audio/visual system
The use of a cellular phone inside or
near the vehicle may cause a noise
from the speakers of the audio/visual system which you are
listening to. However, this does not indicate a malfunction.
Usually, a problem with radio
reception does not mean there is a problem with the radio  it
is just the normal result of condi-tions outside the vehicle.
For example, nearby buildings
and terrain can interfere with FM reception. Power lines or phone wires can interfere with AM sig-nals. And of course, radio sig-
nals have a limited range. The
farther the vehicle is from a sta-tion, the weaker i ts signal will
be. In addition, reception condi-tions change constantly as the vehicle moves.
Here are some common recep-
tion problems that may not indi-cate a problem with the radio as described.
â– FM
Fading and drifting stations: Generally, the effective range of FM is about 25 miles (40 km). Once outside this range, you may notice fading and drifting, which increase with the distance from the radio transmitter. They are often accompanied by dis-tortion.
Multi-path: FM signals are
reflective, making it possible for 2 signals to reach the vehicle’s antenna at the same time. If this happens, the signals will cancel each other out, causing a momentary flutter or loss of reception.
Static and fluttering: These
occur when signals are blocked by buildings, trees or other large objects. Increasing the bass level may reduce static and flut-tering.
Station swapping: If the FM sig-
nal being listened to is inter-rupted or weakened, and there is another strong station nearby on the FM band, the radio may tune in the second station until the original signal can be picked up again.
â– AM
Fading: AM broadcasts are reflected by the upper atmo-sphere  especially at night.
These reflected signals can interfere with those received directly from the radio station, causing the radio station to sound alternately strong and weak.Operating information
NOTICE
To avoid damage to the
audio/visual system:
Be careful not to spill beverages
over the audio/visual system.
Radio
https://www.MyCarManual.com”hh uh�”(hh�h}”ubŒ$157297ab-18c5-4d0f-8a16-b6e91b560659”h
)�”}”(h
}”(hNh}”(hhhMDuhX[325 5-10. Tips for operating the audio/visual system
COROLLA_U5Entune audioStation interference: When a
reflected signal and a signal received directly from a radio station are very nearly the same frequency, they can interfere with each other, making it diffi-cult to hear the broadcast.
Static: AM is easily affected by
external sources of electrical noise, such as high tension power lines, lightening or electri-cal motors. This results in static.
â– Certification
�Use of the Made for Apple badge means that an acces-sory has been designed to connect specifically to the Apple product(s) identified in the badge, and has been cer-tified by the developer to meet Apple performance stan-dards. Apple is not responsi-ble for the operation of this device or its compliance with safety and regulatory stan-dards. Please note that the use of this accessory with an Apple product may affect wireless performance.
�iPhone, iPod, iPod classic, iPod nano, iPod touch, and Lightning are trademarks of Apple Inc., registered in the U.S. and other countries.
â– Compatible models
The following iPod nano®, iPod
touch® and iPhone® devices
can be used with this system.
Made for
• iPhone 7• iPhone 7 Plus• iPhone SE• iPhone 6s• iPhone 6s Plus• iPhone 6• iPhone 6 Plus• iPhone 5s• iPhone 5c• iPhone 5• iPhone 4s• iPod touch (6th generation)• iPod touch (5th generation)• iPod nano (7th generation)
â—�This system only supports audio
playback.
â—�Depending on difference between models or software versions etc.,
some models might be incompati-
ble with this system.iPod
https://www.MyCarManual.com”hh uh�”(hh�h}”ubŒ$854c1c4a-163b-477c-9786-e13570606ae2”h
)�”}”(h
}”(hNh}”(hhhMEuhXö326 5-10. Tips for operating the audio/visual system
COROLLA_UThis device supports high-reso-
lution sound sources.
The definition of high-resolution
is based on the standards of groups such as the CTA (Con-sumer Technology Association).
Supported formats and play-
able media are as follows.
â– Supported formats
WAV, FLAC, ALAC, OGG Vorbis
â– Playable media
USB memory*: USB video onlyHigh-resolution sound
source
File information
Compatible USB devices
USB communi-cation formats USB 2.0 HS (480 Mbps)
File formats FAT 16/32
Correspon-dence class Mass storage class
Compatible audio format
Compatible compressed files
Item USB
Compatible file
formatMP3/WMA/AAC
WAV(LPCM)/FL
AC/ALAC/OGG
Vorbis
MP4/AVI/WMVCompatible file
format (video)*MP4/AVI/WMV
Folders in the
deviceMaximum
3000
Files in the
deviceMaximum
9999
Files per folderMaximum
255
Corresponding sampling fre-
quency
File type Frequency (kHz)
MP3 files:
MPEG 1 LAYER 3 32/44.1/48
MP3 files: MPEG 2 LSF LAYER 3
16/22.05/24
WMA files:
Ver. 7, 8, 9*1
(9.1/9.2)32/44.1/48
AAC files:
MPEG4/AAC-LC11.025/12/16/
22.05/24/32/
44.1/48
WAV (LPCM)
files*28/11.025/12/16/
22.05/24/32/
44.1/48/88.2/
96/176.4/192
FLAC*28/11.025/12/16/
22.05/24/32/
44.1/48/88.2/96/176.4/192Item USB
https://www.MyCarManual.com”hh uh�”(hh�h}”ubŒ$d05a721d-dc8c-4cb8-9f6f-4d41ed77b43d”h
)�”}”(h
}”(hNh}”(hhhMFuhX1327 5-10. Tips for operating the audio/visual system
COROLLA_U5Entune audio*1:Only compatible with Windows
Media Audio Standard
*2:Sound source of 48kHz or more
is down-converted to
48kHz/24bit.
*1:Variable Bit Rate (VBR) compati-
ble
*2:Only compatible with Windows
Media Audio Standard�MP3 (MPEG Audio Layer 3),
WMA (Windows Media Audio) and AAC (Advanced Audio Coding) are audio compres-sion standards.
�This system can play MP3/WMA/AAC files on USB memory.
�MP4, WMV and AVI files can use the following resolutions: 128x96, 160x120, 176x144 (QCIF), 320x240 (QVGA), 352x240 (SIF), 352x288 (CIF), 640x480 (VGA), 720x480 (NTSC), 720x576 (PAL)ALAC*28/11.025/12/16/
22.05/24/32/
44.1/48/64/
88.2/96
OGG Vorbis*28/11.025/16/
22.05/32/44.1/
48
Corresponding bit rates*1
File type Bit rate (kbps)
MP3 files:
MPEG 1 LAYER 3 32 - 320
MP3 files:MPEG 2 LSF LAYER 3
8 - 160
WMA files: Ver. 7, 8CBR 48 - 192
WMA files:
Ver. 9*2 (9.1/9.2)CBR 48 - 320
AAC files:
MPEG4/AAC-LC8 - 320
OGG Vorbis 32-500File type Frequency (kHz)File typeQuantization bit
rate (bit)
WAV (LPCM) files
16/24FLAC
ALAC
Compatible channel modes
File type Channel mode
MP3 filesStereo, joint ste-reo, dual chan-nel and monaural
WMA files 2ch
AAC files1ch, 2ch (Dual channel is not supported)
WAV (LPCM)/
FLAC/ALAC/
OGG Vorbis2ch
https://www.MyCarManual.com”hh uh�”(hh�h}”ubŒ$4a7cb096-3095-4666-b965-a780300d3cf6”h
)�”}”(h
}”(hNh}”(hhhMGuhX 328 5-10. Tips for operating the audio/visual system
COROLLA_U�When naming an
MP3/WMA/AAC file, add an appropriate file extension (.mp3/.wma/.m4a).
�This system plays back files with .mp3/.wma/.m4a file extensions as MP3/WMA/AAC files respec-tively. To prevent noise and playback errors, use the appropriate file extension.
�MP3 files are compatible with the ID3 Tag Ver. 1.0, Ver. 1.1, Ver. 2.2 and Ver. 2.3 formats. This system cannot display disc title, track title and artist name in other formats.
�WMA/AAC files can contain a WMA/AAC tag that is used in the same way as an ID3 tag. WMA/AAC tags carry infor-mation such as track title and artist name.
�The emphasis function is available only when playing MP3 files.
�This system can play back AAC files encoded by iTunes.
�The sound quality of MP3/WMA files generally improves with higher bit rates.
�m3u playlists are not compati-ble with the audio player.
�MP3i (MP3 interactive) and MP3PRO formats are not compatible with the audio player.�The player is compatible with VBR (Variable Bit Rate).
�When playing back files recorded as VBR (Variable Bit Rate) files, the play time will not be correctly displayed if the fast forward or reverse operations are used.
�It is not possible to check fold-ers that do not include MP3/WMA/AAC files.
�MP3/WMA/AAC files in fold-ers up to 8 levels deep can be played. However, the start of playback may be delayed when using USB memory containing numerous levels of folders. For this reason, we recommend creating USB memory with no more than 2 levels of folders.
�The play order of the USB memory with the structure shown above is as follows:
https://www.MyCarManual.com”•Mhh uh�”(hh�h}”ubŒ$3ea4c742-7e13-44f0-93b4-ab7dd34cbf31”h
)�”}”(h
}”(hNh}”(hhhMHuhX�329 5-10. Tips for operating the audio/visual system
COROLLA_U5Entune audio�The order changes depending
on the personal computer and MP3/WMA/AAC encoding software you use.Compatible video format
Format Codec
MPEG-4Video codec:
ï‚·H.264/MPEG-4 AVC
ï‚·MPEG4
Audio codec:ï‚·AAC
ï‚·MP3
Corresponding screen size:ï‚·MAX 1920ï‚´1080
Corresponding frame rate:ï‚·MAX 60i/30p
https://www.MyCarManual.com”hh uh�”(hh�h}”ubŒ$9662d214-ea76-4486-8cd1-527da541c2df”h
)�”}”(h
}”(hNh}”(hhhMIuhX_330 5-10. Tips for operating the audio/visual system
COROLLA_Uâ– ID3 tag
This is a method of embedding track-related information in an
MP3 file. This embedded infor-mation can include the track number, track title, the artist’s name, the album title, the music genre, the year of production, comments, cover art and other data. The contents can be freely edited using software with ID3 tag editing functions. Although the tags are restricted to a num-ber of characters, the informa-tion can be viewed when the track is played back.
â– WMA tag
WMA files can contain a WMA tag that is used in the same way as an ID3 tag. WMA tags carry information such as track title and artist name.
â– MP3
MP3 is an audio compression standard determined by a work-ing group (MPEG) of the ISO (International Standard Organi-zation). MP3 compresses audio data to about 1/10 the size of that on conventional discs.
â– WMA
�WMA (Windows Media Audio) is an audio compression for-
mat developed by Microsoft
®.
It compresses files into a size
smaller than that of MP3 files. The decoding formats for WMA files are Ver. 7, 8 and 9.
�Windows Media is either a registered trademark or trade-AVI ContainerVideo codec:
ï‚·H.264/MPEG-4 AVC
ï‚·MPEG4
ï‚·WMV9
ï‚·WMV9 Advanced pro-file
Audio codec:ï‚·AAC
ï‚·MP3
ï‚·WMA9.2 (7,8,9.1,9.2)
Corresponding screen size:ï‚·MAX 1920ï‚´1080
Corresponding frame rate:ï‚·MAX 60i/30p
Windows Media VideoVideo codec:ï‚·WMV9
ï‚·WMV9 Advanced pro-file
Audio codec:ï‚·WMA9.2 (7,8,9.1,9.2)
Corresponding screen size:ï‚·MAX 1920ï‚´1080
Corresponding frame rate:ï‚·MAX 60i/30p
TermsFormat Codec
https://www.MyCarManual.com”hh uh�”(hh�h}”ubŒ$7150a187-2c1c-403c-add1-7c41c3f89a75”h
)�”}”(h
}”(hNh}”(hhhMJuhX¼331 5-10. Tips for operating the audio/visual system
COROLLA_U5Entune audiomark of Microsoft Corpora-
tion in the United States and/or other countries. This product includes technol-ogy owned by Microsoft Cor-poration and cannot be used or distributed without a license from Microsoft Licens-ing, Inc.
â– AAC
AAC is short for Advanced Audio Coding and refers to an audio compression technology standard used with MPEG2 and MPEG4.
â– USBâ– iPod
■Bluetooth® audio
If the malfunction is not rectified:
Take your vehicle to your Toyota
dealer.Error messages
Message Explanation
“USB Error�This indicates a
problem in the USB memory or its connection.
“No music files found.�This indicates that no MP3/WMA/AAC files are included in the USB mem-ory.
“No video files found.�This indicates that no video files are included in the USB mem-ory.Message Explanation
“iPod Error�This indicates a problem in the iPod or its con-nection.
“No music files found.�This indicates that there is no music data in the iPod.
“Please check the iPod firm-ware version.�This indicates that the software version is not compatible. Per-form the iPod firmware updates and try again.
“Unable to authorize the iPod.�This indicates that it failed to authorize the iPod.
Please check
your iPod.
Message Explanation
“Music tracks not supported. Please check your portable player.� This indicates a problem in the
Bluetooth
®
device.
https://www.MyCarManual.com”hh uh�”(hh�h}”ubŒ$0c53eb90-58b3-4a9e-a443-ebe7516f705a”h
)�”}”(h
}”(hNh}”(hhhMKuhŒŒ332 5-10. Tips for operating the audio/visual system
COROLLA_Uâ– Except for vehicles sold in CanadaCertification
https://www.MyCarManual.com”hh uh�”(hh�h}”ubŒ$843cb4cf-63e1-4bd5-ae86-dc7830b4fea4”h
)�”}”(h
}”(hNh}”(hhhMLuhŒ…333 5-10. Tips for operating the audio/visual system
COROLLA_U5Entune audioâ– For vehicles sold in Canada
https://www.MyCarManual.com”hh uh�”(hh�h}”ubŒ$bf388ec8-fe93-4d7d-8f48-434b92b370be”h
)�”}”(h
}”(hNh}”(hhhMMuhŒy334 5-10. Tips for operating the audio/visual system
COROLLA_Uâ– Gracenote
â– For U.S. owners
https://www.MyCarManual.com”hh uh�”(hh�h}”ubŒ$f5aff3db-30cb-4989-918a-fbd270db4e43”h
)�”}”(h
}”(hNh}”(hhhMNuhŒg335 5-10. Tips for operating the audio/visual system
COROLLA_U5Entune audio
https://www.MyCarManual.com”hh uh�”(hh�h}”ubŒ$9eab36b2-52d4-4b01-bda5-33e54c14b140”h
)�”}”(h
}”(hNh}”(hhhMOuhXä336 5-11. Voice command system operation
COROLLA_U5-11.Voice command system operation
â– Steering switch
Talk switch
�Voice command system
Press the talk switch to start the
voice command system. To can-cel voice command, press and hold the talk switch.
�When an Apple CarPlay con-nection is established
�Press and hold the talk switch to start Siri. To cancel Siri, press the talk switch.
�Press the talk switch to start the voice command system.■Microphone
It is unnecessary to speak directly into the microphone when giving a command.
â—�Voice commands may not be rec-
ognized if:
• Spoken too quickly.• Spoken at a low or high volume.• The windows are open.
• Passengers are talking while
voice commands are spoken.
• The fan speed of the air condition-
ing system is set at high.
• The air conditioning vents are
turned towards the microphone.
â—�In the following c onditions, the
system may not recognize the
command properly and using
voice commands may not be pos-sible:
• The command is incorrect or
unclear. Note that certain words, accents or speech patterns may
be difficult for the system to recog-
nize.
• There is excessive background
noise, such as wind noise.
â—�Normally, it is necessary to wait
for a beep before saying a com-
mand. To enable th e ability to talk
over prompts and say commands before the beep, enable the voice
prompt interrupt function.
(ï‚®P.299)
â—�This system may not operate immediately after the engine switch is in ACC or ON.Voice command sys-
tem
The voice command sys-
tem enables the radio, phone dialing, etc. to be operated using voice com-mands. Refer to the com-mand list for samples of voice commands. (ï‚® P.339)
Using the voice command
system
https://www.MyCarManual.com”hh uh�”(hh�h}”ubŒ$1d829f8a-eb6e-4327-9301-b24c1bcf9f99”h
)�”}”(h
}”(hNh}”(hhhMPuhXþ337 5-11. Voice command system operation
COROLLA_U5Entune audioThe voice command system is
operated by saying commands which correspond to a sup-ported function. To display examples of commands for sup-ported functions, select a func-tion button on the screen after starting the voice command sys-tem.
1Press the talk switch.
Voice guidance for the voice com-
mand system can be skipped by pressing the talk switch.
2If “Getting Started with Voice�
screen is displayed, select “OK� or press the talk switch. (P.338)
3After hearing a beep, say a supported command.�To display sample commands of the desired function, say the desired function or select the desired function button. To display more commands, select “More Commands�.
�Selecting “Help� or saying “Help� prompts the voice com-mand system to offer exam-ples of commands and operation methods.
�Registered POIs, registered names in the contacts list etc., can be said in the place of the “<>� next to the commands. (P.339)
For example: Say “Find a restau-
rant�, “Call John Smith� etc.
�If a desired outcome is not
shown, or if no selections are available, perform one of the following to return to the pre-vious screen:
• Say “Go back�.
•S e l e c t .
�To cancel voice recognition,
select , say “Cancel�, or
press and hold the talk switch.
�To perform the voice com-
mand operation again, select “Start Over� or say “Start over�.
�To suspend voice command operation, select “Pause� or say “Pause�. To resume the voice command operation, select “Resume� or press the NOTICE
Do not touch and put a sharp
object to the microphone. It may cause failure.
Voice command system
operation
Operation from the main
menu
https://www.MyCarManual.com”hh uh�”(hh�h}”ubŒ$b3a53ac8-f452-4a49-8b23-8bae0252f380”h
)�”}”(h
}”(hNh}”(hhhMQuhX338 5-11. Voice command system operation
COROLLA_Utalk switch.
â—�If the system does not respond or
the confirmation screen does not disappear, press the talk switch
and try again.
â—�If a voice command cannot be rec-ognized 3 consecutive times,
voice recognition will be canceled.
â—�Voice recognition prompts can be
changed on the voice settings screen. (ï‚® P.299)
This function can be used to cancel voice guidance by turning the voice
prompts off. When you press the
talk switch while using this setting, a beep sounds, and then you can
immediately say a command.
â—�Some voice guidance can be can-celed by setting voice prompts to
off. Use this setting when it is desirable to say a command
immediately after pressing the talk
switch and hearing a beep.
To increase voice recognition
performance, use the “Tutori-als� and “Voice Training� func-tions on the “Getting Started with Voice� screen. These func-tions are only available when the vehicle is not moving.
The “Tutorials� and “Voice Train-
ing� functions can also be started on the voice settings screen. ( P.299)
1Press the talk switch.2Select the desired item to be set.
Select to display the voice
command tutorials.
Select to train the voice com-
mand system.
The user will be a sked to say 10
sample phrases. This will help the
voice command system adapt to
the user’s accent.
Select to prevent the screen
from being displayed again.
Select to proceed to the
voice command screen.Increasing the voice rec-
ognition performance
https://www.MyCarManual.com”hh uh�”(hh�h}”ubŒ$d48f1830-d3fa-41bb-9120-7da7d4b78164”h
)�”}”(h
}”(hNh}”(hhhMRuhXÚ339 5-11. Voice command system operation
COROLLA_U5Entune audioRecognizable voice commands
and their actions are shown below.
�Frequently used commands
are listed in the following tables.
�For devices that are not installed to the vehicle, com-mands relating to that device may not be displayed on the screen. Also, depending on other conditions, such as compatibility, some com-mands may not be displayed on the screen.
�The functions available may vary according to the system installed.
�Voice recognition language can be changed. ( P.296)
â– Commonâ– Top menu
*: Vehicle must be parked
â– Phone*1Command list
Command list overview
Command list
Command Action
“Help�Displays exam-
ples of some of the available commands
“Go back�Returns to the previous screen
“Cancel�Cancels the voice command system“Start over�Returns to top menu screen
“Pause�Temporarily pauses a voice session until it is resumed by pressing the talk switch again.
Command Action
“Show com-mand examples for <menu>�Displays the command list of the selected menu
“More com-mands�Displays more commonly used commands
“Voice settings�Displays Voice Setting screen
“Train my voice�Displays Train Voice Recogni-
tion screen
*
Command Action
“Call <con-
tact>�*2Places a call to
the specified contact from the phone book
“Call <contact>
<phone type>�*2Places a call to
the specified phone type of the contact from the phone bookCommand Action
https://www.MyCarManual.com”hh uh�”(hh�h}”ubŒ$d0b07451-c0e9-4d39-ac8b-2ed62e620996”h
)�”}”(h
}”(hNh}”(hhhMSuhX°340 5-11. Voice command system operation
COROLLA_U*1:When an Apple CarPlay connec-
tion is established, this voice
commands will be unavailable.
*2:If the system does not recognize
the name of a con tact, create a
voice tag. ( ï‚®P.362) The name of
a contact can also be recognized by adding a voice tag.
â– While in a phone call**: When an Apple CarPlay connec-
tion is established, this voice commands will be unavailable.
â– While incoming message
notification is displayed*1, 2
*1:Full screen message notification
must be turned on within the
phone settings ( ï‚®P.360)
*2:When an Apple CarPlay connec-
tion is established, this voice commands will be unavailable.
■Radio“Dial <phone number>�Places a call to the specified phone number
“Redial�Places a call to the phone num-ber of the latest outgoing call
“Call back�Places a call to the phone num-ber of latest incoming call
“Show recent calls� Displays the call history screen
“Send a mes-sage to <con-tact>�Sends a text message to specified con-tact from the phone book
Command Action
“Send <digits>�Sends DTMF tones has speci-fied
“Mute�Mutes the micro-phone (far side cannot hear the conversation)
“Unmute�Unmutes the microphoneCommand Action
Command Action
“Read message�Reads the incoming mes-sage over the vehicle speakers
“Ignore�Ignores the incoming mes-sage notification
“Reply�Initiates sending a reply to the incoming mes-sage
“Call�Places a call to the phone num-ber of incoming message
Command Action
“Tune to <fre-quency> AM�Changes the radio to the specified AM fre-quency
“Tune to <fre-quency> FM�Changes the radio to the specified FM fre-quency
https://www.MyCarManual.com”hh uh�”(hh�h}”ubŒ$5029c639-85db-46fa-bb2d-f997dea85687”h
)�”}”(h
}”(hNh}”(hhhMTuhXô341 5-11. Voice command system operation
COROLLA_U5Entune audio*: A station list must be built first
using the radio screen ( ï‚®P.307)
â– Audio*1
*1:The audio device must be con-
nected via a USB cable to use
the functionality in this section
*2:When an Apple CarPlay connec-
tion is established, this voice commands will be unavailable.
â– Apps*1
*1:When an Apple CarPlay connec-
tion is established, this voice commands will be unavailable.
*2:When an application is opened
and is in full screen mode, press-ing the talk switch will start the voice command system and commands for the currently dis-played application will be avail-able
â—�Commands relating to operation
of the audio/visual system can “Play a <genre>
station�Changes the radio to an FM station of the
specified genre
*
“Tune to preset
<1-36>�Changes the radio to the specified preset radio station
Command Action
“Play Playlist
<name>�*2Plays tracks
from the selected playlist
“Play Artist
<name>�*2Plays tracks
from the selected artist
“Play Song
<name>�*2Plays the
selected track
“Play Album
<name>�*2Plays tracks
from the selected album
“Play Genre
<name>�*2Plays tracks
from the selected genre
“Play Composer
<name>�*2Plays tracks
from the selected com-poser
“Play Podcast
<name>�*2Plays tracks
from the selected podcastCommand Action
“Play Audiobook
<name>�*2Plays tracks
from the selected audio-book
“Audio On�Turns the audio/visual sys-tem on
“Audio Off�Turns the audio/visual sys-tem off
“Change the audio source to <source name>� Sets the source to the specified audio mode
Command Action
“Launch <appli-
cation name>�*2Activates the
Toyota Entune App Suite Con-nect applicationCommand Action
https://www.MyCarManual.com”hh uh�”(hh�h}”ubŒ$c6b28e85-b445-4ef4-a2e4-0ba5879f0a86”h
)�”}”(h
}”(hNh}”(hhhMUuhŒ‹342 5-11. Voice command system operation
COROLLA_Uonly be performed when the
audio/visual system is turned on.
https://www.MyCarManual.com”hh uh�”(hh�h}”ubŒ$f9a3c82b-8d50-4815-adb9-edab85db907a”h
)�”}”(h
}”(hNh}”(hhhMVuhXB343 5-12. Mobile Assistant operation
COROLLA_U5Entune audio5-12.Mobile Assistant operation
â—�While a phone call is active, the
Mobile Assistant cannot be used.
â—�If using the navig ation feature of
the cellular phone, ensure the
active audio source is Bluetooth®
audio or iPod in order to hear turn
by turn direction prompts.
â—�Wait for the listening beeps before using the Mobile Assistant.
â—�The Mobile Assistant may not rec-ognize commands in the following situations:
• Spoken too quickly.• Spoken at a low or high volume.• The windows are open.• Passengers are talking while the
Mobile Assistant is being used.
• The fan speed of the air condition-
ing system is set at high.
• The air conditioning vents are
turned toward the microphone.
Mobile Assist supports the Siri
Eyes Free Mode and Google App. The available features and functions may vary based on the iOS/Android version installed on the connected device.
�Type A
1Press and hold the talk
switch on the steering wheel
until Mobile Assistant screen is displayed.
�Type B
1Press and hold the switch
on the steering wheel until Mobile Assistant
The Mobile Assistant func-
tion is a voice input assist function. Mobile Assist sup-ports the Siri Eyes Free Mode and Google App. (Google App can be used only with the corresponding device.) Instructions can be spoken into the vehicle microphone as if speaking a command to the phone. The content of the request is then interpreted by the phone and the result is out-put from the vehicle speak-ers. To operate the Mobile Assistant, a compatible device must be registered and connected to this sys-
tem via Bluetooth
®.
(ï‚®P.276)
When an Apple CarPlay
connection is established, this function will be unavail-able.Connectable devices and
available functions
Mobile Assistant opera-tion
https://www.MyCarManual.com”hh uh�”(hh�h}”ubŒ$be100090-f395-4c49-b36d-153450839aeb”h
)�”}”(h
}”(hNh}”(hhhMWuhX&344 5-12. Mobile Assistant operation
COROLLA_UMobile Assistant screen is
displayed.
2The Mobile Assistant can be used only when the following screen is displayed.
�Type A: To cancel the Mobile Assistant, select “Cancel� or press and hold the talk switch on the steering wheel.Type B: To cancel the Mobile Assistant, select “Cancel� or
press and hold the switch
on the steering wheel.
�Type A: To restart the Mobile
Assistant for additional com-mands, press the talk switch on the steering wheel.Type B: To restart the Mobile Assistant for additional com-
mands, press the switch
on the steering wheel.
• Mobile Assistant can only be restarted after the system
responds to a voice command.
• After some phone and music
commands, the Mobile Assistant feature will automatically end to complete the requested action.
�The volume of the Mobile
Assistant can be adjusted using the “POWER VOLUME� knob or steering wheel vol-ume control switches. The Mobile Assistant and phone call volumes are synchro-nized.
https://www.MyCarManual.com”hh uh�”(hh�h}”ubŒ$bac0f58e-9210-43eb-afc3-3c5245aa4187”h
)�”}”(h
}”(hNh}”(hhhMXuhX345 5-13. Phone operation (Hands-free system for cellular phones)
COROLLA_U5Entune audio5-13.Phone operation (Hands-free system for cellular phones)
The phone screen can be
reached by the following meth-ods:
�From the “PHONE� button
Press the “PHONE� button.
�From the “MENU� button
Press the “MENU� button, then select “Phone�.
The following functions can be
used on phone operation:
�Registering/connecting a
Bluetooth
® device ( P.276)
�Placing a call using the Blue-tooth
® hands-free system
(ï‚®P.350)
�Receiving a call using the
Bluetooth® hands-free system
(ï‚®P.353)
�Talking on the Bluetooth®
hands-free system (ï‚® P.354)The following function can be
used on message function:
Using the Bluetooth® phone
message function ( ï‚®P.356)
The following functions can be
made in the system:
�Phone settings ( P.360)
�Bluetooth® settings ( P.280)Quick reference
Phone screen operation
Bluetooth® hands-free
system operation
Message function
Setting up a phone
https://www.MyCarManual.com”hh uh�”(hh�h}”ubŒ$4ea93811-0aca-4ad6-b62d-0e4a41ffddd4”h
)�”}”(h
}”(hNh}”(hhhMYuhX 346 5-13. Phone operation (Hands-fr ee system for cellular phones)
COROLLA_Uâ—�This system is n ot guaranteed to
operate with all Bluetooth®
devices.
â—�If your cellular phone does not
support Bluetooth®, this system
cannot function.
â—�In the following conditions, the
system may not function:
• The cellular phone is turned off.
• The current position is outside the
communication area.
• The cellular phone is not con-
nected.
• The cellular phone has a low bat-
tery.
â—�Depending on the type of Blue-
tooth® phone, some function is
not available.â—�When using the hands-free sys-tem or Bluetooth
® audio and
Wi-Fi® Hotspot functions at the
same time, the following problems
may occur:
• The Bluetooth® connection may
be cut.
• Noise may be heard on the Blue-
tooth® audio playback.
• A noise may be heard during
phone calls.
�Bluetooth® uses the 2.4 GHz fre-
quency band. If both a Wi-Fi® con-
nection and Bluetooth®
connection are being used simul-
taneously, each connection may
be affected.
�If a Bluetooth® device is attempt-
ing to connect to the vehicle while
another device is connected as a
Bluetooth® audio device or con-
nected using the hands-free sys-
tem or Wi-Fi® Hotspot function,
the communication speed may
decrease or malfunctions may
occur, such as image distortion or
audio skipping. If a Bluetooth®
device is connected to the system,
the interference it may cause will be reduced. When carrying a
device with its Bluetooth® connec-
tion enabled, make sure to regis-
ter it to the system and connect it
or disable its Bluetooth® function.
â—�When a device is connected via Bluetooth
®, the Bluetooth® icon
on the status bar will be displayed
in blue. ( ï‚®P.264)Some basics
The hands-free system
enables calls to be made and received without having to take your hands off the steering wheel.
This system supports Blue-
tooth®. Bluetooth® is a wire-
less data system that
enables cellular phones to be used without being con-nected by a cable or placed in a cradle.
The operating procedure of the phone is explained here.
When an Apple CarPlay connection is established, phone functions will be per-formed by Apple CarPlay instead of the hands-free system.
WARNING
â—�While driving, do not operate a
cellular phone.
https://www.MyCarManual.com”hh uh�”(hh�h}”ubŒ$c9860289-e3ed-4d6f-9b65-22ca5915e2b7”h
)�”}”(h
}”(hNh}”(hhhMZuhX347 5-13. Phone operation (Hands-free system for cellular phones)
COROLLA_U5Entune audio
To use the hands-free system
for cellular phones, it is neces-sary to register a cellular phone with the system. ( P.276)■Connecting a Bluetooth®
device
�Registering an additional device
1Display the phone top screen. (ï‚® P.345)
2Select “Select Device�.
3Select “Add Device�.
When another Bluetooth® device is
connected, a confirmation screen
will be displayed. To disconnect the
Bluetooth® device, select “Yes�.
4Follow the steps in “Register-
ing a Bluetooth® phone for
the first time� from step 5.
(ï‚®P.276)
�Selecting a registered device
1Display the phone top screen. (ï‚® P.345)
2Select “Select Device�.
3Select the desired device to be connected.
4Check that a confirmation screen is displayed when the connection is complete.
If an error message is displayed,
follow the guidance on the screen
to try again.
■Bluetooth® phone condition
display
The condition of the Bluetooth®
phone appears on the upper
right side of the screen. (ï‚®P.265)WARNING
â—�Your audio unit is fitted with
Bluetooth® antennas. People
with implantable cardiac pace-
makers, cardiac resynchroniza-tion therapy-pacemakers or
implantable cardioverter defibril-
lators should maintain a reason-able distance between
themselves and the Bluetooth
®
antennas. The radio waves may
affect the operation of such devices.
�Before using Bluetooth®
devices, users of any electrical medical device other than
implantable cardiac pacemak-
ers, cardiac resynchronization therapy-pacemakers or implant-
able cardioverter defibrillators
should consult the manufacturer
of the device for information
about its operation under the
influence of radio waves. Radio waves could have unexpected
effects on the operation of such
medical devices.
NOTICE
Do not leave your cellular phone
in the vehicle. The temperature
inside may rise to a level that could damage the phone.
Registering/Connecting a
Bluetooth® phone
https://www.MyCarManual.com”hh uh�”(hh�h}”ubŒ$dbc17bd5-acf0-4dd9-a322-b554ce866a2a”h
)�”}”(h
}”(hNh}”(hhhM[uhXƒ348 5-13. Phone operation (Hands-fr ee system for cellular phones)
COROLLA_Uâ– Steering switch
By pressing the phone switch, a
call can be received or ended without taking your hands off the steering wheel.
Phone switch
• If the switch is pressed during a
call, the call will end.
• If the switch is pressed when an
incoming call is r eceived, the call
will be answered.
• If the switch is pressed during a
call when a separate incoming
call is waiting, the waiting call will be answered.
• If the switch is pressed when an
Apple CarPlay connection is established, the Apple CarPlay phone application will be dis-played on the system screen.
Volume control switch
• Press the “+� side to increase the
volume.
• Press the “-� side to decrease the
volume.
â– Microphone
The microphone is used when
talking on the phone.�The other party’s voice will be
heard from the front speakers.
The audio/vis ual system will be
muted during phone calls or when
hands-free voice commands are
used.
â—�Talk alternately with the other party on the phone. If both parties speak at the same time, the other
party may not hear what has been
said. (This is not a malfunction.)
�Keep call volume down. Other-wise, the other party’s voice may be audible outside the vehicle and
voice echo may increase. When
talking on the phone, speak clearly towards the microphone.
â—�The other party may not hear you clearly when:
• Driving on an unpaved road.
(Making excessive traffic noise.)
• Driving at high speeds.
• The windows are open.
• The air conditioning vents are
pointed towards the microphone.
• The sound of the air conditioning
fan is loud.
• There is a negative effect on
sound quality due to the phone and/or network being used.Using the phone
switch/microphone
NOTICE
Do not touch and put a sharp
object to the microphone. It may
cause failure.
https://www.MyCarManual.com”hh uh�”(hh�h}”ubŒ$ad74df8f-7d28-49b1-ba46-3fddd68c29c3”h
)�”}”(h
}”(hNh}”(hhhM\uhXZ349 5-13. Phone operation (Hands-free system for cellular phones)
COROLLA_U5Entune audioPress this switch to operate the
voice command system.
The voice command system and
its list of commands can be operated. ( ï‚®P.336)
The following data is stored for every registered phone. When another phone is connected, the following registered data cannot be read:
�Contact data
�Call history data
�Favorites data
�Image data
�All phone settings
�Message settings
When a phone’s registration is
deleted, the above-mentioned data
is also deleted.A lot of personal data is regis-
tered when the hands-free sys-tem is used. When selling or disposing of the v ehicle, initial-
ize the data. ( ï‚®P.298)
The following data in the system can be initialized:
�Contact data
�Call history data
�Favorites data
�Image data
�All phone settings
�Message settings
Once initialized, t he data and set-
tings will be erased. Pay additional
attention when initializing the data.Voice command system
About the contacts in the
contact listWhen selling or disposing of the vehicle
https://www.MyCarManual.com”hh uh�”(hh�h}”ubŒ$d83cad32-d8ed-43fd-98dd-6f449548abf1”h
)�”}”(h
}”(hNh}”(hhhM]uhX�350 5-13. Phone operation (Hands-fr ee system for cellular phones)
COROLLA_U1Display the phone top
screen. (ï‚® P.345)
2Select the desired method to call from.
â– Calling methods from phone screen
�By call history ( P.350)
�By favorites ( P.350)
�By contacts ( P.351)
�By keypad ( P.352)
�By message ( P.359)
■Also the following lists are available from each func-tion’s screen
�By voice command system (P.337)
�By home screen ( P.352)
Up to 30 of the latest call history items (missed, incoming and outgoing) can be selected.
1Display the phone top
screen. (ï‚® P.345)
2Select “History� and select the desired contact.
If the contact which is not regis-
tered on the contact list is selected,
the name is displayed as “Unknown Contact�. In this case, select the
number to make a call properly.
3Check that the dialing screen
is displayed.
â—�The icons of call type are dis-
played.
: Missed call
: Incoming call
: Outgoing call
â—�When making a call to the same
number continuously, only the
most recent call is listed in call his-tory.
â—�When a phone number registered in the contact list is received, the
name is displayed.
â—�Number-withheld calls are also
memorized in the system.
â—�International phone calls may not be made depending on the type of
Bluetooth® phone you have.
â—�The list should group together
consecutive entries with the same
phone number and same call
type. For example, two calls from John’s mobile would be displayed
as follows: John (2)
Calls can be made using regis-
tered contacts which can be Placing a call using
the Bluetooth®
hands-free system
After a Bluetooth® phone
has been registered, a call
can be made using the hands-free system. There are several methods by which a call can be made, as described below.
Calling methods on the
Bluetooth® phone
By call historyBy favorites list
https://www.MyCarManual.com”hh uh�”(hh�h}”ubŒ$831e1e87-a4e1-4c8b-8069-e629754db54e”h
)�”}”(h
}”(hNh}”(hhhM^uhX351 5-13. Phone operation (Hands-free system for cellular phones)
COROLLA_U5Entune audioselected from a contact list.
(ï‚®P.351)
1Display the phone top screen. (ï‚® P.345)
2Select “Favorites� and select the desired contact.
3Select the desired number.
4Check that the dialing screen is displayed.
Calls can be made by using contact data which is transferred from a registered cellular phone. (ï‚®P.362)
Up to 5000 contacts (maximum of 4 phone numbers, e-mail addresses and addresses per contact) can be registered in the contact list.
1Display the phone top
screen. (ï‚® P.345)
2Select “Contacts� and select the desired contact.
3Select the desired number.
“Add Favorite�/“Remove Favorite�:
Select to register /remove the con-
tact in the favorites list. ( ï‚®P.366,
367)
“E-mail Addresses�: Select to dis-play all registered e-mail addresses
for the contact.
“Addresses�: Select to display all
registered addresses for the con-
tact.
4Check that the dialing screen
is displayed.
â– For PBAP compatible Blue-
tooth® phones when “Auto-
matic Transfer� is set to on
(ï‚®P.362)
Contacts are transferred auto-matically.
â– For PBAP compatible Blue-
tooth® phones when “Auto-
matic Transfer� is set to off
(ï‚®P.362)
1Select the desired item.
Select to always transfer all
the contacts from a con-nected cellular phone auto-matically.
Select to transfer all the con-
tacts from a connected cellu-lar phone only once.
Select to cancel transferring.By contacts list
When the contact list is
empty
https://www.MyCarManual.com”hh uh�”(hh�h}”ubŒ$649c0cb4-329b-4ddc-936c-bb8602c334ab”h
)�”}”(h
}”(hNh}”(hhhM_uhX352 5-13. Phone operation (Hands-fr ee system for cellular phones)
COROLLA_U2Check that a confirmation
screen is displayed when the operation is complete.
â– For PBAP incompatible but OPP compatible Blue-
tooth
® phones
1Select the desired item.
Select to transfer the con-
tacts from the connected cel-lular phone.Transfer the contact data to the system using a Blue-
tooth
® phone.
Select to add a new contact
manually.Follow the steps in “Register-ing a new contact to the con-tacts list� from step 2.
(ï‚®P.365)
Select to cancel transferring.
â—�If your cellular phone is neither
PBAP nor OPP compatible, the
contacts cannot be transferred
using Bluetooth®. But the contacts
can be transferred from USB
device. ( ï‚®P.364)
â—�Depending on the type of Blue-
tooth® phone:
• It may be necessa ry to perform
additional steps on the phone
when transferring contact data.
• The registered image in the con-tact list may not transfer depend-
ing on the type of Bluetooth®
phone connected.
1Display the phone top
screen. (ï‚® P.345)
2Select “Keypad� and enter the phone number.
3Select or press the
switch on the steering wheel.
4Check that the dialing screen
is displayed.
Depending on the type of Blue-
tooth® phone being connected, it
may be necessary to perform addi-
tional steps on the phone.
1Display the home screen.
(ï‚®P.270)
2Select the desired contact.
3Check that the dialing screen is displayed.
â– Registering a new contact
1Select and hold the screen button to add a contact.
2Select the desired contact.
3Select the desired number.
â—�If there is no contact in the con-
tacts list, the cont acts cannot be
registered at the home screen.
â—�The contact cannot be registered
at the home screen while driving.
By keypad
By home screen
https://www.MyCarManual.com”hh uh�”(hh�h}”ubŒ$5f499f9b-7c3e-4a24-89f7-9f64108aeb88”h
)�”}”(h
}”(hNh}”(hhhM`uhXP353 5-13. Phone operation (Hands-free system for cellular phones)
COROLLA_U5Entune audio1Select “Answer� or press the
switch on the steering
wheel to talk on the phone.
“Decline�: Select to refuse to
receive the call.
To adjust the volume of a received
call: Turn the “POWER VOLUME� knob, or use the volume control switch on the steering wheel.
â—�The contact image picture can be
displayed only when the vehicle is
not moving.
�During international phone calls, the other party’s name or number may not be displayed correctly
depending on the type of Blue-
tooth
® phone you have.
â—�The incoming call display mode
can be set. ( ï‚®P.361)
â—�The ringtone that has been set in the sound settings screen can be
heard when there is an incoming call. Depending on the type of Bluetooth
® phone, both the sys-
tem and Bluetooth® phone may
ring simultaneously when there is an incoming call. ( ï‚®P.360)Receiving a call using
the Bluetooth®
hands-free system
When a call is received, the
following screen is dis-played with a sound.
Incoming calls
https://www.MyCarManual.com”hh uh�”(hh�h}”ubŒ$2f79dbee-5f08-424e-876c-95c911f3b2f5”h
)�”}”(h
}”(hNh}”(hhhMauhXó354 5-13. Phone operation (Hands-fr ee system for cellular phones)
COROLLA_USelect to display the keypad
to send tones. ( ï‚®P.354)
Select to send tones. This button only appears when a number that contains a (w) is dialed in hands-free mode. (ï‚®P.354)
Select to adjust your voice volume that the other party hears from their speaker. (ï‚®P.355)
Select to mute your voice to the other party.
Select to change handset
modes between hands-free and cellular phone.
Select to put a call on hold.
To cancel this function, select “Activate�.
Select to hang up the phone.
â—�Changing from hands-free call to
cellular phone call is not possible while driving.
â—�Only when the vehicle is not mov-ing, the contact image can be dis-
played.
â—�When cellular phone call is changed to hands-free call, the
hands-free screen will be dis-played and its functions can be
operated on the screen.
â—�Changing between cellular phone call and hands-free call can be
performed by operating the cellu-lar phone directly.
â—�Transferring methods and opera-tions will be differ ent depending
on the type of cellular phone you
have.
â—�For the operation of the cellular phone, see the manual that
comes with it.
â– By keypad
This operation cannot be per-
formed while driving.
1Select “0-9�.
2Enter the desired number.
■By selecting “Release
Tones�
“Release Tones� appear when a continuous tone signal (s) con-taining a (w) is registered in the contact list.This operation can be per-formed while driving.
Select “Release Tones�.Talking on the Blue-
tooth® hands-free sys-
tem
While talking on the phone,
the following screen is dis-played. The operations out-lined below can be performed on this screen.
Call screen operation
Sending tones
https://www.MyCarManual.com”hh uh�”(hh�h}”ubŒ$a3f73358-6414-4872-b39d-6c41aaccf396”h
)�”}”(h
}”(hNh}”(hhhMbuhX¡355 5-13. Phone operation (Hands-free system for cellular phones)
COROLLA_U5Entune audioâ—�A continuous tone signal is a char-
acter string that consists of num-
bers and the characters “p� or “w�. (e.g. 056133w0123p#1)
�When the “p� pause tone is used, the tone data up until the next
pause tone will be automatically
sent after 2 seconds have elapsed. When the “w� pause tone
is used, the tone data up until the
next pause tone will be automati-
cally sent after a user operation is performed.
â—�Release tones can be used when automated operation of a phone
based service su ch as an answer-
ing machine or bank phone ser-
vice is desired. A phone number
with continuous tone signals can be registered in the contact list.
�Tone data after a “w� pause tone can be operated by voice com-
mand during a call.
1Select “Transmit Volume�.
2Select the desired level for
the transmit volume.
3Select to display previ-
ous screen.
â—�The sound quality of the voice
heard from the other party’s
speaker may be negatively impacted.
�“Transmit Volume� is dimmed when mute is on.
�When there are no calls on
hold during a call: “Hold� is displayed. When selected, the current call is placed on hold.
�When there is no current call, but there is a call on hold: “Activate� is displayed. When selected, the system switches to the call that was on hold.
�When there is another call on hold during a call: “Swap Calls� is displayed. When selected, the current call is placed on hold, and the sys-tem switches to the call that was on hold.
This function may not be available
depending on the type of cellular
phone.
When a call is interrupted by a
third party while talking, the incoming screen is displayed.
Select “Answer� or press the
switch on the steering wheel to
start talking with the other party.
�To refuse to receive the call:
Select “Decline�.
�Each time “Swap Calls� is selected, the party who is on hold will be switched.
This function may not be available
depending on the type of Bluetooth®
phone.Transmit volume setting
Switching calls while a
call is in progress
Incoming call waiting
https://www.MyCarManual.com”hh uh�”(hh�h}”ubŒ$8c4b8fb5-0bd6-4f3d-9987-bed598ceab93”h
)�”}”(h
}”(hNh}”(hhhMcuhXD356 5-13. Phone operation (Hands-fr ee system for cellular phones)
COROLLA_U1Display the phone top
screen. (ï‚® P.345)
2Select “Message�.
A confirmation message appears
when the “Automatic Message
Transfer� function is set to off
(P.368), select “Yes�.
3Check that the message
screen is displayed.
“Phone�: Select to change to phone
mode.
�The account name is dis-
played on the left side of screen.
�Account names are the names of the accounts that exist on the currently con-nected phone.
�The following functions can be used on message function:
• Receiving a message
(ï‚®P.356)
• Checking messages
(ï‚®P.357)
• Replying to a message (dicta-
tion reply) (ï‚® P.358)
• Replying to a message (quick
reply) (ï‚® P.358)
• Calling the message sender
(ï‚®P.359)
• Message settings ( P.368)
When an e-mail/SMS/MMS is received, the incoming message screen pops up with sound and is ready to be operated on the screen.
Select to check the message.
Select to not open the mes-
sage.
Select to call the message
sender.
�Depending on the type of Blue-Bluetooth® phone
message function
Received messages can be forwarded from the con-
nected Bluetooth
® phone,
enabling checking and
replying using the system.
Depending on the type of
Bluetooth® phone con-
nected, received messages
may not be transferred to the system.
If the phone does not sup-port the message function, this function cannot be used. Even when the sup-ported phone is used, reply function may not be used.
Displaying the message
screenReceiving a message
https://www.MyCarManual.com”hh uh�”(hh�h}”ubŒ$ac3b8b2f-fd9e-4298-ba14-12e6878e7654”h
)�”}”(h
}”(hNh}”(hhhMduhXX357 5-13. Phone operation (Hands-free system for cellular phones)
COROLLA_U5Entune audiotooth® phone used for receiving
messages, or its registration sta-
tus with the system, some infor-
mation may not be displayed.
â—�The pop-up screen is separately available for incoming e-mail and
SMS/MMS messages under the following conditions:
E-mail:
• “Incoming E-mail Display� is set to
“Full Screen�. ( P.361)
• “E-mail Notification Pop-up� is set
to on. (ï‚®P.361)
SMS/MMS:• “Incoming SMS/MMS Display� is
set to “Full Screen�. ( P.361)
• “SMS/MMS Notification Pop-up� is
set to on. ( ï‚®P.361)
â—�Depending on the type of Blue-
tooth® phone being connected,
E-Mail function cannot be used via Bluetooth
®.
1Display the message screen.
(ï‚®P.356)
2Select a desired account name.
3Select the desired message from the list.
4Check that the message is displayed.
Select to call the message sender.
Select to have messages
read out.To cancel this function, select “Stop�.When “Automatic Message Readout� is set to on, mes-sages will be automatically read out. ( P.368)
Select to display the previous or next message.
This function can be chosen
the method to reply mes-sage with “Dictation� or “Quick Message�.
â—�Reading a text message is not
available while driving.
â—�Depending on the type of Blue-
tooth® phone being connected,
this function cannot be used.
â—�Depending on the type of Blue-tooth
® phone being connected, it
may be necessary to perform
additional steps on the phone.
â—�Messages are displayed in the appropriate connected Blue-
tooth® phone’s registered mail
address folder. Select the desired
folder to be displayed.
â—�Only received messages on the
connected Bluetooth® phone can
be displayed.
â—�The text of the message is not dis-
played while driving.
�Turn the “POWER VOLUME� knob, or use the volume control
switch on the steering wheel to
adjust the message read out vol-
ume.
�“Subject:� field is not shown on SMS case.
�E-mail only: Select “Mark Unread� Checking received mes-
sages
https://www.MyCarManual.com”hh uh�”(hh�h}”ubŒ$4ee4d8f4-fe1c-4865-9fa8-0f57401f0f0b”h
)�”}”(h
}”(hNh}”(hhhMeuhXW358 5-13. Phone operation (Hands-fr ee system for cellular phones)
COROLLA_Uor “Mark Read� to mark mail
unread or read on the message
screen.
This function is available when “Update Message Read Status on
Phone� is set to on. ( P.368)
*: If equipped
1Display the message screen.
(ï‚®P.356)
2Select the desired message from the list.
3Select “Reply�.
4Select “Dictation�.
5When the “Say Your Mes-sage� screen is displayed, speak message that you want to send.
6Select “Send� to send mes-sage.
“Cancel�: Select to cancel sending
the message.
“Retry�: Select to retry speaking
message that you want to send.
While the message is being sent, a
sending message screen is dis-
played.
7Check that a confirmation
screen is displayed when the operation is complete.
If an error messa ge is displayed,
follow the guidance on the screen
to try again.
15 messages have already been stored.
1Display the message screen.
(ï‚®P.356)
2Select the desired message from the list.
3Select “Reply�.
4Select “Quick Message�.
5Select the desired message.
: Select to edit the message.
(ï‚®P.358)
6Select “Send�.
“Cancel�: Select to cancel sending
the message.
While the message is being sent, a
sending message screen is dis-
played.
7Check that a confirmation
screen is displayed when the
operation is complete.
If an error message is displayed,
follow the guidance on the screen
to try again.
Depending on the type of Blue-
tooth® phone, reply function is not
available.
â– Editing quick reply mes-
sages
This operation cannot be per-formed while driving.
1Select corresponding to
the desired message to edit.
2Select “OK� when editing is
completed.
To reset the edited quick reply mes-
sages, select “Default�.Replying to a message
(dictation reply)*
Replying to a message
(quick reply)
https://www.MyCarManual.com”hh uh�”(hh�h}”ubŒ$ad28ee2b-7dcb-4266-9165-f8e6d39aebf3”h
)�”}”(h
}”(hNh}”(hhhMfuhXÂ359 5-13. Phone operation (Hands-free system for cellular phones)
COROLLA_U5Entune audioCalls can be made to an
e-mail/SMS/MMS message sender’s phone number.
This operation can be per-
formed while driving.
â– Calling from e-mail/SMS/MMS message display
1Display the message screen. (ï‚®P.356)
2Select the desired message.
3Select , or press the
switch on the steering wheel.
If there are 2 o r more phone num-
bers, select the desired number.
4Check that the dialing screen
is displayed.
â– Calling from a number within a message
Calls can be made to a number identified in a message’s text area.
This operation cannot be per-
formed while driving.
1Display the message screen.
(ï‚®P.356)
2Select the desired message.3Select the text area.
Identified phone numbers con-
tained in the message are dis-
played in blue text.
4Select the desired number.
5Check that the dialing screen
is displayed.
A series of numbers may be recog-
nized as a phone number. Addition-ally, some phone numbers may not
be recognized, such as those for
other countries.
â– Calling from the incoming
message screen
For detail, refer to “Receiving a message�. ( P.356)Calling the message
sender
https://www.MyCarManual.com”hh uh�”(hh�h}”ubŒ$34d7c776-3060-43f3-b8ff-4099c5910eae”h
)�”}”(h
}”(hNh}”(hhhMguhX¢360 5-14. Phone settings
COROLLA_U5-14.Phone settings
1Press the “MENU� button.
2Select “Setup�.
3Select “Phone�.
4Select the desired item to be
set.
Connecting a Bluetooth®
device and editing the Blue-
tooth® device information
(ï‚®P.280, 283)
Sound settings* (ï‚®P.360)
Notification settings*
(ï‚®P.361)
Contact/call history settings* (ï‚®P.362)
Message settings* (ï‚®P.368)
*: This operation cannot be per-
formed while driving.
The call and ringtone volume
can be adjusted. A ringtone can be selected.
1Display the phone settings
screen. (ï‚® P.360)
2Select “Sounds�.
3Select the desired item to be set.
Select to set the desired ring-
tone.
Select “-� or “+� to adjust the
ringtone volume.
Select “-� or “+� to adjust the
default volume of the other party’s voice.Setup
Displaying the phone set-
tings screen
Phone settings screen
Sounds settings screen
https://www.MyCarManual.com”hh uh�”(hh�h}”ubŒ$7f093429-18ad-4777-8422-77e808e4fa49”h
)�”}”(h
}”(hNh}”(hhhMhuhXÂ361 5-14. Phone settings
COROLLA_U5Entune audioSelect to set the desired
incoming e-mail tone.
Select to set the desired
incoming SMS/MMS tone.
Select “-� or “+� to adjust the
incoming SMS/MMS tone volume.
Select “-� or “+� to adjust the
incoming e-mail tone volume.
Select “-� or “+� to adjust the
message readout volume.
Select to reset all setup
items.
Depending on the type of Blue-
tooth® phone, certain functions may
not be available.
1Display the phone settings
screen. (ï‚® P.360)
2Select “Notifications�.3Select the desired item to be set.
Select to change the incom-
ing call display.
“Full Screen�: W hen a call is
received, the incoming call screen
is displayed and can be operated on the screen.“Drop-down�: A message is dis-played at the top of the screen.
Select to set the SMS/MMS
notification pop-up on/off.
Select to change the incom-
ing SMS/MMS display.“Full Screen�: When an SMS/MMS message is
received, the incoming
SMS/MMS display screen is displayed and can be oper-ated on the screen.“Drop-down�: When an SMS/MMS message is received, a message is dis-played at the top of the Notifications settings
screen
https://www.MyCarManual.com”hh uh�”(hh�h}”ubŒ$04effc7d-cc49-4c01-b57c-73df363f03dc”h
)�”}”(h
}”(hNh}”(hhhMiuhX‹362 5-14. Phone settings
COROLLA_Uscreen.
Select to set the e-mail notifi-
cation pop-up on/off.
Select to change the incom-
ing e-mail display.“Full Screen�: When an e-mail is received, the incom-ing e-mail display screen is displayed and can be oper-ated on the screen.“Drop-down�: When an e-mail is received, a mes-sage is displayed at the top of the screen.
Select to set display of the
contact/history transfer com-pletion message on/off.
Select to reset all setup
items.
Depending on the type of Blue-
tooth® phone, these functions may
not be available.
Contacts can be transferred
from a Bluetooth® phone to this
system. Contacts and favorites
can be added, edited and deleted. Also, the call history can be deleted.
1Display the phone settings
screen. (ï‚® P.360)
2Select “Contacts/Call His-tory�.3Select the desired item to be set.
For PBAP compatible Blue-
tooth
® phones: Select to
change the contact/history
transfer settings. ( ï‚®P.363)
Select to update contacts from the connected device. (ï‚®P.363)
Select to sort contacts by the first name or last name field.
Select to add contacts to the
favorites list. ( ï‚®P.366)
Select to delete contacts from the favorites list. (ï‚®P.366)
Select to clear the call his-
tory.
*
Select to add new contacts to the contact list.
* (ï‚®P.365)
Select to edit contacts in the Contacts/Call history set-
tings screen
https://www.MyCarManual.com”hh uh�”(hh�h}”ubŒ$7678dfa8-ac2a-4b2d-8e0d-b834dd4c3114”h
)�”}”(h
}”(hNh}”(hhhMjuhXá363 5-14. Phone settings
COROLLA_U5Entune audiocontact list.* (ï‚®P.365)
Select to delete contacts
from the contact list.*
(ï‚®P.366)
Select to set the voice tags.
(ï‚®P.367)
Select to reset all setup items.
*: For PBAP compatible Bluetooth®
phones, this function is available
when “Automatic Transfer� is set to off. (P.363)
â—�Depending on the type of Blue-
tooth® phone, certain functions
may not be available.
â—�Contact data is managed inde-
pendently for every registered
phone. When one phone is con-nected, another phone’s regis-
tered data cannot be read.
The automatic contact/history
function is available for PBAP
compatible Bluetooth® phones
only.
1Select “Automatic Transfer�.
2Select the desired item to be
set.Select to set automatic con-tact/history transfer on/off. When set to on, the phone’s contact data and history are automatically transferred.
Select to update contacts
from the connected phone. (ï‚®P.363)
Select to set the transferred contact image display on/off.Only when the vehicle is not moving, the contact image can be displayed.
Select to reset all setup
items.
â– Updating contacts from phone
1Select “Update Now�.
Contacts are trans ferred automati-
cally.
2Check that a confirmation screen is displayed when the operation is complete.
�This operation may be unnec-essary depending on the type
of Bluetooth
® phone.
�If another Bluetooth® device
is connected when transfer-
ring contact data, depending on the phone, the connected
Bluetooth
® device may need
to be disconnected.
�Depending on the type of Bluetooth
® phone being con-
nected, it may be necessary
to perform additional steps on the phone.Setting automatic con-
tact/history transfer
https://www.MyCarManual.com”hh uh�”(hh�h}”ubŒ$76e59370-9a86-4cc3-99e9-2fad25fd58e4”h
)�”}”(h
}”(hNh}”(hhhMkuhX#364 5-14. Phone settings
COROLLA_Uâ– Updating the contacts in a
different way (from the call
history screen)*
1Display the phone top
screen. (ï‚® P.345)
2Select “History� and select a contact not yet registered in the contact list.
3Select “Update Contact�.
4Select the desired contact.
5Select a phone type for the phone number.
*: For PBAP compatible Bluetooth®
phones, this function is available
when “Automatic Transfer� is set to off. (P.362)
�When the contact is not regis-
tered
1Select “Transfer Contacts from Device�.
2Select “From Phone (Blue-tooth)�.
3Transfer the contact data to the system using a Blue-
tooth
® phone.
�This operation may be unnec-
essary depending on the type
of Bluetooth® phone.
�To cancel this function, select “Cancel�.
4Check that a confirmation
screen is displayed when the operation is complete.
�When the contact is regis-tered
1Select “Transfer Contacts from Device�.
2Select “From Phone (Blue-tooth)�.
3Select “Replace Contacts� or “Add Contact�.
“Replace Contacts�: Select to trans-
fer the contact fr om the connected
cellular phone and replace the cur-
rent one.
“Add Contact�: Select to transfer
the desired contact data from the
connected cellular phone to add to
the current one.
4Transfer the contact data to
the system using a Blue-
tooth® phone.
�This operation may be unnec-
essary depending on the type
of Bluetooth® phone.
�To cancel this function, select
“Cancel�.
5Check that a confirmation screen is displayed when the operation is complete.
Backed-up contact data (vCard formatted) can be transferred
from USB device or Bluetooth
®
phone to this system.Transfer contacts from
device
From phone (OPP compati-
ble Bluetooth® phones only)
From USB device
https://www.MyCarManual.com”hh uh�”(hh�h}”ubŒ$470ea85d-9f7e-476a-be51-244830457752”h
)�”}”(h
}”(hNh}”(hhhMluhX365 5-14. Phone settings
COROLLA_U5Entune audio1Connect a USB device.
(ï‚®P.304)
2Select “Transfer Contacts from Device�.
3Select “From USB�.
4Select “USB 1� or “USB 2� when the multiple USB devices are connected. If a USB device is connected, skip this procedure.
5Select “Replace Contacts� or “Add Contact�. If the contact is already registered, skip this procedure.
“Replace Contacts�: Select to trans-
fer the contact fro m the connected
USB device or Bluetooth® phone
and replace the current one.
“Add Contact�: Select to transfer
the desired contact data from the
connected USB device or Blue-
tooth® phone to add to the current
one.
6Select a desired file from
vCard file list.
7Check that a confirmation screen is displayed when the operation is complete.
â—�Depending on the type of Blue-
tooth® phone used and number of
files, it may take time to display
vCard file lists and download con-
tacts.
â—�Downloading may not complete correctly in the following cases:
• If the engine switch is turned off
during downloading.
• If the USB device or Bluetooth®
phone is removed before down-loading is complete.New contact data can be regis-
tered.
Up to 4 numbers per person can
be registered. For PBAP com-
patible Bluetooth® phones, this
function is available when “Auto-
matic Transfer� is set to off. (P.362)
1Select “New Contact�.
2Enter the name and select “OK�.
3Enter the phone number and select “OK�.
4Select the phone type for the phone number.
5To add another number to this contact, select “Yes�.
â– Registering a new contact in a different way (from the call history screen)
1Display the phone top screen. (ï‚® P.345)
2Select “History� and select a contact not yet registered in the contact list.
3Select “Add to Contacts�.
4Follow the steps in “Register-ing a new contact to the con-tacts list� from step 2.
(ï‚®P.365)
For PBAP compatible Blue-Registering a new contact
to the contacts list
Editing the contact data
https://www.MyCarManual.com”hh uh�”(hh�h}”ubŒ$d1b204f6-3e27-4964-9d9b-31635108f1f3”h
)�”}”(h
}”(hNh}”(hhhMmuhX²366 5-14. Phone settings
COROLLA_Utooth® phones, this function is
available when “Automatic
Transfer� is set to off. ( P.362)
1Select “Edit Contact�.
2Select the desired contact.
3Select next to the name
or desired number.
4Enter the name or the phone
number and select “OK�.
For PBAP compatible Blue-
tooth® phones, this function is
available when “Automatic
Transfer� is set to off. ( P.362)
1Select “Delete Contacts�.
2Select the desired contact and select “Delete�.
3Select “Yes� when the confir-mation screen appears.
â—�Multiple data can be selected and
deleted at the same time.
�When a Bluetooth® phone is
deleted, the contact data will be
deleted at the same time.
Up to 15 contacts (maximum of
4 numbers per contact) can be registered in the favorites list.
â– Registering the contacts in the favorites list
1Select “Add Favorite�.
2Select the desired contact to add to the favorites list.Dimmed contacts are already
stored as a favorite.
3Check that a confirmation
screen is displayed when the operation is complete.
�When 15 contacts have already been registered to the favorites list
1When 15 contacts have already been registered to the favorites list, a registered contact needs to be replaced.Select “Yes� when the confir-mation screen appears to replace a contact.
2Select the contact to be replaced.
3Check that a confirmation screen is displayed when the operation is complete.
â– Registering contacts in the favorites list in a different way (from the contact details screen)
1Display the phone top screen. (ï‚® P.345)
2Select “Contacts� and select the desired contact.
3Select “Add Favorite�.
4Check that a confirmation screen is displayed when the operation is complete.
â– Deleting the contacts in the favorites list
1Select “Remove Favorite�.
2Select the desired contacts and select “Remove�.Deleting the contact data
Favorites list setting
https://www.MyCarManual.com”hh uh�”(hh�h}”ubŒ$1164f14e-5a8c-4dd6-8504-55fe73ccde6d”h
)�”}”(h
}”(hNh}”(hhhMnuhX»367 5-14. Phone settings
COROLLA_U5Entune audio3Select “Yes� when the confir-
mation screen appears.
4Check that a confirmation screen is displayed when the operation is complete.
â– Deleting contacts in the favorites list in a different way (from the contact details screen)
1Display the phone top screen. (ï‚® P.345)
2Select “Favorites� or “Con-tacts� and select the desired contact to delete.
3Select “Remove Favorite�.
4Select “Yes� when the confir-mation screen appears.
5Check that a confirmation screen is displayed when the
operation is complete.
Calls can be made by saying the
voice tag of a registered contact in the contact list. (ï‚® P.336)
1Select “Manage Voice Tags�.
2Select the desired item to be set.
Select to register a new voice tag. (ï‚®P.367)
Select to edit a voice tag.
(ï‚®P.367)
Select to delete a voice tag. (ï‚®P.367)
â– Registering a voice tag
Up to 50 voice tags can be reg-istered.
1Select “New�.
2Select the desired contact to
register a voice tag for.
3Select “REC� and record a voice tag.
When recording a voice tag, do so
in a quiet area.
“Play�: Select to p lay the voice tag.
4Select “OK� when voice tag
registration is complete.
â– Editing a voice tag
1Select “Edit�.
2Select the desired contact to edit.
3Follow the steps in “Register-ing a voice tag� from step 3.
(ï‚®P.367)
â– Deleting the voice tag
1Select “Delete�.
2Select the desired contact and select “Delete�.
3Select “Yes� when the confir-mation screen appears.
â—�Multiple data can be selected and
deleted at the same time.
â—�Voice tags are deleted when the set language of the system is changed. ( ï‚®P.296)Setting voice tags
https://www.MyCarManual.com”hh uh�”(hh�h}”ubŒ$7dfb3e5c-265f-4653-be86-5d164d38552c”h
)�”}”(h
}”(hNh}”(hhhMouhXÉ368 5-14. Phone settings
COROLLA_U1Display the phone settings
screen. (ï‚® P.360)
2Select “Messaging�.
3Select the desired item to be set.
Select to set automatic mes-
sage transfer on/off.
Select to set automatic mes-
sage readout on/off.
Select to set updating mes-
sage read status on phone on/off.
Select to set display of mes-
saging account names on the message screen on/off.When set to on, messaging account names used on the cellular phone will be dis-played.
Select to set adding the vehi-
cle signature to outgoing messages on/off.The vehicle signature can be edited. (ï‚® P.368)
Select to reset all setup items.
Depending on the phone, these functions may not be available.
1Select “Vehicle Signature�.
2Select the desired item to be set.
Select to set adding the vehi-
cle signature to outgoing messages on/off.
Select to edit the vehicle sig-
nature. (ï‚® P.368)
Select to reset all setup items.
â– Editing vehicle signature
1Select “Edit Vehicle Signa-ture�.
2Enter desired signature with using keyboard.
3Select “OK�.
4Select “OK� on the confirma-tion screen, or select “Edit Again� when it needs to amend.Message settings screen
Vehicle signature settings
https://www.MyCarManual.com”hh uh�”(hh�h}”ubŒ$454ae3d6-5068-43d2-bd33-548e08a439df”h
)�”}”(h
}”(hNh}”(hhhMpuhX>369 5-15. What to do if... (Bluetooth®)
COROLLA_U5Entune audio5-15.What to do if... (Bluetooth®)
â– When using the hands-free
system with a Bluetooth®
device
The hands-free system or Blue-tooth
® device does not work.
â– When registering/connect-
ing a cellular phone
A cellular phone cannot be reg-istered.Troubleshooting
If there is a problem with the hands-free system or a
Bluetooth
® device, first
check the table below.
TroubleshootingLikely cause Solution
The connected
device may not be a compatible
Bluetooth
® cellu-
lar phone.For a list of spe-
cific devices which operation has been con-firmed on this system, check with your Toyota dealer or the fol-lowing website: http://www.
toyota.com/
Entune/ in the
United States, http://www.
toyota.ca/
entune in
Canada, and http://www.
toyotapr.com/
entune in Puerto
Rico
The Bluetooth®
version of the connected cellu-lar phone may be older than the specified ver-sion.Use a cellular phone with Blue-
tooth
® version
2.0 or higher
(recommended: Ver. 4.1 +EDR or higher). (ï‚®P.279)
https://www.MyCarManual.com”hh uh�”(hh�h}”ubŒ$8f6471c5-7809-4aaf-8fe5-5f79bfe11acf”h
)�”}”(h
}”(hNh}”(hhhMquhXg370 5-15. What to do if... (Bluetooth®)
COROLLA_UA Bluetooth® connection can-
not be made.â– When making/receiving a
call
A call cannot be made/received.
â– When using the phonebook
Phonebook data cannot be transferred manually/automati-cally.Likely cause Solution
An incorrect
passcode was entered on the cellular phone.Enter the correct passcode on the cellular phone.
The registration operation has not been com-pleted on the cel-lular phone side.Complete the registration oper-ation on the cel-lular phone (approve regis-tration on the phone).
Old registration information remains on either this sys-tem or the cellu-lar phone.Delete the exist-ing registration information from both this system and the cellular phone, then reg-ister the cellular phone you wish to connect to this system. (ï‚®P.282)
Likely cause Solution
Another Blue-
tooth® device is
already con-
nected.Manually con-nect the cellular phone you wish to use to this system. (ï‚®P.280)
Bluetooth® func-
tion is not enabled on the cellular phone.Enable the Blue-
tooth® function
on the cellular
phone.Automatic Blue-
tooth® connec-
tion on this
system is set to
off.Set automatic
Bluetooth® con-
nection on this
system to on when the engine switch is in ACC or ON. (ï‚® P.284)
Preferred device settings function on this system is set to on.Set preferred device settings function on this system to off. (ï‚®P.285)
Set the desired cellular phone to the highest auto-matic connec-tion priority. (ï‚®P.285)
Likely cause Solution
Your vehicle is in
a area.Move to where
no longer
appears on the
display.Likely cause Solution
https://www.MyCarManual.com”hh uh�”(hh�h}”ubŒ$e729e0f8-db3d-4ce2-a391-d5ae976da7bf”h
)�”}”(h
}”(hNh}”(hhhMruhXt371 5-15. What to do if... (Bluetooth®)
COROLLA_U5Entune audio
Phonebook data cannot be
edited.■When using the Bluetooth®
message function
Messages cannot be viewed.
New message notifications are
not displayed.
â– In other situations
The Bluetooth® connection sta-Likely cause Solution
The profile ver-
sion of the con-nected cellular phone may not be compatible with transferring phonebook data.For a list of spe-cific devices which operation has been con-firmed on this system, check with your Toyota dealer or the fol-lowing website: http://www.
toyota.com/
Entune/ in the
United States, http://www.
toyota.ca/
entune in
Canada, and http://www.
toyotapr.com/
entune in Puerto
Rico
Automatic con-tact transfer function on this system is set to off.Set automatic contact transfer function on this system to on. (ï‚®P.363)
Passcode has not been entered on the cellular phone.Enter the pass-code on the cel-lular phone if requested (default pass-code: 1234).
Transfer opera-tion on the cellu-lar phone has not completed.Complete trans-fer operation on the cellular phone (approve transfer opera-tion on the phone).Likely cause Solution
Automatic con-tact transfer function on this system is set to on.Set automatic contact transfer function on this system to off. (ï‚®P.363)
Likely cause Solution
Message trans-fer is not enabled on the cellular phone.Enable mes-sage transfer on the cellular phone (approve message trans-fer on the phone).
Automatic trans-fer function on this system is set to off.Set automatic transfer function on this system to on. (ï‚®P.363)
Likely cause Solution
Notification of SMS/MMS/E-mail reception on this system is set to off.Set notification of SMS/MMS/E-mail reception on this system to on. (ï‚®P.361)
Automatic mes-sage transfer function is not enabled on the cellular phone. Enable auto-matic transfer function on the cellular phone.
https://www.MyCarManual.com”•Ìhh uh�”(hh�h}”ubŒ$673723a1-7f69-4970-b89c-fc5d43e941b6”h
)�”}”(h
}”(hNh}”(hhhMsuhX´372 5-15. What to do if... (Bluetooth®)
COROLLA_Utus is displayed at the top of the
screen each time the engine switch is in ACC or ON.
Even though all conceivable
measures have been taken, the symptom status does not change.
For details, refer to the owner’s
manual that came with the cellular
phone.Likely cause Solution
Connection con-
firmation display on this system is set to on.To turn off the display, set con-nection confir-mation display on this system to off. (ï‚®P.285)
Likely cause Solution
The cellular phone is not close enough to this system. Bring the cellu-lar phone closer to this system.
Radio interfer-ence has occurred.Turn off Wi-Fi®
devices or other devices that may emit radio waves.The cellular phone is the most likely cause of the symptom.Turn the cellular phone off, remove and rein-stall the battery pack, and then restart the cellu-lar phone.
Enable the cellu-lar phone’s Blue-
tooth
®
connection.
Stop the cellular
phone’s security software and close all applica-tions.
Before using an application installed on the cellular phone, carefully check its source and how its opera-tion might affect this system.Likely cause Solution
https://www.MyCarManual.com”hh uh�”(hh�h}”ubŒ$c85299ab-8ca5-482a-a363-d3ccd2d699a0”h
)�”}”(h
}”(hNh}”(hhhMtuhXS373 5-16. Toyota Entune overview
COROLLA_U5Entune audio5-16.Toyota Entune overview
�Entune Audio Plus/Entune
Premium Audio
Owners of this system should refer to the “NAVIGATION AND MULTIMEDIA SYSTEM OWNER’S MANUAL�.
â—�Availability of fun ctions of the Toy-
ota Entune is dependent on net-
work reception level.
â—�Each function is available in the following areas:
• Toyota Entune App Suite Connect
is available in the contiguous United States, Wa shington D.C.,
Alaska, Hawaii, Puerto Rico and
Canada.
• Toyota Entune App Suite Connect
is not available in the United
States Virgin Islands.
•W i - F i
® Hotspot is available in the
contiguous Unit ed States, Wash-
ington D.C.,Alas ka and Hawaii.
•W i - F i® Hotspot is not available in
Puerto Rico, Canada, and in the United States Virgin Islands.
• Safety Connect features include:
Automatic Collision Notification, Emergency Assistance, S.O.S,
Stolen Vehicle Location (available
in the contiguous United States, Washington D.C., Hawaii, Alaska,
Puerto Rico and Canada) and
Enhanced Roadside Assistance (available in the contiguous
United States, Wa shington D.C.,
Alaska, Puerto Rico and Canada).
• Safety Connect is not available in
the United States Virgin Islands.�The functions included in Toy-
ota Entune are classified into the following three types.
• Type A: Function achieved by
using a smart phone or an
embedded cellular device in the vehicle (DCM: Data Communica-tion Module) and the system
• Type B: Function achieved by
using DCM and the system
• Type C: Function achieved by
using DCMToyota Entune
Toyota Entune is a service
that includes Toyota Entune
App Suite Connect, Wi-Fi®
Hotspot and Safety Con-
nect.Functional overview
Function Type
Toyota Entune App
Suite ConnectType A
Wi-Fi® Hotspot Type B
Safety Connect Type C
https://www.MyCarManual.com”hh uh�”(hh�h}”ubŒ$7dcaa93c-4851-4529-b197-a79fb3265534”h
)�”}”(h
}”(hNh}”(hhhMuuhXÒ374 5-16. Toyota Entune overview
COROLLA_U*: If equippedType A: Function achi eved by using a smart
phone or DCM*
Of the functions included with Toyota Entune, the Toyota
Entune App Suite Connect relies on the use of a smart phone or DCM.
�Using a smart phone
• Toyota Entune App Suite Connect enables applicable apps
installed on a smart phone to be displayed on and operated from
the screen via a Bluetooth®.
�Via DCM
• Toyota Entune App Suite Connect enables applicable apps
installed on the system to be displayed on and operated from th e
screen.
A few settings must be performed before Toyota Entune App Suite Connect can be used. ( ï‚®P.379)
By using a smart phone or DCM
https://www.MyCarManual.com”hh uh�”(hh�h}”ubŒ$c6a50d47-969a-4d73-8207-5b4cc225ef2f”h
)�”}”(h
}”(hNh}”(hhhMvuhX}375 5-16. Toyota Entune overview
COROLLA_U5Entune audioContent provider
Provides contents to the application server.
Application server
Provides applications to the system or a smart phone.
Smart phone*
Using the Toyota Entune App Su ite Connect, communication is
relayed between the system, application server and contents pro-
vider. The smart phone cannot be operated while communicating.
Applications
Display usable content from the content providers on the screen
using the data connection of t he connected smart phone or DCM.
SystemContent received, via a smart phone or DCM, from content pro-vider servers is displayed on the screen. The system is equippe d
with an application player to run applications.
Via DCM
*: For known compatible phones, refer to
http://www.toyota.com/Entune/
in the United States,
http://www.toyota.ca/entune
in Canada, andhttp://www.toyo tapr.com/entune
in Puerto Rico.
The required operations to acti-
vate applications and connect a smart phone to the system, and the registration steps for the Toyota Entune App Suite Con-nect are explained in this sec-tion.
�Toyota Entune App Suite
Connect does not require an activation fee or monthly recurring fees.
�Services requiring a separate contract can also be used.
*
*: For details, refer to
http://www.toyota.com/Entune/
or call 1-800-331-4331 in the
United States,http://www.toyota.ca/entune
or call 1-888-869-6828 in Can-ada, andhttp://www.toyotapr.com/entune
or call 1-877-855-8377 in Puerto Rico.
â– Availability of function
�Toyota Entune App Suite
Connect is available in the contiguous United States, Before using the function
https://www.MyCarManual.com”hh uh�”(hh�h}”ubŒ$3a11cdf9-1c53-4397-ad8b-9b8fe144f1ef”h
)�”}”(h
}”(hNh}”(hhhMwuhXõ376 5-16. Toyota Entune overview
COROLLA_UWashington D.C., Alaska,
Hawaii, Puerto Rico and Can-ada.
�Toyota Entune App Suite Connect is not available in the United States Virgin Islands.
â—�Data usage fees may apply while
using Toyota Entune App Suite
Connect function. Confirm data
usage fees before using this func-
tion.
â—�For details regarding operation of the Toyota Entune App Suite Con-
nect and the applications, refer to
http://www.toyota.com/Entune/
in the United States,
http://www.toyota.ca/entune
in Canada, and
http://www.toyo tapr.com/entune
in Puerto Rico.
â—�These functions are not made
available in some countries or
areas. Availability of functions of
the Toyota Entune App Suite Con-
nect service is dependent on net-
work reception level.
â– Initializing personal data
The personal data used in appli-
cations can be reset. ( ï‚®P.298)
The following personal data can be deleted and returned to their default settings:
�Downloaded contents
�Radio stations that were lis-
tened to
Once initialized, the data and set-
tings will be erased. Pay much
attention when initializing the data.â– Settings required to use
Toyota Entune App Suite Connect
Perform the settings in the fol-lowing order.
1Download the Toyota Entune
App Suite Connect applica-tion to your smart phone or the system.
2Register a Bluetooth
® phone
with the hands-free system. (ï‚®P.276)
â—�Applications can only be used
when the Toyota Entune App Suite Connect application has
been downloaded to your smart
phone or the system, and the application is running.
â—�Toyota Entune App Suite Connect operational procedures can also
be confirmed by visiting
http://www.toyota.com/Entune/
in the United States,
http://www.toyota.ca/entune
in Canada, and
http://www.toyotapr.com/entune
in Puerto Rico.
â—�If a Toyota Entune App Suite Con-
nect application is used while iPod
audio/video is being played back, system operation may become
unstable.Preparation before using
Toyota Entune App Suite
Connect
https://www.MyCarManual.com”hh uh�”(hh�h}”ubŒ$bd10e495-4799-47af-adac-5602808df628”h
)�”}”(h
}”(hNh}”(hhhMxuhX(377 5-16. Toyota Entune overview
COROLLA_U5Entune audio*: If equipped
â– Subscription
After you have signed the
Telematics Subscription Service Agreement and are enrolled, you can begin receiving ser-vices. A variety of subscription terms are available. Contact your Toyota dealer, or call 1-800-331-4331 in the United States, 1-888-869-6828 in Can-ada, and 1-877-855-8377 in Puerto Rico, for further sub-scription details. ( ï‚®P.375)
â– Availability of functions
�Wi-Fi® Hotspot is available in
the contiguous United States, Washington D.C., Alaska and Hawaii.�Wi-Fi
® Hotspot is not avail-
able in Puerto Rico, Canada, and in the United States Vir-gin Islands.Type B: Function
achieved by using DCM and the system
*
The functionality of Wi-Fi®
Hotspot is made possible
through the shared work of the DCM and the system.
This service is available by subscription and supported by the Toyota Entune center, which operates 24 hours a day, 7 days a week.
For details about Wi-Fi®
Hotspot:ï‚® P.287
Before using the function
https://www.MyCarManual.com”hh uh�”(hh�h}”ubŒ$d046b74c-cc4d-4e8d-9601-0e3346ac20d9”h
)�”}”(h
}”(hNh}”(hhhMyuhŒà378 5-16. Toyota Entune overview
COROLLA_U*: If equippedType C: Function
achieved by using DCM
*
The functionality of Safety
Connect is made possible by the use of a DCM.
For details, ( ï‚®P.61)
https://www.MyCarManual.com”hh uh�”(hh�h}”ubŒ$184bcdc6-a92d-4f94-ba8e-d8b866e6c41e”h
)�”}”(h
}”(hNh}”(hhhMzuhXô379 5-17. Toyota Entune operation
COROLLA_U5Entune audio5-17.Toyota Entune operation
�From the “MENU� button
1Press the “MENU� button.2Select “Apps�.
3Follow the steps in “From the
“APPS� button� from step 3. (P.379)
�From the “APPS� button
1Press the “APPS� button.
2Select “Apps�.
If a specific application screen is
displayed, select “Apps� again.
3Select the desired application
screen button.
: Select to activ ate an applica-
tion.
“Update�: Select to update the
applications. ( ï‚®P.379)
“App Catalog�: Select to change the order of the applications. ( P.380)
: Displays the number of new
notifications for the application
When the App Suite is activated,
an application may need to be updated. To update an applica-tion, it is necessary to download update data and install it.
â– Downloading update
If an update is available, “Update� can be selected.Toyota Entune App
Suite Connect
App Suite is a function that
enables certain apps installed on a smart phone or the system to be dis-played on and operated from the system screen. Before the Toyota Entune App Suite Connect can be used, some setup needs to be performed. ( ï‚®P.376)
For details about the func-tions and services provided by each application, refer tohttp://www.toyota.com/
Entune/
in the United States,http://www.toyota.ca/entune
in Canada, andhttp://www.toyotapr.com/
entune
in Puerto Rico.
Using Toyota Entune App
Suite Connect
Updating an application
https://www.MyCarManual.com”hh uh�”(hh�h}”ubŒ$0ed7bbea-5af7-4b42-b4e9-919f4fc88cc1”h
)�”}”(h
}”(hNh}”(hhhM{uhXV380 5-17. Toyota Entune operation
COROLLA_U1Select “Update� on the appli-
cation screen. (ï‚® P.379)
2Check that downloading starts.
“Download in Background�: Select
to operate other functions while downloading.
“Cancel�: Select to cancel updating.
3Check that downloading is
complete.
“Later�: Select to install later. When
this screen button is selected, the
screen will re turn to the last dis-
played screen. To install the update data: (ï‚®P.380)
“See Detail�: Select to display detailed information on the update
data.
“Install�: Select to install the update
data. Follow the steps “Installing
the update data� from step 2.
(ï‚®P.380)
â– Installing the update data
After the downloading is com-
plete, “Update� will be changed to “Install�.
1Select “Install� on the appli-
cation screen. ( ï‚®P.379)
2Select “Continue�.
“Later�: Select to postpone the
installation of the update data and go back to the previous screen.
3Check that installing is
started.
“Install in Background�: Select to
operate other functions while
installing.
4Select “OK� after the install-
ing is complete.
The Toyota Entune App Suite Con-
nect function cannot be operated while installing.
Order of the applications can be
changed.
1Display the application
screen. (ï‚® P.379)
2Select “App Catalog�.
3Select the desired application to be moved.
4Select “<<� or “>>� to move the application, and then select the done button.
When problems occur with start-ing the application player, a message will appear on the screen. Referring to the follow-ing items, identify the problem and take the suggested correc-tive action.
�“When it is safe and legal to
do so, please ensure your Entune App Suite application is running and logged in on your phone.�
The Toyota Entune App Suite Con-
nect application cannot be con-
nected to Bluetooth® SPP.
Refer to
http://www.toyota.com/Entune/
in the United States,http://www.toyota.ca/entune
in Canada, andhttp://www.toyotapr.com/entuneReordering the applica-
tions
If a message appears on
the screen
https://www.MyCarManual.com”hh uh�”(hh�h}”ubŒ$9e29e0c6-8d2e-4afd-bcd0-a2ee456b78c1”h
)�”}”(h
}”(hNh}”(hhhM|uhXË381 5-17. Toyota Entune operation
COROLLA_U5Entune audioin Puerto Rico, to confirm if the
phone is Bluetooth® SPP compati-
ble or not, and then activate the
Toyota Entune App Suite Connect application.
�“Installation failed, please try
again�
Installation can be attempted again
by changing to the application screen and pressing the “Install� switch.
�“Application download error.
Please try again later.�
Downloading can be attempted
again by checking the communica-tion status, chang ing to the applica-
tion screen and pressing the “Download� switch again.
�“Download error, some
Entune App Suite functions may not work as expected. Please reinitiate the download process.�
The Toyota Entune App Suite Con-
nect application cannot be con-
nected to Bluetooth® SPP.
Refer to
http://www.toyota.com/Entune/
in the United States,http://www.toyota.ca/entune
in Canada, andhttp://www.toyotapr.com/entune
in Puerto Rico, to confirm if the
phone is Bluetooth® SPP compati-
ble or not, and then activate the
Toyota Entune App Suite Connect application.
Please ensure your Toyota Entune
App Suite Connect application is running and logged in on your phone while vehicle is not moving.�“To use the services, Entune
APP Suite Connect applica-tion needs to be running on your phone. For more infor-mation, please visit toy-ota.com or call 1-800-331-4331 in the United States, 1-888-869-6828 in Canada, and 1-877-855-8377 in Puerto Rico.�
The Toyota Entune App Suite Con-
nect application cannot be con-
nected to Bluetooth® SPP.
Refer to
http://www.toyota.com/Entune/
in the United States,http://www.toyota.ca/entune
in Canada, andhttp://www.toyotapr.com/entune
in Puerto Rico, to confirm if the
phone is Bluetooth® SPP compati-
ble or not, and then activate the
Toyota Entune App Suite Connect application.
�“Communication unsuccess-
ful. Please try again.�
Communication was disconnected.
After a few moments, retry the
operation.
A keyword can be entered to an
application by the software key-board or voice recognition func-tion. For details about the functions and services provided by each application, refer tohttp://www.toyota.com/Entune/Entering keyword opera-
tion
https://www.MyCarManual.com”hh uh�”(hh�h}”ubŒ$da56bf5f-0ce2-458c-8b61-c492ddc7d821”h
)�”}”(h
}”(hNh}”(hhhM}uhX…382 5-17. Toyota Entune operation
COROLLA_Uin the United States,
http://www.toyota.ca/entune
in Canada, andhttp://www.toyotapr.com/entune
in Puerto Rico.
The keyboard layout can be
changed. (ï‚® P.296)
1Display the application screen. (ï‚® P.379)
2Select the desired application screen button.
3Select the character entering space.
4Enter a search term, and then select “OK�.
5Entering characters will be
reflected on the character
entering space.
For details on operating the key-
board: ï‚®P.271
1Display the application
screen. (ï‚® P.379)
2Select the desired application screen button.
3Press the talk switch. (ï‚®P.336)
4Say the desired keyword.
Completion of the keyword will be
detected automatically.5Search results will be dis-
played on the screen.
Entering a keyword using
the software keyboard
Entering a keyword using
the voice recognition func-tion
https://www.MyCarManual.com”hh uh�”(hh�h}”ubŒ$a1ca91ff-d4c6-42db-9a8b-09fb4e54447a”h
)�”}”(h
}”(hNh}”(hhhM~uhXÐ383 5-18. Toyota Entune App Suite Connect settings
COROLLA_U5Entune audio5-18.Toyota Entune App Suite Connect settings
1Press the “MENU� button.
2Select “Setup�.
3Select “Entune App Suite�.
4Select the desired items to
be set.
Select to set the pop up
reminder for smart phone data usage. (ï‚® P.381)Select to detect iPhone app automatically on/off.
Select to set the enhanced
mode with connecting USB device on/off.
When an iPhone is connected while
this setting is set to “On�, communi-cation with devices connected to other USB ports may not be possi-ble. Also, depending on the device, charging may not be possible.
Select to configure the Apps
menu layout (e.g. app order, which applications are acti-vated, etc.). This updates a setting file stored on the Toy-ota Entune center, this set-tings file can also be updated from the navigation system, smart phone app and by web portal.
Select to install the Apps via
a USB memory device. For details, contact your Toyota dealer.
Select to reset all setup
items.
The data use notification pop-up, which indicates that the system will use an internet con-nection, can be enabled/dis-abled.
1Display the Toyota Entune
App Suite Connect settings screen. (ï‚® P.383)Setup
The settings of Toyota Entune App Suite Connect can be changed.
Displaying the Toyota
Entune App Suite Con-nect settings screen
Toyota Entune App Suite
Connect settings screen
Data use notification
pop-up settings
https://www.MyCarManual.com”hh uh�”(hh�h}”ubŒ$eeff75f3-0003-4f6d-a1c1-46fb12389b7e”h
)�”}”(h
}”(hNh}”(hhhMuhŒœ384 5-18. Toyota Entune A pp Suite Connect settings
COROLLA_U2Select “Data Usage Mes-
sage�.
3Change the setting as desired.
https://www.MyCarManual.com”hh uh�”(hh�h}”ubŒ$8d811123-7b22-416a-8262-36a4eb6ff0d1”h
)�”}”(h
}”(hNh}”(hhhM€uhX\385
COROLLA_U6
6Interior featuresInterior features
.6-1. Using the air conditioning
system and defogger
Manual air conditioning sys-
tem ............................ 386
Automatic air conditioning
system....................... 391
Heated steering wheel/seat
heaters ...................... 396
6-2. Using the interior lights
Interior lights list .......... 398
6-3. Using the storage features
List of storage features
.................................. 400
Trunk features............. 403
6-4. Other interior features
Other interior features . 404
Garage door opener.... 414
https://www.MyCarManual.com”hh uh�”(hh�h}”ubŒ$b846d787-0183-4f28-bf0b-1835518bb752”h
)�”}”(h
}”(hNh}”(hhhM�uhXÝ386 6-1. Using the air conditioning system and defogger
COROLLA_U6-1.Using the air conditioning system and defogger
*: If equipped
The display and button positions w ill differ depending on the t ype of
the system.
Fan speed control switch
Temperature control switch“MAX A/C� switch“A/C� switchOutside air mode switchRecirculated air mode switch
Airflow mode control switch
Rear window defogger and outside rear view mirror defoggers
switch
*
Windshield defogger switch
On/off switch
Rear window defogger switch*
*: If equipped
â– Adjusting the temperature
setting
To adjust the temperature set-ting, turn the temperature con-trol switch clockwise (warm) or counterclockwise (cool).If “A/C� switch is not pressed, the
system will blow ambient tempera-ture air or heated air.
For quick cooling, press the “MAX
A/C� switch. The air conditioning will automatically turn on and, if an Manual air condi tioning system*
Air conditioning controls
https://www.MyCarManual.com”hh uh�”(hh�h}”ubŒ$9b7d21c6-b65e-424b-8e62-3abe93e92de8”h
)�”}”(h
}”(hNh}”(hhhM‚uhX3387 6-1. Using the air conditioning system and defogger
COROLLA_U6Interior featuresair outlet position or is
selected, the system will be set to
recirculated air mode. While “MAX A/C� is selected, it is not possible to turn off the air conditioning.
â– Fan speed setting
To adjust the fan speed, turn the
fan speed control switch clock-wise (increase) or counterclock-wise (decrease).
Pressing the on/off switch to turns
off the fan.
When the fan is o ff, pressing the
on/off switch or turning the fan
speed control switch clockwise will turn on the fan.
â– Change the airflow mode
Press the airflow mode control
switch.
The airflow mode changes as fol-
lows each time the switch is pressed.
1Upper body
2Upper body and feet
3Feet
4Feet and the windshield defogger operates
â– Switching between outside
air and recirculated air modes
�To change to recirculated air mode, press the recirculated air mode switch.
The indicator illuminates on the
recirculated air mode switch.
�To change to outside air
mode, press the outside air mode switch.
The indicator illuminates on the out-
side air mode switch.
â– Set cooling and dehumidifi-
cation function
Press the “A/C� switch.
When the function is on, the indica-
tor illuminates on the “A/C� switch.
â– Defogging the windshield
Defoggers are used to defog the
windshield and front side win-dows.
Press the windshield defogger
switch.
Set the outside/recirculated air
mode switch to outside air mode if the recirculated air mode is used.
To defog the windshield and the
side windows quickly, turn the air flow and temperature up.
To return to the previous mode,
press the windshield defogger switch again when the windshield is defogged.
When the windshield defogger
switch is on, the indicator illumi-
nates on the windshield defogger
https://www.MyCarManual.com”hh uh�”(hh�h}”ubŒ$edf07e93-648f-415b-ba5b-e126ee47d642”h
)�”}”(h
}”(hNh}”(hhhMƒuhXi
388 6-1. Using the air conditioning system and defogger
COROLLA_Uswitch.
â– Defogging the rear window
and outside rear view mir-rors
�Vehicles without outside rear view mirror defoggers
A defogger is used to defog the rear window.
Press the rear window defogger
switch.
The defogger will automatically turn
off after a while.
When the rear window defogger
switch is on, the indicator illumi-nates on the rear window defogger switch.
�Vehicles with outside rear
view mirror defoggers
Defoggers are used to defog the rear window, and to remove
raindrops, dew and frost from
the outside rear view mirrors.
Press the rear window and out-
side rear view mirror defoggers switch.
The defoggers will automatically
turn off after a while.
When the rear window and outside
rear view mirror defoggers switch is on, the indicator illuminates on the
rear window and ou tside rear view
mirror defoggers switch.
â– Fogging up of the windows
â—�The windows will easily fog up
when the humidity in the vehicle is
high. Turning “A/C� switch is on
will dehumidify the air from the outlets and defog the windshield
effectively.�If you turn “A/C� s witch is off, the
windows may fog up more easily.
â—�The windows may fog up if the
recirculated air mode is used.
â– Outside/recirculated air mode
When driving on dusty roads such as tunnels or in heavy traffic, set the
outside/recirculated air mode switch
to the recirculated air mode. This is effective in preve nting outside air
from entering the vehicle interior. During cooling operation, setting the recirculated air m ode will also cool
the vehicle interior effectively.
■When the outside temperature falls to nearly 32°F (0°C)
The dehumidification function may not operate even when “A/C� switch is pressed.
â– Ventilation and air conditioning
odors
â—�To let fresh air in, set the air condi-tioning system to the outside air
mode.
â—�During use, various odors from inside and outside the vehicle may enter into and accumulate in the
air conditioning system. This may
then cause odor to be emitted
from the vents.
â—�It is recommended that the air conditioning system be set to out-
side air mode prior to turning the
vehicle off.
â—�When parking, the system auto-matically switches to outside air mode to encourage better air cir-
culation throughout the vehicle,
helping to reduce odors that occur when starting the vehicle.
â– Air conditioning filter
ï‚®P.457
â– Air conditioning system refrig-erant
â—�A label regarding the refrigerant of the air conditioning system is attached to the h ood at the loca-
tion shown in the following illustra-
https://www.MyCarManual.com”hh uh�”(hh�h}”ubŒ$dbd624d7-e816-4115-8337-2d8429a0c927”h
)�”}”(h
}”(hNh}”(hhhM„uhX}389 6-1. Using the air conditioning system and defogger
COROLLA_U6Interior featurestion.
â—�The meaning of each symbol on
the label are as follows:
â– Location of air outlets
The air outlets and air volume
changes according to the selected air flow mode.
: If equippedCaution
Air conditioning sys-
tem
Air conditioning sys-tem lubricant type
Requires registered technician to service air conditioning sys-tem
Flammable refrigerant
WARNING
â– To prevent the windshield
from fogging up
Do not use the windshield defog-ger switch during cool air opera-
tion in extremely humid weather. The difference between the tem-perature of the outside air and
that of the windshield can cause
the outer surface of the wind-shield to fog up, blocking your
vision.â– When the outside rear view mirror defoggers are operat-
ing (vehicles with outside rear view mirror defoggers)
Do not touch the outside rear view mirror surfaces, as they can
become very hot and burn you.
NOTICE
â– To prevent battery discharge
Do not leave the air conditioning
system on longer than necessary when the engine is off.
â– When repairing/replacing
parts of the air conditioning
system
Have repair/replacement per-formed by your Toyota dealer.When a part of the air conditioning
system, such as the evaporator, is
to be replaced, it must be replaced with a new one.
Air outlet lay out and oper-
ations
https://www.MyCarManual.com”hh uh�”(hh�h}”ubŒ$2dacc120-e5ec-45e1-80ab-e3e983c500db”h
)�”}”(h
}”(hNh}”(hhhM…uhXr390 6-1. Using the air conditioning system and defogger
COROLLA_Uâ– Adjusting the position of
and opening and closing the air outlets
�Front center
Direct air flow to th e left or right, up
or down
�Front right-hand side
Direct air flow to th e left or right, up
or down
�Front left-hand side
Direct air flow to th e left or right, up
or downWARNING
â– To prevent the windshield
defogger from operating improperly
Do not place anything on the instrument panel which may cover
the air outlets. Otherwise, air flow
may be obstructed, preventing the windshield defoggers from defog-
ging.
https://www.MyCarManual.com”hh uh�”(hh�h}”ubŒ$3fed2367-ee7f-41e3-aa73-117d6604c950”h
)�”}”(h
}”(hNh}”(hhhM†uhX¼391 6-1. Using the air conditioning system and defogger
COROLLA_U6Interior features*: If equipped
Temperature control switch
Fan speed control switch“A/C� switchOutside air mode switchRecirculated air mode switchEco air conditioning mode switchAirflow mode control switchRear window defogger and outside rear view mirror defoggers
switch
Windshield defogger switch
Off switch
Automatic mode switch
â– Adjusting the temperature
setting
To adjust the temperature set-ting, turn the temperature con-trol switch clockwise (warm) or counterclockwise (cool).
If “A/C� switch is not pressed, the
system will blow ambient tempera-ture air or heated air.Automatic air conditioning system*
Air outlets are automatically selected and fan speed is auto-
matically adjusted according to the set temperature setting.Also, the display and button positions will differ depending on
the type of the system.
Air conditioning controls
https://www.MyCarManual.com”hh uh�”(hh�h}”ubŒ$2a705ae7-d70e-4efd-8bfa-ec0ec6deab4d”h
)�”}”(h
}”(hNh}”(hhhM‡uhXµ392 6-1. Using the air conditioning system and defogger
COROLLA_Uâ– Setting the fan speed
To adjust the fan speed, turn the
fan speed control switch clock-wise (increase) or counterclock-wise (decrease).
Pressing the off switch to turns off
the fan.
â– Change the airflow mode
Press the airflow mode control
switch.
The airflow mode changes as fol-
lows each time the switch is pressed.
1Upper body
2Upper body and feet
3Feet
4Feet and the windshield
defogger operates
â– Switching between outside air and recirculated air modes
�To change to recirculated air mode, press the recirculated air mode switch.
The indicator illu minates on the recirculated air mode switch.
�To change to outside air mode, press the outside air mode switch.
The indicator illuminates on the out-
side air mode switch.
â– Set cooling and dehumidifi-
cation function
Press the “A/C� switch.
When the function is on, the indica-
tor illuminates on the “A/C� switch.
â– Defogging the windshield
Defoggers are used to defog the
windshield and front side win-dows.
Press the windshield defogger
switch.
Set the outside/recirculated air
mode switch to outside air mode if the recirculated air mode is used. (It may switch automatically.)
To defog the windshield and the
side windows quickly, turn the air flow and temperature up.
To return to the previous mode,
press the windshield defogger switch again when the windshield is defogged.
When the windshield defogger
switch is on, the indicator illumi-
nates on the windshield defogger switch.
â– Defogging the rear window
and outside rear view mir-rors
Defoggers are used to defog the rear window, and to remove raindrops, dew and frost from
https://www.MyCarManual.com”hh uh�”(hh�h}”ubŒ$ca66855e-c477-42b0-8650-2fda2068c209”h
)�”}”(h
}”(hNh}”(hhhMˆuhXN 393 6-1. Using the air conditioning system and defogger
COROLLA_U6Interior featuresthe outside rear view mirrors.
Press the rear window and out-
side rear view mirror defoggers switch.
The defoggers will automatically
turn off after a while.
When the rear window and outside
rear view mirror defoggers switch is on, the indicator illuminates on the
rear window and ou tside rear view
mirror defoggers switch.
â– Eco air conditioning mode
The air conditioning is controlled
with low fuel consumption priori-tized such as reducing fan speed, etc.
Press the eco air conditioning
mode switch.
When the eco air conditioning
mode is on, the indicator illumi-nates on the eco air conditioning mode switch.
â– When the outside temperature
exceeds 75°F (24°C) and the air
conditioning system is on
â—�In order to reduce the air condi-
tioning power consumption, the air
conditioning system may switch to recirculated air mode automati-
cally. This may also reduce fuel
consumption.
â—�Recirculated air mode is selected as a default mode when the engine switch is turned to ON.
â—�It is possible to switch to outside air mode at any time by pressing
the outside air mode switch.
â– Fogging up of the windows
â—�The windows will easily fog up when the humidity in the vehicle is
high. Turning “A /C� on will dehu-
midify the air from the outlets and defog the windshield effectively.
�If you turn “A/C� off, the windows may fog up more easily.
â—�The windows may fog up if the recirculated air mode is used.
â– Outside/recirculated air mode
â—�When driving on du sty roads such
as tunnels or in heavy traffic, set the outside/recirculated air mode
switch to the recirculated air
mode. This is effective in prevent-ing outside air from entering the
vehicle interior. During cooling
operation, setting the recirculated air mode will also cool the vehicle
interior effectively.
â—�Outside/recirculated air mode may automatically switch depending on
the temperature setting or the inside temperature.
â– When the outside temperature
falls to nearly 32°F (0°C)
The dehumidification function may not operate even when “A/C� switch
is pressed.
â– Ventilation and air conditioning odors
â—�To let fresh air in, set the air condi-tioning system to the outside air
mode.
â—�During use, various odors from inside and outside the vehicle may
enter into and accumulate in the air conditioning system. This may
then cause odor to be emitted
from the vents.
â—�To reduce potential odors from
occurring:
• It is recommended that the air
conditioning system be set to out-side air mode prior to turning the vehicle off.
• The start timing of the blower may
be delayed for a short period of time immediately after the air con-ditioning system is started in auto-
matic mode.
â—�When parking, the system auto-matically switches to outside air
https://www.MyCarManual.com”hh uh�”(hh�h}”ubŒ$62ac5d8e-6b13-4e41-bc05-2c2d42c517a6”h
)�”}”(h
}”(hNh}”(hhhM‰uhXÞ394 6-1. Using the air conditioning system and defogger
COROLLA_Umode to encourage better air cir-
culation throughout the vehicle,
helping to reduce odors that occur
when starting the vehicle.
â– Air conditioning filter
ï‚®P.457
â– Air conditioning system refrig-erant
â—�A label regarding the refrigerant of the air conditioning system is attached to the ho od at the loca-
tion shown in the f ollowing illustra-
tion.
â—�The meaning of each symbol on the label are as follows:
â– Customization
Some functions can be customized. (ï‚®P.548)1Press the automatic mode
switch.
2Adjust the temperature set-ting.
3To stop the operation, press the off switch.
If the fan speed setting or air Caution
Air conditioning sys-
tem
Air conditioning sys-tem lubricant type
Requires registered technician to service air conditioning sys-tem
Flammable refrigerantWARNING
â– To prevent the windshield
from fogging up
Do not use the windshield defog-ger switch during cool air opera-tion in extremely humid weather.
The difference between the tem-
perature of the outside air and that of the windshield can cause
the outer surface of the wind-
shield to fog up, blocking your vision.
â– When the outside rear view mirror defoggers are operat-
ing
Do not touch the outside rear view mirror surfaces, as they can
become very hot and burn you.
NOTICE
â– To prevent battery discharge
Do not leave the air conditioning system on longer than necessary when the engine is off.
â– When repairing/replacing parts of the air conditioning
system
Have repair/replacement per-formed by your Toyota dealer.
When a part of the air conditioning system, such as the evaporator, is
to be replaced, it must be
replaced with a new one.
Using automatic mode
https://www.MyCarManual.com”hh uh�”(hh�h}”ubŒ$f7c18d83-ac40-466d-aa2e-4f67876b1bac”h
)�”}”(h
}”(hNh}”(hhhMŠuhXþ395 6-1. Using the air conditioning system and defogger
COROLLA_U6Interior featuresflow modes are operated, the
automatic mode indicator goes off. However, automatic mode for functions other than that operated is maintained.
â– Using automatic mode
Fan speed is adjusted automati-
cally according to the temperature setting and the ambient conditions.
Therefore, the fan may stop for a
while until warm or cool air is ready
to flow immediately after the auto-matic mode switch pressed.
Prevent ice from building up on
the windshield and wiper blades.
When the windshield wiper de-icer
switch is on, the indicator illumi-nates on the windshield wiper de-icer switch.
The windshield wip er de-icer will
automatically turn of f after a period
of time.â– Location of air outlets
The air outlets and air volume
changes according to the selected air flow mode.
:If equipped
â– Adjusting the position of and opening and closing the air outlets
�Front center
Direct air flow to the left or right, up
or downWindshield wiper de-icer
(if equipped)WARNING
â– To prevent burns
Do not touch the glass at lower
part of the windshield or to the
side of the front p illars when the
windshield wiper de-icer is on.
Air outlet lay out and oper-
ations
https://www.MyCarManual.com”hh uh�”(hh�h}”ubŒ$2bed973a-47de-4b18-8b5f-ad1b997af10a”h
)�”}”(h
}”(hNh}”(hhhM‹uhX9396 6-1. Using the air conditioning system and defogger
COROLLA_U�Front right-hand side
Direct air flow to th e left or right, up
or down
�Front left-hand side
Direct air flow to th e left or right, up
or down*: If equipped
WARNING
â– To prevent the windshield
defogger from operating improperly
Do not place anything on the instrument panel which may cover
the air outlets. Otherwise, air flow
may be obstructed, preventing the windshield defoggers from defog-
ging.Heated steering
wheel*/seat heaters*
�Heated steering wheel
Warms up the grip of the
steering wheel
�Seat heaters
Warm up the seat upholstery
WARNING
â– To prevent minor burn inju-
ries
Care should be taken if anyone in the following categories comes in
contact with the steering wheel or
seats when the heater is on:
â—�Babies, small children, the elderly, the sick and the physi-
cally challenged
â—�Persons with sensitive skin
â—�Persons who are fatigued
â—�Persons who have taken alco-
hol or drugs that induce sleep (sleeping drugs, cold remedies,
etc.)
NOTICE
â– To prevent damage to the seat heaters
Do not put heavy objects that have an uneven surface on the
seat and do not stick sharp objects (needles, nails, etc.) into
the seat.
â– To prevent battery discharge
Do not use the functions when the engine is off.
https://www.MyCarManual.com”hh uh�”(hh�h}”ubŒ$93d8dea5-a30e-42d9-88be-960ada29ad61”h
)�”}”(h
}”(hNh}”(hhhMŒuhXñ397 6-1. Using the air conditioning system and defogger
COROLLA_U6Interior featuresâ– Heated steering wheel
Turns heated steering wheel
on/off
When the heated steering wheel is
on, the indicator illuminates on the
heated steering wheel switch.
â– Seat heaters
�Front
Turns seat heaters on/off
1High temperature
2Low temperature
When the seat hea ter is on, the
indicator illumina tes on the seat
heater switch.
When not in use, put the switch in
the neutral position. The indicator will turn off.
�Rear
Turns seat heaters on/offWhen the seat heater is on, the indicator illuminates on the seat heater switch.
â– The heated steering wheel and
seat heaters can be used when
The engine switch is in ON.Operation instructions
WARNING
â– To prevent overheating and minor burn injuries
Observe the following precautions when using the seat heaters.
â—�Do not cover the seat with a blanket or cushion when using
the seat heater.
â—�Do not use seat heater more
than necessary.
https://www.MyCarManual.com”hh uh�”(hh�h}”ubŒ$e7baf3c9-8965-49e9-999a-78c1bdf4299d”h
)�”}”(h
}”(hNh}”(hhhM�uhX×398 6-2. Using the interior lights
COROLLA_U6-2.Using the interior lights
Rear interior light (ï‚® P.399)
Door trim lights (if equipped)
Front interior/personal lights ( ï‚®P.398)
Center tray light (if equipped)Cup holder lights (if equipped)
â– Front
1Turns the door position on/off
When a door is opened while the
door position is on, the lights turn
on.Interior lights list
Location of the i nterior lights
Operating the interior
lights
https://www.MyCarManual.com”hh uh�”(hh�h}”ubŒ$0979e08b-d9a7-49b4-bcf7-81a08b1fa997”h
)�”}”(h
}”(hNh}”(hhhMŽuhXH399 6-2. Using the interior lights
COROLLA_U6Interior features2Turns the lights on/off
â– Rear
1Turns the door position on
The rear interior light turns on/off
together the front interior lights.
When a door is opened while the
front and rear interior light door position is on, the lights turn on.
2Turns the light on
Turns the lights on/off
â– Illuminated entry system
The lights automatically turn on/off
according to the engine switch mode (position), the presence of the
electronic key (vehicles with a smart
key system), whether the doors are locked/unlocked, and whether the
doors are opened/closed.â– To prevent the battery from
being discharged
If the interior light s remain on when
the engine switch is turned off, the
lights will go off aut omatically after
20 minutes.
â– The interior li ghts may turn on
automatically when
If any of the SRS airbags deploy
(inflate) or in the event of a strong
rear impact, the in terior lights will
turn on automatically.The interior light s will turn off auto-
matically after approximately 20 minutes.The interior lights can be turned off
manually. However, in order to help
prevent further co llisions, it is rec-
ommended that they be left on until
safety can be ensured.(The interior lights may not turn on automatically depending on the
force of the impact and conditions of
the collision.)
â– Customization
Some functions can be customized. (ï‚®P.548)Operating the personal
lights
NOTICE
â– To prevent battery discharge
Do not leave the lights on longer
than necessary w hen the engine
is not running.
https://www.MyCarManual.com”hh uh�”(hh�h}”ubŒ$65a02ddd-0595-4cee-ba8f-c785dba58bd2”h
)�”}”(h
}”(hNh}”(hhhM�uhX#400 6-3. Using the storage features
COROLLA_U6-3.Using the storage features
Bottle holders/door pockets ( ï‚®P.401)
Open trays (if equipped) ( ï‚®P.402)
Glove box (ï‚® P.401)
Cup holders (if equipped) ( ï‚®P.401)
Console box (ï‚® P.402)List of storage features
Location of the storage features
WARNING
â– Items that should not be left
in the storage spaces
Do not leave glasses, lighters or spray cans in the storage spaces,
as this may cau se the following
when cabin temperature becomes
high:
â—�Glasses may be deformed by
heat or cracked if they come into contact with other stored
items.â—�Lighters or spray cans may
explode. If they come into con-
tact with other stored items, the
lighter may catch fire or the spray can may release gas,
causing a fire hazard.
https://www.MyCarManual.com”hh uh�”(hh�h}”ubŒ$717f98d6-4063-4172-be18-cb8092dbc539”h
)�”}”(h
}”(hNh}”(hhhM�uhX?401 6-3. Using the storage features
COROLLA_U6Interior featuresPull up the lever to open the
glove box.
â– Glove box light (if equipped)
The glove box light turns on when
the tail lights are on.
�Front
�Rear (if equipped)
Pull the armrest down.�Front
�RearGlove box
WARNING
â– Caution while driving
Keep the glove box closed. In the event of sudden braking or sud-den swerving, an accident may
occur due to an occupant being
struck by the open glove box or the items stored inside.
Cup holdersWARNING
â– Items unsuitable for the cup holder
Do not place anyth ing other than
cups or beverage cans in the cup holders.
Other items may be thrown out of
the holders in the event of an accident or sudden braking and cause injury. If possible, cover hot
drinks to pre vent burns.
Bottle holders
https://www.MyCarManual.com”hh uh�”(hh�h}”ubŒ$17ce6add-1632-4f31-82cb-50ce3d59e8c8”h
)�”}”(h
}”(hNh}”(hhhM‘uhXx402 6-3. Using the storage features
COROLLA_Uâ– Bottle holders
â—�When storing a bottle, close the
cap.
â—�The bottle may not be stored depending on its size or shape.
1Slide the lid to the rear most
position. (vehicles with a slide function)
2Lift the lid while pulling up the knob.
â– Slide function (if equipped)
The console box lid can be slid for-ward or backward.
�Front (if equipped)
�RearWARNING
â– Items unsuitable for the bottle
holders
Do not place anything other than a bottle in the bottle holders.
Other items may be thrown out of
the holders in the event of an
accident or sudden braking and
cause injury.
Console boxWARNING
â– Caution while driving
Keep the console box closed.Injuries may resul t in the event of
an accident or sudden braking.
Open trays
WARNING
â– Caution while driving
Observe the following precautions
when putting ite ms in the open
tray. Failure to do so may cause
items to be thrown out of the tray in the event of s udden braking or
steering. In these cases, the items may interfere with pedal operation or cause driver distraction, result-
ing in an accident.
https://www.MyCarManual.com”hh uh�”(hh�h}”ubŒ$9ee8b133-1c2c-4bd1-bca0-564595df7324”h
)�”}”(h
}”(hNh}”(hhhM’uhXw403 6-3. Using the storage features
COROLLA_U6Interior featuresLift the deck mat.
�Type A
�Type BWARNING
â—�Do not store items in the tray
that can easily shift or roll out.
�Do not stack items in the tray higher than the tray’s edge.
â—�Do not put items in the tray that
may protrude over the tray’s
edge.Trunk features
Auxiliary box
https://www.MyCarManual.com”hh uh�”(hh�h}”ubŒ$b2cfa05d-21b1-4c45-b1d7-d54219350316”h
)�”}”(h
}”(hNh}”(hhhM“uhX©404 6-4. Other interior features
COROLLA_U6-4.Other interior features
The USB charging port are used
to supply 2.1 A of electricity at 5 V to external devices.The USB charging port are for charging only. They are not designed for data transfer or other purposes.Depending on the external device, it may not charge prop-erly. Refer to the manual included with the device before using a USB charging port.
â– Using the USB charging port
Lift the lid while pulling up the knob.
â– The USB charging port can be
used when
The engine switch is in ACC or ON.
â– Situations in which the USB
charging port may not operate
correctly
â—�If a device which consumes more than 2.1 A at 5 V is connected
â—�If a device designed to communi-cate with a personal computer, such as a USB memory device, is connected
â—�If the connected external device is turned off (depend ing on device)
â—�If the temperature inside the vehi-
cle is high, such as after the vehi-
cle has been parked in the sun
â– About connected external
device
Depending on the connected exter-nal device, charging may occasion-ally be suspended and then start
again. This is not a malfunction.Other interior features
USB charging port (if
equipped)
NOTICE
â– To prevent damage to the
USB charging port
â—�Do not insert foreign objects into the port.
â—�Do not spill wate r or other liq-
uids into the port.
â—�Do not apply exc essive force to
or impact the USB charging port.
â—�Do not disassemble or modify the USB charging port.
â– To prevent damage to exter-
nal devices
â—�Do not leave external devices in the vehicle. The temperature
inside the vehicle may become high, resulting in damage to an
external device.
â—�Do not push down on or apply
unnecessary force to an exter-nal device or the cable of an
external device while it is con-
nected.
â– To prevent battery discharge
Do not use the USB charging port
for a long period of time with the engine stopped.
https://www.MyCarManual.com”hh uh�”(hh�h}”ubŒ$9bf3542c-e3ae-4dfc-b29c-5909ef1a771a”h
)�”}”(h
}”(hNh}”(hhhM”uhX405 6-4. Other inte rior features
COROLLA_U6Interior featuresThe power outlet can be used
for 12 V accessories that run on less than 10 A.
Lift the lid while pulling up the
knob and open the power outlet lid.
â– The power outlet can be used
when
The engine switch is in ACC or ON.
â– When turning the engine switch off
Disconnect electrical devices with charging functions, such as mobile
battery packs.
If such devices are left connected, the engine switch may not be turned
off normally.A portable device, such as a
smartphone or mobile battery, can be charged by just placing it on the charging area, provided the device is compatible with the Qi wireless charging standard created by the Wireless Power Consortium.
The wireless charger cannot be
used with a portable device that is larger than the charging area. Additionally, depending on the portable device, the wireless charger may not operate prop-erly. Refer to the operation man-ual of the portable device.
■The “Qi� symbol
The “Qi� symbol is a trademark of the Wireless Power Consor-tium. Power outlet
NOTICE
â– To prevent the fuse from
being blown
Do not use an accessory that uses more than 12 V 10 A.
â– To avoid damaging the power outlet
Close the power outlet lid when the power outlet is not in use.
Foreign objects or liquids that
enter the power outlet may cause a short circuit.â– To prevent the battery from
being discharged
Do not use the p ower outlet lon-
ger than necessary when the
engine is not running.
Wireless charger (if
equipped)
https://www.MyCarManual.com”hh uh�”(hh�h}”ubŒ$ba2c03c1-cfa3-456f-913a-19b5288a78ba”h
)�”}”(h
}”(hNh}”(hhhM•uhX]406 6-4. Other interior features
COROLLA_Uâ– Name for all parts
Power supply switch
Operation indicator lightCharge area
â– Using the wireless charger
1Press the power supply
switch of the wireless char-ger.
Pressing the switch again turns the
wireless charger off.
When turned on, the operation indi-
cator light (green) comes on.
When the engine switch is turned
off, the on/off state of the wireless
charger will be memorized.
2Place a portable device on
the charging area with its charging surface facing down.While charging, the operation indi-
cator light (oran ge) will be illumi-
nated.
If charging does not begin, move the portable device as close to the
center of the char ging area as pos-
sible.
When charging is complete, the
operation indicato r light (green) will
illuminate.
â– Recharging function
�If a certain amount of time has
elapsed since charging com-pleted and the portable device has not been moved, the wireless charger will restart charging.
�If the portable device is moved within the charging area, charging will stop tem-porarily then restart.
https://www.MyCarManual.com”hh uh�”(hh�h}”ubŒ$624cd340-51ca-49ef-a1a9-650bb32a38be”h
)�”}”(h
}”(hNh}”(hhhM–uhXø407 6-4. Other inte rior features
COROLLA_U6Interior featuresâ– Operation indicator light status
*: Depending on the portable devic e, the operation indicator ligh t may stay
illuminated (orange) after charging has completed.
�If the operation indicator light blinks
If an error is detec ted, the operation in dicator light will bli nk (orange). Take
the appropriate measures according to the table below.
â– The wireless charger can be
operated when
The engine switch is in ACC or ON.
â– Portable devices that can be
charged
â—�Portable devices compatible with the Qi wireless charging standard can be charged by the wireless charger. However, compatibility
with all devices which meet the Qi
wireless charging standard is not guaranteed.
â—�The wireless char ger is designed
to supply low power electricity (5
W or less) to a cellular phone, smartphone, or other portable device.Operation indicator light State
Off The Wireless charger is off
Green (illuminated)Standby (charging is possible)
Charging is complete*
Orange (illuminated)A portable device has been placed on the
charging area (identifying the portable device)
Charging in progress
Operation indicator light Suspected cause Measure
Blinks (orange) at a one second interval continu-ouslyVehicle to charger com-munication failure. Contact your Toyota dealer.
Blinks (orange) 3 times repeatedlyA foreign object exists between the portable device and charging area.
Remove the foreign object.
Portable device is not positioned properly on the charging area. Move the portable device toward the cen-ter of the charging area.
Blinks (orange) 4 times repeatedlyThe temperature of the wireless charger is excessively high. Stop charging immedi-ately and continue charging after a while.
https://www.MyCarManual.com”hh uh�”(hh�h}”ubŒ$ce5b5680-8372-41c8-b97e-a982b9ab6f4b”h
)�”}”(h
}”(hNh}”(hhhM—uhX^408 6-4. Other interior features
COROLLA_Uâ– If a cover or accessory is
attached to the portable device
Do not charge a portable device if a cover or accessory which is not Qi
compatible is attached. Depending
on the type of cover and/or acces-sory attached, it may not be possi-
ble to charge the portable device. If
the portable device is placed on the
charging area and does not charge,
remove the cover and/or accesso-
ries.
â– If interference is heard in AM
radio broadcasts while
charging
Turn off the wireless charger and check if the noise is reduced. If
noise is reduced, press and hold the power supply switch of the wireless
charger for 2 seconds. The fre-
quency of the wireless charger is changed and noise may be
reduced. When the frequency is
changed, the operation indicator light will blink (o range) 2 times.â– Charging precautions
â—�If the electronic key cannot be detected in the cabin, charging cannot be performed. When a
door is opened and closed,
charging may be temporarily sus-pended.
â—�While charging, the wireless char-ger and the portable device will
become warm.
This is not a malfunction.If a porta-ble device becomes warm while
charging and charging stops due
to the protection f unction of the
portable device, wait until the por-
table device cools down and
charge it again.
â– Sound generated during opera-tion
When the power supply switch is turned on or while a portable device
is being identified, operation sounds
may be heard. This is not a malfunc-tion.
â– Cleaning the wireless charger
ï‚®P.425
â– Certification for the wireless charger
https://www.MyCarManual.com”hh uh�”(hh�h}”ubŒ$7bea1a05-bc33-47d1-b69f-33d495944685”h
)�”}”(h
}”(hNh}”(hhhM˜uhŒY409 6-4. Other inte rior features
COROLLA_U6Interior features
https://www.MyCarManual.com”hh uh�”(hh�h}”ubŒ$4061a182-c089-4609-b531-50d92514c729”h
)�”}”(h
}”(hNh}”(hhhM™uhŒF410 6-4. Other interior features
COROLLA_U
https://www.MyCarManual.com”hh uh�”(hh�h}”ubŒ$c8779e1d-1900-4a65-94f0-c13fd23110e7”h
)�”}”(h
}”(hNh}”(hhhMšuhX 411 6-4. Other inte rior features
COROLLA_U6Interior featuresWARNING
â– Caution while driving
When charging a portable device
while driving, for safety reasons,
the driver should not operate the
portable device.
â– Caution regarding interfer-
ence with electronic devices
People with implantable cardiac
pacemakers, cardiac resynchroni-
zation therapy pacemakers or
implantable cardioverter defibrilla-tors, as well as any other electri-
cal medical device, should consult
their physician about the usage of the wireless charger.
Operations of the wireless char-
ger may have an affect on medi-cal devices.
â– To prevent damage or burns
Observe the following precau-tions.
Failure to do so may result in the
possibility of fire , equipment fail-
ure or damage, or burns due to heat.
â—�Do not put any metallic objects
between the charging area and the portable device while
charging.
â—�Do not attach me tallic objects,
such as aluminum stickers, to
the charging area.
â—�Do not cover the wireless char-
ger with a cloth or other object
while charging.
â—�Do not attempt t o charge porta-
ble devices whic h are not com-
patible with the Qi wireless
charging standard.
â—�Do not disassemble, modify or remove the wireless charger.
â—�Do not apply force or impact to
the wireless charger.NOTICE
â– Conditions in which the wire-
less charger may not operate correctly
In the following situations, the
wireless charger may not operate
correctly:
â—�When a portable device is fully charged
â—�When there is a foreign object between the charging area and
portable device
â—�When a portable device becomes hot wh ile charging
â—�When a portable device is
placed on the wireless area with
its charging surface facing up
â—�When a portable device is not centered on the charging area
â—�When the vehicle is near a TV
tower, electric po wer plant, gas
station, radio station, large dis-
play, airport or ot her facilit y that
generates strong radio waves or electrical noise
â—�When the portable device is in contact with, or is covered by
any of the following metallic
objects:
• Cards to which aluminum foil is
attached
• Cigarette boxes that have alu-
minum foil inside
• Metallic wallets or bags
• Coins• Metal hand warmers• Media such as CDs and DVDs
https://www.MyCarManual.com”hh uh�”(hh�h}”ubŒ$f3f52765-8554-4180-8b1c-1e2450016ed8”h
)�”}”(h
}”(hNh}”(hhhM›uhX412 6-4. Other interior features
COROLLA_U1 To set the visor in the for-
ward position, flip it down.
2 To set the visor in the side position, flip down, unhook, and swing it to the side.
3To use the side extender, place the visor in the side position, then slide it back-ward. (if equipped)
Slide the cover to open.
The vanity light turns on. (if
equipped)
â– To prevent batte ry discharge
(vehicles with vanity lights)
If the vanity lights remain on when
the engine switch is OFF, the lights
will go off automatically after 20 min-utes.NOTICE
â—�When wireless keys (that emit radio waves) other than those of your vehicle are being used
nearby.
If in situations other than above
the wireless charger does not operate properly or the operation indicator light is blinking, the wire-
less charger may be malfunction-ing. Contact your Toyota dealer.
â– To prevent failu re or damage
to data
â—�Do not bring magnetic cards,
such as a credit card, or mag-
netic recording media, close to
the wireless charger while charging. Otherwise, data may
be erased due to the influence
of magnetism.Additionally, do not bring preci-
sion instruments such as wrist
watches, close to the wireless charger, as such objects may
malfunction.
â—�Do not leave portable devices in
the cabin. The temperature inside the cabin may become
high when parked in the sun,
and cause damage to the
device.
â– To prevent battery discharge
Do not use the wireless charger for a long period of time with the
engine stopped.Sun visors
Vanity mirrors
https://www.MyCarManual.com”hh uh�”(hh�h}”ubŒ$503f4ea4-de12-477a-8ccd-ebe139afac3c”h
)�”}”(h
}”(hNh}”(hhhMœuhX413 6-4. Other inte rior features
COROLLA_U6Interior featuresFold down the armrest for use.
An assist grip installed on the
ceiling can be used to support your body while sitting on the seat.The coat hooks are provided with the rear assist grips.NOTICE
â– To prevent the battery from
being discharged (vehicles with vanity lights)
Do not leave the vanity lights on for extended periods while the
engine is stopped.
Armrest (if equipped)
NOTICE
â– To prevent damage to the armrest
Do not apply too much load on the armrest.
Assist gripsWARNING
â– Assist grip
Do not use the assist grip when getting in or out of the vehicle or
rising from your seat.
NOTICE
â– To prevent damage to the assist grip
Do not hang any heavy object or put a heavy load on the assist grip.
Coat hooks
WARNING
â– Items that cannot be hung on the coat hook
Do not hang coat hangers or other hard or sharp objects on the
hook. If the SRS curtain shield air-
bags deploy, these items may become projectiles, causing death
or serious injury.
https://www.MyCarManual.com”hh uh�”(hh�h}”ubŒ$3e8bb3e4-404f-4ab2-a884-11d5f63ff6e5”h
)�”}”(h
}”(hNh}”(hhhM�uhX'414 6-4. Other interior features
COROLLA_U*: If equipped
The HomeLink® wireless control
system in your vehicle has 3
buttons which can be pro-grammed to operate 3 different devices. Refer to the program-ming methods on the following pages to determine the method which is appropriate for the device.HomeLink
® indicator light
Garage door operation indi-cators
HomeLink
® icon
Illuminates while HomeLink® is
operating.
Buttons
â– Codes stored in the Home-
Link® memory
â—�The registered codes are not
erased even if the battery cable is
disconnected.
â—�If learning failed when registering
a different code to a HomeLink®
button that already has a code
registered to it, the already regis-
tered code will not be erased.
â– Certification for the garage door opener
�Except for vehicles sold in CanadaGarage door opener*
The garage door opener can
be programmed using the
HomeLink® to operate
garage doors, gates, entry
doors, door locks, home lighting systems, security systems, and other devices.
System components
https://www.MyCarManual.com”hh uh�”(hh�h}”ubŒ$c80a6149-c970-4545-b6a9-16c5873b1a4f”h
)�”}”(h
}”(hNh}”(hhhMžuhX0415 6-4. Other inte rior features
COROLLA_U6Interior features�For vehicles sold in Canada
â– When support is necessary
Visit on the web at www.
homelink.com/toyota or call
1-800-355-3515.
â– Before programming Home-
Link®
�During programming, it is pos-
sible that garage doors, gates, or other devices may operate. For this reason, make sure that people and objects are clear of the garage door or other devices to prevent injury or other potential harm.
�It is recommended that a new battery be placed in the remote control transmitter for more accurate programming.
WARNING
â– When programming a garage
door or other remote control
device
The garage door o r other device
may operate, so ensure people
and objects are out of danger to prevent potential harm.
â– Conforming to federal safety
standards
Do not use the HomeLink® com-
patible transceiver with any
garage door opener or device that
lacks safety stop and reverse fea-
tures as required by federal safety standards.
This includes any garage door
that cannot detect an interfering
object. A door or device without
these features increases the risk of death or serious injury.â– When operating or program-
ming HomeLink®
Never allow a child to operate or play with the HomeLink
® buttons.
Programming the Home-
Link®
https://www.MyCarManual.com”hh uh�”(hh�h}”ubŒ$63308f4d-3c98-4484-94ec-d68860f11757”h
)�”}”(h
}”(hNh}”(hhhMŸuhXª416 6-4. Other interior features
COROLLA_U�Garage door opener motors
manufactured after 1995 may be equipped with rolling code protection. If this is the case, you may need a stepladder or other sturdy, safe device to reach the “Learn� or “Smart� button on the garage door opener motor.
■Programming HomeLink®
Steps 1 through 3 must be per-
formed within 60 seconds, oth-erwise the indicator light will stop flashing and programming will not be able to be completed.
1Press and release the Home-
Link
® button you want to pro-
gram and check that the
HomeLink® indicator light
flashes (orange).
2Point the remote control
transmitter for the device at the rear view mirror, 1 to 3 in. (25 to 75 mm) from the
HomeLink
® buttons.
Keep the HomeLink® indicator light
in view while programming.
3Program a device.�Programming a device other
than an entry gate (for U.S.A. owners)
Press and hold the handheld transmitter button until the
HomeLink
® indicator light
changes from slowly flashing
orange to rapidly flashing green (rolling code) or continuously lit green (fixed code), then release the button.
�Programming an entry gate (for U.S.A. owners)/Program-ming a device in the Cana-dian market
Press and release the remote control transmitter button at 2 second intervals, repeatedly,
until the HomeLink
® indicator
light changes from slowly flash-
ing (orange) to rapidly flashing (green) (rolling code) or continu-ously lit (green) (fixed code).
4Test the HomeLink
® opera-
tion by pressing the newly
programmed button and observing the indicator light:
�Indicator light illuminates: Programming of a fixed code device has completed. The
https://www.MyCarManual.com”hh uh�”(hh�h}”ubŒ$3d5ac4a1-381b-4db0-89de-4c10dd787c03”h
)�”}”(h
}”(hNh}”(hhhM uhX§417 6-4. Other inte rior features
COROLLA_U6Interior featuresgarage door or other device
should operate when a Home-
Link® button is pressed and
released.
�Indicator light flashes rapidly:
The garage door opener motor or other device is equipped with a rolling code. To complete programming, firmly press and hold the
HomeLink
® button for 2 sec-
onds then release it.
�If the garage door or other
device does not operate, pro-ceed to “Programming a roll-ing code system�.
5Repeat the steps above to program another device for any of the remaining Home-
Link
® buttons.
â– Programming a rolling code
system
2 or more people may be neces-sary to complete rolling code programming.
1Locate the “Learn� or “Smart�
button on the garage door opener motor in the garage.
This button can usually be found
where the hanging antenna wire is
attached to the unit. The name and
color of the button may vary by manufacturer. Ref er to the owner’s
manual supplied with the garage door opener motor for details.
2Press and release the
“Learn� or “Smart� button.
Perform 3 within 30 seconds after
performing 2 .
3Press and hold the desired
HomeLink® button (inside the
vehicle) for 2 seconds and
release it. Repeat this sequence (press/hold/release) up to 3 times to complete program-ming.If the garage door opener motor operates when the
HomeLink
® button is
pressed, the garage door
https://www.MyCarManual.com”hh uh�”(hh�h}”ubŒ$778566ac-bf27-400a-9e5d-1e142c66de08”h
)�”}”(h
}”(hNh}”(hhhM¡uhXa418 6-4. Other interior features
COROLLA_Uopener motor recognizes the
HomeLink® signal.
â– Enabling 2-way communi-
cation with a garage door (only available for compati-ble devices)
When enabled, 2-way communi-cation allows you to check the status of the opening and clos-ing of a garage door through indicators in your vehicle.
2-way communication is only
available if the garage door opener motor used is a compati-ble device. (To check device compatibility, refer to www.homelink.com.)
1Within 5 seconds after pro-
gramming the garage door opener has been completed, if the garage door opener motor is trained to Home-
Link
®, both garage door
operation indicators will flash
rapidly (green) and the light on the garage door opener motor will blink twice, indicat-ing that 2-way communica-tion is enabled.
If the indicators do not flash, per-form 2 and 3 within the first 10
presses of the HomeLink® button
after programming has been com-
pleted.
2Press a programmed Home-
Link® button to operate a
garage door.
3Within 1 minute of pressing the HomeLink
® button, after
the garage door operation
has stopped, press the “Learn� or “Smart� button on the garage door opener motor. Within 5 seconds of the establishment of 2-way communication with the garage door opener, both garage door operation indica-tors in the vehicle will flash rapidly (green) and the light on the garage door opener motor will blink twice, indicat-ing that 2-way communica-tion is enabled.
â– Reprogramming a single
HomeLink® button
When the following procedure is
performed, buttons which already have devices registered to them can be overwritten:
1With one hand, press and
hold the desired HomeLink
®
button.
2When the HomeLink® indica-
tor starts flashing (orange),
continue to hold the Home-
Link® button and perform
“Programming HomeLink®� 1
https://www.MyCarManual.com”•!hh uh�”(hh�h}”ubŒ$2057bf71-fa11-49a1-ae6c-9f072dfaa70c”h
)�”}”(h
}”(hNh}”(hhhM¢uhX419 6-4. Other inte rior features
COROLLA_U6Interior features(it takes 20 seconds for the
HomeLink® indicator to start
flashing).
â– Before programming
â—�Install a new battery in the trans-
mitter.
â—�The battery side of the transmitter must be pointed away from the
HomeLink®.
Press the appropriate Home-
Link® button. The HomeLink®
indicator light should turn on.
The status of the opening and
closing of a garage door is shown by the indicators.
Opening
Closing
This function is onl y available if the
garage door opener motor used is a
compatible device. (To check device compatib ility, refer to
www.homelink.com.)The indicators can operate
within approximately 820 ft. (250 m) of the garage door. However, if there are obstructions between the garage door and the vehicle, such as houses and trees, feedback signals from the garage door may not be received.
To recall the previous door oper-
ation status, press and release
either HomeLink
® buttons
and or and
simultaneously. The last
recorded status will be dis-played for 3 seconds.
Press and hold the 2 outside
buttons for 10 seconds until the
HomeLink
® indicator light
changes from continuously lit
(orange) to rapidly flashing (green).
If you sell your vehicle, be sure to
erase the programs stored in the Operating HomeLink®Color Status
Orange (flash-
ing)Currently open-
ing/closing
GreenOpening/closing
has completed
Red (flashing)Feedback sig-
nals cannot be
received
Erasing the entire Home-
Link® memory (all three
codes)
https://www.MyCarManual.com”hh uh�”(hh�h}”ubŒ$5a7bb557-bfda-47e0-8a29-2263485fa43e”h
)�”}”(h
}”(hNh}”(hhhM£uhŒX420 6-4. Other interior features
COROLLA_UHomeLink® memory.
https://www.MyCarManual.com”hh uh�”(hh�h}”ubŒ$13bef501-9d8e-400a-bbbd-da1c024ba629”h
)�”}”(h
}”(hNh}”(hhhM¤uhXÆ421
COROLLA_U7
7Maintenance and careMaintenance and care
.7-1. Maintenance and care
Cleaning and protecting the
vehicle exterior.......... 422
Cleaning and protecting the
vehicle interior........... 424
7-2. Maintenance
Maintenance requirements
.................................. 427
General maintenance.. 428
Emission inspection and
maintenance (I/M) pro-
grams ........................ 431
7-3. Do-it-yourself mainte-
nance
Do-it-yourself service pre-
cautions..................... 432
Hood ........................... 434
Positioning a floor jack
.................................. 435
Engine compartment... 436
Tires ............................ 444
Tire inflation pressure.. 453
Wheels ......... ............... 455
Air conditioning filter.... 457
Wireless remote con-
trol/electronic key battery
.................................. 458
Checking and replacing
fuses.......................... 461
Light bulbs................... 464
https://www.MyCarManual.com”hh uh�”(hh�h}”ubŒ$b8d1b2d7-0a7c-4cee-873b-3fd1e45d804f”h
)�”}”(h
}”(hNh}”(hhhM¥uhXx 422 7-1. Maintenance and care
COROLLA_U7-1.Maintenance and care
�Working from top to bottom,
liberally apply water to the vehicle body, wheel wells and underside of the vehicle to remove any dirt and dust.
�Wash the vehicle body using a sponge or soft cloth, such as a chamois.
�For hard-to-remove marks, use car wash soap and rinse
thoroughly with water.
�Wipe away any water.
�Wax the vehicle when the
waterproof coating deterio-rates.
If water does not bead on a clean
surface, apply wax when the vehi-cle body is cool.
â– Automatic car washes
â—�Fold the mirrors before washing
the vehicle. Start washing from the
front of the vehicle. Make sure to
extend the mirrors before driving.
�Brushes used in automatic car washes may scratch the vehicle surface and harm your vehicle’s
paint.
â—�Vehicles with a rear spoiler: In cer-
tain automatic car washes, the rear spoiler may interfere with
machine operation. This may pre-
vent the vehicle from being
cleaned properly or result in dam-age to the r ear spoiler.
â– High pressure car washes
As water may enter the cabin, do not bring the nozzle tip near the
gaps around the doors or perimeter
of the windows, or spray these areas continuously.
â– When using a car wash (vehi-
cles with a smart key system)
If the door handle becomes wet while the electronic key is within the
effective range, the door may lock and unlock repeatedly. In that case,
follow the following correction pro-
cedures to wash the vehicle:
â—�Place the key in a position 6 ft. (2 m) or more separate from the vehicle while the vehicle is being
washed. (Take care to ensure that
the key is not stolen.)
â—�Set the electronic key to bat-tery-saving mode to disable the smart key system. ( ï‚®P.112)
â– Aluminum wheel s (if equipped)
â—�Remove any dirt immediately by using a neutral detergent.
â—�Wash detergent off with water immediately after use.
â—�To protect the paint from damage, make sure to obs erve the follow-
ing precautions.
• Do not use acidic, alkaline or
abrasive detergent
• Do not use hard brushes• Do not use detergent on the
wheels when they are hot, such
as after driving or parking in hot weather
â– Bumpers and side moldings
Do not scrub with abrasive cleaners.Cleaning and protect-
ing the vehicle exte-rior
Perform cleaning in a man-
ner appropriate to each component and its material.
Cleaning instructions
https://www.MyCarManual.com”hh uh�”(hh�h}”ubŒ$fd4c3d1b-0e54-4f4d-b59d-3d2e1424cd00”h
)�”}”(h
}”(hNh}”(hhhM¦uhXñ 423 7-1. Maintenance and care
COROLLA_U7Maintenance and careWARNING
â– When washing the vehicle
Do not apply water to the inside of
the engine compartment. Doing
so may cause the electrical com-ponents, etc. to catch fire.
â– Precautions regarding the
exhaust pipe
Exhaust gasses cause the
exhaust pipe to become quite hot.
When washing the vehicle, be
careful not to touch the pipe until it has cooled sufficiently, as touch-
ing a hot exhaust pipe can cause
burns.
â– Precaution regarding the rear bumper with Blind Spot Moni-
tor (if equipped)
If the paint of the rear bumper is chipped or scratched, the system
may malfunction. If this occurs, consult your Toyota dealer.
NOTICE
â– To prevent paint deteriora-tion and corrosion on the
body and components (alumi-
num wheels, etc.)
â—�Wash the vehicle immediately in the following cases:
• After driving near the sea coast
• After driving on salted roads• If coal tar or tre e sap is present
on the paint surface
• If dead insects, insect droppings
or bird droppings are present on
the paint surface
• After driving in an area contami-
nated with soot, oily smoke,
mine dust, iron powder or chem-
ical substances
• If the vehicle becomes heavily
soiled with dust or mud• If liquids such as benzene and
gasoline are spilled on the paint
surface
â—�If the paint is chipped or scratched, have it repaired
immediately.
â—�To prevent the wheels from cor-
roding, remove any dirt and store in a place with low humid-
ity when storing the wheels.
â– Cleaning the exterior lights
â—�Wash carefully. Do not use
organic substances or scrub
with a hard brush.This may damage the surfaces
of the lights.
â—�Do not apply wax to the sur-
faces of the lights.Wax may cause damage to the
lenses.
â– To prevent damage to the
windshield wiper arms
When lifting the wiper arms away from the windshield, pull the driver side wiper arm upward first, and
repeat for the passenger side.
When returning the wipers to their original position , do so from the
passenger side first.
â– When using a high pressure car wash
â—�When washing the vehicle, do not spray the camera or its sur-rounding area directly with a
high pressure washer. Shock
applied from high pressure water may cause the device to
not operate normally.
â—�Do not bring the nozzle tip close to boots (rubber or resin manu-
factured cover), connectors or the following parts. The parts
may be damaged if they come
into contact with high-pressure water.
• Traction related parts
https://www.MyCarManual.com”hh uh�”(hh�h}”ubŒ$0dd08242-38d5-4ad2-93d3-73522af2ed7c”h
)�”}”(h
}”(hNh}”(hhhM§uhXÿ424 7-1. Maintenance and care
COROLLA_U�Remove dirt and dust using a
vacuum cleaner. Wipe dirty surfaces with a cloth damp-ened with lukewarm water.
�If dirt cannot be removed, wipe it off with a soft cloth dampened with neutral deter-gent diluted to approximately 1%.Wring out any excess water from the cloth and thoroughly wipe off remaining traces of detergent and water.
â– Shampooing the carpets
There are several commercial foam-
ing-type cleaners available. Use a
sponge or brush to apply the foam. Rub in overlapping circles. Do not
use water. Wipe dirty surfaces and
let them dry. Excellent results are obtained by keeping the carpet as
dry as possible.
â– Handling the seat belts
Clean with mild soap and lukewarm water using a cloth or sponge. Also
check the belts periodically for excessive wear, fraying or cuts.NOTICE
• Steering parts
• Suspension parts• Brake parts
â—�Keep the cleaning nozzle at
least 11.9 in. (30 cm) away from the vehicles bod y. Otherwise
resin section, such as moldings and bumpers, may be deformed and damaged. Also, do not con-tinuously hold the nozzle in the
same place.
â—�Do not spray the lower part of
the windshield continuously. If water enters the air conditioning
system intake located near the
lower part of the windshield, the air conditioning system may not
operate correctly.Cleaning and protect-
ing the vehicle interior
Perform cleaning in a man-
ner appropriate to each component and its material.
Protecting the vehicle
interior
https://www.MyCarManual.com”hh uh�”(hh�h}”ubŒ$2c90b78d-9f0a-4d95-b9cd-16f4fb9ce336”h
)�”}”(h
}”(hNh}”(hhhM¨uhXÏ 425 7-1. Maintenance and care
COROLLA_U7Maintenance and careWARNING
â– Water in the vehicle
â—�Do not splash or spill liquid in
the vehicle.
Doing so may cause electrical components, etc. to malfunc-
tion or catch fire.
â—�Do not get any of the SRS com-
ponents or wiring in the vehicle interior wet.(ï‚®P.29)
An electrical malfunction may cause the airbags to deploy or not function properly, resulting
in death or serious injury.
â—�Vehicles with wireless charger:
Do not let the wireless charger (ï‚®P.405) get wet. Failure to do
so may cause the charger to become hot and cause burns or could cause electric shock
resulting in dea th or serious
injury.
â– Cleaning the interior (espe-
cially instrument panel)
Do not use polish wax or polish cleaner. The instrument panel
may reflect off the windshield,
obstructing the dr iver’s view and
leading to an accident, resulting in
death or serious injury.
NOTICE
â– Cleaning detergents
â—�Do not use the f ollowing types
of detergent, as they may dis-color the vehicle interior or
cause streaks or damage to painted surfaces:
• Areas other than the seats and
steering wheel: Organic sub-
stances such as benzene or
gasoline, alkaline or acidic solu-
tions, dye, and bleach• Seats: Alkaline or acidic solu-
tions, such as th inner, benzene,
and alcohol
• Steering wheel: Organic sub-
stances, such as thinner, and
cleaner that contains alcohol
â—�Do not use polish wax or polish
cleaner. The instrument panel’s or other interior part’s painted
surface may be damaged.
â– Preventing damage to leather
surfaces
Observe the following precautions to avoid damage to and deteriora-tion of leather surfaces:
â—�Remove any dust or dirt from leather surfaces immediately.
â—�Do not expose the vehicle to
direct sunlight for extended peri-
ods of time. Park the vehicle in the shade, especially during
summer.
â—�Do not place items made of
vinyl, plastic, or containing wax
on the upholstery, as they may
stick to the leather surface if the
vehicle interior heats up signifi-cantly.
â– Water on the floor
Do not wash the v ehicle floor with
water.
Vehicle systems such as the
audio system may be damaged if water comes into contact with
electrical components such as the
audio system abov e or under the
floor of the vehicle. Water may
also cause the body to rust.
â– When cleaning the inside of the windshield
Do not allow glass cleaner to con-tact the lens. Also, do not touch
the lens. ( ï‚®P.180)
https://www.MyCarManual.com”hh uh�”(hh�h}”ubŒ$f3ecd577-1eb5-4652-b6a6-c891b3c7e890”h
)�”}”(h
}”(hNh}”(hhhM©uhXB426 7-1. Maintenance and care
COROLLA_U�Remove dirt using a
water-dampened soft cloth or synthetic chamois.
�Wipe the surface with a dry, soft cloth to remove any remaining moisture.
â– Cleaning the areas with
satin-finish metal accents
The metal areas use a layer of real
metal for the surface. It is necessary
to clean them regularly. If dirty areas are left uncleaned for long periods
of time, they may be difficult to
clean.
�Remove dirt and dust using a
vacuum cleaner.
�Wipe off any excess dirt and dust with a soft cloth damp-ened with diluted detergent.Use a diluted water solution of
approximately 5% neutral wool detergent.
�Wring out any excess water
from the cloth and thoroughly wipe off all remaining traces of detergent.
�Wipe the surface with a dry, soft cloth to remove any remaining moisture. Allow the leather to dry in a shaded and ventilated area.
â– Caring for leather areas
Toyota recommends cleaning the
interior of the vehicle at least twice a
year to maintain t he quality of the
vehicle’s interior.
�Remove dirt and dust using a
vacuum cleaner.
�Wipe it off with a soft cloth dampened with neutral deter-gent diluted to approximately 1%.
�Wring out any excess water from the cloth and thoroughly wipe off remaining traces of detergent and water.NOTICE
â– Cleaning the inside of the rear
window
â—�Do not use glass cleaner to clean the rear window, as this may cause damage to the rear
window defogger heater wires
or antenna. Use a cloth damp-
ened with lukewarm water to
gently wipe the window clean.
Wipe the window in strokes run-ning parallel to the heater wires or antenna.
â—�Be careful not to scratch or
damage the heater wires or
antenna.
Cleaning the areas with
satin-finish metal accents
Cleaning the leather areasCleaning the synthetic leather areas
https://www.MyCarManual.com”hh uh�”(hh�h}”ubŒ$d9259f4c-79b6-4b1c-b11d-62185f642e04”h
)�”}”(h
}”(hNh}”(hhhMªuhXF 427 7-2. Maintenance
COROLLA_U7Maintenance and care7-2.Maintenance
â– Repair and replacement
It is recommended that genuine
Toyota parts be used for repairs to
ensure performanc e of each sys-
tem. If non-Toyota parts are used in
replacement or if a repair shop other
than a Toyota dealer performs
repairs, confirm the warranty cover-age.
â– Allow inspection and repairs to
be performed by a Toyota
dealer
â—�Toyota technicians are well-trained specialists and are kept up to date with the latest ser-
vice information. They are well
informed about the operation of all systems on your vehicle.
â—�Keep a copy of the repair order. It proves that the maintenance that has been performed is under war-
ranty coverage. If any problem
should arise while your vehicle is under warranty, your Toyota
dealer will promptly take care of it.General maintenance should be
performed on a daily basis. This can be done by yourself or by a Toyota dealer.
Scheduled maintenance should
be performed at specified inter-vals according to the mainte-nance schedule.
For details about maintenance
items and schedules, refer to the “Scheduled Maintenance Guide� or “Owner’s Manual Supplement�.Maintenance require-
ments
To ensure safe and econom-
ical driving, day-to-day care and regular maintenance are essential. It is the owner’s responsibility to perform regular checks. Toyota recommends the maintenance below.
WARNING
â– If your vehicle is not properly
maintained
Improper maintenance could result in serious damage to the
vehicle and possible death or seri-
ous injury.â– Handling of the battery
â—�Engine exhaust, some of its constituents, and a wide variety
of automobile components con-
tain or emit chemicals known to the State of California to cause
cancer and birth defects and
other reproductive harm. Work in a well ventilated area.
â—�Oils, fuels and fluids contained
in vehicles as well as waste pro-
duced by component wear con-tain or emit chemicals known to
the State of California to cause
cancer and birth defects or other reproductive harm. Avoid
exposure and wash any
affected area immediately.
â—�Battery posts, terminals and related accessories contain lead
and lead compounds which are
known to cause brain damage. Wash your hands after han-
dling. (ï‚®P.442)
General maintenance
Scheduled maintenance
https://www.MyCarManual.com”hh uh�”(hh�h}”ubŒ$a33839fa-5d04-4e82-baaf-1f951ff6af2c”h
)�”}”(h
}”(hNh}”(hhhM«uhX428 7-2. Maintenance
COROLLA_Uâ– Resetting the message indicat-
ing maintenance is required
After the required maintenance is performed according to the mainte-
nance schedule, please reset the message.
To reset the messa ge, follow the
procedure described below:
1Press or of the meter
control switch to select .
2Press or to select “Vehi-
cle Settings� and then press and
hold .
3Press or to select
“Scheduled Maintenance� and
then press .
4Press or to select “Yes�
and then press .
A message will be displayed on the
multi-information display when the
reset procedure has been com-
pleted.
You can perform some mainte-
nance procedures by yourself.Please be aware that do-it-your-self maintenance may affect warranty coverage.
The use of Toyota repair manuals is
recommended.
For details about warranty cover-
age, refer to the separate “Owner’s Warranty Information Booklet� or “Owner’s Manual Supplement�.Do-it-yourself mainte-nance
General maintenance
Listed below are the general
maintenance items that should be performed at the intervals specified in the “Owner’s Warranty Informa-tion Booklet� or “Owner’s Manual Supplement/Sched-uled Maintenance Guide�. It is recommended that any problem you notice should be brought to the attention of your Toyota dealer or qualified service shop for advice.
WARNING
â– If the engine is running
Turn the engine off and ensure
that there is adequate ventilation
before performing maintenance
checks.
Engine compartment
Items Check points
BatteryCheck the connec-
tions. (ï‚®P.442)
Brake fluidIs the brake fluid at the correct level? (ï‚®P.441)
Engine coolantIs the engine cool-ant at the correct level? (ï‚® P.440)
Engine oilIs the engine oil at the correct level? (ï‚®P.437)
https://www.MyCarManual.com”hh uh�”(hh�h}”ubŒ$5760a893-cf89-4956-b4bf-db8bb18cd0b1”h
)�”}”(h
}”(hNh}”(hhhM¬uhX°429 7-2. Maintenance
COROLLA_U7Maintenance and careExhaust sys-
temThere should not be any fumes or strange sounds.
Radiator/con-denserThe radiator and condenser should be free from for-eign objects. (ï‚®P.440)
Washer fluidIs there sufficient washer fluid? (ï‚®P.443)
Vehicle interior
Items Check points
Accelerator pedalThe accelerator pedal should move smoothly (without uneven pedal effort or catching).
Continuously variable trans-mission “Park� mechanismWhen parked on a slope and the shift lever is in P, is the vehicle securely stopped?
Brake pedal• Does the brake
pedal move smoothly?
• Does the brake
pedal have appropriate clearance from the floor? (ï‚®P.530)
• Does the brake
pedal have the correct amount of free play? (ï‚®P.530)Items Check points
Clutch pedal• Does the clutch
pedal move smoothly?
• Does the clutch
pedal have appropriate clearance from the floor? (ï‚®P.530)
• Does the clutch
pedal have the correct amount of free play? (ï‚®P.530)
Brakes• The vehicle
should not pull to one side when the brakes are applied.
• The brakes
should work effectively.
• The brake pedal
should not feel spongy.
• The brake pedal
should not get too close to the floor when the brakes are applied.
Head restraintsDo the head restraints move smoothly and lock securely?
Indica-tors/buzzersDo the indicators and buzzers func-tion properly?
LightsDo all the lights come on?Items Check points
https://www.MyCarManual.com”hh uh�”(hh�h}”ubŒ$3426c80a-1990-467e-b78e-ca77347c3619”h
)�”}”(h
}”(hNh}”(hhhM­uhXê430 7-2. Maintenance
COROLLA_UParking brake• Does the park-
ing brake oper-
ate normally?
• When parked on
a slope and the parking brake is on, is the vehicle securely stopped?
Seat belts• Do the seat belts
operate smoothly?
• The seat belts
should not be damaged.
SeatsDo the seat con-trols operate prop-erly?
Steering wheel• Does the steer-
ing wheel rotate smoothly?
• Does the steer-
ing wheel have the correct amount of free play?
• There should not
be any strange sounds coming from the steer-ing wheel.
Vehicle exterior
Items Check points
Doors/trunkDo the doors/trunk operate smoothly?
Engine hoodDoes the engine hood lock system work properly?Items Check points
Fluid leaksThere should not be any signs of fluid leakage after the vehicle has been parked.
Tires• Is the tire infla-
tion pressure correct?
• The tires should
not be damaged or excessively worn.
• Have the tires
been rotated according to the maintenance schedule?
• The wheel nuts
should not be loose.
Windshield wipers• The wiper blades
should not show any signs of cracking, split-ting, wear, con-tamination or deformation.
• The wiper blades
should clear the windshield with-out streaking or skipping.Items Check points
https://www.MyCarManual.com”hh uh�”(hh�h}”ubŒ$0096b4df-6442-40e1-b0ac-a3e37ef86f9c”h
)�”}”(h
}”(hNh}”(hhhM®uhX 431 7-2. Maintenance
COROLLA_U7Maintenance and careThe OBD system determines
that a problem exists some-where in the emission control system. Your vehicle may not pass the I/M test and may need to be repaired. Contact your Toyota dealer to service the vehicle.
�When the battery is discon-
nected or discharged
Readiness codes that are set
during ordinary driving are erased.Also, depending on your driving habits, the readiness codes may not be completely set.
�When the fuel tank cap is
looseThe malfunction indicator lamp
comes on indicating a temporary malfunction and your vehicle may not pass the I/M test.
The error code in the OBD sys-
tem will not be cleared unless the vehicle is driven 40 or more times.
Contact your Toyota dealer to
prepare the vehicle for re-test-ing.Emission inspection
and mainte nance (I/M)
programs
Some states have vehicle
emission inspection pro-grams which include OBD (On Board Diagnostics) checks. The OBD system monitors the operation of the emission control sys-tem.
If the malfunc tion indica-
tor lamp comes on
Your vehicle may not pass
the I/M test in the follow-
ing situations:When the malfunction
indicator lamp still
remains on after several driving trips
If your vehicle does not pass the I/M test
https://www.MyCarManual.com”hh uh�”(hh�h}”ubŒ$9782709a-073c-4d06-b2aa-11b18230c1ad”h
)�”}”(h
}”(hNh}”(hhhM¯uhX�432 7-3. Do-it-yours elf maintenance
COROLLA_U7-3.Do-it-yourself maintenance
Do-it-yourself service
precautions
If you perform maintenance
by yourself, be sure to fol-low the correct procedure as given in these sections.
Maintenance
Items Parts and tools
Battery
condition (P.442)•W a r m w a t e r• Baking soda•G r e a s e• Conventional
wrench (for terminal clamp bolts)
Brake fluid level (P.443)• FMVSS No.116
DOT 3 or SAE J1703 brake fluidFMVSS No.116 DOT 4 or SAE J1704 brake fluid
• Rag or paper towel• Funnel (used only
for adding brake fluid)Engine coolant level (P.440)• “Toyota Super Long
Life Coolant� or a similar high quality ethylene gly-col-based non-sili-cate, non-amine, non-nitrite and non-borate coolant with long-life hybrid organic acid tech-nologyFor the U.S.A.:“Toyota Super Long Life Coolant� is pre-mixed with 50% coolant and 50% deionized water.For Canada:“Toyota Super Long Life Coolant� is pre-mixed with 55% coolant and 45% deionized water.
• Funnel (used only
for adding coolant)
Engine oil level (P.437)• “Toyota Genuine
Motor Oil� or equiva-lent
• Rag or paper towel• Funnel (used only
for adding engine oil)
Fuses (P.461)• Fuse with same
amperage rating as original
Light bulbs (P.464)• Bulb with same
number and wattage rating as original
• Flathead screw-
driver
•W r e n c hItems Parts and tools
https://www.MyCarManual.com”hh uh�”(hh�h}”ubŒ$aa4f9152-8b20-4d87-8413-f9d9b23f706c”h
)�”}”(h
}”(hNh}”(hhhM°uhXÛ433 7-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance
COROLLA_U7Maintenance and careRadiator
and con-denser (P.440)
Tire infla-tion pres-sure (P.453) • Tire pressure gauge• Compressed air
source
Washer fluid (P.443)• Water or washer
fluid containing anti-freeze (for winter use)
• Funnel (used only
for adding water or washer fluid)
WARNING
The engine compartment contains
many mechanisms and fluids that
may move suddenly, become hot, or become electrically energized.
To avoid death or serious injury,
observe the following precautions.
â– When working on the engine compartment
â—�Keep hands, clothing and tools away from the moving fan and
engine drive belt.
â—�Be careful not to touch the engine, radiator , exhaust mani-
fold, etc. right a fter driving as
they may be hot . Oil and other
fluids may also be hot.
â—�Do not leave anything that may burn easily, such as paper and
rags, in the engine compart-
ment.
â—�Do not smoke, cause sparks or expose an open flame to fuel or
the battery. Fuel and battery
fumes are flammable.Items Parts and tools â—�Be extremely cautious when
working on the battery. It con-
tains poisonous and corrosive sulfuric acid.
â– When working near the elec-
tric cooling fan or radiator
grille
Be sure the engine switch is OFF.With the engine switch in ON, the electric cooling fa n may automati-
cally start to run if the air condi-tioning is on and/or the coolant temperature is high. ( ï‚®P.440)
â– Safety glasses
Wear safety glasses to prevent flying or falling material, fluid
spray, etc. from getting in your
eyes.
NOTICE
â– If you remove the air cleaner
filter
Driving with the ai r cleaner filter
removed may cause excessive
engine wear due to dirt in the air.
https://www.MyCarManual.com”hh uh�”(hh�h}”ubŒ$4510f11a-09a8-436a-8dd8-c453033af4a2”h
)�”}”(h
}”(hNh}”(hhhM±uhXW434 7-3. Do-it-yours elf maintenance
COROLLA_U1Pull the hood lock release
lever.
The hood will pop up slightly.
2Pull the auxiliary catch lever to the left and lift the hood.3Hold the hood open by insert-ing the support rod into the slot.
Hood
Opening the hood
WARNING
â– Pre-driving check
Check that the hood is fully closed
and locked.If the hood is not locked properly,
it may open while the vehicle is in
motion and cause an accident, which may result i n death or seri-
ous injury.
â– After installing the support rod into the slot
Make sure the rod supports the hood securely preventing it from falling down onto your head or
body.
NOTICE
â– When closing the hood
Be sure to return the support rod to its clip before closing the hood.
Closing the hood with the support
rod not clipped could cause the hood to bend.
https://www.MyCarManual.com”hh uh�”(hh�h}”ubŒ$29441061-be0d-4c96-acfc-43f7fd92c913”h
)�”}”(h
}”(hNh}”(hhhM²uhX¡435 7-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance
COROLLA_U7Maintenance and careâ– Frontâ– RearPositioning a floor
jack
When using a floor jack, fol-
low the instructions in the manual provided with the jack and perform the opera-tion safely.When raising your vehicle with a floor jack, position the jack correctly. Improper placement may damage your vehicle or cause injury.
Location of the jack point
https://www.MyCarManual.com”hh uh�”(hh�h}”ubŒ$922fa2a3-7d69-49c9-b576-ab00ff98e0d4”h
)�”}”(h
}”(hNh}”(hhhM³uhX£436 7-3. Do-it-yours elf maintenance
COROLLA_U�1.8 L 4-cylinder (2ZR-FAE) engine
Washer fluid tank (ï‚® P.443)
Engine coolant reservoir ( ï‚®P.436)
Fuse boxes (ï‚® P.461)
Engine oil level dipstick ( ï‚®P.437)
Engine oil filler cap (ï‚® P.438)
Battery (ï‚® P.442)
Brake fluid reservoir ( ï‚®P.441)
Radiator (ï‚® P.440)
Condenser (ï‚® P.440)
Electric cooling fanEngine compartment
Components
https://www.MyCarManual.com”hh uh�”(hh�h}”ubŒ$85538f13-ed46-4806-a35b-908bff886ed7”h
)�”}”(h
}”(hNh}”(hhhM´uhXÞ437 7-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance
COROLLA_U7Maintenance and care�2.0 L 4-cylinder (M20A-FKS) engine
Washer fluid tank (ï‚® P.443)
Engine coolant reservoir ( ï‚®P.436)
Fuse boxes (ï‚® P.461)
Engine oil filler cap (ï‚® P.438)
Engine oil level dipstick ( ï‚®P.437)
Battery (ï‚® P.442)
Brake fluid reservoir ( ï‚®P.441)
Radiator (ï‚® P.440)
Condenser (ï‚® P.440)
Electric cooling fan
With the engine at operating
temperature and turned off, check the oil level on the dip-stick.â– Checking the engine oil
1Park the vehicle on level ground. After warming up the engine and turning it off, wait more than 5 minutes for the oil to drain back into the bot-tom of the engine.Checking and adding the
engine oil
https://www.MyCarManual.com”hh uh�”(hh�h}”ubŒ$7787e77a-cabd-4025-99ad-a967fce3ea88”h
)�”}”(h
}”(hNh}”(hhhMµuhX�438 7-3. Do-it-yours elf maintenance
COROLLA_U2Holding a rag under the end,
pull the dipstick out.
�1.8 L 4-cylinder (2ZR-FAE) engine
�2.0 L 4-cylinder (M20A-FKS) engine
3Wipe the dipstick clean.
4Reinsert the dipstick fully.
5Holding a rag under the end, pull the dipstick out and check the oil level.
LowNormal
Excessive
The shape of the dipstick may differ
depending on the type of vehicle or engine.
6Wipe the dipstick and reinsert
it fully.
â– Checking the oil type and preparing the item needed
Make sure to check the oil type and prepare the items needed before adding oil.
�Engine oil selection
ï‚®P.526, 527
�Oil quantity (Low  Full)
1.6 qt. (1.5 L, 1.3 Imp. qt.)
�ItemClean funnel
â– Adding engine oil
If the oil level is below or near the low level mark, add engine oil of the same type as that already in the engine.
�1.8 L 4-cylinder (2ZR-FAE) engine
https://www.MyCarManual.com”hh uh�”(hh�h}”ubŒ$1ca13507-80a7-43af-bda4-11fba4f275d3”h
)�”}”(h
}”(hNh}”(hhhM¶uhX¤439 7-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance
COROLLA_U7Maintenance and care�2.0 L 4-cylinder (M20A-FKS)
engine
1Remove the oil filler cap by turning it counterclockwise.
2Add engine oil slowly, check-ing the dipstick.
3Install the oil filler cap by turning it clockwise.
â– Engine oil consumption
A certain amount of engine oil will
be consumed while driving. In the following situatio ns, oil consump-
tion may increase, and engine oil may need to be refilled in between oil maintenance intervals.
â—�When the engine is new, for example directly after purchasing
the vehicle or after replacing the
engine
â—�If low quality oil or oil of an inap-propriate viscosity is used
â—�When driving at high engine speeds or with a heavy load, or
when driving while accelerating or
decelerating frequently
â—�When leaving the engine idling for
a long time, or wh en driving fre-
quently through heavy trafficWARNING
â– Used engine oil
â—�Used engine oil contains poten-
tially harmful contaminants
which may cause skin disorders such as inflammation and skin
cancer, so care should be taken
to avoid prolonged and repeated contact. To remove
used engine oil from your skin,
wash thoroughly with soap and water.
â—�Dispose of used o il and filters
only in a safe and acceptable
manner. Do not dispose of used
oil and filters in h ousehold trash,
in sewers or onto the ground.
Call your Toyota dealer, service
station or auto parts store for
information concerning recy-
cling or disposal.
â—�Do not leave used engine oil
within the reach of children.
NOTICE
â– To prevent serious engine damage
Check the oil le vel on a regular
basis.
â– When replacing the engine oil
â—�Be careful not to spill engine oil on the vehicle components.
â—�Avoid overfilling, or the engine could be damaged.
â—�Check the oil level on the dip-
stick every time you refill the
vehicle.
â—�Be sure the engin e oil filler cap
is properly tightened.
https://www.MyCarManual.com”hh uh�”(hh�h}”ubŒ$7a95ebec-aab9-4769-9737-69b063072c4b”h
)�”}”(h
}”(hNh}”(hhhM·uhXü440 7-3. Do-it-yours elf maintenance
COROLLA_UThe coolant level is satisfactory
if it is between the “FULL� and “LOW� lines on the reservoir when the engine is cold.
Reservoir cap
“FULL� line“LOW� line
If the level is on or below the “LOW�
line, add coolant up to the “FULL� line. (P.519)
â– Coolant selection
Only use “Toyota Super Long Life
Coolant� or a similar high quality
ethylene glycol based non-silicate,
non-amine, non-nitrite, and non-borate coolant with long-life
hybrid organic acid technology.
U.S.A.:
“Toyota Super Long Life Coolant� is
a mixture of 50% coolant and 50%
deionized water. (Minimum tem-
perature: -31°F [-35°C])
Canada:
“Toyota Super Long Life Coolant� is
a mixture of 55% coolant and 45%
deionized water. (Minimum tem-
perature: -44°F [-42°C])
For more details about coolant, con-
tact your Toyota dealer.â– If the coolant level drops within a short time of replenishing
Visually check the radiator, hoses, engine coolant reservoir caps, drain
cock and water pump.
If you cannot find a leak, have your
Toyota dealer test the cap and
check for leaks in the cooling sys-
tem.
Check the radiator and con-
denser and clear away any for-eign objects. If either of the above parts is extremely dirty or you are not sure of their condi-tion, have your vehicle inspected by your Toyota dealer.Checking the engine cool-
ant
WARNING
â– When the engine is hot
Do not remove the engine coolant
reservoir cap.
The cooling system may be under
pressure and may spray hot cool-ant if the cap is removed, causing
serious injuries, such as burns.
NOTICE
â– When adding coolant
Coolant is neither plain water nor straight antifreeze. The correct
mixture of water and antifreeze must be used to provide proper lubrication, corrosion protection
and cooling. Be sure to read the
antifreeze or coolant label.
â– If you spill coolant
Be sure to wash it off with water to prevent it from damaging parts or paint.
Checking the radiator and
condenser
https://www.MyCarManual.com”hh uh�”(hh�h}”ubŒ$08ce939e-7883-466d-9c7d-f3508e71c4bb”h
)�”}”(h
}”(hNh}”(hhhM¸uhXÂ441 7-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance
COROLLA_U7Maintenance and careâ– Checking fluid level
The brake fluid level should be
between the “MAX� and “MIN� lines on the tank.
â– Adding fluid
1Slide and lift up the rubber strip to partly remove it as shown.2Disconnect the claws and remove the service cover.
3Remove the reservoir cap.
4Add brake fluid slowly while checking the fluid level.
Make sure to check the fluid type and prepare the necessary item.
�Fluid type
FMVSS No.116 DOT 3 or SAE
J1703 brake fluid
FMVSS No.116 DOT 4 or SAE
J1704 brake fluid
�Item
Clean funnel
â– Brake fluid can absorb moisture
from the air
Excess moisture in the brake fluid
can cause a dangerous loss of brak-ing efficiency. Use only newly
opened brake fluid.WARNING
â– When the engine is hot
Do not touch the r adiator or con-
denser as they m ay be hot and
cause serious injuries, such as
burns.
Checking and adding the
brake fluid
https://www.MyCarManual.com”hh uh�”(hh�h}”ubŒ$9e9c84d2-9e0d-4655-b831-e84d8e476b9c”h
)�”}”(h
}”(hNh}”(hhhM¹uhXi442 7-3. Do-it-yours elf maintenance
COROLLA_UCheck the battery as follows.
â– Battery exterior
Make sure that the battery termi-
nals are not corroded and that there are no loose connections, cracks, or loose clamps.
Terminals
Hold-down clampâ– Before recharging
When recharging, the battery pro-
duces hydrogen gas which is flam-
mable and explosive. Therefore,
observe the followi ng precautions
before recharging:
â—�If recharging with the battery installed on the vehicle, be sure to
disconnect the ground cable.
â—�Make sure the engine switch on the charger is off when connecting
and disconnecting the charger cables to the battery.
â– After recharging/reconnecting
the battery (vehicles with a
smart key system)
â—�Unlocking the doors using the smart key system may not be pos-sible immediately after reconnect-
ing the battery. If this happens, use the wireless remote control or the mechanical key to lock/unlock
the doors.
â—�Start the engine with the engine switch in ACC. T he engine may
not start with th e engine switch
turned off. However, the engine will operate normally from the sec-
ond attempt.
â—�The engine switch mode is recorded by the vehicle. If the bat-tery is reconnected, the vehicle will return the engine switch mode
to the status it was in before the
battery was disconnected. Make sure to turn off the engine before
disconnecting the battery. Take
extra care when connecting the battery if the engine switch mode
prior to discharge is unknown.
If the system will not start even after multiple attempts, contact your Toy-
ota dealer.WARNING
â– When filling the reservoir
Take care as brake fluid can harm
your hands and eyes and damage
painted surfaces.If fluid gets on your hands or in
your eyes, flush t he affected area
with clean water immediately.
If you still experien ce discomfort,
see a doctor.
NOTICE
â– If the fluid level is low or high
It is normal for the brake fluid level
to go down slightly as the brake
pads wear out or when the fluid level in the accumulator is high.
If the reservoir needs frequent
refilling, there ma y be a serious
problem.
Battery
https://www.MyCarManual.com”hh uh�”(hh�h}”ubŒ$19415b06-7fb6-42e8-812b-be55ec7ba950”h
)�”}”(h
}”(hNh}”(hhhMºuhXa443 7-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance
COROLLA_U7Maintenance and care
Add washer fluid in the following
situations:
�A washer does not work.
�The warning message
appears on the multi-informa-tion display.WARNING
â– Chemicals in the battery
The battery contains poisonous
and corrosive sulfuric acid and
may produce hydrogen gas which is flammable and explosive. To
reduce the risk of death or serious
injury, take the following precau-
tions while working on or near the
battery:
â—�Do not cause sparks by touch-ing the battery terminals with
tools.
â—�Do not smoke or light a match near the battery.
â—�Avoid contact with eyes, skin
and clothes.
â—�Never inhale or swallow electro-
lyte.
â—�Wear protective safety glasses when working near the battery.
â—�Keep children away from the
battery.
â– Where to safely charge the
battery
Always charge the battery in an open area. Do not charge the bat-tery in a garage or closed room
where there is insufficient ventila-
tion.
â– Emergency measures regard-ing electrolyte
â—�If electrolyte gets in your eyesFlush your eyes with clean
water for at least 15 minutes
and get immediate medical attention. If possible, continue
to apply water with a sponge or
cloth while traveling to the near-est medical facility.â—�If electrolyte gets on your skin
Wash the affected area thor-
oughly. If you feel pain or burn-ing, get medical attention
immediately.
â—�If electrolyte gets on your
clothesIt can soak through clothing on
to your skin. Imm ediately take
off the clothing and follow the
procedure above if necessary.
â—�If you accidentally swallow elec-
trolyte
Drink a large quantity of water or milk. Get emergency medical
attention immediately.
â– When disconnecting the bat-
tery
Do not disconnect the negative (-) terminal on the body side. The disconnected negative (-) terminal
may touch the positive (+) termi-
nal, which may cause a short and result in death or serious injury.
NOTICE
â– When recharging the battery
Never recharge the battery while
the engine is running. Also, be
sure all accessories are turned off.
Adding the washer fluid
https://www.MyCarManual.com”hh uh�”(hh�h}”ubŒ$6ec5f273-5b60-4e90-8a2b-1dd21086ced5”h
)�”}”(h
}”(hNh}”(hhhM»uhX]444 7-3. Do-it-yours elf maintenance
COROLLA_UCheck if the treadwear indica-
tors are showing on the tires. Also check the tires for uneven wear, such as excessive wear on one side of the tread.
Check the spare tire condition
and pressure if not rotated.
New tread
Worn treadTreadwear indicator
The location of treadwear indicators is shown by a “TWI� or “ � mark, WARNING
â– When adding washer fluid
Do not add washer fluid when the
engine is hot or running as
washer fluid contains alcohol and may catch fire if spilled on the
engine, etc.
NOTICE
â– Do not use any fluid other than washer fluid
Do not use soapy water or engine antifreeze instead of washer fluid.
Doing so may cause streaking on the vehicle’s painted surfaces, as
well as damaging the pump lead-
ing to problems of the washer fluid not spraying.
â– Diluting washer fluid
Dilute washer flui d with water as
necessary.
Refer to the freezing tempera-
tures listed on the label of the washer fluid bottle.Tires
Replace or rotate tires in
accordance with mainte-nance schedules and tread-wear.
Checking tires
https://www.MyCarManual.com”hh uh�”(hh�h}”ubŒ$064ff328-d9f7-4a40-912c-eae3a7ca80a0”h
)�”}”(h
}”(hNh}”(hhhM¼uhXf
445 7-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance
COROLLA_U7Maintenance and careetc., molded into the sidewall of
each tire.Replace the tires if the treadwear indicators are showing on a tire.
■When to replace your vehicle’s
tires
Tires should be replaced if:
â—�The treadwear indicators are showing on a tire
â—�You have tire damage such as cuts, splits, cracks deep enough to expose the fabric, and bulges
indicating internal damage
â—�A tire goes flat r epeatedly or can-
not be properly repaired due to the
size or location of a cut or other damage
If you are not sure, consult with your Toyota dealer.
â– Tire life
Any tire over 6 years old must be checked by a qualified technician
even if it has seldom or never been
used or damage i s not obvious.
â– Low profile tires (18-inch tires)
Generally, low prof ile tires will wear
more rapidly and t ire grip perfor-
mance will be reduced on snowy
and/or icy roads when compared to
standard tires. Be sure to use snow tires or tire chains on snowy and/or icy roads and drive carefully at a
speed appropriate for road and
weather conditions.
â– Maximum load of tire
Check that the maximum load of the replacement tire is greater than 1/2 of the Gross Axle Weight Ratings
(GAWR) of either the front axle or
the rear axle, whichever is greater.
For the GAWR, see the Certification
Label.For the maximum load of the tire,
see the load limit at maximum cold
tire inflation press ure mentioned on
the sidewall of the tire. ( ï‚®P.537)â– Tire types
â—�Summer tires
Summer tires are high-speed perfor-
mance tires best suited to highway driving under dry conditions. Since summer tires do not have the same traction performance as snow tires, summer tires are inadequate for driving on snow-covered or icy roads. For driving on snow-covered roads or icy roads, the use of snow tires is recommended. When install-ing snow tires, be sure to replace all four tires.
â—�All season tires
All season tires are designed to pro-vide better traction in snow and to be adequate for driving in most win-ter conditions as well as for use
year-round. All se ason tires, how-
ever, do not have adequate traction performance compared with snow tires in heavy or loose snow. Also, all season tires fall short in accelera-tion and handling performance com-
pared with summer tires in highway driving.
â—�Snow tires
For driving on snow-covered roads or icy roads, we recommend using snow tires. If you need snow tires, select tires of the same size, con-struction and load capacity as the originally installed tires. Since your
vehicle has radial tires as original equipment, make sure your snow
https://www.MyCarManual.com”hh uh�”(hh�h}”ubŒ$9e3a8093-947b-4520-985a-75af3ca40f14”h
)�”}”(h
}”(hNh}”(hhhM½uhXÀ446 7-3. Do-it-yours elf maintenance
COROLLA_Utires also have radial construction.
Do not install stud ded tires without
first checking local regulations for possible restrictions. Snow tires should be installed on all wheels. (ï‚®P.255)
â– If the tread on snow tires wears
down below 0.16 in. (4 mm)
The effectiveness of the tires as snow tires is lost.
â– Checking the tire valves
When replacing the tires, check the tire valves for deformation, cracks, and other damage.
Rotate the tires in the order
shown.WARNING
â– When inspecting or replacing
tires
Observe the following precautions to prevent accidents.
Failure to do so may cause dam-age to parts of the drive train as
well as dangerous handling char-
acteristics, which may lead to an
accident resulting in death or seri-
ous injury.
â—�Do not mix tires of different
makes, models or tread pat-terns.
Also, do not mix tires of remark-
ably different treadwear.
â—�Do not use tire si zes other than
those recommended by Toyota.
â—�Do not mix differently con-
structed tires (radial, bias-belted
or bias-ply tires).
â—�Do not mix summer, all season and snow tires.
â—�Do not use tires that have been
used on another vehicle.
Do not use tires if you do not know how they were used previ-
ously.NOTICE
â– Low profile tires (18-inch
tires)
Low profile tires may cause greater damage th an usual to the
tire wheel when sus taining impact
from the road surf ace. Therefore,
pay attention to the following:
â—�Be sure to use proper tire infla-tion pressure. If tires are under-inflated, they may be
damaged more severely.
â—�Avoid potholes, uneven pave-
ment, curbs and other road haz-ards. Failure to do so may lead
to severe tire a nd wheel dam-
age.
â– If tire inflation pressure of
each tire becomes low while
driving
Do not continue driving, or your tires and/or wheels may be
ruined.
â– Driving on rough roads
Take particular care when driving on roads with loose surfaces or potholes.
These conditions may cause
losses in tire inflation pressure, reducing the cush ioning ability of
the tires. In addition, driving on rough roads may cause damage to the tires themselves, as well as
the vehicle’s wheels and body.
Tire rotation
https://www.MyCarManual.com”hh uh�”(hh�h}”ubŒ$b4de68f8-0dfd-4183-a780-33fc6f90adde”h
)�”}”(h
}”(hNh}”(hhhM¾uhX… 447 7-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance
COROLLA_U7Maintenance and careFront
To equalize tire wear and extend
tire life, Toyota recommends that tire rotation is c arried out at the
same interval as tire inspection.
Vehicles with a tire pressure warn-
ing system: Do not fail to initialize the tire pressure warning system after tire rotation.
Your vehicle is equipped with a
tire pressure warning system that uses tire pressure warning valves and transmitters to detect low tire inflation pressure before serious problems arise.
If the tire pressure drops below
a predetermined level, the driver is warned by a warning light. (ï‚®P.485)
â– Routine tire inflation pressure
checks
The tire pressure warning system does not replace routine tire inflation
pressure checks. Make sure to check tire inflation pressure as part
of your routine of daily vehicle
checks.â– Situations in which the tire pressure warning system may
not operate properly
â—�In the following cases, the tire pressure warning system may not
operate properly.
• If non-genuine Toyota wheels are
used.
• A tire has been replaced with a
tire that is not an OE (Original
Equipment) tire.
• A tire has been replaced with a
tire that is not of the specified size.
• Tire chains, etc. are equipped.
• An auxiliary-support ed run-flat tire
is equipped.
• If a window tint that affects the
radio wave signals is installed.
• If there is a lot of snow or ice on
the vehicle, particularly around the wheels or wheel housings.
• If the tire inflation pressure is
extremely higher than the speci-fied level.
• If tires not equipped with tire pres-
sure warning valves and transmit-ters are used.
• If the ID code on the tire pressure
warning valves and transmitters is not registered in the tire pressure warning computer.
â—�Performance may be affected in the following situations.
• Near a TV tower, electric power
plant, gas station, radio station, large display, airpo rt or other facil-
ity that generates strong radio waves or electrical noise.
• When carrying a portable radio,
cellular phone, cordless phone or other wireless communication device.
â—�When the vehicle is parked, the time taken for the warning to start or go off could be extended.
â—�When tire inflation pressure declines rapidly for example when
a tire has burst, the warning may
not function.Tire pressure warning
system (if equipped)
https://www.MyCarManual.com”hh uh�”(hh�h}”ubŒ$69a1bb86-04f3-435f-a372-a31561bbacd9”h
)�”}”(h
}”(hNh}”(hhhM¿uhX448 7-3. Do-it-yours elf maintenance
COROLLA_Uâ– Warning performance of the tire
pressure warning system
The warning of the tire pressure warning system will change in
accordance with driving conditions.
For this reason, the system may give a warning even if the tire pres-sure does not reach a low enough
level, or if the p ressure is higher
than the pressure that was adjusted
to when the system w as initialized.
â– Tire pressure warning system certification
�Except for vehicles sold in Canada
https://www.MyCarManual.com”hh uh�”(hh�h}”ubŒ$acd44c6f-28b4-4f6c-bb58-569999ac3f4b”h
)�”}”(h
}”(hNh}”(hhhMÀuhX449 7-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance
COROLLA_U7Maintenance and care�For vehicles sold in Canada
When replacing tires or wheels,
tire pressure warning valves and transmitters must also be installed.
When new tire pressure warning
valves and transmitters are installed, new ID codes must be registered in the tire pressure warning computer and the tire pressure warning system must be initialized. Have tire pressure warning valves and transmitter ID codes registered by your Toy-ota dealer. ( ï‚®P.451)â– Replacing tires and wheels
If the ID code of the tire pressure
warning valve and tr ansmitter is not
registered, the tire pressure warning
system will not work properly. After
driving for about 20 minutes, the tire pressure warning light blinks for 1 minute and stays on to indicate a
system malfunction.
Installing tire pressure
warning valves and trans-mitters (vehicles with a
tire pressure warning sys-
tem)
NOTICE
â– Repairing or replacing tires,
wheels, tire pressure warn-
ing valves, transmitters and
tire valve caps
â—�When removing or fitting the wheels, tires or the tire pressure warning valves and transmit-
ters, contact your Toyota dealer
as the tire pressure warning valves and transmitters may be damaged if not handled cor-
rectly.
https://www.MyCarManual.com”hh uh�”(hh�h}”ubŒ$8cab5510-7c26-4286-ba58-635f209926e9”h
)�”}”(h
}”(hNh}”(hhhMÁuhX@450 7-3. Do-it-yours elf maintenance
COROLLA_Uâ– The tire pressure warning
system must be initialized in the following circum-stances:
�When rotating front and rear tires which have different tire inflation pressures.
�When changing the tire size.
�When the tire inflation pres-sure is changed such as when changing traveling speed or load weight.
�When changing between two registered wheel sets.
When the tire pressure warning system is initialized, the current tire inflation pressure is set as the benchmark pressure.
â– How to initialize the tire pressure warning system
1Park the vehicle in a safe place and turn the engine switch off.
Initialization cannot be performed
while the vehicle is moving.
2Adjust the tire inflation pres-
sure to the specified cold tire inflation pressure level. (ï‚®P.531)
Make sure to adjust the tire pres-
sure to the specifie d cold tire infla-
tion pressure level. The tire pressure warning system will oper-ate based on this pressure level.
3Turn the engine switch to
ON.
4Press or of the meter
control switch to select .
5Press or to select
“Vehicle Settings� and then
press and hold .
6Press or to select
“TPWS� and then press .
7Press or to select “Set
Pressure�. Then press and
hold until the tire pres-NOTICE
â—�Make sure to install the tire
valve caps. If the tire valve caps are not installed, water could
enter the tire pressure warning
valves and the tire pressure warning valves could be bound.
â—�When replacing ti re valve caps,
do not use tire valve caps other than those specified. The cap may become stuck.
â– To avoid damage to the tire pressure warning valves and
transmitters
When a tire is repaired with liquid sealants, the tire pressure warn-
ing valve and transmitter may not
operate properly. If a liquid seal-
ant is used, contact your Toyota
dealer or other qualified service shop as soon as possible. Make
sure to replace the tire pressure
warning valve and transmitter when replaci ng the tire. (
ï‚®P.449)
Initializing the tire pres-
sure warning system (if
equipped)
https://www.MyCarManual.com”hh uh�”(hh�h}”ubŒ$e706d3be-b2d3-4775-8fe5-08f030903600”h
)�”}”(h
}”(hNh}”(hhhMÂuhX_ 451 7-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance
COROLLA_U7Maintenance and caresure warning light blinks 3
times.
â– Initialization procedure
â—�Make sure to carry out initializa-
tion after adjusting the tire inflation
pressure.Also, make sure the tires are cold
before carrying out initialization or
tire inflation pressure adjustment.
â—�If you have accidentally turned the
engine switch off during initializa-tion, it is not necessary to press
the reset switch again as initializa-
tion will restart aut omatically when
the engine switch to ON for the
next time.
â—�If initialization has accidentally been started when it is not neces-
sary, adjust the tire inflation pres-sure to the specif ied level when
the tires are cold, and then per-form the initialization procedure again.
â– When initialization of the tire
pressure warning system has
failed
Initialization can be completed in a few minutes. However, in the follow-ing cases, the set tings have not
been recorded an d the system will
not operate properly. If repeated attempts to record tire inflation pres-sure settings are unsuccessful,
have the vehicle inspected by your
Toyota dealer.
â—�When attempting to start initializa-tion, the tire pressure warning light does not blink 3 times.â—�After driving for a certain period of time since the initialization has
been completed, the warning light
comes on after bl inking for 1 min-
ute.
The tire pressure warning valve
and transmitter is equipped with a unique ID code. When replac-ing a tire pressure warning valve and transmitter, it is necessary to register the ID code. Have the ID code registered by your Toy-ota dealer.
Your vehicle is equipped with
tire pressure warning system with the function to have ID codes registered for a second wheel set, for example a winter set, by Toyota dealer.
After registration of a second
wheel set, either of these two wheel sets can be selected for usage with the tire pressure warning system.WARNING
â– When initializing the tire pres-
sure warning system
Do not initialize the tire pressure warning system without first adjusting the tire inflation pres-sure to the specified level. Other-
wise, the tire pressure warning
light may not come on even if the
tire inflation press ure is low, or it
may come on when the tire infla-tion pressure is actually normal.
Registering ID codes
Selecting wheel set
https://www.MyCarManual.com”hh uh�”(hh�h}”ubŒ$c927f117-56d6-4d27-8f3b-d60c899a481e”h
)�”}”(h
}”(hNh}”(hhhMÃuhXt452 7-3. Do-it-yours elf maintenance
COROLLA_Uâ– Operating conditions for
the function
�This function will perform the change of wheel set only if a second wheel set has been registered. If no second wheel set has been registered, no change will be made when selecting this function in the menu.
�Only a change between both registered wheel set is possi-ble, mixing between these wheel sets is not supported.
â– How to change between wheel sets
1Have the vehicle fitted with the preferred wheel set.
2Press or of the meter
control switch to select .
3Press or to select
“Vehicle Settings� and then
press .
4Press or to select
“TPWS� and then press .
5Press or to select
“Change Wheel�. Then press
and hold until the tire pressure warning light blinks
slowly 3 times.
6Initialize the tire pressure warning system. ( ï‚®P.450)
https://www.MyCarManual.com”hh uh�”(hh�h}”ubŒ$3a491427-a642-4600-9744-6330d73c0da3”h
)�”}”(h
}”(hNh}”(hhhMÄuhX6453 7-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance
COROLLA_U7Maintenance and careThe recommended cold tire
inflation pressure and tire size are displayed on the tire and loading information label. (ï‚®P.531)
Tire valveTire pressure gauge
1Remove the tire valve cap.
2Press the tip of the tire pres-sure gauge onto the tire valve.
3Read the pressure using the gauge gradations.
4If the tire inflation pressure is not at the recommended level, adjust the pressure.If you add too much air, press the center of the valve to deflate.
5After completing the tire infla-tion pressure measurement and adjustment, apply soapy water to the valve and check for leakage.
6Put the tire valve cap back on.
â– Tire inflation pressure check
interval
You should check ti re inflation pres-
sure every two week s, or at least
once a month. Do not forget to
check the spare.
â– Effects of incorrect tire inflation
pressure
Driving with incorrec t tire inflation
pressure may resul t in the following:
â—�Reduced fuel economy
â—�Reduced driving comfort and poor
handling
â—�Reduced tire life due to wear
â—�Reduced safety
â—�Damage to the drive train
If a tire needs frequent inflating, have it checked by your Toyota
dealer.Tire inflation pressure
Checking the specified
tire inflation pressure
Inspection and adjust-
ment procedure
https://www.MyCarManual.com”hh uh�”(hh�h}”ubŒ$94362904-deaa-441b-a64b-833e23619e74”h
)�”}”(h
}”(hNh}”(hhhMÅuhXl454 7-3. Do-it-yours elf maintenance
COROLLA_Uâ– Instructions for checking tire
inflation pressure
When checking tire inflation pres-sure, observe the following:
â—�Check only when the tires are cold.
If your vehicle has been parked for
at least 3 hours or has not been driven for more tha n 1 mile or 1.5
km, you will get an accurate cold
tire inflation pressure reading.
â—�Always use a tire pressure gauge.It is difficult to judge if a tire is properly inflated based only on its
appearance.
â—�It is normal for th e tire inflation
pressure to be higher after driving
as heat is generated in the tire. Do not reduce tire inflation pressure
after driving.
â—�Never exceed the vehicle capacity weight.
Passengers and luggage weight should be placed so that the vehi-
cle is balanced.
WARNING
â– Proper inflation is critical to
save tire performance
Keep your tires properly inflated.
If the tires are not properly inflated, the following conditions
may occur which could lead to an
accident resulting in death or seri-ous injury:
â—�Excessive wear
â—�Uneven wear
â—�Poor handling
â—�Possibility of blowouts resulting
from overheated tires
â—�Air leaking from between tire
and wheel
â—�Wheel deformation and/or tire damageâ—�Greater possibi lity of tire dam-
age while driving (due to road hazards, expansion joints, sharp edges in the road, etc.)
NOTICE
â– When inspecting and adjust-ing tire infla tion pressure
Be sure to put the tire valve caps back on.If a valve cap is no t installed, dirt
or moisture may get into the valve and cause an air leak, resulting in decreased tire inflation pressure.
https://www.MyCarManual.com”hh uh�”(hh�h}”ubŒ$1d013a8e-a10b-454a-9e1c-34e4e7b01a80”h
)�”}”(h
}”(hNh}”(hhhMÆuhXl455 7-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance
COROLLA_U7Maintenance and careWhen replacing wheels, care
should be taken to ensure that they are equivalent to those removed in load capacity, diam-
eter, rim width and inset
*.
Replacement wheels are avail-
able at your Toyota dealer.
*: Conventionally referred to as off-
set.
Toyota does not recommend using the following:
�Wheels of different sizes or
types
�Used wheels
�Bent wheels that have been straightened
â– When replacing wheels (vehi-
cles with a tire pressure warn-ing system)
The wheels of your vehicle are equipped with tire pressure warning
valves and transmit ters that allow
the tire pressure warning system to
provide advance warning in the
event of a loss in tire inflation pres-
sure. Whenever wheels are replaced, the tire pressure warning
valves and transmitters must be
installed. ( ï‚®P.449)Wheels
If a wheel is bent, cracked or
heavily corroded, it should be replaced. Otherwise, the tire may separate from the wheel or cause a loss of handling control.
Wheel selectionWARNING
â– When replacing wheels
â—�Do not use wheels that are a dif-
ferent size from those recom-
mended in the Owner’s Manual,
as this may result in a loss of
handling control.
â—�Never use an inner tube in a
leaking wheel which is designed for a tubeless tire.Doing so may result in an acci-
dent, causing death or serious
injury.
â– When installing the wheel nuts
â—�Be sure to install the wheel nuts with the tapered ends facing
inward. Installing the nuts with
the tapered ends facing outward
can cause the wheel to break
and eventually cause the wheel
to come off while driving, which could lead to an accident result-
ing in death or serious injury.
Tapered portion
â—�Never use oil or grease on the wheel bolts or wheel nuts.
Oil and grease may cause the wheel nuts to be excessively
tightened, leading to bolt or disc
wheel damage. In addition, the oil or grease can cause the
wheel nuts to loosen and the
wheel may fall off, causing an accident and resulting in death
or serious injury. Remove any
oil or grease fr om the wheel
bolts or wheel nuts.
https://www.MyCarManual.com”hh uh�”(hh�h}”ubŒ$0f075c7c-cf2e-48cb-a93d-bf4324343e03”h
)�”}”(h
}”(hNh}”(hhhMÇuhX456 7-3. Do-it-yours elf maintenance
COROLLA_U�Use only Toyota wheel nuts
and wheel nut wrenches designed for use with your aluminum wheels.
�When rotating, repairing or changing your tires, check that the wheel nuts are still tight after driving 1000 miles (1600 km).
�Be careful not to damage the aluminum wheels when using tire chains.
�Use only Toyota genuine bal-ance weights or equivalent and a plastic or rubber ham-mer when balancing your wheels.
WARNING
â– Use of defective wheels pro-
hibited
Do not use cracked or deformed wheels. Doing so could cause the tire to leak air during driving, pos-
sibly causing an accident.
NOTICE
â– Replacing tire pressure warn-
ing valves and transmitters
(vehicles with a tire pressure
warning system)
â—�Because tire repair or replace-
ment may affect the tire pres-
sure warning valves and
transmitters, make sure to have
tires serviced by your Toyota dealer or other qualified service
shop. In addition, make sure to
purchase your tire pressure warning valves and transmit-
ters at your Toyota dealer.
â—�Ensure that only genuine Toyota wheels are used on your vehi-cle.Tire pressure warning valves
and transmitters may not work
properly with non-genuine wheels.
Aluminum wheel precau-
tions (if equipped)
https://www.MyCarManual.com”hh uh�”(hh�h}”ubŒ$35eda4b4-d24f-41ab-a3b7-68d2f8980971”h
)�”}”(h
}”(hNh}”(hhhMÈuhX¯457 7-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance
COROLLA_U7Maintenance and care1Turn the engine switch off.
2Open the glove box. Slide off
the damper (if equipped).
3Push in the glove box on the vehicle’s outer side to discon-nect the claws. Then pull out the glove box and disconnect the lower claws.
4Unlock the filter cover ( ), pull the filter cover out of the claws ( ), and remove the filter cover.
5Remove the filter case.
6Remove the air conditioning filter from the filter case and replace it with a new one.
The “ UP� marks shown on the
filter and the filter case should be
pointing up.
â– Checking interval
Replace the air conditioning filter
according to the maintenance
schedule. In dusty areas or areas
with heavy traffic fl ow, early replace-Air condition ing filter
The air conditioning filter
must be changed regularly to maintain air conditioning efficiency.
Removing the air condi-
tioning filter
https://www.MyCarManual.com”hh uh�”(hh�h}”ubŒ$35e4dac8-9a45-4b7e-b2dc-7f12c51f0dc5”h
)�”}”(h
}”(hNh}”(hhhMÉuhXQ458 7-3. Do-it-yours elf maintenance
COROLLA_Ument may be required. (For sched-
uled maintenance information,
please refer to the “Scheduled
Maintenance Guide� or “Owner’s Manual Supplement�.)
â– If air flow from the vents
decreases dramatically
The filter may be clogged. Check the filter and replace if necessary.*: If equipped
â– If the key battery is depleted
The following symptoms may occur:
â—�The smart key system (if equipped) and wireless remote
control will no t function properly.
â—�The operationa l range will be
reduced.
�Flathead screwdriver
�Small flathead screwdriver
�Lithium battery CR2032
â– Use a CR2032 lithium battery
â—�Batteries can be purchased at
your Toyota dealer, local electrical
appliance shops or camera stores.
â—�Replace only with the same or equivalent type recommended by the manufacturer.
â—�Dispose of used batteries accord-ing to local laws.NOTICE
â– When using the air condition-ing system
Make sure that a filter is always installed.Using the air conditioning system
without a filter may cause damage
to the system.
â– To prevent damage to the fil-ter cover
When moving the filter cover in the direction of arrow to release
the fitting, pay attention not to
apply excessive force to the claws. Otherwise, the claws may
be damaged.Wireless remote con-
trol/electronic key bat-tery
*
Replace the battery with a
new one if it is depleted.As the key may be damaged if the following procedure is not performed properly, it is recommended that key bat-tery replacement be per-formed by your Toyota dealer.
Items to prepare
https://www.MyCarManual.com”•ähh uh�”(hh�h}”ubŒ$d86085ec-0563-467d-ba84-5e763b88c8d5”h
)�”}”(h
}”(hNh}”(hhhMÊuhXf459 7-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance
COROLLA_U7Maintenance and care�Vehicles without a smart key
system
1Remove the key cover.
To prevent damage to the key,
cover the tip of the flathead screw-
driver with a rag.
2Remove the battery cover.
If the battery cover is difficult to
remove, lift the ed ge to remove it.
3Remove the depleted battery
using a small flathead screw-driver.
Insert a new battery with the “+� ter-minal facing up.
4Install the battery cover with the tab facing up.
Push the entire edge of the battery
cover into the key.
5Install the key cover.
Align the key co ver with the key
and then press it straight into the
key.
Make sure that the key cover is
securely installed without any gaps between it and the key.
6Operate the or switch
and check that the doors can
be locked/unlocked.Replacing the battery
https://www.MyCarManual.com”hh uh�”(hh�h}”ubŒ$9ef1b529-b310-44ba-9821-19f07bd971f2”h
)�”}”(h
}”(hNh}”(hhhMËuhX&460 7-3. Do-it-yours elf maintenance
COROLLA_U�Vehicles with a smart key sys-
tem
1Release the lock and remove the mechanical key.
2Remove the key cover.
To prevent damage to the key,
cover the tip of the flathead screw-
driver with a rag.
3Remove the depleted battery
using a small flathead screw-driver.
When removing the cover, the elec-
tronic key module may stick to the
cover and the battery may not be
visible. In this case, remove the electronic key module in order to
remove the battery.
Insert a new battery with the “+� ter-minal facing up.
4When installing the key cover
and mechanical key, install by conducting step 2 and
step 1 with the directions reversed.
5Operate the or switch
and check that the doors can
be locked/unlocked.
WARNING
â– Removed battery and other
parts
These parts are small and if swal-lowed by a child, they can cause
choking. Keep away from chil-
dren. Failure to do so could result in death or serious injury.
NOTICE
â– When replacing the battery
Use a flathead screwdriver of appropriate size. Applying exces-sive force may deform or damage
the cover.
â– For normal operation after
replacing the battery
Observe the following precautions to prevent accidents:
â—�Always work with dry hands.Moisture may cause the battery to rust.
https://www.MyCarManual.com”hh uh�”(hh�h}”ubŒ$694e68ac-6818-404c-b5d4-f5f5b0018834”h
)�”}”(h
}”(hNh}”(hhhMÌuhXQ461 7-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance
COROLLA_U7Maintenance and care1Turn the engine switch off.
2Open the fuse box cover.
�Engine compartment: type A
fuse box
Push the tabs in and lift the lid off.
�Engine compartment: type B fuse box
Push the tabs in and lift the lid off.NOTICE
â—�Do not touch or move any other
component inside the remote control.
â—�Do not bend either of the battery
terminals.
â– When removing the battery
cover (vehicles without a smart key system)
Do not forcibly remove the battery cover, otherwise it may be dam-aged.
If the battery cover is difficult to
remove, lift the edge to remove it.Checking a nd replac-
ing fuses
If any of the electrical com-
ponents do not operate, a fuse may have blown. If this happens, check and replace the fuses as necessary.
Checking and replacing
fuses
https://www.MyCarManual.com”hh uh�”(hh�h}”ubŒ$9672e6e7-4b56-439b-b8e9-d66c2f226084”h
)�”}”(h
}”(hNh}”(hhhMÍuhX'462 7-3. Do-it-yours elf maintenance
COROLLA_U�Under the driver’s side instru-
ment panel
Remove the lid.
Make sure to push the claw when
removing/installing the lid.
3Remove the fuse with the
pullout tool.Only type A fuse can be removed using the pullout tool.
4Check if the fuse is blown.
Replace the blown fuse with a new
fuse of an appropriate amperage rating. The amperage rating can be
found on the fuse box lid.�Type A
Normal fuse
Blown fuse
�Type B
Normal fuse
Blown fuse
�Type C
Normal fuseBlown fuse
https://www.MyCarManual.com”hh uh�”(hh�h}”ubŒ$87c3ffef-e7c5-4750-93ad-33c6e3d34e31”h
)�”}”(h
}”(hNh}”(hhhMÎuhX£463 7-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance
COROLLA_U7Maintenance and care�Type D
Normal fuse
Blown fuse
�Type E
Normal fuse
Blown fuse
â– After a fuse is replaced
â—�When installing the lid, make sure
that the tab is installed securely.
â—�If the lights do n ot turn on even
after the fuse has been replaced,
a bulb may need replacement. (ï‚®P.464)
â—�If the replaced fuse blows again,
have the vehicle inspected by
your Toyota dealer.
â– If there is an overload in a cir-cuit
The fuses are designed to blow, pro-tecting the wiring harness from
damage.â– When replacing light bulbs
Toyota recommends that you use
genuine Toyota pr oducts designed
for this vehicle.
Because certain bulbs are con-
nected to circuits designed to pre-vent overload, non-genuine parts of
parts not designed for this vehicle
may be unusable.
WARNING
â– To prevent system break-downs and vehicle fire
Observe the following precau-tions.
Failure to do so may cause dam-
age to the vehicle, and possibly a fire or injury.
â—�Never use a fuse of a higher
amperage rating than that indi-
cated, or use any other object in place of a fuse.
â—�Always use a genuine Toyota
fuse or equivalent.
Never replace a fuse with a wire, even as a temporary fix.
â—�Do not modify the fuses or fuse
boxes.
NOTICE
â– Before replacing fuses
Have the cause of electrical over-
load determined and repaired by
your Toyota dealer as soon as possible.
https://www.MyCarManual.com”hh uh�”(hh�h}”ubŒ$2c5c3b5a-93d9-46f6-807f-06cfcf1db5cc”h
)�”}”(h
}”(hNh}”(hhhMÏuhXF464 7-3. Do-it-yours elf maintenance
COROLLA_UCheck the wattage of the light
bulb to be replaced. ( ï‚®P.533)
â– Front
Front side marker lights
Front turn signal/parking
lights (vehicles without side turn signal lights)â– Rear
Back-up lights
Rear turn signal lights
Rear side marker lights (bulb
type)
â– Bulbs that need to be replaced by your Toyota dealer
�Headlights/daytime running lights
�Parking lights (vehicles with side turn signal lights)
�Front turn signal lights (vehi-cles with side turn signal lights)
�LED accent lights (if equipped)
�Side turn signal lights (if equipped)
�Tail lights
�Stop lights
�Rear side marker lights (LED type)
�High mounted stoplight
�License plate lightsLight bulbs
You may replace the follow-ing bulbs yourself. The diffi-culty level of replacement varies depending on the bulb. If necessary bulb replacement seems difficult to perform, contact your Toyota dealer.
For more information about replacing other light bulbs, contact your Toyota dealer.
Preparing for light bulb
replacement
Bulb locations
https://www.MyCarManual.com”hh uh�”(hh�h}”ubŒ$6472bafc-a8a7-468a-a71a-3fc5dd4efe4c”h
)�”}”(h
}”(hNh}”(hhhMÐuhX˜465 7-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance
COROLLA_U7Maintenance and careâ– LED light bulbs
The lights other th an the front turn
signal lights/parking lights (vehicles
without side turn sig nal lights), front
side marker lights, rear turn signal
lights, rear side marker lights (bulb
type) and back-up lights consist of a
number of LEDs. If any of the LEDs burn out, take your vehicle to your
Toyota dealer to have the light
replaced.
â– Condensation build-up on the inside of the lens
In certain situatio ns, such as when
driving in the rain or when washing
the vehicle, condensation may form
on the inner side of the headlight lens and other li ghts. As each light
has a ventilation hole, moist air may enter. If the ambient temperature is low, condensation may form tempo-
rarily, but it will di ssipate as the
inside of the light i s warmed up. As
the condensation is due to a phe-nomenon similar to windows fogging
in the rain, it doe s not indicate a
malfunction.
Contact your Toyota dealer for more
information in the following situa-
tions:
â—�Large drops of water have built up
on the inside of the lens.
â—�Water has built up inside the
headlight.
â– When replacing light bulbs
ï‚®P.463
â– Front turn signal/parking
lights (vehicles without side turn signal lights)
1Turn the bulb base counter-clockwise.�Type A
�Type B
2Remove the light bulb.
�Type A
Replacing light bulbs
https://www.MyCarManual.com”hh uh�”(hh�h}”ubŒ$fe8080b6-6cba-420c-8bd9-484e014e3e49”h
)�”}”(h
}”(hNh}”(hhhMÑuhX¿466 7-3. Do-it-yours elf maintenance
COROLLA_U�Type B
3When installing, reverse the
steps listed.
â– Front side marker lights
1Turn the bulb base counter-clockwise.
2Remove the light bulb.
3When installing, reverse the steps listed.â– Rear turn signal lights and rear side marker lights (vehicles with blub type rear side marker lights)
1Open the trunk lid.
2Insert a flathead screwdriver between the cover and the light assembly and pry up the cover to disengage the claws (indicated by a dotted line).
To prevent scratching the vehicle,
wrap the tip of th e flathead screw-
driver with a cloth, etc.
3Pull the cover toward the rear
of the vehicle and remove the cover.
https://www.MyCarManual.com”hh uh�”(hh�h}”ubŒ$10b7513a-5689-489d-bf50-b1a8d7ed7007”h
)�”}”(h
}”(hNh}”(hhhMÒuhXº467 7-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance
COROLLA_U7Maintenance and care4Remove the 2 screws and
then remove the light assem-bly by pulling it straight back.
5Turn the bulb base counter-clockwise.
Rear side marker lights
Rear turn signal lights
6Remove the light bulb.
Rear side marker lights
Rear turn signal lights
7When installing the light bulb,
install it by conducting steps 6 and 5 with the directions reversed.
8Install the light assembly and then install the 2 screws.
Align the guide and pin on
the light assembl y with the mount-
ing when installing it.
9Install the cover.
â– Rear turn signal lights
(vehicles with LED type rear side marker lights)
1Open the trunk lid.
2Insert a flathead screwdriver between the cover and the light assembly and pry up the cover to disengage the claws (indicated by a dotted line).
To prevent scratching the vehicle,
wrap the tip of th e flathead screw-
driver with a cloth, etc.
https://www.MyCarManual.com”hh uh�”(hh�h}”ubŒ$a3461510-8325-4ce2-969d-3a712c923bc0”h
)�”}”(h
}”(hNh}”(hhhMÓuhX2468 7-3. Do-it-yours elf maintenance
COROLLA_U3Pull the cover toward the rear
of the vehicle and remove the cover.
4Remove the 2 screws and then remove the light assem-bly by pulling it straight back.
5Turn the bulb base counter-clockwise.6Remove the light bulb.
7When installing the light bulb, install it by conducting steps 6 and 5 with the directions reversed.
8Install the light assembly and then install the 2 screws.
Align the guide and pin on
the light assembl y with the mount-
ing when installing it.
9Install the cover.
https://www.MyCarManual.com”hh uh�”(hh�h}”ubŒ$05d29a28-e50d-4967-9524-b35d946e1df3”h
)�”}”(h
}”(hNh}”(hhhMÔuhX#469 7-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance
COROLLA_U7Maintenance and careâ– Back-up lights
1Open the trunk lid, remove
the clips, and pull back the cover.
2Turn the bulb base counter-clockwise and remove it.
3Remove the light bulb.
4When installing, reverse the steps listed.WARNING
â– Replacing light bulbs
â—�Turn off the lights. Do not
attempt to replace the bulb
immediately after turning off the lights. The bulbs become very
hot and may cause burns.
â—�Do not touch the glass portion
of the light bulb with bare hands. When it is unavoidable to hold the glass portion, use
and hold with a clean dry cloth
to avoid getting moisture and oils on the bulb. Also, if the bulb
is scratched or dropped, it may blow out or crack.
â—�Fully install light bulbs and any parts used to secure them. Fail-
ure to do so may result in heat
damage, fire, or water entering the light unit. This may damage
the lights or cause condensa-
tion to build up on the lens.
â– To prevent damage or fire
Make sure bulbs are fully seated and locked.
https://www.MyCarManual.com”hh uh�”(hh�h}”ubŒ$3414f3fc-71fe-459a-b6b8-26808b23d969”h
)�”}”(h
}”(hNh}”(hhhMÕuhŒJ470 7-3. Do-it-yours elf maintenance
COROLLA_U
https://www.MyCarManual.com”hh uh�”(hh�h}”ubŒ$d9cc9901-45ad-470d-88af-6ffba2bc19fb”h
)�”}”(h
}”(hNh}”(hhhMÖuhXÁ471
COROLLA_U8
8When trouble arisesWhen trouble arises
.8-1. Essential information
Emergency flashers .... 472
If your vehicle has to be
stopped in an emergency
.................................. 472
If the vehicle is trapped in
rising water................ 474
8-2. Steps to take in an emer-
gency
If your vehicle needs to be
towed......................... 475
If you think something is
wrong ........................ 479
Fuel pump shut off system
.................................. 480
If a warning light turns on or
a warning buzzer sounds
.................................. 481
If a warning message is dis-
played........................ 490
If you have a flat tire (vehi-
cles without spare tire)
.................................. 493
If you have a flat tire (vehi-
cles with a spare tire)
.................................. 503
If the engine will not start
.................................. 511
If you lose your keys ... 513
If the electronic key does
not operate properly.. 513
If the vehicle battery is dis-
charged ..................... 515If your vehicle overheats
.................................. 519
If the vehicle becomes stuck
.................................. 521
https://www.MyCarManual.com”hh uh�”(hh�h}”ubŒ$0549e3d5-5d97-4338-b55e-d3f351afe834”h
)�”}”(h
}”(hNh}”(hhhM×uhX•472 8-1. Essential information
COROLLA_U8-1.Essential information
Press the switch.
All the turn signal lights will flash.
To turn them off, press the switch
once again.
â– Emergency flashers
â—�If the emergency flashers are
used for a long time while the engine is not op erating, the bat-
tery may discharge.
â—�If any of the SRS airbags deploy
(inflate) or in the event of a strong
rear impact, the emergency flash-ers will turn on automatically.
The emergency flashers will turn off automatically after operating for approximately 20 minutes. To manually turn t he emergency
flashers off, press the switch twice. (The emergency flashers may not
turn on automatically depending
on the force of the impact and conditions of the collision.)1Steadily step on the brake
pedal with both feet and firmly depress it.
Do not pump the brake pedal
repeatedly as this will increase the
effort required to slow the vehicle.
2Shift the shift lever to N.
�If the shift lever is shifted to N
3After slowing down, stop the
vehicle in a safe place by the road.
4Stop the engine.
�If the shift lever cannot be shifted to N
3Keep depressing the brake pedal with both feet to reduce vehicle speed as much as possible.
4Vehicles without a smart key system: Stop the engine by Emergency flashers
The emergency flashers are used to warn other drivers when the vehicle has to be stopped on the road due to a breakdown, etc.
Operating instructionsIf your vehicle has to
be stopped in an emer-gency
Only in an emergency, such
as if it becomes impossible to stop the vehicle in the normal way, stop the vehicle using the following proce-dure:
Stopping the vehicle
https://www.MyCarManual.com”hh uh�”(hh�h}”ubŒ$75147993-e6b4-40d4-b84c-e600688761ef”h
)�”}”(h
}”(hNh}”(hhhMØuhXÝ473 8-1. Essential information
COROLLA_U8When trouble arisesturning the engine switch to
ACC.
4Vehicles with a smart key system: To stop the engine, press and hold the engine switch for 2 consecutive sec-onds or more, or press it briefly 3 times or more in suc-cession.
5Stop the vehicle in a safe place by the road.
WARNING
â– If the engine has to be turned
off while driving
â—�Power assist for the brakes and steering wheel will be lost, mak-
ing the brake pedal harder to depress and the steering wheel
heavier to turn. Decelerate as
much as possible before turning off the engine.â—�Vehicles without a smart key
system: Never attempt to
remove the key, as doing so will lock the steering wheel.
https://www.MyCarManual.com”hh uh�”(hh�h}”ubŒ$51cc2066-33f1-4597-a636-244729d03277”h
)�”}”(h
}”(hNh}”(hhhMÙuhX¼474 8-1. Essential information
COROLLA_U�Remove the seat belt first.
�If the door can be opened,
open the door and exit the vehicle.
�If the door can not be opened, open the window using the power window switch and exit the vehicle through the win-dow.
�If the window can not be opened using the power win-dow switch, remain calm, wait
until the water level inside the
vehicle rises to the point that the water pressure inside of the vehicle equals the water pressure outside of the vehi-cle, and then open the door and exit the vehicle.If the vehicle is
trapped in rising water
In the event the vehicle is
submerged in water, remain calm and perform the fol-lowing.WARNING
â– Using an emergency hammer*
for emergency escape
The front side windows and rear
side windows, as well as the rear
window can be shattered with an
emergency hammer* used for
emergency escape. However, an emergency hammer
* can not
shatter the windshi eld as it is lam-
inated glass.
*: Contact your Toyota dealer or
aftermarket accessory manu-
facturer for furt her information
about an emergency hammer.
â– Escaping the vehicle from the
window
There are cases where escaping the vehicle from the window is not
possible due to seating position,
passenger body type, etc. When using an emergency ham-
mer, consider your seat location
and the size of the window open-ing to ensure that the opening is
accessible and large enough to
escape.
https://www.MyCarManual.com”hh uh�”(hh�h}”ubŒ$f9299db8-d907-4820-af0f-2d466869e57b”h
)�”}”(h
}”(hNh}”(hhhMÚuhX‹475 8-2. Steps to take in an emergency
COROLLA_U8When trouble arises8-2.Steps to take in an emergency
If your vehicle needs
to be towed
If towing is necessary, we
recommend having your vehicle towed by your Toy-ota dealer or commercial towing service, using a wheel-lift type truck or flat-bed truck.
Use a safety chain system for all towing, and abide by all state/provincial and local laws.
WARNING
Observe the following precau-
tions.
Failure to do so m ay result in
death or serious injury.
â– When towing the vehicle
Be sure to transport the vehicle with the front wh eels raised or
with all four wheels raised off the ground. If the vehicle is towed with the front wh eels contacting
the ground, the drivetrain and related parts may be damaged.â– While towing
â—�When towing using cables or chains, avoid sudden starts, etc.
which place excessive stress on
the towing eyelets, cables or chains. The towing eyelets,
cables or chains may become
damaged, broken debris may hit people, and cause serious dam-
age.
â—�Do not turn the engine switch
off.There is a possi bility that the
steering wheel is locked and cannot be operated.
â– Installing towing eyelets to the vehicle
Make sure that towing eyelets are installed securely.
If not securely installed, towing
eyelets may come loose during towing.
NOTICE
â– To prevent damage to the vehicle when t owing using a
wheel-lift type truck
â—�Do not tow the vehicle from the rear when the engine switch is
off. The steering lock mecha-
nism is not strong enough to hold the front wheels straight.
â—�When raising the vehicle,
ensure adequate ground clear-
ance for towing at the opposite end of the raised vehicle. With-
out adequate cl earance, the
vehicle could be damaged while
being towed.
â– To prevent damage to the
vehicle when towing with a
sling-type truck
Do not tow with a sling-type truck, either from the front or rear.
https://www.MyCarManual.com”hh uh�”(hh�h}”ubŒ$2c193ec9-a726-4952-a3ee-67ff6eb56d25”h
)�”}”(h
}”(hNh}”(hhhMÛuhXk476 8-2. Steps to take in an emergency
COROLLA_UThe following may indicate a
problem with your transmission. Contact your Toyota dealer or commercial towing service before towing.
�The engine is running but the
vehicle does not move.
�The vehicle makes an abnor-mal sound.
Do not tow with a sling-type truck to prevent body damage.�From the front
Release the parking brake.
�From the rear
Use a towing dolly under the front wheels.
If your vehicle is transported by
a flatbed truck, it should be tied down at the locations shown in the illustration.NOTICE
â– To prevent damage to the
vehicle during emergency towing
Do not secure cables or chains to the suspension components.
Situations when it is nec-
essary to contact dealers
before towing
Towing with a sling-type
truckTowing with a wheel-lift
type truck
Using a flatbed truck
https://www.MyCarManual.com”hh uh�”(hh�h}”ubŒ$dbf4552d-96bb-4e8e-9f52-9dd95a0f63b3”h
)�”}”(h
}”(hNh}”(hhhMÜuhXz477 8-2. Steps to take in an emergency
COROLLA_U8When trouble arisesIf you use chains or cables to tie
down your vehicle, the angles shaded in black must be 45°.
Do not overly tighten the tie
downs or the vehicle may be damaged.
If a tow truck is not available in
an emergency, your vehicle may be temporarily towed using cables or chains secured to the emergency towing eyelets. This should only be attempted on hard surfaced roads for at most
50 miles (80 km) at under 18
mph (30 km/h).A driver must be in the vehicle to steer and operate the brakes. The vehicle’s wheels, drive train, axles, steering and brakes must be in good condition.
For vehicles with a continuously
variable transmission, only the front towing eyelets may be used.
1Take out the towing eyelet.
(ï‚®P.494, 504)
2Remove the eyelet cover using a flathead screwdriver.
To protect the b odywork, place a
rag between the screwdriver and
the vehicle body as shown in the
illustration.
�1.8 L 4-cylinder (2ZR-FAE)
engine
Emergency towing (vehi-
cles with a towing eyelet)Emergency towing proce-
dure (vehicles with a tow-ing eyelet)
https://www.MyCarManual.com”hh uh�”(hh�h}”ubŒ$9dfd5e2c-c7db-4851-aa0d-65f068854cf2”h
)�”}”(h
}”(hNh}”(hhhMÝuhXŸ478 8-2. Steps to take in an emergency
COROLLA_U�2.0 L 4-cylinder (M20A-FKS)
engine
3Insert the towing eyelet into the hole and tighten partially by hand.
4Tighten down the towing eye-let securely using a wheel nut wrench or hard metal bar.
5Securely attach cables or chains to the towing eyelet.Take care not to damage the vehi-
cle body.
6Enter the vehicle being towed
and start the engine.
If the engine does not start, turn the
engine switch to ON.
7Shift the shift lever to N and
release the parking brake.Continuously variable trans-mission: When the shift lever cannot be shifted: ï‚® P.154
â– While towing (veh icles with a
towing eyelet)
If the engine is not running, the
power assist for the brakes and
steering will not function, making steering and braking more difficult.
â– Wheel nut wrench (vehicles
with a towing eyelet)
Wheel nut wrench is installed in
trunk. (ï‚®P.504)
https://www.MyCarManual.com”hh uh�”(hh�h}”ubŒ$1e1dd44f-a353-4d16-803f-5c940b1d0583”h
)�”}”(h
}”(hNh}”(hhhMÞuhXá479 8-2. Steps to take in an emergency
COROLLA_U8When trouble arises�Fluid leaks under the vehicle.
(Water dripping from the air conditioning after use is nor-mal.)
�Flat-looking tires or uneven tire wear
�Engine coolant temperature gauge needle continually points higher than normal.
�Changes in exhaust sound
�Excessive tire squeal when cornering
�Strange noises related to the suspension system
�Pinging or other noises related to the engine
�Engine missing, stumbling or running roughly
�Appreciable loss of power
�Vehicle pulls heavily to one side when braking
�Vehicle pulls heavily to one side when driving on a level road
�Loss of brake effectiveness, spongy feeling, pedal almost touches the floor
If you think something
is wrong
If you notice any of the fol-
lowing symptoms, your vehicle probably needs adjustment or repair. Con-tact your Toyota dealer as soon as possible.
Visible symptoms
Audible symptoms
Operational symptoms
https://www.MyCarManual.com”hh uh�”(hh�h}”ubŒ$51e72694-c63d-4568-af12-34173e091d38”h
)�”}”(h
}”(hNh}”(hhhMßuhX�480 8-2. Steps to take in an emergency
COROLLA_UFollow the procedure below to
restart the engine after the sys-tem is activated.
1Turn the engine switch to
ACC or OFF.
2Restart the engine.Fuel pump shut off
system
To minimize the risk of fuel
leakage when the engine stalls or when an airbag inflates upon collision, the fuel pump shut off system stops the supply of fuel to the engine.
Restarting the engine
NOTICE
â– Before starting the engine
Inspect the ground under the
vehicle.If you find that fuel has leaked
onto the ground, the fuel system
has been damaged and is in need of repair. Do not restart the
engine.
https://www.MyCarManual.com”hh uh�”(hh�h}”ubŒ$238b8a1b-41ae-492b-bfd8-cd134833c88b”h
)�”}”(h
}”(hNh}”(hhhMàuhX481 8-2. Steps to take in an emergency
COROLLA_U8When trouble arisesâ– Brake system warning light (warning buzzer)
â– Brake system warning light
â– High coolant temperature warning light* (warning buzzer)
*: This light illuminat es on the multi-information display.If a warning light turns on or a warning buzzer
sounds
Calmly perform the following actions if any of the warning
lights comes on or flashes. If a light comes on or flashes, but
then goes off, this does not necessarily indicate a malfunction
in the system. However, if this continues to occur, have the vehicle inspected by your Toyota dealer.
Actions to the warning lights or warning buzzers
Warning light Details/Actions
(U.S.A.)
or
(Red)
(Canada)Indicates that:
�The brake fluid level is low; or
�The brake system is malfunctioning
ï‚®Immediately stop the vehicle in a safe place and con-tact your Toyota dealer. Continuing to drive the vehi-cle may be dangerous.
Warning light Details/Actions
(Yellow)Indicates a malfunction i n the parking brake system
ï‚®Have the vehicle inspected by your Toyota dealer immediately.
Warning light Details/Actions
Indicates that the engine c oolant temperature is exces-
sively high
ï‚®Immediately stop the vehicle in a safe place.
Handling method ( ï‚®P.519)
https://www.MyCarManual.com”hh uh�”(hh�h}”ubŒ$50c9cac5-c2c2-49b5-8f84-e3588239e395”h
)�”}”(h
}”(hNh}”(hhhMáuhXÌ482 8-2. Steps to take in an emergency
COROLLA_Uâ– Charging system warning light
â– Low engine oil pressure warning light* (warning buzzer)
*: This light illuminat es on the multi-information display.
â– Malfunction indicator lamp (warning buzzer)
â– SRS warning light (warning buzzer)Warning light Details/Actions
Indicates a malfunction in the vehicle’s charging system
ï‚®Immediately stop the vehicle in a safe place and con-
tact your Toyota dealer.
Warning light Details/Actions
Indicates that the engine oil pressure is excessively low
ï‚®Immediately stop the vehicle in a safe place and con-tact your Toyota dealer.
Warning light Details/Actions
(U.S.A.)
or
(Canada)Indicates a malfunction in:�The electronic engine control system;
�The electronic throttle control system; or
�The electronic continuousl y variable transmission (if
equipped) control system
ï‚®Immediately stop the vehicle in a safe place and con-tact your Toyota dealer.
Warning light Details/Actions
Indicates a malfunction in:�The SRS airb ag system;
�The front passenger occupan t classification system; or
�The seat belt pretensioner system
ï‚®Have the vehicle inspected by your Toyota dealer immediately.
https://www.MyCarManual.com”hh uh�”(hh�h}”ubŒ$72117911-7e41-4ab0-9fc7-939f825d50a3”h
)�”}”(h
}”(hNh}”(hhhMâuhX;483 8-2. Steps to take in an emergency
COROLLA_U8When trouble arisesâ– ABS warning light
â– Brake Override System warning light/Drive-Start Control
warning light* (warning buzzer)
*: This light illuminat es on the multi-information display.Warning light Details/Actions
(U.S.A.)
or
(Canada)Indicates a malfunction in:
�The ABS; or
�The brake assist system
ï‚®Have the vehicle inspected by your Toyota dealer immediately.
Warning light Details/Actions
When a buzzer sounds:
Indicates a malfunction in:
�The Brake Override System; or
�The Drive-Start Control (if equipped)
ï‚®Have the vehicle inspected by your Toyota dealer immediately.
Indicates that the shift position was changed and
Drive-Start Control (if equ ipped) was operated while
depressing the accelerator pedal.
ï‚®Momentarily release the accelerator pedal.
When a buzzer does not sound:
Indicates that the accelerator and brake pedals are being
depressed simultaneously, and the Brake Override System
is operating.
ï‚®Release the accelerator pedal and depress the brake
pedal.
https://www.MyCarManual.com”hh uh�”(hh�h}”ubŒ$15e06b81-a236-4135-b8f4-754cb982d348”h
)�”}”(h
}”(hNh}”(hhhMãuhXÙ484 8-2. Steps to take in an emergency
COROLLA_Uâ– Electric power steering system warning light (warning
buzzer)
â– Low fuel level warning light
■Driver’s and front passenger’s seat belt reminder light (warn-ing buzzer)
*
*: Driver’s seat bel t warning buzzer:
The driver’s seat belt warning buzzer sounds to a lert the drive r that his or
her seat belt is not fastened. O nce the engine switch is turned to ON, the
buzzer sounds for 6 seconds. If the vehicle reaches a speed of 12 mph (20
km/h), the buzzer soun ds once. If th e seat belt is still unfast ened after 24
seconds, the buzzer will sound inte rmittently for 6 seconds. Th en, if the
seat belt is still unfastened, the buzzer will sound in a diffe rent tone for 90
more seconds.
Front passenger’s seat belt warning buzzer:The front passenger’s seat belt w arning buzzer sounds to alert the front
passenger that his or her seat belt is not fastened. The buzzer sounds once
if the vehicle reaches a speed o f 12 mph (20 km/h). If the seat belt is still
unfastened after 24 seconds, the buzzer will sound intermittent ly for 6 sec-Warning light Details/Actions
(Red)
or
(Yellow)Indicates a malfunction in th e EPS (Electric Power Steer-
ing) system
ï‚®Have the vehicle inspected by your Toyota dealer
immediately.
Warning light Details/Actions
Indicates that remaining fuel is approximately 2 gal. (7.5 L,
1.6 Imp. gal.) or less
ï‚®Refuel the vehicle.
Warning light Details/Actions
Warns the driver and/or front passenger to fasten their seat
belts
ï‚®Fasten the seat belt.
If the front passenger’s se at is occupied, the front
passenger’s seat belt also needs to be fastened to make the warning light (w arning buzzer) turn off.
https://www.MyCarManual.com”hh uh�”(hh�h}”ubŒ$5be1b9d1-d92a-42ac-bf59-4052aef8705b”h
)�”}”(h
}”(hNh}”(hhhMäuhXº485 8-2. Steps to take in an emergency
COROLLA_U8When trouble arisesonds. Then, if the seat belt is still unfastened, the buzzer wi ll sound in a dif-
ferent tone for 90 more seconds.
■Rear passengers’ seat belt reminder lights (warning buzzer)*
*: Rear passengers’ seat belt warning buzzer:
The rear passengers’ seat belt warning buzzer sounds to alert t he rear pas-
sengers that his or her seat bel t is not fastened. If any rear seat belt is fas-
tened and then unfasten ed, the rear passengers' seat belt remin der light
will illuminate for that seat. While illuminated, if the vehicl e reaches a speed
of 12 mph (20 km/h), the buzzer will sound once. If the seat be lt is still
unfastened after 24 seconds, the buzzer will sound intermittent ly for 6 sec-
onds. Then, if the seat belt is still unfastened, the buzzer wi ll sound in a dif-
ferent tone for 30 more seconds.
â– Tire pressure warning light
â– LTA indicator/LDA indicator (warning buzzer)Warning light Details/Actions
Warns the rear passengers to fasten their seat belts
ï‚®Fasten the seat belt.
Warning light Details/Actions
(if equipped)When the light comes on after blinking for approximately 1
minute:
Malfunction in the tire pressure warning system
ï‚®Have the system checked by your Toyota dealer.
When the light comes on:
Low tire inflation pressure such as
�Natural causes
�Flat tire
ï‚®Immediately stop the vehicle in a safe place.
Handling method ( ï‚®P.488)
Warning light Details/Actions
(Orange)Indicates a malfunction in the LTA (Lane Tracing Assist) or LDA (Lane Departure Aler t with steering control)
ï‚®Follow the instructions di splayed on the multi-infor-
mation display. ( ï‚®P.204, 212)
https://www.MyCarManual.com”hh uh�”(hh�h}”ubŒ$91a72b05-8bcc-428a-9607-ebdd876a9c08”h
)�”}”(h
}”(hNh}”(hhhMåuhX486 8-2. Steps to take in an emergency
COROLLA_Uâ– PCS warning light
â– Slip indicator
â– Parking brake indicatorWarning light Details/Actions
(Flashes or illu-
minates)When a buzzer sounds simultaneously:
Indicates a malfunction has occurred in the PCS (Pre-Colli-
sion System).
ï‚®Have the vehicle inspected by your Toyota dealer
immediately.
If a buzzer does not sound:
The PCS (Pre-Collision System) has become temporarily
unavailable, corrective action may be necessary.
ï‚®Follow the instructions di splayed on the multi-infor-
mation display. ( ï‚®P.185)
If the PCS (Pre-Collision Syst em) or VSC (Vehicle Stability
Control) system is disabled, the PCS warning light will illu-
minate.ï‚®P.194
Warning light Details/Actions
Indicates a malfunction in:
�The VSC system;
�The TRAC system; or
�The hill-start assist control system
ï‚®Have the vehicle inspected by your Toyota dealer immediately.
Warning light Details/Actions
(Flashes)
(U.S.A.)
or
(Flashes)
(Canada)It is possible that the parking brake is not fully engaged or
released
ï‚®Operate the parking brake once again.
This light comes on when the parking brake is not released.
If the light turns of f after the parking brake is fully release d,
the system is operating normally.
https://www.MyCarManual.com”hh uh�”(hh�h}”ubŒ$62039397-268d-400f-a6c8-a223344332d0”h
)�”}”(h
}”(hNh}”(hhhMæuhXS 487 8-2. Steps to take in an emergency
COROLLA_U8When trouble arisesâ– Brake hold operated indicator
â– iMT indicator
â– Warning buzzer
In some cases, the buzzer may not
be heard due to being in a noisy
location or audio sound.
â– Front passenger detection sen-sor, seat belt reminder and
warning buzzer
â—�If luggage is placed on the front passenger seat, the front passen-
ger detection sensor may cause the warning light to flash and the
warning buzzer to sound even if a
passenger is not sitting in the seat.
â—�If a cushion is placed on the seat, the sensor may n ot detect a pas-
senger, and the warning light may not operate properly.
■Operation of rear passengers’ seat belt re minder lights
�The rear passengers’ seat belt reminder lights will illuminate for
approximately 60 seconds after
either rear door has been opened and closed.
â—�If any rear seat be lt is fastened
and then unfastened, the corre-sponding light for that seat will illu-
minate continuously. If either rear
door is opened and closed while a rear passengers’ seat belt light is illuminated, it will tu rn off approxi-
mately 60 seconds after the door is closed.
â– SRS warning light
This warning light system monitors the airbag sensor assembly, front impact sensors, side impact sensors
(front door), side impact sensors
(front), side impact sensors (rear),
driver’s seat position sensor,
driver’s seat belt buckle switch, front
passenger occupan t classification
system (ECU and sensors), “AIR
BAG ON� indicator light, “AIR BAG
OFF� indicator light, seat belt pre-tensioners, airbags, interconnecting
wiring and power sources. ( ï‚®P.29)
â– If the malfunction indicator
lamp comes on while driving
First check the following:
â—�Is the fuel tank empty?
If it is, fill the fuel tank immediately.
â—�Is the fuel ta nk cap loose?
If it is, tighten it securely.
The light will go off after several driving trips.
If the light does not go off even after
several trips, con tact your Toyota
dealer as soon as possible.Warning light Details/Actions
(Flashes)
(if equipped)Indicates a malfunction in the brake hold system
ï‚®Have the vehicle inspected by your Toyota dealer
immediately.
Warning light Details/Actions
(Orange)
(if equipped)Indicates a malfunction in the iMT
ï‚®Have the vehicle inspected by your Toyota dealer
immediately.
https://www.MyCarManual.com”hh uh�”(hh�h}”ubŒ$a1f14fcc-a552-4c96-b91d-62df1ff3df61”h
)�”}”(h
}”(hNh}”(hhhMçuhXâ 488 8-2. Steps to take in an emergency
COROLLA_Uâ– Electric power steering system
warning light (warning buzzer)
When the battery charge becomes insufficient or the voltage temporar-
ily drops, the electric power steering
system warning light may come on and the warning buzzer may sound.
â– When the tire pressure warning
light comes on (vehicles with a
tire pressure warning system)
Inspect the tires to check if a tire is punctured.
If a tire is punctured: ï‚®P.493, 503
If none of the tires are punctured:
Turn the engine switch off then turn
it to ON. Check if the tire pressure
warning light comes on or blinks.
�If the tire pressure warning light blinks for approxi mately 1 minute
then stays on
There may be a malfunction in the
tire pressure warning system. Have
the vehicle inspected by your Toyota dealer immediately.
�If the tire pressure warning light comes on
1After the temperature of the tires
has lowered sufficiently, check
the inflation pressure of each tire and adjust them to the specified
level.
2If the warning light does not turn
off even after several minutes have elapsed, check that the
inflation pressure of each tire is
at the specified level and perform
initialization. ( ï‚®P.450)
â– The tire pressure warning light
may come on due to natural
causes (vehicles with a tire
pressure warning system)
The tire pressure warning light may
come on due to natural causes such as natural air leaks and tire inflation
pressure changes caused by tem-
perature. In this case, adjusting the tire inflation pressure will turn off the
warning light (afte r a few minutes).â– When a tire is replaced with a
spare tire (vehicles with a tire
pressure warning system)
Vehicles with a co mpact spare tire:
The compact spare tire is not
equipped with a tire pressure warn-ing valve and tran smitter. If a tire
goes flat, the tire pressure warning light will not turn off even though the flat tire has been replaced with the
spare tire. Replac e the spare tire
with the repaired tire and adjust the
tire inflation pressure. The tire pres-
sure warning light will go off after a
few minutes.
â– Conditions that the tire pres-sure warning system may not
function properly (vehicles with
a tire pressure warning system)
ï‚®P.447
WARNING
â– If both the ABS and the brake system warning lights remain on
Stop your vehicle in a safe place immediately and contact your Toy-
ota dealer.
The vehicle will become extremely unstable during brak-
ing, and the ABS system may fail,
which could cause an accident resulting in death o r serious injury.
â– When the electric power
steering system warning light
comes on
When the light comes on yellow, the assist to the power steering is restricted. When the light comes
on red, the assis t to the power
steering is lost and handling oper-
ations of the steering wheel
become extremely heavy.
When steering wheel operations are heavier than usual, grip the
steering wheel firmly and operate
it using more fo rce than usual.
https://www.MyCarManual.com”hh uh�”(hh�h}”ubŒ$331957d1-7207-49d6-86ac-9b750916ed5b”h
)�”}”(h
}”(hNh}”(hhhMèuhX‡ 489 8-2. Steps to take in an emergency
COROLLA_U8When trouble arisesWARNING
â– If the tire pressure warning
light comes on (vehicles with a tire pressure warning sys-
tem)
Be sure to observe the following precautions.
Failure to do so could cause a loss of vehicle control and result
in death or serious injury.
â—�Stop your vehicle in a safe place as soon as possible. Adjust the
tire inflation pressure immedi-ately.
â—�Vehicles with a compact spare
tire: If the tire pr essure warning
light comes on ev en after tire
inflation pressure adjustment, it is probable that you have a flat
tire. Check the ti res. If a tire is
flat, change it with the spare tire
and have the flat tire repaired by
the nearest Toy ota dealer.
â—�Vehicles with emergency tire puncture repair kit: If the tire
pressure warning light comes
on even after tire inflation pres-sure adjustment, it is probable
that you have a flat tire. Check
the tires. If a tire is flat, repair the flat tire by using emergency
tire puncture repair kit.
â—�Avoid abrupt maneuvering and
braking.If the vehicle tires deteriorate,
you could lose control of the
steering wheel or the brakes.
â– If a blowout or sudden air leakage should occur (vehi-
cles with a tire pressure warn-
ing system)
The tire pressure warning system may not activate immediately.â– Maintenance of the tires
Each tire, includi ng the spare (if
provided), should be checked
monthly when cold and inflated to
the inflation pressure recom-mended by the vehicle manufac-
turer on the vehicle placard or tire
inflation pressure label (tire and
load information label). (If your
vehicle has tires of a different size
than the size in dicated on the
vehicle placard or tire inflation
pressure label [tire and load infor-
mation label], you should deter-mine the proper tire inflation
pressure for those tires.)
As an added safety feature, your
vehicle has been equipped with a tire pressure monitoring system
(TPMS-tire pressure warning sys-
tem) that illuminates a low tire pressure telltale (tire pressure
warning light) w hen one or more
of your tires is significantly
under-inflated. Accordingly, when
the low tire pressure telltale (tire
pressure warning light) illumi-nates, you should stop and check
your tires as soon as possible,
and inflate them to the proper pressure. Driving on a signifi-
cantly under-inflat ed tire causes
the tire to overhea t and can lead
to tire failure. Under-inflation also reduces fuel efficiency and tire
tread life, and may affect the vehi-
cle’s handling and stopping ability.
Please note that the TPMS (tire
pressure warning system) is not a
substitute for proper tire mainte-nance, and it is the driver’s
responsibility to m aintain correct
tire pressure, even if under-infla-
tion has not reached the level to
trigger illuminati on of the TPMS
low tire pressure te lltale (tire pres-
sure warning light).
https://www.MyCarManual.com”hh uh�”(hh�h}”ubŒ$5b466571-c732-4756-b82a-8dfbc9ce5cd0”h
)�”}”(h
}”(hNh}”(hhhMéuhX
490 8-2. Steps to take in an emergency
COROLLA_Uâ– Warning messages
The warning messages explained
below may differ from the actual
messages according to operation conditions and vehicle specifica-
tions.
â– Warning buzzer
A buzzer may sound when a mes-sage is displayed.
The buzzer may not be audible if the vehicle is in a noisy location or if the
audio system volume is high.
■If “Engine Oil Level Low Add or
Replace� is displayed
The engine oil level is low. Check WARNING
Your vehicle has also been equipped with a TPMS (tire pres-sure warning system) malfunc-
tion indicator to indicate when the
system is not opera ting properly.
The TPMS (tire pressure warning
system) malfunction indicator is
combined with th e low tire pres-
sure telltale (tire pressure warning light). When the system detects a
malfunction, the telltale will flash
for approximately one minute and then remain continuously illumi-
nated. This sequence will con-
tinue upon subsequent vehicle start-ups as long as the malfunc-
tion exists. When the malfunction indicator is illu minated, the sys-
tem may not be able to detect or
signal low tire pressure as
intended.
TPMS (tire pressure warning sys-
tem) malfunctions may occur for a
variety of reasons, including the
installation of replacement or alternate tires or wheels on the
vehicle that prevent the TPMS
(tire pressure warning system) from functioning properly. Always
check the TPMS (tire pressure
warning system) malfunction tell-
tale after replacing one or more
tires or wheels on your vehicle to
ensure that the r eplacement or
alternate tires and wheels allow
the TPMS (tire pressure warning
system) to continue to function properly.
NOTICE
â– To ensure the tire pressure
warning system operates properly (vehicles with a tire
pressure warning system)
Do not install tires with different specifications or makers, as the
tire pressure warning system may not operate properly.If a warning message
is displayed
The multi-information dis-
play shows warnings for system malfunctions and incorrectly performed oper-ations, and messages that indicate a need for mainte-nance. When a message is displayed, perform the appropriate corrective action for the message.
If a warning message is dis-played again after the appropriate actions have been performed, contact your Toyota dealer.
Additionally, if a warning light comes on or flashes at
the same time that a warn-
ing message is displayed, take the appropriate correc-tive action for the warning light. (ï‚®P.481)
https://www.MyCarManual.com”hh uh�”(hh�h}”ubŒ$511e5bbb-8c99-486b-a235-614332a74127”h
)�”}”(h
}”(hNh}”(hhhMêuhX= 491 8-2. Steps to take in an emergency
COROLLA_U8When trouble arisesthe level of the engine oil, and add if
necessary.
This message may appear if the
vehicle is stopped on a slope. Move
the vehicle to a level surface and
check to see if the message disap-pears.
■If “Engine Stopped Steering
Power Low� is displayed
This message is displayed if the engine is stopped while driving.
When steering wheel operations are
heavier than usual, grip the steering
wheel firmly and operate it using more force th an usual.
■If “Auto Power OFF to Conserve
Battery� is displayed
Power was cut off due to the auto-matic power off function. Next time
when starting the engine, increase the engine speed slightly and main-
tain that level for approximately 5
minutes to recha rge the battery.
■If “Headlight System Malfunc-
tion Visit Your Dealer� is dis-
played
The following systems may be mal-functioning. Have the vehicle
inspected by your Toyota dealer immediately.
â—�The LED headlight system
â—�AFS (Adaptive Fr ont-lighting Sys-
tem) (if equipped)
â—�The automatic headlight leveling system (if equipped)
â—�Automatic High Beam
■If “Front Camera Unavailable� or “Front Camera Unavailable See Owner’s Manual� is dis-
played
The following sys tems may be sus-
pended until the pr oblem shown in
the message is resolved. ( ï‚®P.185,
481)
â—�PCS (Pre-Collision system)
â—�LTA (Lane Tracing Assist) (if equipped)â—�LDA (Lane Departure Alert with
steering control) (if equipped)
â—�Automatic High Beam
â—�RSA (Road Sign Assist) (if equipped)
â—�Dynamic radar cruise control with full-speed range (if equipped)
â—�Dynamic radar cruise control (if equipped)
■If “Radar Cruise Control Unavailable See Owner's Man-
ual� is displayed
The dynamic radar cruise control with full-speed range system or
dynamic radar cruise control system is suspended temporarily or until the
problem shown in the message is
resolved. (causes and coping meth-
ods: ï‚®P.185)
■If “Radar Cruise Control
Unavailable� is displayed
The dynamic radar cruise control with full-speed range system or
dynamic radar cruise control system cannot be used temporarily. Use the
system when it becomes available
again.
■If “Maintenance Required Soon� is displayed
Indicates that all maintenance according to the driven distance on
the maintenance schedule
* should
be performed soon.
Comes on approximately 4500
miles (7200 km) after the message
has been reset. If necessary, per-
form maintenance. Please reset the
message after the maintenance is
performed. ( ï‚®P.428)
*: Refer to the separate “Scheduled
Maintenance� or “Owner’s Man-
ual Supplement� for the mainte-
nance interval applicable to your
vehicle.
■If “Maintenance Required Visit
Your Dealer� is displayed
Indicates that all maintenance is
https://www.MyCarManual.com”hh uh�”(hh�h}”ubŒ$67bbb915-cdaf-4183-9507-384335393d2e”h
)�”}”(h
}”(hNh}”(hhhMëuhXÚ492 8-2. Steps to take in an emergency
COROLLA_Urequired to correspond to the driven
distance on the maintenance sched-
ule*.
Comes on approximately 5000
miles (8000 km) after the message
has been reset. (The indicator will
not work properly unless the mes-sage has been reset.) Perform the
necessary maintenance. Please
reset the message after the mainte-
nance is performed. ( ï‚®P.428)
*: Refer to the separate “Scheduled
Maintenance� or “Owner’s Man-
ual Supplement� for the mainte-nance interval applicable to your vehicle.
â– If a message that indicates the
need for visiting your Toyota dealer is displayed
The system or part shown on the multi-information di splay is malfunc-
tioning. Have the vehicle inspected by your Toyota dealer immediately.
■If a message that indicates the need for referring to Owner’s Manual is displayed
�If “Engine Coolant Temp High� is displayed, follow the instructions
accordingly. (ï‚® P.519)
â—�If any of the following messages
are displayed on the multi-infor-
mation display, it may indicate a
malfunction. Have the vehicle
inspected by you r Toyota dealer
immediately.
• “Smart Key System Malfunction�
â—�If any of the following messages
are displayed on the multi-infor-
mation display, it may indicate a
malfunction. Immediately stop the
vehicle and contact your Toyota
dealer.
•“ B r a k i n g Power Low�
• “Charging System Malfunction�• “Oil Pressure Low�NOTICE
■If “High Power Consumption
Partial Limit on AC/Heater Operation� is displayed fre-
quently
There is a possible malfunction relating to the charging system or
the battery may be deteriorating. Have the vehicle inspected by
your Toyota dealer.
https://www.MyCarManual.com”hh uh�”(hh�h}”ubŒ$0ef8c46f-cd1f-4792-96d5-6aa856578848”h
)�”}”(h
}”(hNh}”(hhhMìuhX-493 8-2. Steps to take in an emergency
COROLLA_U8When trouble arises
�Stop the vehicle in a safe
place on a hard, flat surface.
�Set the parking brake.
�Shift the shift lever to P (con-tinuously variable transmis-sion) or N (manual transmission).
�Stop the engine.
�Turn on the emergency flash-ers.
�Check the degree of the tire damage.
A tire should only be repaired with the emergency tire punc-ture repair kit if the damage is caused by a nail or screw pass-ing through the tire tread.• Do not remove the nail or
screw from the tire. Removing the object may widen the opening and make emer-gency repair with the repair kit impossible.
• To avoid sealant leakage,
move the vehicle until the area of the puncture, if known, is positioned at the top of the tire.
â– A flat tire that cannot be
repaired with the emergency tire puncture repair kit
In the following cases, the tire can-not be repaired with the emergency
tire puncture repair kit. Contact your
Toyota dealer.If you have a flat tire
(vehicles without spare tire)
Your vehicle is not equipped
with a spare tire, but instead is equipped with an emer-gency tire puncture repair kit.
A puncture caused by a nail or screw passing through the tire tread can be repaired temporarily using the emergency tire puncture repair kit. (The kit contains a bottle of sealant. The seal-ant can be used only once to temporarily repair one tire without removing the nail or screw from the tire.) After temporarily repairing the tire with the kit, have the tire repaired or replaced by your Toyota dealer.
WARNING
â– If you have a flat tire
Do not continue driving with a flat
tire.Driving even a short distance with
a flat tire can damage the tire and
the wheel beyond repair, which could result in an accident.
Before repairing the tire
https://www.MyCarManual.com”hh uh�”(hh�h}”ubŒ$75a1bbdf-8415-457e-99be-2924e65897d3”h
)�”}”(h
}”(hNh}”(hhhMíuhX494 8-2. Steps to take in an emergency
COROLLA_Uâ—�When the tire is damaged due to
driving without sufficient air pres-
sure
â—�When there are any cracks or damage at any location on the
tire, such as on the side wall,
except the tread
â—�When the tire is visibly separated from the wheel
â—�When the cut or damage to the tread is 0.16 in. (4 mm) long or more
â—�When the wheel is damaged
â—�When 2 or more tires have been
punctured
â—�When 2 or more sharp objects such as nails or screws have
passed through the tread on a sin-gle tire
â—�When the sealant has expired
Emergency tire puncture repair kit
Towing eyelet
�Bottle
HoseAir release capLocation of the emergency ti re puncture repair kit and
towing eyelet
Emergency tire puncture
repair kit components
https://www.MyCarManual.com”hh uh�”(hh�h}”ubŒ$6202eb32-f1e6-4bc2-8a74-7049c82f46b8”h
)�”}”(h
}”(hNh}”(hhhMîuhX$ 495 8-2. Steps to take in an emergency
COROLLA_U8When trouble arisesSticker
�Compressor
Power plug
Rubber stopperAir pressure gaugeCompressor switch
â– Note for checking the emer-
gency tire puncture repair kit
Check the sealant expiry date occa-sionally.The expiry date is shown on the bot-
tle. Do not use sealant whose expiry
date has already passed. Other-wise, repairs conducted using the
emergency tire puncture repair kit
may not be performed properly.
â– Emergency tire puncture repair kit
â—�The emergency tire puncture repair kit is for f illing the car tire
with air.
â—�The sealant has a limited life
span. The expiry date is marked on the bottle. The sealant should be replaced before the expiry
date. Contact your Toyota dealer
for replacement.
â—�The sealant stored in the emer-gency tire puncture repair kit can be used only once to temporarily
repair a single tire. If the sealant in
the bottle and other parts of the kit have been used and need to be
replaced, contact your Toyota
dealer.â—�The compressor can be used repeatedly.
�The sealant can be used when the outside temperature is from -40°F
(-40°C) to 140°F (60°C).
â—�The kit is exclusi vely designed for
size and type of ti res originally
installed on your vehicle. Do not
use it for tires tha t a different size
than the original ones, or for any
other purposes.
â—�If the sealant gets on your clothes, it may stain.
â—�If the sealant adhe res to a wheel
or the surface of the vehicle body, the stain may not be removable if
it is not cleaned at once. Immedi-
ately wipe away the sealant with a wet cloth.
â—�During operation of the repair kit, a loud operation noise is pro-
duced. This does not indicate a
malfunction.
â—�Do not use to check or to adjust the tire pressure.
WARNING
â– Caution while driving
â—�Store the repair kit in the trunk.Injuries may result in the event of an accident or sudden brak-
ing.
â—�The repair kit is exclusively only
for your vehicle.Do not use repair kit on other
vehicles, which could lead to an
accident causing death or seri-ous injury.
â—�Do not use repair kit for tires
that are differen t size than the
original ones, or for any other purpose. If the tires have not
been completely repaired, it
could lead to an accident caus-ing death or serious injury.
https://www.MyCarManual.com”hh uh�”(hh�h}”ubŒ$802a3b5e-1212-45ff-91e3-6d914054dfec”h
)�”}”(h
}”(hNh}”(hhhMïuhX496 8-2. Steps to take in an emergency
COROLLA_U1Lift the deck mat. ( ï‚®P.403)
2Take out the emergency tire
puncture repair kit. (ï‚® P.494)
1Take out the repair kit from the plastic bag.
2Remove the valve cap from the valve of the punctured tire.
3Extend the hose. Remove the air release cap from the hose.Attach the sticker enclosed with the
bottle on the spec ified locations.
(See step 10.)
You will use the air release cap
again. Therefore keep it in a safe
place.
4Connect the hose to the
valve.
Screw the end of the hose clock-
wise as far as possible.
5Make sure that the compres-
sor switch is off.WARNING
â– Precautions for use of the
sealant
â—�Ingesting the sealant is hazard-ous to your health. If you ingest sealant, consume as much
water as possible, and then
immediately consult a doctor.
â—�If sealant gets in eyes or adheres to skin, immediately wash it off with water. If discom-
fort persists, consult a doctor.
Taking out the emer-
gency tire puncture repair kit
Emergency repair method
https://www.MyCarManual.com”hh uh�”(hh�h}”ubŒ$884d7bfb-2b27-4a43-8911-d10d8b5f1dd8”h
)�”}”(h
}”(hNh}”(hhhMðuhXÐ497 8-2. Steps to take in an emergency
COROLLA_U8When trouble arises6Lift the rubber stopper on the
compressor.
7Remove the power plug from the compressor.
8Connect the power plug to the power outlet socket. (ï‚®P.405)
9Connect the bottle to the compressor.
As shown in the illu stration, insert
the bottle securely into the com-
pressor until the upper side of the
mark on the bottle is aligned with the upper end of the notch.
10Attach the sticker provided
with the tire puncture repair
kit to a position easily seen from the driver’s seat.
U.S.A.
Canada
11Check the specified tire infla-
tion pressure.
Tire inflation pressure is specified
on the label on the driver’s side pil-
https://www.MyCarManual.com”hh uh�”(hh�h}”ubŒ$ebf78309-8383-4da6-98ef-19b393f968f0”h
)�”}”(h
}”(hNh}”(hhhMñuhXí498 8-2. Steps to take in an emergency
COROLLA_Ular as shown. ( ï‚®P.531)
12Start the engine.
13To inject the sealant and
inflate the tire, turn the com-
pressor switch on.14Inflate the tire until the speci-
fied air pressure is reached.
The sealant will be injected
and the pressure will spike to between 44 psi (300 kPa, 3.0
kgf/cm
2 or bar) and 58 psi
(400 kPa, 4.0 kgf/cm2 or bar),
then gradually decrease.
The air pressure gauge will
display the actual tire inflation pressure about 1 to 5 min-utes after the switch is turned on.
Turn the compressor switch off and
then check the tire inflation pres-sure. Being care ful not to over
inflate, check and repeat the infla-
tion procedure until the specified tire inflation pressure is reached.
The tire can be inflated for about 5
to 20 minutes (depending on the
outside temperature). If the tire
inflation pressure is still lower than the specified point after inflation for
25 minutes, the tire is too damaged
https://www.MyCarManual.com”hh uh�”(hh�h}”ubŒ$34847da4-d710-438d-acbf-a763daa2ec3a”h
)�”}”(h
}”(hNh}”(hhhMòuhXg499 8-2. Steps to take in an emergency
COROLLA_U8When trouble arisesto be repaired. Turn the compres-
sor switch off and contact your Toy-
ota dealer.
If the tire inflation pressure exceeds
the specified air pressure, let out
some air to adjust t he tire inflation
pressure. ( ï‚®P.500, 531)
15With the compressor switch
off, disconnect the hose from
the valve on the tire and then pull out the power plug from the power outlet socket.
Some sealant may leak when the
hose is removed.
16Install the valve cap onto the
valve of the emergency
repaired tire.
17Attach the air release cap to
the end of the hose.
If the air release cap is not
attached, the sealant may leak and
the vehicle ma y get dirty.
18Temporarily store the bottle
in the trunk while it is con-
nected to the compressor.
19To spread the liquid sealant
evenly within the tire, imme-diately drive safely for about 3 miles (5 km) below 50 mph (80 km/h).
20After driving, stop your vehi-
cle in a safe place on a hard, flat surface and reconnect the repair kit.
Remove the air release cap from
the hose before reconnecting the
hose.
21Turn the compressor switch
on and wait for several sec-
onds, then turn it off. Check the tire inflation pressure.
If the tire inflation pressure is
under 19 psi (130 kPa, 1.3
kgf/cm
2 or bar): The puncture
cannot be repaired. Contact
your Toyota dealer.
If the tire inflation pressure is
19 psi (130 kPa, 1.3 kgf/cm2
or bar) or higher, but less
than the specified air pres-sure: Proceed to step 22.
If the tire inflation pressure is the specified air pressure (ï‚®P.531): Proceed to step
https://www.MyCarManual.com”hh uh�”(hh�h}”ubŒ$d9334800-31e5-4228-9bfd-6e88cb19770f”h
)�”}”(h
}”(hNh}”(hhhMóuhXâ500 8-2. Steps to take in an emergency
COROLLA_U23.
22Turn the compressor switch
on to inflate the tire until the
specified air pressure is reached. Drive for about 3 miles (5 km) and then per-form step 20.
23Attach the air release cap to
the end of the hose.
If the air release cap is not
attached, the sealant may leak and
the vehicle ma y get dirty.
24Store the bottle in the trunk
while it is connected to the
compressor.
25Taking precautions to avoid
sudden braking, sudden acceleration and sharp turns, drive carefully at under 50 mph (80 km/h) to the nearest Toyota dealer that is less than 62 miles (100 km) away for tire repair or replacement.
When having the tire repaired or
replaced, make sure to tell the Toy-
ota dealer that the sealant is injected.
â– If the tire is i nflated to more
than the specified air pressure
1Disconnect the hose from the valve.2Install the air release cap to the end of the hose and push the
protrusion on the air release cap into the tire valve to let some air out.
3Disconnect the hose from the valve, remove the air release cap
from the hose an d then recon-
nect the hose.
4Turn the compressor switch on
and wait for seve ral seconds,
and then turn it off. Check that the air pressure indicator shows the specified air pressure.
(ï‚®P.531)
If the air pressure is under the des-
ignated pressure, turn the compres-sor switch on again and repeat the inflation procedure until the speci-
fied air pressure is reached.
â– The valve of a tire that has been
repaired (vehicles without a tire pressure warning system)
After a tire is repaired with the emer-gency tire puncture repair kit, the
valve should be replaced.
â– After a tire is re paired with the
emergency tire puncture repair
kit (vehicles with a tire pressure
warning system)
â—�The tire pressure warning valve and transmitter should be
replaced.
â—�Even if the tire inflation pressure is at the recommended level, the tire pressure warning light may come on/flash.
https://www.MyCarManual.com”hh uh�”(hh�h}”ubŒ$a6c242e2-d752-4963-8d20-48b22fc23efc”h
)�”}”(h
}”(hNh}”(hhhMôuhXØ
501 8-2. Steps to take in an emergency
COROLLA_U8When trouble arisesWARNING
â– Do not drive the vehicle with
a flat tire
Do not continue driving with a flat tire.Driving even a short distance with
a flat tire can damage the tire and
the wheel beyond repair.
Driving with a flat tire may cause a
circumferential groove on the side wall. In such a case, the tire may explode when using a repair kit.
â– When fixing the flat tire
â—�Stop your vehicle in a safe and flat area.
â—�Do not touch the wheels or the
area around the brakes immedi-
ately after the vehicle has been driven.
After the vehicle has been
driven, the wheels and the area around the brakes may be
extremely hot. Touching these
areas with hands , feet or other
body parts may result in burns.
â—�Connect the valve and hose
securely with th e tire installed
on the vehicle. If the hose is not
properly connected to the valve,
air leakage may occur as seal-
ant may be sprayed out.
â—�If the hose comes off the valve while inflating the tire, there is a
risk that the hose will move
abruptly due to air pressure.
â—�After inflation of the tire has completed, the sealant may
splatter when the hose is dis-
connected or some air is let out
of the tire.
â—�Follow the operation procedure
to repair the tire. If the proce-
dures not followed, the sealant may spray out.â—�Keep back from the tire while it
is being repaired, as there is a
chance of it bursting while the repair operation is being per-
formed. If you notice any cracks
or deformation of the tire, turn off the compressor switch and
stop the repair operation imme-
diately.
â—�The repair kit may overheat if operated for a long period of
time. Do not operate the repair
kit continuously for more than 40 minutes.
â—�Parts of the re pair kit become
hot during operation. Be careful handling the repair kit during and after operation. Do not
touch the metal part connecting
the bottle and the compressor. It will be extremely hot.
â—�Do not attach the vehicle speed
warning sticker to an area other
than the one indicated. If the sticker is attached to an area
where an SRS airbag is located,
such as the pad of the steering wheel, it may prevent the SRS
airbag from operating properly.
â– Driving to spread the liquid
sealant evenly
Observe the following precautions to reduce the risk of accidents.Failing to do so m ay result in a
loss of vehicle control and cause death or serious injury.
â—�Drive the vehicle carefully at a
low speed. Be especially careful
when turning and cornering.
â—�If the vehicle does not drive
straight or you feel a pull through the steering wheel, stop the vehicle and check the fol-
lowing.
• Tire condition. The tire may
have separated from the wheel.
https://www.MyCarManual.com”hh uh�”(hh�h}”ubŒ$cdfd18a4-dfe3-4c9c-9ca9-ca3d3eb2782b”h
)�”}”(h
}”(hNh}”(hhhMõuhXã502 8-2. Steps to take in an emergency
COROLLA_UWARNING
• Tire inflation pressure. If the tire
inflation pressure is 19 psi (130
kPa, 1.3 kgf/cm2 or bar) or less,
the tire may be severely dam-
aged.
NOTICE
â– When performing an emer-gency repair
â—�A tire should only be repaired with the emergency tire punc-ture repair kit if the damage is
caused by a shar p object such
as nail or screw passing through
the tire tread.
Do not remove the sharp object
from the tire. Removing the object may widen the opening
and disenable emergency repair
with the repair kit.
â—�The repair kit is not waterproof. Make sure that the repair kit is
not exposed to water, such as
when it is being used in the rain.
â—�Do not put the repair kit directly onto dusty ground such as sand
at the side of the road. If the
repair kit vacuums up dust etc.,
a malfunction may occur.
â– Precautions for the emer-
gency tire puncture repair kit
â—�The repair kit power source should be 12 V DC suitable for
vehicle use. Do not connect the repair kit to any other source.
â—�If fuel splatters on the repair kit,
the repair kit may deteriorate.
Take care not to allow fuel to contact it.
â—�Place the repair kit in a storage
to prevent it from being exposed to dirt or water.
â—�Store the repair kit in the trunk out of reach of children.â—�Do not disassemble or modify
the repair kit. Do not subject
parts such as the air pressure indicator to impacts. This may
cause a malfunction.
â– To avoid damage to the tire
pressure warning valves and transmitters (vehicles with a
tire pressure warning system)
When a tire is repa ired with liquid
sealants, the tire pressure warn-
ing valve and transmitter may not
operate properly. If a liquid seal-
ant is used, contact your Toyota
dealer or other qualified service shop as soon as possible. After
use of liquid sealant, make sure to
replace the tire p ressure warning
valve and transmitter when repair-
ing or replaci ng the tire. ( ï‚®P.449)
https://www.MyCarManual.com”•Ühh uh�”(hh�h}”ubŒ$2a1aefa3-a944-4f36-b2cf-6850348cdd1b”h
)�”}”(h
}”(hNh}”(hhhMöuhXú503 8-2. Steps to take in an emergency
COROLLA_U8When trouble arises�Stop the vehicle in a safe
place on a hard, flat surface.
�Set the parking brake.
�Shift the shift lever to P (con-tinuously variable transmis-sion) or R (manual transmission).
�Stop the engine.
�Turn on the emergency flash-ers.If you have a flat tire
(vehicles with a spare tire)
Your vehicle is equipped
with a spare tire. The flat tire can be replaced with the spare tire.
For details about tires: ï‚®P.444
WARNING
â– If you have a flat tire
Do not continue driving with a flat
tire. Driving even a short distance with a flat tire can damage the tire
and the wheel beyond repair,
which could result in an accident.
Before jacking up the
vehicle
https://www.MyCarManual.com”hh uh�”(hh�h}”ubŒ$61b919da-ff28-4561-9b4e-b9d60984a3ee”h
)�”}”(h
}”(hNh}”(hhhM÷uhXÔ504 8-2. Steps to take in an emergency
COROLLA_UJack handle
Wheel nut wrenchJackSpare tireTowing eyelet (if equipped)Location of the spare t ire, jack and tools
WARNING
â– Using the tire jack
Observe the following precau-
tions. Improper use of the tire jack
may cause the vehicle to sud-denly fall off the jack, leading to
death or serious injury.
â—�Do not use the tir e jack for any
purpose other than replacing
tires or installing and removing
tire chains.â—�Only use the tire jack that
comes with this vehicle for replacing a flat tire. Do not use it on other vehicles, and do not
use other tire jacks for replacing
tires on this vehicle.
â—�Put the jack properly in its jack point.
https://www.MyCarManual.com”hh uh�”(hh�h}”ubŒ$f648df00-5931-41df-a9f4-c5b7f8106c5d”h
)�”}”(h
}”(hNh}”(hhhMøuhX±505 8-2. Steps to take in an emergency
COROLLA_U8When trouble arises1Remove the deck mat.2Take out the jack.
For tightening
For loosening
1Remove the deck mat.
(ï‚®P.505)
2Remove the tool tray.
3Loosen the center fastener that secures the spare tire.WARNING
â—�Do not put any part of your body
under the vehicle while it is sup-ported by the jack.
â—�Do not start the engine or drive
the vehicle while the vehicle is
supported by the jack.
â—�Do not raise the vehicle while someone is inside.
â—�When raising the vehicle, do not put an object on or under the
jack.
â—�Do not raise the vehicle to a
height greater than that required to replace the tire.
â—�Use a jack stand if it is neces-
sary to get under the vehicle.
â—�When lowering the vehicle,
make sure that there is no-one near the vehicle. If there are
people nearby, warn them
vocally before lowering.
Taking out the jackTaking out the spare tire
https://www.MyCarManual.com”hh uh�”(hh�h}”ubŒ$e90cae34-a764-4af7-b32c-1259f1a5c896”h
)�”}”(h
}”(hNh}”(hhhMùuhX³506 8-2. Steps to take in an emergency
COROLLA_U1Chock the tires.
2Vehicles with a steel wheel:
Remove the wheel ornament (if equipped) using the wrench.
Insert the wrench into the notch
on the wheel cap.
To protect the wheel ornament, place a rag between the wrench
and the wheel ornament.
3Slightly loosen the wheel
nuts (one turn).
4Turn the tire jack portion
by hand until the center of the
recessed portion of the jack is in contact with the center of the jack point.WARNING
â– When storing the spare tire
Be careful not to catch fingers or
other body parts between the
spare tire and the body of the vehicle.
Replacing a flat tire
Flat tireWheel chock
positions
Front left-hand
sideBehind the rear right-hand side tire
Front right-hand side Behind the rear left-hand side tire
Rear left-hand sideIn front of the front right-hand side tire
Rear right-hand sideIn front of the front left-hand side tire
https://www.MyCarManual.com”hh uh�”(hh�h}”ubŒ$c71b5004-4395-491c-b100-d6fb46c0d7a2”h
)�”}”(h
}”(hNh}”(hhhMúuhXè507 8-2. Steps to take in an emergency
COROLLA_U8When trouble arises5Assemble the jack handle
extension.
�Type A
�Type B
6Raise the vehicle until the tire is slightly raised off the ground.
7Remove all the wheel nuts and the tire.
When resting the tire on the
ground, place the tire so that the
wheel design faces up to avoid scratching the wheel surface.
WARNING
â– Replacing a flat tire
â—�Do not touch the disc wheels or the area around the brakes
immediately after the vehicle
has been driven. After the vehi-cle has been driven the disc wheels and the area around the
brakes will be extremely hot.
Touching these areas with hands, feet or oth er body parts
while changing a tire, etc. may result in burns.
â—�Failure to follow these precau-tions could cause the wheel
nuts to loosen and the tire to fall
off, resulting in death or serious
injury.
• Have the wheel nuts tightened
with a torque wrench to 76 ft•lbf
(103 N•m, 10.5 kgf•m) as soon
as possible after changing wheels.
• Do not attach a heavily dam-
aged wheel ornament, as it may fly off the wheel while the vehi-cle is moving.
• When installing a tire, only use
wheel nuts that have been spe-
cifically designed for that wheel.
https://www.MyCarManual.com”hh uh�”(hh�h}”ubŒ$35da6ca5-8343-4876-a12f-87ac40828276”h
)�”}”(h
}”(hNh}”(hhhMûuhX²508 8-2. Steps to take in an emergency
COROLLA_U1Remove any dirt or foreign
matter from the wheel con-tact surface.
If foreign matter is on the wheel
contact surface, the wheel nuts
may loosen while the vehicle is in motion, causing the tire to come off.
2Install the tire and loosely
tighten each wheel nut by hand by approximately the same amount.
When replacing a steel wheel with
a steel wheel (including a compact
spare tire), tighte n the wheel nuts
until the tapered portion comes
into loose contact with the disc wheel seat .
When replacing an aluminum wheel
with a steel wheel (including a com-
pact spare tire), tighten the wheel
nuts until the tapered portion
comes into loose c ontact with the
disc wheel seat .
3Lower the vehicle.
4Firmly tighten each wheel nut
two or three times in the order shown in the illustra-tion.
Tightening torque:WARNING
• If there are any cracks or defor-
mations in the bolt screws, nut
threads or bolt holes of the
wheel, have the vehicle
inspected by your Toyota dealer.
• When installing the wheel nuts,
be sure to install them with the tapered ends facing inward. (
ï‚®P.455)
Installing the spare tire
https://www.MyCarManual.com”hh uh�”(hh�h}”ubŒ$e9d0f1ca-b2cf-4842-a2c4-2291e4d775f6”h
)�”}”(h
}”(hNh}”(hhhMüuhX§509 8-2. Steps to take in an emergency
COROLLA_U8When trouble arises76 ft•lbf (103 N•m, 10.5 kgf•m)
5Stow the flat tire, tire jack and
all tools.
â– The compact spare tire
â—�The compact spare tire is identi-
fied by the label “TEMPORARY
USE ONLY� on the tire sidewall. Use the compact spare tire tempo-
rarily, and only in an emergency.
â—�Make sure to check the tire infla-
tion pressure of the compact
spare tire. ( ï‚®P.531)
â– When the compact spare tire is
equipped
The vehicle becomes lower when driving with the compact spare tire
compared to when driving with stan-
dard tires.
â– After completing the tire change (vehicles with a tire
pressure warning system)
The tire pressure warning system must be reset. ( ï‚®P.450)
â– When using the compact spare
tire (vehicles with a tire pres-sure warning system)
As the compact sp are tire is not
equipped with a tire pressure warn-ing valve and transmitter, low infla-
tion pressur e of the spar e tire will
not be indicated by the tire pressure
warning system. Also, if you replace
the compact spare tire after the tire
pressure warning light comes on, the light remains on.â– If you have a flat front tire on a
road covered with snow or ice
Install the compact spare tire on one of the rear wheels of the vehicle.
Perform the following steps and fit
tire chains to the front tires:
1Replace a rear tire with the com-
pact spare tire.
2Replace the flat front tire with the
tire removed from the rear of the
vehicle.
3Fit tire chains to the front tires.
â– When reinstalling the wheel
ornament (steel wheels except
compact spare tire)
Align the cutout of the wheel orna-ment with the valve stem as shown
in the illustration.
WARNING
â– When using the compact spare tire
â—�Remember that the compact spare tire provided is specifi-
cally designed for use with your
vehicle. Do not use your com-pact spare tire on another vehi-
cle.
â—�Do not use more than one com-
pact spare tires simultaneously.
â—�Replace the comp act spare tire
with a standard tire as soon as possible.
â—�Avoid sudden acceleration,
abrupt steering, sudden brak-ing and shifting operations that
cause sudden engine braking.
https://www.MyCarManual.com”hh uh�”(hh�h}”ubŒ$c0484bfb-252d-4ade-81b2-5466820d8f35”h
)�”}”(h
}”(hNh}”(hhhMýuhX"510 8-2. Steps to take in an emergency
COROLLA_UWARNING
â– When the compact spare tire
is attached
The vehicle speed may not be correctly detecte d, and the follow-
ing systems may not operate cor-
rectly:
• ABS & Brake assist
•V S C
•T R A C• Automatic High Beam• AFS (Adaptive Front-lighting
System) (if equipped)
• Dynamic radar cruise control
with full-speed range (if
equipped)
• Dynamic radar cruise control (if
equipped)
•E P S
• PCS (Pre-Collision System)• LDA (Lane Departure Alert with
steering control) (if equipped)
• LTA (Lane Tracing Assist) (if
equipped)
• Tire pressure warning system (if
equipped)
• BSM (Blind Spot Monitor) (if
equipped)
• Rear view monitor system• Navigation system (if equipped)
â– Speed limit when using the
compact spare tire
Do not drive at speeds in excess of 50 mph (80 km/h) when a com-
pact spare tire is installed on the
vehicle.The compact spare tire is not
designed for driving at high
speeds. Failure to observe this precaution may lead to an acci-
dent causing death or serious
injury.
â– After using the tools and jack
Before driving, ma ke sure all the
tools and jack are securely in place in their storage location to
reduce the possibility of personal
injury during a collision or sudden braking.
NOTICE
â– Be careful when driving over bumps with the compact spare tire installed on the
vehicle.
The vehicle becomes lower when driving with the compact spare tire
compared to when driving with standard tires. Be careful when
driving over uneven road sur-
faces.
â– Driving with tire chains and the compact spare tire
Do not fit tire chains to the com-pact spare tire. Tire chains may
damage the vehicle body and
adversely affect d riving perfor-
mance.
â– When replacing the tires
(vehicles with a tire pressure
warning system)
When removing or fitting the wheels, tires or th e tire pressure
warning valve and transmitter,
contact your Toyota dealer as the
tire pressure warning valve and transmitter may be damaged if not
handled correctly.
https://www.MyCarManual.com”hh uh�”(hh�h}”ubŒ$9e7acc1d-e810-4669-ad06-1abb2ebeca81”h
)�”}”(h
}”(hNh}”(hhhMþuhXf511 8-2. Steps to take in an emergency
COROLLA_U8When trouble arisesOne of the following may be the
cause of the problem:
�There may not be sufficient
fuel in the vehicle’s tank. Refuel the vehicle.
�The engine may be flooded.
Try to restart the engine again
following correct starting pro-cedures. ( ï‚®P.147, 148)
�There may be a malfunction in the engine immobilizer sys-tem. (P.67)
One of the following may be the cause of the problem:
�The battery may be dis-
charged. ( ï‚®P.515)NOTICE
â– To avoid damage to the tire
pressure warning valves and transmitters (vehicles with a
tire pressure warning system)
When a tire is repaired with liquid sealants, the tire pressure warn-
ing valve and transmitter may not
operate properly. If a liquid seal-
ant is used, contact your Toyota
dealer or other qualified service shop as soon as possible. Make sure to replace the tire pressure
warning valve and transmitter
when replacing the tire.If the engine will not
start
If the engine will not start
even though correct starting procedures are being fol-lowed (ï‚®P.147, 148), con-
sider each of the following points:
The engine will not start
even though the starter
motor operates normally.
The starter motor turns over slowly, the interior
lights and headlights are
dim, or the horn does not sound or sounds at a low
volume.
https://www.MyCarManual.com”hh uh�”(hh�h}”ubŒ$2c4ad0d5-f023-4013-89b2-31fe8e292c15”h
)�”}”(h
}”(hNh}”(hhhMÿuhXz512 8-2. Steps to take in an emergency
COROLLA_U�The battery terminal connec-
tions may be loose or cor-roded. (ï‚® P.442)
The engine starting system may be malfunctioning due to an electrical problem such as elec-tronic key battery depletion or a blown fuse. However, an interim measure is available to start the engine. ( ï‚®P.512)
One of the following may be the cause of the problem:
�The battery may be dis-
charged. (ï‚® P.515)
�One or both of the battery ter-minals may be disconnected. (P.442)
�There may be a malfunction in the steering lock system.
Contact your Toyot a dealer if the
problem cannot be repaired, or if
repair procedures are unknown.When the engine does not start,
the following steps can be used as an interim measure to start the engine if the engine switch is functioning normally.Do not use this starting proce-dure except in case of emer-gency.
1Set the parking brake.
(ï‚®P.163, 164)
2Check that the shift lever is in P (continuously variable transmission) or N (manual transmission).
3Turn the engine switch to ACC.
4Press and hold the engine switch for about 15 seconds while depressing the brake pedal (continuously variable transmission) or clutch pedal (manual transmission) firmly.
Even if the engi ne can be started
using the above steps, the system
may be malfunctioning. Have the vehicle inspected by your Toyota dealer.The starter motor does not turn over (vehicles
with a smart key system)
The starter motor does not turn over, the interior lights and headlights do
not turn on, or the horn
does not sound.Emergency start function
(vehicles with a smart key
system)
https://www.MyCarManual.com”hh uh�”(hh�h}”ubŒ$935dab98-94bd-4c39-9492-a50ebfdeae27”h
)�”}”(h
}”(hNh}”(hhhMuhX�513 8-2. Steps to take in an emergency
COROLLA_U8When trouble arisesâ– When the electronic key does
not work properly
â—�Make sure that the smart key sys-tem has not been deactivated in the customization setting. If it is
off, turn the functi on on. (Custom-
izable features: ï‚®P.548)
â—�Check if battery-saving mode is
set. If it is set, cancel the function. (ï‚®P.113)
Use the mechanical key
(ï‚®P.100) in order to perform the If you lose your keys
New genuine keys can be made by your Toyota dealer using the other key (vehi-cles without a smart key system) or mechanical key (vehicles with a smart key system) and the key number stamped on your key num-ber plate.
Keep the plate in a safe place such as your wallet, not in the vehicle.
NOTICE
â– When an electronic key is lost
(vehicles with a smart key
system)
If the electronic key remains lost, the risk of vehicle theft increases
significantly. Visit your Toyota
dealer immediately with all remaining electronic keys that
were provided wit h your vehicle.If the electronic key
does not operate prop-erly (vehicles with a
smart key system)
If communication between
the electronic key and vehi-cle is interrupted (ï‚® P.113)
or the electronic key cannot be used because the battery is depleted, the smart key system and wireless remote control cannot be used. In such cases, the doors can be opened and the engine can be started by following the procedure below.
NOTICE
â– In case of a smart key system
malfunction or other
key-related problems
Take your vehicle with all the elec-tronic keys provided with your vehicle to your Toyota dealer.
Locking and unlocking
the doors
https://www.MyCarManual.com”hh uh�”(hh�h}”ubŒ$9b57c866-744a-40fe-a4ac-1adc81abfac6”h
)�”}”(h
}”(hNh}”(hhhMuhXk514 8-2. Steps to take in an emergency
COROLLA_Ufollowing operations:
1Locks all the doors
2Unlocks all the doors
Turning the key unlocks the driver’s
door. Turning the key again unlocks the other doors.
â– Key linked functions
1Closes the windows and moon
roof*1 (turn and hold)*2
2Opens the windows and moon roof
*1 (turn and hold)*2
*1:If equipped
*2:This setting mu st be customized
at your Toyota dealer.1Vehicles with a continuously
variable transmission: Ensure that the shift lever is in P and depress the brake pedal.Vehicles with a manual trans-mission: Shift the shift lever
to N and depress the clutch pedal.
2Touch the Toyota emblem side of the electronic key to the engine switch.
When the electronic key is
detected, a buzzer sounds and the
engine switch will turn to ON.
When the smart key system is
deactivated in customization set-
ting, the engine s witch will turn to WARNING
â– When using the mechanical key and operating the power windows or moon roof (if
equipped)
Operate the power window or moon roof after checking to make
sure that there is no possibility of any passenger having any of their
body parts caught in the window
or moon roof.Also, do not allo w children to
operate the mechanical key. It is
possible for children and other
passengers to get caught in the power window or moon roof.
Starting the engine
https://www.MyCarManual.com”hh uh�”(hh�h}”ubŒ$d483c534-1fce-4705-acb0-63e020336519”h
)�”}”(h
}”(hNh}”(hhhMuhXó515 8-2. Steps to take in an emergency
COROLLA_U8When trouble arisesACC.
3Firmly depress the brake
pedal (continuously variable transmission) or clutch pedal (manual transmission) and
check that is shown on
the multi-information display.
4Press the engine switch
shortly and firmly.
In the event that the engine still cannot be started, contact your Toyota dealer.
â– Stopping the engine
Shift the shift lever to P (continu-
ously variable transmission) or N
(manual transmission) and press the engine switch as you normally
do when stopping the engine.
â– Electronic key battery
As the above proc edure is a tempo-
rary measure, it is recommended
that the electronic key battery be replaced immediate ly when the bat-
tery is depleted. ( ï‚®P.458)
â– Changing engine switch modes
Release the brake pedal (continu-ously variable transmission) or
clutch pedal (manual transmission)
and press the engine switch in step 3 above.
The engine does not start and modes will be cha nged each time
the switch is pressed. (ï‚® P.151)
If the vehicle battery
is discharged
The following procedures
may be used to start the engine if the vehicle’s bat-tery is discharged.You can also call your Toy-ota dealer or a qualified repair shop.
https://www.MyCarManual.com”hh uh�”(hh�h}”ubŒ$16ad7017-3e25-4a7b-ab14-900095cf03cc”h
)�”}”(h
}”(hNh}”(hhhMuhX�516 8-2. Steps to take in an emergency
COROLLA_UIf you have a set of jumper (or
booster) cables and a second vehicle with a 12-volt battery, you can jump start your vehicle by following the steps below.
1Vehicles with an alarm
(ï‚®P.69): Confirm that the
electronic key (vehicles with a smart key system) or key (vehicles without a smart key system) is being carried.When connecting the jumper (or
booster) cables, depending on the
situation, the alarm may activate
and doors locked. ( ï‚®P.70)
2Open the hood. (ï‚® P.434)
3Connect a positive jumper cable clamp to on your vehicle and
connect the clamp on the other end of the positive cable to on
the second vehicle. Then, connect a negative cable clamp to
on the second vehicle and connect the clamp at the other end of
the negative cable to .
�1.8 L 4-cylinder (2ZR-FAE) engine
Positive (+) battery terminal (your vehicle)
Positive (+) battery terminal (second vehicle)Negative (-) battery term inal (second vehicle)
Solid, stationary, unpainted metallic point away from the batte ry
and any moving parts as shown in the illustrationRestarting the engine
https://www.MyCarManual.com”hh uh�”(hh�h}”ubŒ$c6c9062a-2147-4cff-acc5-59c7753da6a0”h
)�”}”(h
}”(hNh}”(hhhMuhX²517 8-2. Steps to take in an emergency
COROLLA_U8When trouble arises�2.0 L 4-cylinder (M20A-FKS) engine
Positive (+) battery terminal (your vehicle)
Positive (+) battery terminal (second vehicle)Negative (-) battery term inal (second vehicle)
Solid, stationary, unpainted metallic point away from the batte ry
and any moving parts as shown in the illustration
4Start the engine of the sec-
ond vehicle. Increase the engine speed slightly and maintain at that level for approximately 5 minutes to recharge the battery of your vehicle.
5Vehicles with a smart key system: Open and close any of the doors of your vehicle with the engine switch OFF.
6Maintain the engine speed of the second vehicle and start the engine of your vehicle by turning the engine switch to ON.
7Once the vehicle’s engine has started, remove the jumper cables in the exact reverse order from which they were connected.
Once the engine starts, have the vehicle inspected at your Toyota dealer as soon as possible.
â– Starting the engine when the
battery is discharged
The engine cannot be started by
push-starting.
â– To prevent bat tery discharge
â—�Turn off the headlights and the audio system while the engine is
off.
â—�Turn off any unnecessary electri-
cal components when the vehicle is running at a low speed for an
extended period, such as in heavy
traffic.
â– When the battery is removed or discharged
â—�Information stored in the ECU is
https://www.MyCarManual.com”hh uh�”(hh�h}”ubŒ$7f7b1197-c830-4a5b-86e5-02a5413f9491”h
)�”}”(h
}”(hNh}”(hhhMuhX© 518 8-2. Steps to take in an emergency
COROLLA_Ucleared. When the battery is
depleted, have the vehicle
inspected at you r Toyota dealer.
â—�Some systems may require initial-
ization. ( ï‚®P.556)
â– When removing the battery ter-
minals
When the battery terminals are removed, the information stored in the ECU is cleared . Before remov-
ing the battery terminals, contact your Toyota dealer.
â– Charging the battery
The electricity stor ed in the battery
will discharge gradu ally even when
the vehicle is not i n use, due to nat-
ural discharge and the draining effects of certain electrical appli-ances. If the vehicle is left for a long
time, the battery may discharge,
and the engine ma y be unable to
start. (The battery recharges auto-
matically during driving.)
â– When recharging or replacing
the battery (vehicles with a smart key system)
â—�In some cases, i t may not be pos-
sible to unlock the doors using the
smart key system when the bat-
tery is discharged. Use the wire-less remote control or the
mechanical key to lock or unlock
the doors.
â—�The engine may not start on the first attempt after the battery has recharged but will start normally
after the se cond attempt. This is
not a malfunction.
â—�The engine switch mode is memo-rized by the vehicle. When the battery is reconnected, the system will return to the mode it was in
before the battery was dis-charged. Before disconnecting the battery, turn the engine switch off.
If you are unsure what mode the
engine switch was in before the battery discharged, be especially
careful when reconnecting the
battery.â– When replacing the battery
â—�Use a battery that conforms to European regulations.
â—�Use a battery wit h the same case
size as the previous battery and an equivalent 20 h our rate capac-
ity (20HR) or greater.
• If the sizes differ, the battery can-
not be properly secured.
• If the 20 hour rate capacity is low,
even if the time p eriod where the
vehicle is not used is a short time,
the battery may discharge and the
engine may not be able to start.
â—�For details, cons ult your Toyota
dealer.
WARNING
â– When removing the battery terminals
Always remove the negative (-) terminal first. If the positive (+) ter-
minal contacts any metal in the
surrounding area when the posi-tive (+) terminal is removed, a
spark may occur, leading to a fire
in addition to ele ctrical shocks
and death or serious injury.
â– Avoiding battery fires or
explosions
Observe the following precautions to prevent accidentally igniting the
flammable gas that may be emit-ted from the battery:
â—�Make sure each jumper cable is
connected to the correct termi-
nal and that it is not unintention-ally in contact with any other
than the intended terminal.
â—�Do not allow the other end of
the jumper cable connected to the “+� terminal to come into
contact with any other parts or
metal surfaces in the area, such as brackets or unpainted metal.
https://www.MyCarManual.com”hh uh�”(hh�h}”ubŒ$a1b28a6f-770c-4788-b482-b1f874ce5017”h
)�”}”(h
}”(hNh}”(hhhMuhXÌ519 8-2. Steps to take in an emergency
COROLLA_U8When trouble arises1Stop the vehicle in a safe
place and turn off the air con-ditioning system, and then stop the engine.
2If you see steam: Carefully lift the hood after the steam sub-sides.If you do not see steam: Carefully lift the hood.
3After the engine has cooled down sufficiently, inspect the WARNING
â—�Do not allow the + and - clamps
of the jumper cables to come into contact with each other.
â—�Do not smoke, use matches,
cigarette lighters or allow open
flame near the battery.
â– Battery precautions
The battery contains poisonous
and corrosive acid ic electrolyte,
while related parts contain lead
and lead compounds. Observe
the following precautions when
handling the battery:
â—�When working with the battery, always wear safety glasses and
take care not to allow any bat-
tery fluids (acid) to come into contact with skin, clothing or the
vehicle body.
â—�Do not lean over the battery.
â—�In the event that battery fluid
comes into contact with the skin
or eyes, immediately wash the
affected area with water and
seek medical attention. Place a wet sponge or cloth over the
affected area until medical
attention can be received.
â—�Always wash your hands after handling the battery support,
terminals, and other bat-
tery-related parts.
â—�Do not allow child ren near the
battery.
NOTICE
â– When handling jumper cables
When connecting the jumper
cables, ensure that they do not
become entangled in the cooling fan or engine drive belt.If your vehicle over-
heats
The following may indicate
that your vehicle is over-heating.
�The engine coolant tem-perature gauge ( P.77, 81)
is in the red zone or a loss of engine power is experi-enced. (For example, the vehicle speed does not increase.)
�“Engine Coolant Temp High Stop in a Safe Place See Owner’s Manual� is shown on the multi-information dis-play.
�Steam comes out from under the hood.
Correction procedures
https://www.MyCarManual.com”hh uh�”(hh�h}”ubŒ$4f26c7d8-96a0-4578-adff-1212b21c1efb”h
)�”}”(h
}”(hNh}”(hhhMuhX520 8-2. Steps to take in an emergency
COROLLA_Uhoses and radiator core (radi-
ator) for any leaks.
Radiator
Cooling fan
If a large amount of coolant leaks,
immediately cont act your Toyota
dealer.
4The coolant level is satisfac-
tory if it is between the “FULL� and “LOW� lines on the reservoir.
Reservoir
“FULL� line
“LOW� line
5Add engine coolant if neces-
sary.
Water can be used in an emer-
gency if engine coolant is unavail-able.
6Start the engine and turn the
air conditioning system on to check that the radiator cool-ing fan operates and to check for coolant leaks from the radiator or hoses.
The fan operates when the air con-
ditioning system is turned on imme-
diately after a cold start. Confirm
that the fan is operating by check-ing the fan sound and air flow. If it is
difficult to check these, turn the air
conditioning system on and off repeatedly. (The fan may not oper-
ate in freezing temperatures.)
7If the fan is not operating:
Stop the engine immediately and contact your Toyota dealer.If the fan is operating: Have the vehicle inspected at the nearest Toyota dealer.
WARNING
â– When inspecting under the
hood of your vehicle
Observe the following precau-tions. Failure to do so may result
in serious injury such as burns.
https://www.MyCarManual.com”hh uh�”(hh�h}”ubŒ$4b878e6d-7bb2-46fd-886b-e6dc4a12ffe8”h
)�”}”(h
}”(hNh}”(hhhMuhX±521 8-2. Steps to take in an emergency
COROLLA_U8When trouble arises1Stop the engine. Set the
parking brake and shift the shift lever to P (continuously variable transmission) or N (manual transmission).
2Remove the mud, snow or sand from around the front wheels.
3Place wood, stones or some other material under the front wheels to help provide trac-tion.
4Restart the engine.
5Shift the shift lever to D or R (continuously variable trans-mission) or 1 or R (manual transmission) and release the parking brake. Then, while exercising caution, depress the accelerator pedal.
â– When it is difficult to free the
vehicle
Press the switch to turn off
TRAC.WARNING
â—�If steam is seen coming from
under the hood, do not open the
hood until the steam has sub-
sided. The engine compart-
ment may be very hot.
â—�Keep hands and clothing (espe-cially a tie, a scarf or a muffler)
away from the fan and belts.
Failure to do so m ay cause the
hands or clothing to be caught, resulting in serious injury.
â—�Do not loosen the coolant reser-
voir cap while the engine and
radiator are hot.High temperature steam or
coolant could spray out.
NOTICE
â– When adding engine coolant
Add coolant slowly after the
engine has cooled down suffi-
ciently. Adding cool coolant to a
hot engine too quickly can cause damage to the engine.
â– To prevent damage to the cooling system
Observe the following precau-tions:
â—�Avoid contaminating the coolant
with foreign matter (such as
sand or dust etc.).
â—�Do not use any coolant additive.If the vehicle becomes
stuck
Carry out the following pro-
cedures if the tires spin or the vehicle becomes stuck in mud, dirt or snow:
Recovering procedure
https://www.MyCarManual.com”hh uh�”(hh�h}”ubŒ$a3666df7-9107-4d18-8377-08f20a5670fc”h
)�”}”(h
}”(hNh}”(hhhM uhX’522 8-2. Steps to take in an emergency
COROLLA_UWARNING
â– When attempting to free a
stuck vehicle
If you choose to push the vehicle
back and forth to free it, make
sure the surrounding area is clear
to avoid striking other vehicles,
objects or people. The vehicle
may also lunge forward or lunge back suddenly as it becomes free.
Use extreme caution.
â– When shifting the shift lever
Be careful not to shift the shift lever with the ac celerator pedal
depressed.
This may lead to unexpected
rapid acceleration of the vehicle that may cause an accident resulting in death or serious injury.
NOTICE
â– To avoid damaging the trans-mission and other compo-
nents
â—�Avoid spinning the front wheels and depressing the accelerator
pedal more than necessary.
â—�If the vehicle remains stuck even after these procedures are
performed, the vehicle may
require towing to be freed.
https://www.MyCarManual.com”hh uh�”(hh�h}”ubŒ$4e997f02-e10b-41ac-9d2c-3af8cec2ed29”h
)�”}”(h
}”(hNh}”(hhhM
uhXt523
COROLLA_U9
9Vehicle specificationsVehicle specifications
.9-1. Specifications
Maintenance data (fuel, oil
level, etc.).................. 524
Fuel information .......... 535
Tire information ........... 537
9-2. Customization
Customizable features
.................................. 548
9-3. Initialization
Items to initialize ......... 556
https://www.MyCarManual.com”hh uh�”(hh�h}”ubŒ$5718a723-ba94-4ced-8d64-8ab1e0b51bd9”h
)�”}”(h
}”(hNh}”(hhhM uhX’524 9-1. Specifications
COROLLA_U9-1.Specifications
*1:Unladen vehicles
*2:1.8 L 4-cylinder (2ZR-FAE) engine
*3:2.0 L 4-cylinder (M20A-FKS) engine
â– Vehicle identification num-
ber
The vehicle identification num-ber (VIN) is the legal identifier for your vehicle. This is the pri-mary identification number for your Toyota. It is used in regis-tering the ownership of your vehicle.
This number is stamped under
the right-hand front seat.This number is also stamped on the top left of the instrument panel.Maintenance data (fuel, oil level, etc.)
Dimensions and weight
Overall length182.3 in. (4630 mm)*2
182.5 in. (4635 mm)*3
Overall width 70.1 in. (1780 mm)
Overall height*1 56.5 in. (1435 mm)
Wheelbase 106.3 in. (2700 mm)
TreadFront 60.3 in. (1531 mm)
Rear 60.8 in. (1544 mm)
Vehicle capacity weight
(Occupants + luggage)825 lb. (375 kg)*2
860 lb. (390 kg)*3
Vehicle identification
https://www.MyCarManual.com”hh uh�”(hh�h}”ubŒ$b9a67073-e41b-48f7-be87-1ca53fdb572b”h
)�”}”(h
}”(hNh}”(hhhM uhX•525 9-1. Specifications
COROLLA_U9Vehicle specificationsThis number is also on the Certi-
fication Label.
â– Engine number
The engine number is stamped on the engine block as shown.�1.8 L 4-cylinder (2ZR-FAE) engine
�2.0 L 4-cylinder (M20A-FKS) engine
Engine
Model 1.8 L 4-cylinder (2ZR-FAE)2.0 L 4-cylinder
(M20A-FKS)
Type4-cylinder in line, 4-cycle, gasoline 4-cylinder in line, 4-cycle, gasoline
Bore and stroke3.17 ï‚´ 3.48 in. (80.5 ï‚´ 88.3
mm)3.17 ï‚´ 3.84 in. (80.5 ï‚´ 97.6
mm)
Displacement 109.7 cu. in. (1798 cm3) 121.3 cu. in. (1987 cm3)
Valve clearance Automatic adjustment
Drive belt tension Automatic adjustment
https://www.MyCarManual.com”hh uh�”(hh�h}”ubŒ$d0518b9a-6703-41b2-9025-fd74dc201e66”h
)�”}”(h
}”(hNh}”(hhhM
uhX 526 9-1. Specifications
COROLLA_Uâ– Oil capacity (Drain and refill
[Reference*])
*: The engine oil capacity is a refer-
ence quantity to be used when
changing the engine oil. Warm up and turn off the engine, wait more than 5 minutes, and check the oil level on the dipstick.
â– Engine oil selection
“Toyota Genuine Motor Oil� is
used in your Toyota vehicle. Use Toyota approved “Toyota Genu-ine Motor Oil� or equivalent to satisfy the following grade and viscosity.
Oil grade: ILSAC GF-5 multi-
grade engine oil
Recommended viscosity: SAE
0W-20
SAE 0W-20 is the best choice
for good fuel economy and good starting in cold weather.
If SAE 0W-20 is not available,
SAE 5W-20 oil may be used. However, it must be replaced with SAE 0W-20 at the next oil change.
Recommended viscosity (SAE):
Outside temperature
Oil viscosity (0W-20 is explained
here as an example):• The 0W in 0W-20 indicates
the characteristic of the oil which allows cold startability. Oils with a lower value before the W allow for easier starting of the engine in cold weather.
• The 20 in 0W-20 indicates the
viscosity characteristic of the oil when the oil is at high tem-perature. An oil with a higher viscosity (one with a higher Fuel
Fuel type Unleaded gasoline only
Octane Rating87 (Research Octane Number 91) or
higher
Fuel tank capacity(Reference)13.2 gal. (50.0 L, 11.0 Imp. gal.)
Lubrication system (1.8 L 4-cylinder [2ZR-FAE]
engine)
With filter4.4 qt. (4.2 L, 3.7 Imp.
qt.)
Without filter 4.1 qt. (3.9 L, 3.4 Imp. qt.)
https://www.MyCarManual.com”hh uh�”(hh�h}”ubŒ$602bea23-f33a-481d-af79-c06a0c4a6d34”h
)�”}”(h
}”(hNh}”(hhhMuhX{527 9-1. Specifications
COROLLA_U9Vehicle specificationsvalue) may be better suited if
the vehicle is operated at high speeds, or under extreme load conditions.
How to read oil container label:
The International Lubricant
Specification Advisory Commit-tee (ILSAC) Certification Mark is added to some oil containers to help you select the oil you should use.
â– Oil capacity (Drain and refill
[Reference*])
*: The engine oil capacity is a refer-
ence quantity to be used when
changing the engine oil. Warm up and turn off the engine, wait more than 5 minutes, and check the oil level on the dipstick.
â– Engine oil selection
“Toyota Genuine Motor Oil� is used in your Toyota vehicle. Use
Toyota approved “Toyota Genu-ine Motor Oil� or equivalent to satisfy the following grade and viscosity.
Oil grade: API SN/RC multi-
grade engine oil
Recommended viscosity: SAE
0W-16
Outside temperature
SAE 0W-16 is the best choice for good fuel economy and good starting in cold weather.
If SAE 0W-16 is not available,
SAE 0W-20 oil may be used. However, it must be replaced with SAE 0W-16 at the next oil change.
Oil viscosity (0W-16 is explained
here as an example):• The 0W in 0W-16 indicates
the characteristic of the oil which allows cold startability. Oils with a lower value before the W allow for easier starting of the engine in cold weather.
• The 16 in 0W-16 indicates the
viscosity characteristic of the oil when the oil is at high tem-perature. An oil with a higher Lubrication system (2.0 L
4-cylinder [M20A-FKS] engine)
With filter4.9 qt. (4.6 L, 4.0 Imp.
qt.)
Without
filter4.5 qt. (4.3 L, 3.8 Imp. qt.)
https://www.MyCarManual.com”hh uh�”(hh�h}”ubŒ$7858640d-b8cb-4e2c-b568-2442b4e3d7f0”h
)�”}”(h
}”(hNh}”(hhhMuhXM528 9-1. Specifications
COROLLA_Uviscosity (one with a higher
value) may be better suited if the vehicle is operated at high speeds, or under extreme load conditions.
How to read oil container label:
API registered marks is added
to some oil containers to help you select the oil you should use.
Cooling system
Capacity (Reference)�1.8 L 4-cylinder (2ZR-FAE) engine
Continuously variable transmission:
6.1 qt. (5.8 L, 5.1 Imp. qt.)
Manual transmission:
5.9 qt. (5.6 L, 4.9 Imp. qt.)
�2.0 L 4-cylinder (M20A-FKS) engine
Continuously variable transmission:6.6 qt. (6.2 L, 5.5 Imp. qt.)
Manual transmission:
6.2 qt. (5.9 L, 5.2 Imp. qt.)
Coolant typeUse either o f the following:
“Toyota Super Long Life Coolant�
ï‚·Similar high-quality et hylene glycol-based
non-silicate, non -amine, non-nitrite, and
non-borate coolant with long-life hybrid organic acid technology
Do not use pla in water alone.
Ignition system (spark plug)
Make�1.8 L 4-cylinder (2ZR-FAE) engine
DENSO FC16HR-Q8
�2.0 L 4-cylinder (M20A-FKS) engine
DENSO FC20HR-Q8
Gap 0.032 in. (0.8 mm)
https://www.MyCarManual.com”hh uh�”(hh�h}”ubŒ$35211a59-a190-4827-bbe7-b55de3cbb72a”h
)�”}”(h
}”(hNh}”(hhhMuhX"529 9-1. Specifications
COROLLA_U9Vehicle specifications*: The fluid capacity is a reference quantity.
If replacement is necessary, contact your Toyota dealer.NOTICE
â– Iridium-tipped spark plugs
Use only iridium-tipped spark plugs. Do not adjust the spark pl ug gap.
Electrical system (battery)
Open voltage at 68°F (20°C):12.3 V or higher
(Turn the engine switch off and turn on the
high beam headlights for 30 seconds.)
Charging rates
Quick charge
Slow charge15 A max.5 A max.
Continuously variable transmission
Fluid capacity*�1.8 L 4-cylinder (2ZR-FAE) engine
7.9 qt. (7.5 L, 6.6 Imp. qt.)
�2.0 L 4-cylinder (M20A-FKS) engine
9.0 qt. (8.5 L, 7.5 Imp. qt.)
Fluid type Toyota Genuine CVT Fluid FE
NOTICE
â– Continuously variable transmission fluid type
Using continuously variable transmission fluid other than “Toyo ta Genuine
CVT Fluid FE� may cause deterioration in shift quality, locking up of trans-
mission accompanied by vibration and, ultimately, damage to the vehicle’s
transmission.
Manual transmission
Gear oil capacity (Reference)�1.8 L 4-cylinder (2ZR-FAE) engine
2.5 qt. (2.4 L, 2.1 Imp. qt.)
�2.0 L 4-cylinder (M20A-FKS) engine
1.6 qt. (1.5 L, 1.3 Imp. qt.)
Gear oil type“TOYOTA Genuine Manual Transmission
Gear Oil LV GL-4 75W� or equivalent
https://www.MyCarManual.com”hh uh�”(hh�h}”ubŒ$bc4782b3-e97f-4a0b-b2f9-33a93ba177d1”h
)�”}”(h
}”(hNh}”(hhhMuhX530 9-1. Specifications
COROLLA_UNOTICE
â– Manual transmissi on gear oil type
â—�Please be aware that depending on the particular characteristic s of the
gear oil used or the operating conditions, idle sound, shift fe eling and/or
fuel efficiency may be different or affected and , in the worst case, dam-
age to the vehicle’s transmission.
Toyota recommends to use “TOYO TA Genuine Manual Transmission
Gear Oil LV GL-4 75W� to achieve optimal performance.
�Your Toyota vehicle is filled with “TOYOTA Genuine Manual Trans mis-
sion Gear Oil LV GL-4 75W� at the factory.
Use Toyota approved “TOYOTA Ge nuine Manual Transmission Gear Oi l
LV GL-4 75W� or an equivalent oil of matching qua lity that sati sfies the
above specifications.Please contact your Toyota dealer for further details.
Clutch
Pedal free play 0.1  0.6 in. (3  15 mm)
Fluid typeFMVSS No.116 DOT 3 or SAE J1703
FMVSS No.116 DOT 4 or SAE J1704
Brakes
Pedal clearance*1 4.1 in. (105 mm) Min.
Pedal free play 0.04  0.24 in. (1  6 mm)
Parking brake lever travel*2, 3 5  8 clicks
Brake pad wear limit�Front
0.06 in. (1.5 mm)
�Rear
Vehicles without a electric parking brake:
0.06 in. (1.5 mm)
Vehicles with a electric parking brake:
0.08 in. (2.0 mm)
https://www.MyCarManual.com”hh uh�”(hh�h}”ubŒ$fb0164a1-d1e2-48d0-828a-052a09b08efb”h
)�”}”(h
}”(hNh}”(hhhMuhXf531 9-1. Specifications
COROLLA_U9Vehicle specifications*1:Minimum pedal clearance when de pressed with a force of 67.4 lb f (300
N, 30.6 kgf) while the engine is running.
*2:If equipped
*3:Parking brake lever travel when pulled up with a force of 45.0 lbf (200 N,
20.4 kgf)
*4:Make sure to confirm that the brake system warning light (yell ow) does
not illuminate. (If th e brake system warning light illuminates, refer to
P.481.)
�Type AParking brake indicator*4When pulling th e parking brake switch for
1 to 2 seconds: comes on
When pushing the parking brake switch for
1 to 2 seconds: turns off
Fluid typeFMVSS No.116 DOT 3 or SAE J1703
FMVSS No.116 DOT 4 or SAE J1704
Steering
Free play Less than 1.2 in. (30 mm)
Tires and wheels
Tire size 195/65R15 91S, T125/70D17 98M
Tire inflation pressure(Recommended cold tire inflation pressure)�Front
38 psi (260 kPa, 2.6 kgf/cm2 or bar)
�Rear
36 psi (250 kPa, 2.5 kgf/cm2 or bar)
�Spare
60 psi (420 kPa, 4.2 kgf/cm2 or bar)
Wheel size 15 ï‚´ 6 1/2J, 17 ï‚´ 4T (compact spare)
Wheel nut torque 76 ft•lbf (103 N•m, 10.5 kgf•m)
https://www.MyCarManual.com”hh uh�”(hh�h}”ubŒ$8fa1e4be-980c-4028-beda-1d1fb9535cc2”h
)�”}”(h
}”(hNh}”(hhhMuhXe532 9-1. Specifications
COROLLA_U�Type B
�Type C
�Type DTire size 205/55R16 91H, T125/70D17 98M
Tire inflation pressure
(Recommended cold tire inflation pressure)�Front
35 psi (240 kPa, 2.4 kgf/cm2 or bar)
�Rear
33 psi (230 kPa, 2.3 kgf/cm2 or bar)
�Spare
60 psi (420 kPa, 4.2 kgf/cm2 or bar)
Wheel size 16 ï‚´ 7J, 17 ï‚´ 4T (compact spare)
Wheel nut torque 76 ft•lbf (103 N•m, 10.5 kgf•m)
Tire size 205/55R16 91V, T125/70D17 98M
Tire inflation pressure(Recommended cold tire inflation pressure)�Front
32 psi (220 kPa, 2.2 kgf/cm2 or bar)
�Rear
32 psi (220 kPa, 2.2 kgf/cm2 or bar)
�Spare
60 psi (420 kPa, 4.2 kgf/cm2 or bar)
Wheel size 16 ï‚´ 7J, 17 ï‚´ 4T (compact spare)
Wheel nut torque 76 ft•lbf (103 N•m, 10.5 kgf•m)
Tire size 225/40R18 88V, T125/70D17 98M
Tire inflation pressure(Recommended cold tire inflation pressure)�Front
33 psi (230 kPa, 2.3 kgf/cm2 or bar)
�Rear
30 psi (210 kPa, 2.1 kgf/cm2 or bar)
�Spare
60 psi (420 kPa, 4.2 kgf/cm2 or bar)
Wheel size 18 ï‚´ 8J, 17 ï‚´ 4T (compact spare)
Wheel nut torque 76 ft•lbf (103 N•m, 10.5 kgf•m)
https://www.MyCarManual.com”hh uh�”(hh�h}”ubŒ$b454b670-90a7-43c2-addb-430ca4d3194f”h
)�”}”(h
}”(hNh}”(hhhMuhX—533 9-1. Specifications
COROLLA_U9Vehicle specifications�Type E
�Type FTire size 195/65R15 91S
Tire inflation pressure
(Recommended cold tire inflation pressure)�Front
38 psi (260 kPa, 2.6 kgf/cm2 or bar)
�Rear
36 psi (250 kPa, 2.5 kgf/cm2 or bar)
�Spare
None
Wheel size 15 ï‚´ 6 1/2J
Wheel nut torque 76 ft•lbf (103 N•m, 10.5 kgf•m)
Tire size 205/55R16 91H
Tire inflation pressure(Recommended cold tire inflation pressure)�Front
35 psi (240 kPa, 2.4 kgf/cm2 or bar)
�Rear
33 psi (230 kPa, 2.3 kgf/cm2 or bar)
�Spare
None
Wheel size 16 ï‚´ 7J
Wheel nut torque 76 ft•lbf (103 N•m, 10.5 kgf•m)
Light bulbs
Light bulbs Bulb No. W Type
ExteriorFront side marker lights — 5 A
Front turn signal /parking lights (vehicles without side turn signal lights)
7444NA 28/8 B
Rear side marker lights (bulb type)— 5 A
Rear turn signal lights — 21 B
Back-up lights — 16 A
https://www.MyCarManual.com”hh uh�”(hh�h}”ubŒ$8c7c9b8c-bfc4-4636-bec5-0f432cc6d7dc”h
)�”}”(h
}”(hNh}”(hhhMuhX,534 9-1. Specifications
COROLLA_UA: Wedge base bulbs (clear)
B: Wedge base bulbs (amber)
C: Double end bulbsInteriorFront interior lights/personal
lights— 5 A
Vanity lights (if equipped) — 8 A
Rear interior light — 8 C
Trunk light — 5 ALight bulbs Bulb No. W Type
https://www.MyCarManual.com”hh uh�”(hh�h}”ubŒ$1053a065-bee1-49b8-8425-ff445fc982a9”h
)�”}”(h
}”(hNh}”(hhhMuhX­ 535 9-1. Specifications
COROLLA_U9Vehicle specificationsâ– Gasoline quality
In very few cases, driveability prob-
lems may be caused by the brand of
gasoline you are using. If driveability
problems persist, try changing the
brand of gasoline. If this does not correct the problem, consult your
Toyota dealer.
â– Recommendation of the use of
gasoline containing detergent additives
â—�Toyota recomme nds the use of
gasoline that contains detergent additives to avoid the build-up of
engine deposits.
â—�All gasoline sold in the U.S.A. con-tains minimum detergent additives
to clean and/or keep clean intake systems, per EPA’s lowest addi-
tives concentration program.
â—�Toyota strongly recommends the use of Top Tier Detergent Gaso-
line. For more information on Top Tier Detergent Gasoline and a list
of marketers, please go to the offi-
cial website www.toptiergas.com.â– Recommendation of the use of low emissions gasoline
Gasolines containing oxygenates such as ethers and ethanol, as well
as reformulated gasolines, are avail-
able in some cities. These fuels are typically acceptable for use, provid-
ing they meet other fuel require-
ments.
Toyota recommends these fuels,
since the formulations allow for reduced vehicle emissions.
â– Non-recommendation of the
use of blended gasoline
â—�Use only gasoline containing up to 15% ethanol.
DO NOT use any flex-fuel or gas-oline that could contain more than
15% ethanol, including from any
pump labeled E30 (30% ethanol
[ ]), E50 (50% ethanol [ ]), E85
(85% ethanol [ ]) (which are only
some examples of f uel containing
more than 15% ethanol).
â—�If you use gasohol in your vehicle, be sure that it has an octane rat-
ing no lower than 87.
â—�Toyota does not recommend the use of gasoline containing metha-
nol.
â– Non-recommendation of the use of gasoline containing MMT
Some gasoline contains an octane enhancing additive called MMT
(Methylcyclopentadienyl Manga-
nese Tricarbonyl).
Toyota does not re commend the use
of gasoline that contains MMT. If
fuel containing MMT is used, your
emission control system may be Fuel information
You must only use unleaded
gasoline.Select octane rating of 87 (Research Octane Number 91) or higher. Use of unleaded gasoline with an octane rating lower than 87 may result in engine knock-ing. Persistent knocking can lead to engine damage.
At minimum, the gasoline you use should meet the specifica-tions of ASTM D4814 in the U.S.A.
https://www.MyCarManual.com”hh uh�”(hh�h}”ubŒ$7d00c4a9-67f2-4e47-8f1b-531b02d4ca41”h
)�”}”(h
}”(hNh}”(hhhMuhXD536 9-1. Specifications
COROLLA_Uadversely affected.
The malfunction indicator lamp on
the instrument cluster may come on. If this happens, contact your Toyota
dealer for service.
â– If your engine knocks
â—�Consult your Toyota dealer.
â—�You may occasionally notice light
knocking for a short time while
accelerating or dr iving uphill. This
is normal and there is no need for
concern.
NOTICE
â– Notice on fuel quality
â—�Do not use impro per fuels. If
improper fuels are used, the
engine will be damaged.
â—�Do not use leaded gasoline.
Leaded gasoline can cause damage to your vehicle’s
three-way catalytic converters
causing the emission control system to malfunction.
â—�Do not use gasohol other than
the type previously stated.
Other gasohol may cause fuel system damage or vehicle per-
formance problems.
â—�Using unleaded gasoline with
an octane number or rating lower than the l evel previously
stated will cause persistent heavy knocking.At worst, this will lead to engine
damage.
â– Fuel-related poor driveability
If poor driveability (poor hot start-ing, vaporization, engine knock-
ing, etc.) is encountered after using a different type of fuel, dis-
continue the use of that type of
fuel.â– When refueling with gasohol
Take care not to s pill gasohol. It
can damage your vehicle’s paint.
https://www.MyCarManual.com”hh uh�”(hh�h}”ubŒ$7d3a1f80-eb83-4a14-84a2-2feb95263cbe”h
)�”}”(h
}”(hNh}”(hhhMuhX 537 9-1. Specifications
COROLLA_U9Vehicle specifications�Full-size tire
Tire size ( ï‚®P.539)
DOT and Tire Identification Number (TIN) ( ï‚®P.539)
Uniform tire quality grading
For details, see “Uniform Tire Quality Grading� that follows.
Location of treadwear indicators ( ï‚®P.444)
Tire ply composition and materials
Plies are layers of rubber-coat ed parallel cords. Cords are the strands
which form the pl ies in a tire.
Radial tires or bias-ply tires
A radial tire has “RADIAL� on th e sidewall. A tire not marked “ RADIAL� is a
bias-ply tire.
TUBELESS or TUBE TYPE
A tubeless tire does not have a tube and air is directly put in to the tire. A
tube type tire has a tube inside t he tire and the tube maintains the air pres-
sure.
Load limit at maximum cold tire inflation pressure (ï‚® P.445)
Maximum cold tire inflation pressure ( ï‚®P.531)
This means the pressure to w hich a tire may be inflated.
Summer tires or all season tires (ï‚® P.445)Tire information
Typical tire symbols
https://www.MyCarManual.com”hh uh�”(hh�h}”ubŒ$daff0ece-351f-4f1c-91bd-014cac7669fc”h
)�”}”(h
}”(hNh}”(hhhMuhXa538 9-1. Specifications
COROLLA_UAn all season tire has “M+S� on the sidewal l. A tire not marked “M+S� is a
summer tire.
�Compact spare tire
“TEMPORARY USE ONLY�
A compact spare tire is identifi ed by the phrase “TEMPORARY USE ONLY�
molded on its sidewall. This tire is designed for temporary eme rgency use
only.
Tire size ( ï‚®P.539)
DOT and Tire Identification Number (TIN) ( ï‚®P.539)
Load limit at maximum cold tire inflation pressure (ï‚® P.445)
Location of treadwear indicators ( ï‚®P.444)
Maximum cold tire inflation pressure ( ï‚®P.531)
This means the pressure to w hich a tire may be inflated.
Tire ply composition and materials
Plies are layers of rubber-coat ed parallel cords. Cords are the strands
which form the pl ies in a tire.
TUBELESS or TUBE TYPE
A tubeless tire does not have a tube and air is directly put in to the tire. A
tube type tire has a tube inside t he tire and the tube maintains the air pres-
sure.
Radial tires or bias-ply tires
A radial tire has “RADIAL� on th e sidewall. A tire not marked “ RADIAL� is a
bias-ply tire.
https://www.MyCarManual.com”hh uh�”(hh�h}”ubŒ$cd2194c9-e19d-4bbc-9148-e40449944dcf”h
)�”}”(h
}”(hNh}”(hhhMuhX539 9-1. Specifications
COROLLA_U9Vehicle specifications�Type A
DOT symbol*
Tire Identification Number
(TIN)
Tire manufacturer’s identifi-
cation mark
Tire size codeManufacturer’s optional tire
type code (3 or 4 letters)
Manufacturing week
Manufacturing year
*: The DOT symbol certifies that the
tire conforms to applicable Fed-
eral Motor Vehicle Safety Stan-dards.
�Type BDOT symbol*
Tire Identification Number
(TIN)
Tire manufacturer’s identifi-
cation mark
Manufacturer’s codeManufacturing weekManufacturing year
*: The DOT symbol ce rtifies that the
tire conforms to applicable Fed-
eral Motor Vehicle Safety Stan-
dards.
â– Typical tire size information
The illustration indicates typical
tire size.
Tire use (P = Passenger car, T = Temporary use)
Section width (millimeters)
Aspect ratio (tire height to
section width)
Tire construction code (R =
Radial, D = Diagonal)
Wheel diameter (inches)Load index (2 digits or 3 dig-
its)Typical DOT and Tire
Identification Number
(TIN)
Tire size
https://www.MyCarManual.com”hh uh�”(hh�h}”ubŒ$e26ce9cd-8b72-472d-b781-6ae18b5a1566”h
)�”}”(h
}”(hNh}”(hhhMuhX¯540 9-1. Specifications
COROLLA_USpeed symbol (alphabet with
one letter)
â– Tire dimensions
Section width
Tire heightWheel diameter
Bead
SidewallShoulderTreadBelt
Inner liner
Reinforcing rubberCarcassRim linesBead wiresChafer
This information has been pre-
pared in accordance with regu-lations issued by the National Highway Traffic Safety Adminis-
tration of the U.S. Department of
Transportation.
It provides the purchasers
and/or prospective purchasers of Toyota vehicles with informa-tion on uniform tire quality grad-ing.
Your Toyota dealer will help answer
any questions you may have as you read this information.
â– DOT quality grades
All passenger vehicle tires must
conform to Federal Safety Requirements in addition to these grades. Quality grades can be found where applicable on the tire sidewall between tread shoulder and maximum section width.
For example: Treadwear 200 Trac-
tion AA Temperature A
â– Treadwear
The treadwear grade is a com-
parative rating based on the wear rate of the tire when tested under controlled conditions on a specified government test course.
For example, a tire graded 150 Tire section namesUniform Tire Quality
Grading
https://www.MyCarManual.com”hh uh�”(hh�h}”ubŒ$25a8cd3d-f640-443d-9872-65a15b5d8ee7”h
)�”}”(h
}”(hNh}”(hhhMuhX‰541 9-1. Specifications
COROLLA_U9Vehicle specificationswould wear one and a half (1 - 1/2)
times as well on the government course as a tire graded 100.The relative perfo rmance of tires
depends upon the actual conditions of their use. Performance may differ significantly from the norm due to variations in driving habits, service practices and differences in road characteristics and climate.
â– Traction AA, A, B, C
The traction grades, from high-
est to lowest, are AA, A, B and C, and they represent the tire’s ability to stop on wet pavement as measured under controlled conditions on specified govern-ment test surfaces of asphalt and concrete.
A tire marked C may have poor
traction performance.
Warning: The traction grade
assigned to this tire is based on braking (straight ahead) traction tests and does not include corner-ing (turning) traction.
â– Temperature A, B, C
The temperature grades are A (the highest), B, and C, repre-
senting the tire’s resistance to the generation of heat and its ability to dissipate heat when tested under controlled condi-tions on a specified indoor labo-ratory test wheel.
Sustained high temperature can
cause the material of the tire to
degenerate and reduce tire life, and excessive temperature can lead to sudden tire failure.
Grade C corresponds to a level of
performance which all passenger car tires must meet under the Fed-eral Motor Vehicle Safety Standard No. 109.
Grades B and A represent higher
levels of performance on the labo-ratory test wheel than the minimum required by law.
Warning: The temperature grades
of a tire assume tha t it is properly
inflated and not overloaded.
Excessive speed, underinflation, or
excessive loading, either sepa-rately or in combination, can cause heat buildup and possible tire fail-ure.
Glossary of tire terminology
Tire related term Meaning
Cold tire infl ation pressureTire pressure when the vehicle has been parked for three hours or more, or has not
been driven more than 1 mile or 1.5 km
under that condition
Maximum inflation pressureThe maximum cold inf lated pressure to
which a tire may be inflated, shown on the sidewall of the tire
https://www.MyCarManual.com”hh uh�”(hh�h}”ubŒ$0509753f-2d1c-47aa-b006-40491807d2c4”h
)�”}”(h
}”(hNh}”(hhhMuhXÃ542 9-1. Specifications
COROLLA_URecommended inflation pres-
sureCold tire inflation pressure recommended by a manufacturer
Accessory weightThe combined weight (in excess of those
standard items which may be replaced) of automatic transmission, power steering, power brakes, power windows, power seats, radio and heater, to the extent that these items are available as fac-tory-installed equipment (whether installed or not)
Curb weightThe weight of a motor vehicle with stan-dard equipment, including the maximum capacity of fuel, oil and coolant, and if so equipped, air conditioning and additional weight optional engine
Maximum loaded vehicle weightThe sum of:
(a) Curb weight
(b) Accessory weight(c) Vehicle capacity weight
(d) Production options weight
Normal occupant weight150 lb. (68 kg) times the number of occu-
pants specified in the second column of
Table 1* that follows
Occupant distributionDistribution of occupan ts in a vehicle as
specified in the thi rd column of Table 1*
below
Production options weightThe combined weight o f installed regular
production options weighing over 5 lb. (2.3
kg) in excess of the s tandard items which
they replace, not previously considered in curb weight or accessory weight, including heavy duty brakes, ride levelers, roof rack, heavy duty battery, and special trim
RimA metal support for a tire or a tire and tube assembly upon which the tire beads are seatedTire related term Meaning
https://www.MyCarManual.com”hh uh�”(hh�h}”ubŒ$f0a14cb5-a0c4-492b-bf01-9e8d51a10b9b”h
)�”}”(h
}”(hNh}”(hhhMuhX9543 9-1. Specifications
COROLLA_U9Vehicle specificationsRim diameter (Wheel diame-
ter)Nominal diameter of the bead seat
Rim size designation Rim diameter and width
Rim type designationThe industry manufacturer’s designation for a rim by style or code
Rim width Nominal distance be tween rim flanges
Vehicle capacity weight (Total load capacity)The rated cargo and luggage load plus 150 lb. (68 kg) times the vehicle’s designated seating capacity
Vehicle maximum load on the tireThe load on an individual tire that is deter-mined by distributing to each axle its share of the maximum loaded vehicle weight, and dividing by two
Vehicle normal load on the tireThe load on an individual tire that is deter-mined by distributing to each axle its share of curb weight, accessory weight, and nor-mal occupant weight (distributed in accor-
dance with Table 1
* below), and dividing by
two
Weather sideThe surface area of the rim not covered by
the inflated tire
BeadThe part of the tire that is made of steel wires, wrapped or rein forced by ply cords
and that is shaped to fit the rim
Bead separationA breakdown of the bond between compo-nents in the bead
Bias ply tireA pneumatic tire in which the ply cords that extend to the beads are laid at alternate angles substantially l ess than 90 degrees
to the centerlin e of the tread
CarcassThe tire structure, ex cept tread and side-
wall rubber which, when inflated, bears the load
ChunkingThe breaking away of pieces of the tread or sidewall
Cord The strands forming the plies in the tireTire related term Meaning
https://www.MyCarManual.com”hh uh�”(hh�h}”ubŒ$632d8f11-2053-4962-896c-46a126da5962”h
)�”}”(h
}”(hNh}”(hhhMuhXf544 9-1. Specifications
COROLLA_UCord separationThe parting of cords f rom adjacent rubber
compounds
CrackingAny parting within the tread, sidewall, or
innerliner of the ti re extending to cord
material
CTA pneumatic tire with an inverted flange tire and rim system i n which the rim is
designed with rim flanges pointed radially inward and the tire is designed to fit on the underside of the rim in a manner that encloses the rim flanges inside the air cav-ity of the tire
Extra load tireA tire designed to operate at higher loads and at higher inflation pressures than the corresponding standard tire
Groove The space between two adjacent tread ribs
InnerlinerThe layer(s) forming th e inside surface of a
tubeless tire that contains the inflating medium within the tire
Innerliner separationThe parting of the innerliner from cord material in the carcass
Intended outboard sidewall(a) The sidewall that contains a whitewall, bears white lettering, or bears manufac-turer, brand, and/or model name molding that is higher or deeper than the same molding on the other sidewall of the tire, or
(b) The outward facing sidewall of an
asymmetrical tire that has a particular side that must always fa ce outward when
mounted on a vehicle
Light truck (LT) tireA tire designated by i ts manufacturer as
primarily intended for use on lightweight trucks or multipurpose passenger vehicles
Load ratingThe maximum load that a tire is rated to
carry for a given inflation pressure
Maximum load ratingThe load rating for a tire at the maximum
permissible inflation pressure for that tireTire related term Meaning
https://www.MyCarManual.com”hh uh�”(hh�h}”ubŒ$9413bd61-e93c-4546-8dbf-2c3b4657bab5”h
)�”}”(h
}”(hNh}”(hhhM uhXw545 9-1. Specifications
COROLLA_U9Vehicle specificationsMaximum permissible inflation
pressureThe maximum cold inflation pressure to which a tire may be inflated
Measuring rimThe rim on which a tire is fitted for physical dimension requirements
Open spliceAny parting at any junct ion of tread, side-
wall, or innerliner that extends to cord material
Outer diameter The overall diameter of an inflated new tire
Overall widthThe linear distance bet ween the exteriors
of the sidewalls of an inflated tire, including elevations due to labe ling, decorations, or
protective bands or ribs
Passenger car tireA tire intended for us e on passenger cars,
multipurpose passenger vehicles, and trucks, that have a gross vehicle weight rating (GVWR) of 10,000 lb. or less.
Ply A layer of rubber-coated parallel cords
Ply separationA parting of rubber compound between adjacent plies
Pneumatic tireA mechanical device made of rubber, chemicals, fabric and steel or other materi-als, that, when mount ed on an automotive
wheel, provides the tr action and contains
the gas or fluid that sustains the load
Radial ply tireA pneumatic tire in which the ply cords that extend to the beads are laid at substan-tially 90 degrees to the centerline of the
tread
Reinforced tireA tire designed to operate at higher loads and at higher inflation pressures than the corresponding standard tire
Section widthThe linear distance bet ween the exteriors
of the sidewalls of an inflated tire, exclud-
ing elevations due to labeling, decoration, or protective bands
SidewallThat portion of a ti re between the tread
and beadTire related term Meaning
https://www.MyCarManual.com”hh uh�”(hh�h}”ubŒ$425c7313-c8c5-42ed-9d93-58d35cb0f3fe”h
)�”}”(h
}”(hNh}”(hhhM!uhX·546 9-1. Specifications
COROLLA_U*: Table 1 -Occupant loading and di stribution for vehicle normal load for var-
ious designated seating capacitiesSidewall separationThe parting of the rubber compound from
the cord materia l in the sidewall
Snow tireA tire that attains a traction index equal to or greater than 110, compared to the ASTM E-1136 Standard Reference Test Tire, when using the snow traction test as described in ASTM F-1805-00, Standard Test Method for Single Wheel Driving Trac-tion in a Straight Line on Snow-and Ice-Covered Surfaces, and which is
marked with an Alpine Symbol ( ) on at
least one sidewall
Test rimThe rim on which a tire is fitted for testing,
and may be any rim lis ted as appropriate
for use with that tire
TreadThat portion of a tire that comes into con-
tact with the road
Tread ribA tread section running circumferentially
around a tire
Tread separationPulling away of the tread from the tire car-
cass
Treadwear indicators (TWI)The projections wit hin the principal
grooves designed to g ive a visual indica-
tion of the degrees of wear of the tread
Wheel-holding fixtureThe fixture used to hol d the wheel and tire
assembly securely during testingTire related term Meaning
Designated seating
capacity, Number of
occupantsVehicle normal load,
Number of occupantsOccupant distribution in
a normally loaded vehi-
cle
2 through 4 2 2 in front
5 through 10 32 in front, 1 in second
seat
https://www.MyCarManual.com”hh uh�”(hh�h}”ubŒ$ebe1bb88-a812-44aa-b3df-e0c8dbcddee2”h
)�”}”(h
}”(hNh}”(hhhM"uhX…547 9-1. Specifications
COROLLA_U9Vehicle specifications11 through 15 52 in front, 1 in second
seat, 1 in third seat, 1 in
fourth seat
16 through 20 72 in front, 2 in second
seat, 2 in third seat, 1 in
fourth seatDesignated seating
capacity, Number of
occupantsVehicle normal load,
Number of occupantsOccupant distribution in
a normally loaded vehi-
cle
https://www.MyCarManual.com”hh uh�”(hh�h}”ubŒ$6987b40f-5c1a-4583-b390-02d1536084d4”h
)�”}”(h
}”(hNh}”(hhhM#uhX×548 9-2. Customization
COROLLA_U9-2.Customization
â– Changing by using the
audio system screen
1Press the “MENU� button.
2Select “Setup� on the “Menu� screen.
3Select “General� or “Vehicle� on the “Setup� screen.
Various setting can be changed.
Refer to the list o f settings that can
be changed for details.
â– Changing by using the
meter control switches
1Press or of the meter
control switch to select .2Press or of the meter
control switch to select the
desired item to be custom-ized.
3Press or press and hold .
The available settings will differ
depending on if is pressed or
pressed and held. Follow the
instructions on the display.
Some function settings are changed simultaneously with other func-
tions being customized. Contact y our Toyota dealer for further
details.
Settings that can be changed using the audio system screen
Settings that can be changed using the meter control switchesCustomizable features
Your vehicle includes a vari-
ety of electronic features that can be personalized to suit your preferences. The settings of these features can be changed using the multi-information display, the audio system screen, or at your Toyota dealer.
Customizing vehicle fea-
tures
WARNING
â– During customization
As the engine needs to be run-
ning during customization, ensure that the vehicle is parked in a
place with adequate ventilation. In
a closed area such as a garage, exhaust gases in cluding harmful
carbon monoxide (CO) may col-lect and enter the vehicle. This may lead to death or a serious
health hazard.
NOTICE
â– During customization
To prevent batte ry discharge,
ensure that the engine is running while customizing features.
Customizable features
https://www.MyCarManual.com”•xhh uh�”(hh�h}”ubŒ$c5174f78-0885-41aa-91f6-e4c91bd7fa72”h
)�”}”(h
}”(hNh}”(hhhM$uhXV549 9-2. Customization
COROLLA_U9Vehicle specificationsSettings that can be changed by your Toyota dealer
Definition of symbols: O = Av ailable, — = Not available
â– Gauges, meters and multi-information display ( ï‚®P.72, 77, 81,
86)
*1:For details about each function: ï‚®P.90
*2:The default setting varies according to country.Function*1 Default setting Customized setting
Language EnglishFrench
OO—
Spanish
Units*2 miles (MPG)km (km/L)
—O—km (L/100 km)
miles (MPG Impe-
rial)
Speedometer display*3 Analog Digital —O—
Eco Driving Indicator
Light*4On Off —O—
Fuel economy displayTotal average
(Average fuel
consumption
[after reset])Trip average (Aver-
age fuel consump-
tion [after start])
—O—Tank average
(Average fuel con-
sumption [after
refuel])
Audio system linked dis-
playOn Off —O—
Drive information type After start After reset —O—
Drive information items (First item)DistanceAverage vehicle
speed—O—
Elapsed time
Drive information items (Second item)Elapsed timeAverage vehicle
speed—O—
Distance
Pop-up display On Off —O—
https://www.MyCarManual.com”hh uh�”(hh�h}”ubŒ$a648cde3-54ba-4dd4-b9dc-ca478694ff71”h
)�”}”(h
}”(hNh}”(hhhM%uhXW550 9-2. Customization
COROLLA_U*3:7-inch display
*4:If equipped
â– Door lock ( ï‚®P.103, 108, 513)
*: Vehicles with a continuous ly variable transmission
â– Smart key system* and wireless remote control* (ï‚®P.103, 111)Function Default setting Customized setting
Unlocking using a keyDriver’s door
unlocked in
one step, all
doors
unlocked in
two stepAll doors unlocked
in one step—— O
Automatic door locking
function*Shift position
linked door
locking opera-
tionOff
O— OSpeed linked door
locking operation
Automatic door unlock-ing function
*Shift position
linked door
unlocking
operationOff
O— ODriver’s door linked
door unlocking
operation
Locking/unlocking of the
trunk when all doors are locked/unlocked On Off —— O
Function Default setting Customized setting
Operating signal (Buzz-ers)5Off
O— O
1 to 7
Operation signal (Emer-gency flashers)On Off O— O
Time elapsed before automatic door lock function is activated if door is not opened after being unlocked
60 secondsOff
O— O30 seconds
120 seconds
Open door warning buzzerOn Off —— O
https://www.MyCarManual.com”hh uh�”(hh�h}”ubŒ$0767330c-af9c-42e8-b5fd-39d8b9e39b40”h
)�”}”(h
}”(hNh}”(hhhM&uhXØ551 9-2. Customization
COROLLA_U9Vehicle specifications*: If equipped
â– Smart key system* (ï‚®P.103, 111)
*: If equipped
â– Wireless remote control* (ï‚®P.98, 103, 108)
*: If equippedFunction Default setting Customized setting
Smart key system On Off —— O
Smart door unlocking Driver’s door All the doors O— O
Time elapsed before
unlocking all the door when gripping and hold-ing the driver’s door handle
2.0 secondsOff
—— O1.5 seconds
2.5 seconds
Number of consecutive door lock operations2 timesAs many as
desired—— O
Function Default setting Customized setting
Wireless remote control On Off —— O
Unlocking operationDriver’s door
unlocked in
one step, all
doors
unlocked in
two stepAll doors unlocked
in one stepO— O
Trunk unlocking opera-tion Press and hold
(short)One short press
—— OPush twice
Press and hold
(long)
Off
Theft deterrent panic modeOn Off —— O
Locking operation when door openedOn Off O— O
https://www.MyCarManual.com”hh uh�”(hh�h}”ubŒ$0808d2cc-4d8e-4936-a441-05e63a44055d”h
)�”}”(h
}”(hNh}”(hhhM'uhXµ552 9-2. Customization
COROLLA_Uâ– Power windows and moon roof* (ï‚®P.127, 130)
*: If equipped
â– Moon roof* (ï‚®P.130)
*: If equipped
â– Automatic light control system ( ï‚®P.170)Function Default setting Customized setting
Mechanical key linked
operationOff On —— O
Wireless remote control linked operationOff On (open only) —— O
Wireless remote control linked operation signal (buzzer)
On Off —— O
Function Default setting Customized setting
Linked operation of com-ponents when key is used (open only)
Slide only Tilt only —— O
Linked operation of com-ponents when wireless remote control is used
Slide only Tilt only —— O
Function Default setting Customized setting
Light sensor sensitivity Standard -2 to 2 O— O
Time elapsed before headlights automatically turn off after doors are closed
30 secondsOff
O— O 60 seconds
90 seconds
Windshield wiper linked headlight illuminationOn Off —— O
https://www.MyCarManual.com”hh uh�”(hh�h}”ubŒ$36f036fe-0651-4089-a027-7220d451f805”h
)�”}”(h
}”(hNh}”(hhhM(uhX¿553 9-2. Customization
COROLLA_U9Vehicle specificationsâ– Lights (ï‚®P.170)
*1:Except for Canada
*2:If equipped
â– PCS (Pre-Collision System) (ï‚® P.187)
â– LTA (Lane Tracing Assist)*/LDA (Lane Departure Alert with
steering control)* (ï‚®P.195, 205)
*: If equipped
â– RSA (Road Sign Assist)* (ï‚®P.233)Function Default setting Customized setting
Daytime running light
systemOn Off*1 O— O
AFS (Adaptive Front-
lighting System)*2On Off —— O
Function Default setting Customized setting
PCS (Pre-Collision Sys-
tem)On Off — O—
Adjust alert timing MiddleFar
— O—
Near
Function Default setting Customized setting
Lane centering function* On Off — O—
Steering assist function On Off — O—
Alert sensitivity High Standard — O—
Vehicle sway warning functionOn Off — O—
Vehicle sway warning sensitivityStandardHigh
— O—
Low
Function Default setting Customized setting
RSA (Road Sign Assist) On Off — O—
https://www.MyCarManual.com”hh uh�”(hh�h}”ubŒ$2ea82efa-990b-498d-9b78-741b2fa23113”h
)�”}”(h
}”(hNh}”(hhhM)uhX~554 9-2. Customization
COROLLA_U*: If equipped
â– BSM (Blind Spot Monitor)* (ï‚®P.236)
*: If equipped
â– Automatic air conditioning system* (ï‚®P.391)
*: If equippedExcess speed notifica-
tion methodDisplay onlyNo notification
— O—
Display and buzzer
Excess speed notifica-tion level1 mph (2 km/h)5 mph (10 km/h)
— O—
3 mph (5 km/h)
Other notifications method (Do not enter notification)
Display onlyNo notification
— O—
Display and buzzer
Function Default setting Customized setting
BSM (Blind Spot Moni-tor)On Off — O—
Outside rear view mirror indicator brightnessBright Dim — O—
Alert timing for pres-ence of approaching vehicle (sensitivity)
IntermediateEarly
— O—Late
Only when vehicle
detected in blind
spot
Function Default setting Customized setting
A/C auto switch opera-tionOn Off O— OFunction Default setting Customized setting
https://www.MyCarManual.com”hh uh�”(hh�h}”ubŒ$1dde2e63-39ae-40e4-98b7-be9ec7c8ff7a”h
)�”}”(h
}”(hNh}”(hhhM*uhX¯555 9-2. Customization
COROLLA_U9Vehicle specificationsâ– Illumination ( ï‚®P.398)
*: If equipped
â– Vehicle customization
â—�When the smart key system is off,
Smart door unlocking cannot be customized.
â—�When the doors remain closed after unlocking the doors and the
automatic door lock function is
activated, the sig nals will be gen-
erated in accordance with the
operation signal (buzzer) and the
operation signal (emergency flashers) settings.
â– In the following situations, cus-
tomize mode in which the set-
tings can be changed through the multi-information display
will automatically be turned off
â—�The engine switch is turned off.
â—�The vehicle begins to move while
the customize mode screen is dis-
played.Function Default setting Customized setting
Time elapsed before the
interior lights turn off15 secondsOff
O— O 7.5 seconds
30 seconds
Operation after the engine switch is turned off
On Off —— O
Operation when the doors are unlockedOn Off —— O
Operation when you approach the vehicle with the electronic key
on your person
*On Off —— O
Cup holder lights* and
center tray light*On Off —— O
Door trim lights* On Off —— O
https://www.MyCarManual.com”hh uh�”(hh�h}”ubŒ$1847d153-afc5-4f78-8566-bc896f0f03d7”h
)�”}”(h
}”(hNh}”(hhhM+uhXš556 9-3. Initialization
COROLLA_U9-3.Initialization
*: If equippedItems to initialize
The following items must be initialized for normal system
operation after such cases as the battery being reconnected, or maintenance being performed on the vehicle:
List of items to initialize
Item When to initialize Reference
LDA (Lane Depar-
ture Alert with
steering control)*• After reconnecting or changing
the batteryP.213
LTA (Lane Tracing
Assist)*• After reconnecting or changing
the batteryP.205
Message indicat-
ing maintenance is required • After maintenance is performed P.428
Tire pressure warn-
ing system*• When rotating front and rear
tires which have different tire
inflation pressures
• When changing the tire size• When the tire inflation pressure
is changed such as when changing traveling speed or load weight
• When changing between two
registered wheel setsP.450
https://www.MyCarManual.com”hh uh�”(hh�h}”ubŒ$2399d2d1-a77b-4dfc-a2ca-996ffb4c401b”h
)�”}”(h
}”(hNh}”(hhhM,uhX7557
COROLLA_U10
10For ownersFor owners
.10-1.For owners
Reporting safety defects for
U.S. owners............... 558
Seat belt instructions for
Canadian owners (in
French)...................... 558
SRS airbag instructions for
Canadian owners (in
French)...................... 560
https://www.MyCarManual.com”hh uh�”(hh�h}”ubŒ$b9e1b459-a67f-4fcc-9372-dbaa881f7c15”h
)�”}”(h
}”(hNh}”(hhhM-uhX›558 10-1. For owners
COROLLA_U10-1.For owners
�Déroulez la sangle diagonale
de telle sorte qu'elle passe
bien sur l'épaule, sans pour
autant être en contact avec le cou ou glisser de l'épaule.
�Placez la sangle abdominale le plus bas possible sur les hanches.
�Réglez la position du dossier de siège. Asseyez-vous le dos droit et calez-vous bien dans le siège.
�Ne vrillez pas la ceinture de Reporting safety
defects for U.S. own-ers
If you believe that your vehicle
has a defect which could cause a crash or could cause injury or death, you should immediately inform the National Highway Traffic Safety Administration (NHTSA) in addition to notify-ing Toyota Motor Sales, U.S.A., Inc. (Toll-free: 1-800-331-4331).
If NHTSA receives similar complaints, it may open an investigation, and if it finds that a safety defect exists in a group of vehicles, it may order a recall and remedy cam-paign. However, NHTSA can-not become involved in individual problems between you, your dealer, or Toyota Motor Sales, U.S.A., Inc.
To contact NHTSA, you may call the Vehicle Safety Hotline toll-free at 1-888-327-4236 (TTY: 1-800-424-9153); go to http://www.safercar.gov ; or
write to: Administrator, NHTSA, 1200 New Jersey Ave, S.E., Washington, DC 20590. You can also obtain other information about motor vehicle safety from http://www.safercar.gov .Seat belt instructions
for Canadian owners (in French)
The following is a French
explanation of seat belt instructions extracted from the seat belt section in this manual.
See the seat belt section for more detailed seat belt instructions in English.
Utilisation correcte des
ceintures de sécurité
https://www.MyCarManual.com”hh uh�”(hh�h}”ubŒ$51416137-43fe-430b-afd2-6a4d1e06d026”h
)�”}”(h
}”(hNh}”(hhhM.uhXì559 10-1. For owners
COROLLA_U10For ownerssécurité.
â– Traitement des ceintures de
sécurité
Nettoyez avec un chiffon ou une éponge humidifiés avec de l'eau savonneuse tiède. Vérifiez régulièrement que les ceintures ne sont pas usées, effilochées ou entaillées excessivement.Entretien et soin
WARNING
■Détérioration et usure des
ceintures de sécurité
Inspectez le système de ceintures de sécurité régulièrement. Con-
trôlez l'absence de coupures,
d'effilochages et de pièces desserrées. N'utilisez pas une
ceinture de sécurité endommagée
avant qu'elle ne soit remplacée. Une ceinture de sécurité endom-
magée ne permet pas de protéger
un occupant de blessures graves ou mortelles.
https://www.MyCarManual.com”hh uh�”(hh�h}”ubŒ$95ec8ca0-c206-4a84-ad84-dd63f1c963c0”h
)�”}”(h
}”(hNh}”(hhhM/uhX&560 10-1. For owners
COROLLA_Uâ– Emplacement des coussins gonflables SRS
�Coussins gonflables frontaux SRS
Coussin gonflable conducteur/c oussin gonflable du passager
avant SRS
Participe à la prote ction de la tête et du thorax du conducteur et du pas-
sager avant contre les chocs cont re les éléments de l'habitacle
Coussin gonflable de genoux SRS
Participe à la prote ction du conducteur
Coussin gonflable de coussin de siège SRS
Contribue à retenir le passager avantSRS airbag instructions for Canadian owners (in
French)
The following is a French explanation of SRS airbag instruc-
tions extracted from the SRS airbag section in this manual.
See the SRS airbag section for more detailed SRS airbag instruc -
tions in English.
Système de coussins gonflables SRS
https://www.MyCarManual.com”hh uh�”(hh�h}”ubŒ$01d36548-76e1-4a5e-a594-41022e2f7d35”h
)�”}”(h
}”(hNh}”(hhhM0uhX<561 10-1. For owners
COROLLA_U10For owners�Coussins gonflables l atéraux et rideaux SRS
Coussins gonflables latéraux avant SRS
Participent à la protection du torse des occupants de siège ava nt
Coussins gonflables rideaux SRS
• Participent principalement à la protection de la tête des occu pants des
sièges latéraux
• Peut contribuer à empêc her les occupants d’ être éjectés du véh icule en
cas de tonneau
■Composants du système de coussins gonflables SRS
Coussin gonflable de coussin de siège
Système de classification de l'occupant du siège passager avant
(ECU et capteurs)
Témoins indicateurs “AIR BAG ON� et “AIR BAG OFF�Coussin gonflable passager avantCoussins gonflables rideauxCapteurs d'impact latéral (portes avant)Coussins gonflables latérauxPrétensionneurs de ceintures de sécurité et limiteurs de forceCapteurs d'impact latéral (arrière)Capteurs d'impact latéral (avant)
Coussin gonflable conducteur
Contact de boucle de ceinture de sécurité conducteurCapteur de position du siège conducteur
https://www.MyCarManual.com”hh uh�”(hh�h}”ubŒ$a87001cd-0db5-4127-8506-398e15bee343”h
)�”}”(h
}”(hNh}”(hhhM1uhXÅ562 10-1. For owners
COROLLA_UCoussin gonflable de genoux du conducteur
Témoin d'avertissement SRS
Capteurs d'impact avantEnsemble de capteurs de coussins gonflables
Votre véhicule est équipé de COUSSINS GONFLABLES INTELLI-
GENTS conçus selon les normes de sécurité américaines applica-
bles aux véhicules à moteur (FM VSS208). L'ensemble de capteurs
de coussins gonflables (ECU) régule le déploiement des coussins
gonflables sur la base des informa tions qu'il reçoit des capteu rs,
etc., indiqués ci-dessus dans le schéma illustrant les composan ts du
système. Parmi ces informations figurent la gravité du choc et l'occu-
pation du véhicule par les pass agers. Le déploiement rapide des
coussins gonflables est obtenu au moyen d'une réaction chimique
dans les dispositifs pyrotechniques, qui produit un gaz inoffen sif per-
mettant d'amortir le mouvement des occupants.
WARNING
■Précautions relatives aux
coussins gonflables SRS
Respectez les précautions suiva-ntes concernant les coussins gon-
flables SRS.
Le non-respect de ces précau-tions peut occasionner des bless-
ures graves, voire mortelles.
â—�Le conducteur et tous les pas-
sagers du véhicule doivent por-ter correctement leur ceinture
de sécurité.
Les coussins gonflables SRS sont des disposit ifs supplémen-
taires à utiliser avec les cein-tures de sécurité.�Le coussin gonflable conduc-teur SRS se déploie avec une
force considérable, pouvant
occasionner des blessures graves, voire mortelles, si le
conducteur se trouve très près
du coussin gonflable. L'autorité fédérale chargée de la sécurité
routière aux États-Unis
(NHTSA) conseille:
La zone à risque du coussin gon-
flable conducteur se situant dans
les premiers 2 à 3 in. (50 à 75 mm) de déploiement, vous placer
à 10 in. (250 mm) de votre cous-
sin gonflable conducteur vous garantit une marge de sécurité.
Cette distance est à mesurer
entre le centre du volant et le ster-num. Si vous êtes assis à moins
de 10 in. (250 mm), vous pouvez
changer votre position de con-duite de plusieurs façons:
• Reculez votre siège le plus pos-
sible, de manière à pouvoir
encore atteindr e confortable-
ment les pédales.
https://www.MyCarManual.com”hh uh�”(hh�h}”ubŒ$8057fd70-604e-4ef4-a441-e082be36c6b5”h
)�”}”(h
}”(hNh}”(hhhM2uhXö563 10-1. For owners
COROLLA_U10For ownersWARNING
• Inclinez légèrement le dossier
du siège.
Bien que les véhicules aient une
conception différente, un grand
nombre de conducteurs peu-vent s'asseoir à une distance de
10 in. (250 mm), même avec le
siège conducteur complètement
avancé, simplement en inclinant un peu le dossier de siège. Si
vous avez des difficultés à voir
la route après avoir incliné le dossier de votre siège, utilisez
un coussin ferme et antidéra-pant pour vous rehausser ou remontez le siège si votre
véhicule est équipé de cette
fonction.
• Si votre volant est réglable,
inclinez-le vers le bas. Cela a
pour effet d'orienter le coussin
gonflable en direction de votre poitrine plutôt que de votre tête
et de votre cou.
Réglez votre siège selon les
recommandations de la NHTSA ci-dessus, tout en conservant le
contrôle des pédales, du volant et
la vue des commandes du tab-leau de bord.â—�Si vous attachez une rallonge
de ceinture de sécurité aux bou-
cles de ceinture de sécurité avant, sans l'attacher au pêne
de la ceinture de sécurité, les
coussins gonflables frontaux SRS déterminent que le con-
ducteur et le passager avant ont
attaché leur ceinture de sécu-rité, bien que la ceinture de
sécurité ne soit pas attachée.
Dans ce cas, les coussins gon-flables frontaux SRS peuvent
ne pas se déployer correcte-
ment en cas de collision, pou-vant occasionner des blessures
graves, voire mortelles. Veillez
à porter la ceinture de sécurité avec la rallonge de ceinture de
sécurité.
â—�Le coussin gonflable passager
avant SRS se déploie égale-
ment avec une force con-sidérable, pouvant occasionner
des blessures graves, voire
mortelles, si le passager avant se trouve très près du coussin
gonflable. Le siège du passager
avant doit être éloigné le plus possible du coussin gonflable
en réglant le dossier de siège
de façon à ce que le passager avant soit assis bien droit dans
le siège.
https://www.MyCarManual.com”hh uh�”(hh�h}”ubŒ$cc662c11-f8b2-49b3-863f-163ac2c353f1”h
)�”}”(h
}”(hNh}”(hhhM3uhX!564 10-1. For owners
COROLLA_UWARNING
â—�Les nourrissons et les enfants
qui ne sont pas correctement assis et/ou attachés peuvent
être grièvement blessés ou tués
par le déploiement d'un coussin gonflable. Un nourrisson ou un
enfant trop petit pour utiliser une
ceinture de sécu rité doit être
correctement attaché au moyen
d'un siège de sécurité enfant.
Toyota recommande vivement
d'installer tous les nourrissons et enfants sur les sièges arrière
du véhicule et de prévoir pour
eux des systèmes de retenue adaptés. Les sièges arrière sont
plus sûrs pour les nourrissons
et les enfants que le siège du passager avant.
â—�Ne vous asseyez pas sur le
bord du siège et ne vous
appuyez pas contre la planche de bord.
â—�Ne laissez pas un enfant rester debout devant le coussin gon-
flable passager avant SRS ou
s'asseoir sur les genoux du pas-sager avant.
�Ne laissez pas les occupants des sièges avant voyager avec
un objet sur les genoux.�Ne vous appuyez pas contre la porte, le rail latéral de toit ou les
montants avant, latéraux et arrière.
�Ne laissez personne s'age-nouiller sur le s iège passager
en appui contre la porte ou sor-tir la tête ou les mains à l'extérieur du véhicule.
â—�Ne fixez rien et ne posez rien sur des emplacements tels que
la planche de bord, la garniture
du volant et la partie inférieure du tableau de bord.
Ces éléments peuvent se trans-
former en projectiles lorsque les coussins gonflables conducteur,
passager avant et genoux SRS
se déploient.
https://www.MyCarManual.com”hh uh�”(hh�h}”ubŒ$18d4451e-a050-4325-ac7d-115fc61811f1”h
)�”}”(h
}”(hNh}”(hhhM4uhX\ 565 10-1. For owners
COROLLA_U10For ownersWARNING
�Ne fixez rien aux portes, à la
vitre du pare-brise, aux vitres latérales, aux montants avant et
arrière, au rail latéral de toit et à
la poignée de maintien. (Sauf pour l'étiquette d e limitation de
vitesse)
�Véhicules sans système d'accès et de démarrage mains
libres: Ne fixez pas d'objets
lourds, pointus ou très durs, tels que des clés et des accessoires
aux clés. Ces objets risquent
d'entraver le déploiement du coussin gonflable de genoux
SRS ou d'être projetés vers le
siège conducteur par la force de déploiement du coussin gon-
flable, constituant ainsi un dan-
ger potentiel.
�Ne suspendez aucun cintre ou objet dur aux crochets à vête-ments. Tous ces objets pour-
raient se transformer en
projectiles et c auser des bless-
ures graves, voire mortelles en
cas de déploiement des couss-
ins gonflables rideaux SRS.�Si un cache en vinyle est placé
sur la zone où le coussin gon-
flable de genoux du conducteur SRS se déploie, assurez-vous
de le retirer.
â—�N'utilisez aucun a ccessoire de
siège recouvrant les zones de
déploiement des coussins gon-
flables latéraux SRS et du cous-
sin gonflable de coussin de siège SRS, car il risque de
gêner le déploiement des cous-
sins gonflables SRS. De tels accessoires peuvent empêcher
les coussins gonfl ables latéraux
et le coussin gonflable de cous-
sin de siège de s 'activer cor-
rectement, désactiver le système ou entraîner le déploie-ment accidentel des coussins
gonflables latéraux et du cous-
sin gonflable de coussin de siège, occasionnant des bless-
ures graves, voire mortelles.
�Évitez de faire subir des chocs
ou des pressions excessives aux parties renfermant les com-
posants de coussins gonflables
SRS ou aux portes avant.En effet, cela pourrait entraîner
un dysfonctionnement des
coussins gonflables SRS.
�Ne touchez aucun composant immédiatement après le
déploiement (gonflage) des
coussins gonflables SRS, car ils peuvent être chauds.
�Si vous avez des difficultés à
respirer après le déploiement
des coussins gonflables SRS, ouvrez une porte ou une vitre
pour faire entrer de l'air frais, ou bien descendez du véhicule si cela ne présente pas de danger. Essuyez tout résidu dès que
possible afin d'éviter d'éventu-
elles irritations de la peau.
https://www.MyCarManual.com”hh uh�”(hh�h}”ubŒ$df6fa907-db48-405d-920b-788eda20c71e”h
)�”}”(h
}”(hNh}”(hhhM5uhX566 10-1. For owners
COROLLA_UWARNING
â—�Si les parties r enfermant les
coussins gonflables SRS,
comme les garnitures du volant
et des montants avant et
arrière, sont endommagées ou craquelées, faites-les remplacer
par votre concessionnaire Toy-
ota.
�Ne placez rien sur le siège du passager avant, comme un coussin par exemple. Cela a
pour conséquence de répartir le
poids du passager sur toute la surface du siège, ce qui
empêche le capteur de détecter
correctement le poids du pas-sager. En conséquence, les
coussins gonflables frontaux
SRS du passage r avant ris-
quent de ne pas se déployer en
cas de collision.
â– Modification et mise au rebut
des composants du système de coussins gonflables SRS
Ne mettez pas votre véhicule au rebut et ne procédez à aucune
des modifications suivantes sans
consulter votre concessionnaire Toyota. Les coussins gonflables
SRS peuvent ne pas fonctionner
correctement ou se déployer (se gonfler) acciden tellement, provo-
quant la mort ou de graves bless-ures.
�Installation, dépose, démon-tage et réparation des coussins
gonflables SRS
�Réparations, modifications,
démontage ou remplacement du volant, du tableau de bord,
de la planche de bord, des
sièges ou de leur garnissage, des montants avant, latéraux et
arrière, des rails latéraux de toit,
des panneaux de porte avant, des garnitures de porte avant
ou des haut-par leurs de porte
avantâ—�Modifications du panneau de porte avant (par exemple,
perçage d'un trou dans le pan-neau)
�Réparations ou modifications
des ailes avant, du pare-chocs
avant ou des flancs de l'habita-cle
�Installation d'un protège-calan-
dre (pare-buffle, pare-kangou-
rou, etc.), de chasse-neige, de treuils ou d'un porte-bagages de
toit
�Modifications du système de
suspension du véhicule
�Installation d'ap pareils électro-
niques tels que les émet-
teurs/récepteurs radios mobiles
et les lecteurs CD
�Modifications de votre véhicule pour une personne atteinte d'un
handicap physique
https://www.MyCarManual.com”hh uh�”(hh�h}”ubŒ$fecee92c-c2db-48f1-9376-088bb420b0fa”h
)�”}”(h
}”(hNh}”(hhhM6uhŒŠ567
COROLLA_UIndex
.What to do if... (Trouble-
shooting) ................... 568
Alphabetical Index....... 571
https://www.MyCarManual.com”hh uh�”(hh�h}”ubŒ$0168dd71-2b78-425e-a5b1-483d89cb5ffc”h
)�”}”(h
}”(hNh}”(hhhM7uhX‚568 What to do if... (Troubleshooting)
COROLLA_U1-1.What to do if... (Troubleshooting)What to do if... (Troubleshooting)
�If you lose your keys or
mechanical keys, new genu-ine keys or mechanical keys can be made by your Toyota dealer. (ï‚® P.513)
�If you lose your keys or elec-tronic keys, the risk of vehicle theft increases significantly. Contact your Toyota dealer immediately. ( P.513)
�Is the key battery weak or depleted? ( P.458)
�Vehicles with a smart key sys-tem: Is the engine switch in ON?
When locking the doors, turn the
engine switch off. ( ï‚®P.150 )
�Vehicles with a smart key sys-
tem: Is the electronic key left inside the vehicle?When locking the doors, make sure
that you have the electronic key on
your person.
�The function may not operate
properly due to the condition of the radio wave. ( ï‚®P.99,
113)
�Is the child-protector lock set?
The rear door cannot be opened
from inside the vehicle when the lock is set. Open the rear door from outside and then unlock the child-protector lock. ( ï‚®
P.107 )
�Continuously variable trans-
mission: Is the shift lever in P? (ï‚®P.147)
�Manual transmission: Do you turn the key with the clutch pedal depressed firmly? (P.147)
�Is the steering wheel unlocked? ( P.147)
�Is the battery discharged? (P.515)If you have a problem, check the following before contacting your Toyota dealer.
The doors cannot be
locked, unlocked, opened
or closed
You lose your keys
The doors cannot be
locked or unlockedThe rear door cannot be opened
If you think something is
wrong
The engine does not start
(vehicles without a smart key system)
https://www.MyCarManual.com”hh uh�”(hh�h}”ubŒ$77564fae-c535-404a-9fc4-7c18d0b4561d”h
)�”}”(h
}”(hNh}”(hhhM8uhXN569 1-1. What to do if... (Troubleshooting)
COROLLA_U569 What to do if... (Troubleshooting)
�Continuously variable trans-
mission: Did you press the engine switch while firmly depressing the brake pedal? (ï‚®P.148)
�Manual transmission: Did you press the engine switch while firmly depressing the clutch pedal? ( P.148)
�Continuously variable trans-mission: Is the shift lever in P? (P.148)
�Is the electronic key any-where detectable inside the vehicle? ( P.112)
�Is the steering wheel unlocked? ( P.149)
�Is the electronic key battery weak or depleted?
In this case, the engine can be
started in a temporary way. (ï‚®
P.514 )
�Is the battery discharged?
(ï‚®P.515)
�Is the engine switch in ON?If you cannot release the shift lever
by depressing the brake pedal with
the engine switch in ON. ( ï‚®P.154 )
�Vehicles without a smart key
system: It is locked to prevent theft of the vehicle if the key is pulled from the engine switch. (ï‚®P.147)
�Vehicles with a smart key sys-tem: It is locked automatically to prevent theft of the vehicle. (P.149)
�Is the window lock switch pressed?
The power window except for the
one at the driver’s seat cannot be operated if the window lock switch is pressed. ( 
P.129 )
�The auto power off function
will be operated if the vehicle is left in ACC or ON (the engine is not running) for a period of time. ( ï‚®P.151)The engine does not start
(vehicles with a smart key
system)
The shift lever cannot be
shifted from P even if you depress the brake pedal (continuously variable transmission)The steering wheel can-not be turned after the engine is stopped
The windows do not open
or close by operating the power window switches
The engine switch is
turned off aut omatically
(vehicles with a smart key system)
A warning buzzer sounds
during driving
https://www.MyCarManual.com”hh uh�”(hh�h}”ubŒ$09c3d963-d830-42f7-b7b5-63ed47b21ff7”h
)�”}”(h
}”(hNh}”(hhhM9uhXB570 What to do if... (Troubleshooting)
COROLLA_U�The seat belt reminder light is
flashing
Are the driver and the passenger
wearing the seat belts? ( ï‚®P.484 )
�The parking brake indicator is
on
Is the parking brake released?
(ï‚®P.163, 164 )
Depending on the situation,
other types of warning buzzer may also sound. (ï‚® P.481, 490)
�Did anyone inside the vehicle open a door during setting the alarm?
The sensor detects it and the alarm
sounds. ( ï‚®P.69 )
Do one of the following to deac-
tivate or stop the alarms:
�Unlock the doors.
�Turn the engine switch to
ACC or ON, or start the engine. (The alarm will be deactivated or stopped after a
few seconds.)
�Is the electronic key left inside
the vehicle?
Check the message on the
multi-information display. ( P.490 )�When a warning light turns on
or a warning message is dis-played, refer to P.481, 490.
�Vehicles with an emergency tire puncture repair kit: Stop the vehicle in a safe place and repair the flat tire temporarily with the emergency tire punc-ture repair kit. ( P.493)
�Vehicles with a spare tire: Stop the vehicle in a safe place and replace the flat tire with the spare tire. ( P.503)
�Try the procedure for when the vehicle becomes stuck in mud, dirt, or snow. ( P.521)An alarm is activated and
the horn sounds (vehicles with an alarm)
A warning buzzer sounds
when leaving the vehicle (vehicles with a smart key system)A warning light turns on or a warning message is
displayed
When a problem has
occurred
If you have a flat tire
The vehicle becomes
stuck
https://www.MyCarManual.com”hh uh�”(hh�h}”ubŒ$bc4d24d7-d2f7-4a5c-a407-19310e91dfb0”h
)�”}”(h
}”(hNh}”(hhhM:uhX# 571 1-1. What to do if... (Troubleshooting)
COROLLA_U571 Alphabetical Index
Alphabetical Index
A
A/C
Air conditioning filter.............457
Automatic air conditioning sys-
tem .....................................391
Manual air conditioning system
...........................................386
ABS (Anti-lock Brake System)
...............................................250
Warning light ........................483
ACA (Active Cornering Assist)
...............................................251
Active Cornering Assist (ACA)
...............................................251
Adaptive Front-lighting System
(AFS)......................................172
AFS (Adaptive Front-lighting
System) .................................172
Air conditioning filter.............457Air conditioning system
Air conditioning filter.............457Automatic air conditioning sys-
tem .....................................391
Manual air conditioning system
...........................................386
Airbags
Airbag operating conditions....31Airbag precautions for your child
.............................................34
Correct driving posture...........23Curtain shield airbag operating
conditions.............................32
Curtain shield airbag precautions
.............................................34
Front passenger occupant clas-
sification system...................39
General airbag precautions....34Locations of airbags ...............29Modification and disposal of air-
bags .....................................37Side airbag operating conditions
.............................................32
Side airbag precautions..........34Side and curtain shield airbags
operating conditions .............32
Side and curtain shield airbags
precautions...........................34
SRS airbags ...........................29SRS warning light.................482
Alarm
Alarm ......................................69Warning buzzer ....................481
AM............................................307Anchor brackets ... ..............48, 58
Antennas (smart key system) 111Anti-lock Brake System (ABS)
...............................................250
Warning light.........................483
Apple CarPlay .................292, 293Approach warning..........219, 229Apps button (Menu screen)...263Armrest......... ............ ............. ..413
Assist grips.............................413Audio .......................................302
Audio source ........................303Operating information...........324Reordering the audio source 303Screen adjustment ...............305Some basics.........................303Sound settings......................304Turning the sys tem on and off
...........................................303
USB/AUX port ......................304Voice command system .......306
AUDIO button..........................261Audio button (Menu screen)..263Audio settings.........................323
Common settings .................323Radio settings.......................323
Audio source...........................303Audio system-linked display...90
https://www.MyCarManual.com”hh uh�”(hh�h}”ubŒ$0aabb280-2cb9-42ec-ba37-e2df5c21f0f1”h
)�”}”(h
}”(hNh}”(hhhM;uhXj 572 Alphabetical Index
COROLLA_UAutomatic air conditioning sys-
tem.........................................391
Automatic headlight leveling
system...................................171
Automatic High Beam............173
Automatic light control system
...............................................171
AUX..........................................319Average fuel economy .............88Average vehicle speed.............90
B
Back-up lights
Replacing light bulbs ............469Wattage................................533
Battery
Battery checking...................442If the battery is discharged ...515Preparing and c hecking before
winter..................................255
Warning light ........................482
Blind Spot Monitor (BSM)......236Bluetooth
® audio....................316
Registering/Conn ecting a Blue-
tooth® device......................318
Bluetooth® button (Setup
screen) ..................................266
Bluetooth® details settings ...280
Bluetooth® setup screen ......280
Connecting a Bluetooth® device
...........................................281
Deleting a Bluetooth® device283
Detailed settings screen.......285Displaying the Bluetooth
® setup
screen ................................280
Editing the Bluetooth® device
information .........................283
Registering a Bluetooth® device
...........................................282
Bluetooth® device information
...............................................283Bluetooth® hands-free system
...............................................345
Bluetooth® phone message func-
tion.........................................356
Calling the message sender.359Checking received messages
...........................................357
Displaying the message screen
...........................................356
Receiving a mess age ...........356
Replying to a message (dicta-
tion reply)............................358
Replying to a message (quick
reply) ..................................358
Bottle holders .........................401Brake
Brake hold ............................167Fluid..............................441, 530Parking brake ...............163, 164Warning light.........................481
Brake assist ............................250Break-in tips............................136Brightness control
Instrument panel light control79,
84
BSM (Blind Spot Monitor)......236
C
Care
Aluminum wheels .................422Exterior .................................422Interior ..................................424Seat belts .............................424
Cargo capacity........................145Chains......................................256Child restraint system
Fixed with a LATCH system ...56Fixed with a seat belt..............51Front passenger occupant clas-
sification system ...................39
Points to remember ................46Riding with children ................45
https://www.MyCarManual.com”hh uh�”(hh�h}”ubŒ$3e96ce5d-01d5-4c3f-8561-8ef18ee19024”h
)�”}”(h
}”(hNh}”(hhhM<uhXY 573 1-1. What to do if... (Troubleshooting)
COROLLA_U573 Alphabetical Index
Types of child restraint system
installation met hod ...............48
Using an anchor bracket ........58
Child safety
Airbag precautions .................34
Battery precautions ......443, 519Child restraint system.............48Heated steering wheel and seat
heater precautions .............396
How your child should wear the
seat belt................................26
Moon roof precau tions .........131
Power window lock switch....129Power window precautions ..128Rear door child-protectors....107Removed electronic key battery
precautions.........................460
Seat belt extender precautions
.............................................26
Seat belt precautions .............45Trunk precautions.................108
Child-protectors .....................107Cleaning
Aluminum wheels .................422Exterior.................................422Interior ..................................424Radar sensor........................181Seat belts .............................424
Clock ...............77, 79, 81, 84, 297Coat hooks..............................413Command list .........................339Condenser ..............................440Console box............................402Consumption screen................92Continuously variable transmis-
sion................................153, 155
If the shift lever cannot be shifted
from P.........................154, 157
M mode ................................158Paddle shift switches....157, 158
Cooling system ......................440
Engine overheating ..............519Cruise control
Dynamic radar cruise control223Dynamic radar cruise control
with full-speed range ..........213
Cup holders.............................401Current fuel consumption........88Curtain shield airbags..............29Customizable featu res ...........548
D
Daytime running light system170DCM .................................377, 378Defogger
Outside rear view mirrors ...388,
392
Rear window.................388, 392Windshield....................387, 392
Dimensions .............................524Dinghy towing.........................146Display
Dynamic radar cruise control223Dynamic radar cruise control
with full-speed range ..........213
LDA (Lane Departure Alert with
steering control)..................210
LTA (Lane-Tracing Assist).....201Multi-information display.........86Warning message.................490
Display change button.......78, 83Do-it-yourself maintenance ...428Door lock
Doors....................................103Key .......................................104Smart key system................. 111Wireless remote control..........98
Doors
Automatic door locking and
unlocking system................107
Door glasses ........................127Door lock ..............................103Open door warning buzzer .105,
107
https://www.MyCarManual.com”hh uh�”(hh�h}”ubŒ$fca2a1bb-6a47-4ac2-b114-211e637073fa”h
)�”}”(h
}”(hNh}”(hhhM=uhX­ 574 Alphabetical Index
COROLLA_UOutside rear view mirrors .....125
Rear door child-protectors....107Side doors ............................103
Drive distance...........................90Drive information .....................90Drive-start control ..................136Driving
Break-in tips .........................136Correct driving posture...........23Driving mode select switch...249Procedures...........................134Winter drive tips ...................255
Driving information display.....87Driving range ............................88Driving support system informa-
tion display .............................89
Dynamic radar cruise control223
Warning message ................231
Dynamic radar cruise control
with full-speed range ...........213
Warning message ................222
E
Eco Driving Indicator ...............88Eco Driving Indicator Light .....88EDR (Event data recorder).........8Elapsed time .............................90Electric Power Steering (EPS)
...............................................251
Warning light ........................484
Electronic key...........................96
Battery-saving fun ction......... 112
If the electronic key does not
operate properly.................513
Replacing the battery ...........458
Emergency flashers ...............472Emergency tire puncture repair
kit ...........................................493
Emergency, in case of
If a warning buzzer sounds ..481If a warning light turns on .....481If a warning message is dis-
played.................................490
If the battery is d ischarged ...515
If the electronic key does not
operate properly .................513
If the engine will not start......511If the vehicle is trapped in rising
water...................................474
If you have a flat tire .....493, 503If you lose your keys.............513If you think something is wrong
...........................................479
If your vehicle becomes stuck
...........................................521
If your vehicle has to be stopped
in an emergency.................472
If your vehicle needs to be towed
...........................................475
If your vehicle ove rheats ......519
Enform App Suite button (Setup
screen)...................................266
Engine
ACCESSORY mode . ............151
Compartment........................436Engine switch ...............147, 148Fuel pump shut off system ...480Hood.....................................434How to start the engine 147, 148Identification number ............525If the engine will not start......511If your vehicle has to be stopped
in an emergency.................472
Ignition switch (engine switch)
...................................147, 148
Reference in New Issue Copy Permalink